Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery Management Plan; Amendments 20 and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program, 32994-33098 [2010-13312]
Download as PDF
32994
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
15 CFR Part 902
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 100212086–0210–01]
RIN 0648–AY68
Fisheries Off West Coast States;
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan; Amendments 20
and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
comments.
SUMMARY: NMFS proposes measures to
initiate implementation of Amendments
20 and 21 to the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Fishery Management Plan
(FMP). Amendment 20 would establish
a trawl rationalization program for the
Pacific Coast groundfish fishery.
Amendment 20’s trawl rationalization
program would consist of: An
individual fishing quota (IFQ) program
for the shore-based trawl fleet
(including whiting and non-whiting
sectors); and cooperative (coop)
programs for the at-sea (whiting only)
mothership (MS) and catcher/processor
(C/P) trawl fleets. The trawl
rationalization program is intended to
increase net economic benefits, create
individual economic stability, provide
full utilization of the trawl sector
allocation, consider environmental
impacts, and achieve individual
accountability of catch and bycatch.
Amendment 21 would establish fixed
allocations for limited entry (LE) trawl
participants. These allocations are
intended to improve management under
the rationalization program by
streamlining its administration,
providing stability to the fishery, and
addressing halibut bycatch.
NMFS is reviewing Amendments 20
and 21 in their entirety. However, due
to the complexity of the proposed
fishery management measures, this rule
proposes only certain key components
that would be necessary to have permits
and endorsements issued in time for use
in the 2011 fishery and in order to have
the 2011 specifications reflect the new
allocation scheme. Specifically, this rule
would establish the allocations set forth
under Amendment 21 and establish
procedures for initial issuance of
permits, endorsements, quota shares,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
and catch history assignments under the
IFQ and coop programs. In addition, the
proposed rule would restructure the
entire Pacific Coast groundfish
regulations to more closely track the
organization of the proposed
management measures and to make the
total groundfish regulations more clear.
NMFS plans to propose additional
program details in a future proposed
rule. Such additional details would
include: Program components
applicable to IFQ gear switching,
observer programs, retention
requirements, equipment requirements,
catch monitors, catch weighing
requirements, coop permits/agreements,
first receiver site licenses, quota share
accounts, vessel quota pound accounts,
further tracking and monitoring
components, and economic data
collection requirements. In order to
encourage more informed public
comment, this proposed rule includes a
general description of these additional
program requirements. NMFS is also
planning a future ‘‘Cost-Recovery’’ rule
based on a recommended methodology
yet to be developed by the Pacific
Fishery Management Council (the
Council).
DATES: Comments on this proposed rule
must be received no later than 5 p.m.,
local time on July 12, 2010.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by 0648–AY68, by any of the
following methods:
• Electronic Submissions: Submit all
electronic public comments via the
Federal e-Rulemaking Portal, at https://
www.regulations.gov.
• Fax: 206–526–6736; Attn: Jamie
Goen.
• Mail: Barry Thom, Acting Regional
Administrator, Northwest Region,
NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115–0070; Attn: Jamie
Goen.
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to https://
www.regulations.gov without change.
All Personal Identifying Information (for
example, name, address, etc.)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit Confidential Business
Information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information. NMFS will
accept anonymous comments (if
submitting comments via the Federal eRulemaking portal, enter ‘‘N/A’’ in the
relevant required fields if you wish to
remain anonymous). Attachments to
electronic comments will be accepted in
Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect,
or Adobe PDF file formats only. Written
comments regarding the burden-hour
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
estimates or other aspects of the
collection-of-information requirements
contained in this proposed rule may be
submitted to NMFS, Northwest Region,
e-mailed to
David_Rostker@omb.eop.gov; or faxed to
202–395–7285.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jamie Goen, 206–526–4656; (fax) 206–
526–6736; Jamie.Goen@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This proposed rule is accessible via
the Internet at the Office of the Federal
Register’s Web site at https://
www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/.
Background information and
documents, including the Draft
Environmental Impacts Statements for
Amendment 20 and Amendment 21, are
available at the Pacific Fishery
Management Council’s Web site at
https://www.pcouncil.org/.
Although this proposed rule would
implement only certain portions of
Amendments 20 and 21, NMFS is
reviewing both Amendments 20 and 21
in their entirety. On May 12, 2010,
NMFS published a notice of availability
of Amendments 20 and 21, and—
consistent with requirements of the
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act
(MSA)—must make a decision to
approve, disapprove, or partially
approve the amendments by September
8, 2010. Comments on the approvability
of the amendments must be submitted
to NMFS by August 9, 2010. This
preamble provides information about
the full contents of each amendment for
the purposes of promoting informed
public comment. Detailed provisions
regarding features of the proposed rule
are provided where applicable. In
addition, section IV of this preamble
highlights what the main regulatory
changes would be.
I. Background: Current Management
Approach and Need for Change
The Pacific Coast Groundfish FMP
covers a diverse mixture of species
occurring in close association and
proximity in the Pacific off the states of
Washington, Oregon, and California.
The trawl rationalization program
would consist of: (1) An individual
fishing quota (IFQ) program for the
shore-based trawl fleet and (2)
cooperative (coop) programs for the atsea trawl fleet. The shore-based trawl
fleet would include IFQ participants
who land groundfish to shore-based
processors or first receivers. The at-sea
trawl fleet would include fishery
participants harvesting whiting with
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
midwater trawl gear (i.e., whiting
catcher/processor vessels, whiting
motherships, and whiting catcher
vessels associated with motherships).
The co-op programs for the at-sea trawl
fleet are further divided as follows: (1)
A single whiting catcher/processor coop; and (2) one or more whiting
mothership co-ops may form, or vessels
may choose to fish in a non-coop fishery
which would be unaffiliated with a
coop. For the coop and non-coop
fishery, vessel owners pool their harvest
together.
The IFQ program for the shore-based
fleet would require NMFS to make an
initial allocation of harvest quota share
(QS) (expressed as a percentage of the
total sector amount) through a new QS
permit to current owners of limited
entry trawl permits and shore-based
whiting first receivers who meet the
qualifying criteria. Depending on a
person’s limited entry trawl permit
history in qualifying years, the permit
owner will receive an initial allocation
for various target species/species groups
(∼20 species), some with area
designations. In addition, NMFS would
allocate QS for overfished species based
on a proxy of the amount of target
species allocated to the quota share
holder. Shore-based whiting first
receivers will receive an initial
allocation of whiting only, based on
their history of being the first receiver
reported on state fish tickets (with an
opportunity to reassign their history).
Each year, based on the optimum yield
amounts for each species and the
amount of QS a holder has for a
particular species/area, NMFS would
allocate quota pounds to the QS
account. The QS owner in turn, must
allocate quota pounds to vessel
accounts. Vessels are required to have
IFQ or quota pounds in an account to
cover all IFQ landings and discards
incurred while fishing under this
program. In order to comply with the
MSA, NMFS would track ownership
interest in QS to determine if
individuals are within set accumulation
limits, both at the initial allocation stage
and during the operation of the
program. In Amendment 20, the Council
has adopted limits (by species group
and area) on the amount of QS an
individual can control (i.e. control
limits) and limits on the amount of
quota pounds that may be registered to
a vessel for use in a given year.
For the at-sea whiting component of
the trawl rationalization program, the
Council has adopted a program that
provides for a C/P coop and MS coops
that differ from how the coops have
operated in the past. The C/P coop will
not require an initial allocation of catch
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
shares to individual vessels, provided
that a coop is established. However,
whiting catch shares for the MS fleet
(called catch history assignments)
would initially be allocated to
qualifying limited entry trawl permits
that were registered to catcher vessels in
qualifying years and which were used in
the mothership whiting fishery. Holders
of qualifying permits that are allocated
a whiting catch history assignment may
choose to participate in the MS coop or
non-coop fishery. Similar to the shorebased IFQ program, NMFS would be
required to track permit ownership
interests in the MS sector to determine
if individuals are in compliance with
accumulation limits.
The FMP features different
management strategies for different
species, locales, vessels and processing
arrangements. These different
management regimes are often referred
to as ‘‘sectors.’’ Current management
divisions pertain to tribal vs. non-tribal,
trawl vs. non-trawl (fixed gear); limited
entry vs. open access; commercial vs.
recreational; whiting vs. non-whiting;
shore-based whiting vs. at-sea whiting;
and at-sea whiting MS operations vs. atsea whiting C/Ps.
A. Sector Management and Allocations
Currently, the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery consists of several
different sectors, defined by fishing
gear, species targeted, and regulatory
context. Under current management, the
annual optimum yield (OY) is first
reduced to a commercial harvest
guideline (commercial HG) by
subtracting from the OY amounts of fish
necessary for tribal fisheries, bycatch for
exempted fishing permits (EFPs), and
estimates of research catch, recreational
catch, and bycatch in non-groundfish
fisheries. Subtracting these amounts
produces the commercial HG, which
NMFS then divides between two main
sectors: Limited entry (LE) and open
access (OA). The LE sector is further
subdivided into the fixed gear and trawl
subsectors. Within the LE trawl
subsector, there is an additional
division between whiting and nonwhiting trawl fisheries. The non-whiting
trawl fishery consists primarily of a
shore-based multi-species fishery
generally conducted with bottom trawl
gear. The whiting trawl fishery consists
of three different fleets: Shore-based,
MS, and C/P (all of which fish only with
midwater trawl gear).
Within the whiting trawl fishery,
whiting available to the commercial
fisheries is already allocated among the
shore-based, MS, and C/P sectors as
follows: 42 percent, 24 percent, and 34
percent, respectively. (See existing
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
32995
regulations at 50 CFR 660.323.) This
allocation would not change.
Trawl Target Species (Including Pacific
Whiting Fisheries)
The list of current trawl target species
includes flatfish, roundfish,
thornyheads, and a few species of
rockfish. Primary flatfish target species
include Petrale sole and Dover sole.
Roundfish target species include Pacific
whiting, Pacific cod, and sablefish.
However, seven rockfish species, which
co-occur with the target stocks and can
be caught with trawl gear, are currently
declared overfished pursuant to the
MSA. The need to rebuild these stocks
to a healthy size has led to a variety of
harvest constraints on groundfish
fisheries, and rockfish are generally no
longer a target of these fisheries.
Limited Entry Trawl, Limited Entry
Fixed Gear vs. Open Access
The groundfish trawl fishery is
subject to a Federal license limitation
program (referred to as limited entry),
implemented in 1994; currently there
are 178 groundfish LE trawl permits.
Groundfish fixed gear fisheries—using
longline and pot gear—are also managed
under the limited entry program. Some
groundfish are caught and landed by
vessels without an LE permit; these
vessels comprise the ‘‘open access’’
sector, which has directed and
incidental components.
Limited Entry Trawl Whiting vs. NonWhiting
The LE trawl fishery is divided into
two broad sectors: A multi-species trawl
fishery, which most often uses bottom
trawl gear (hereafter called the nonwhiting sector), and the whiting fishery,
which uses midwater trawl gear. The
non-whiting trawl fishery is principally
managed through two month
cumulative trip limit periods along with
closed areas to limit overfished species
bycatch. Non-whiting trawlers target the
range of species described above with
the exception of Pacific whiting.
LE Trawl Whiting Components
In most years, less than 2 percent of
the catch in the Pacific whiting fishery
are species other than Pacific whiting,
although overfished species that cooccur with Pacific whiting are also
caught. The whiting fishery is further
subdivided into three sectors. The
shore-based fishery delivers their catch
to processing facilities on land, and the
vessels are similar in size and
configuration (with the exception of the
type of net used) to the non-whiting
trawl fishery vessels. In the MS sector,
catcher vessels deliver to at-sea
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
32996
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
processors called ‘‘motherships’’. Most
of the MS-sector catcher vessels also
participate in the shore-based whiting
fishery. The C/P sector comprises
vessels that catch Pacific whiting and
process it on board.
B. Need for Amendment 20
In its June 2004, scoping document,
the Council described the problem that,
despite the recent Federal buyback
program that retired several trawl
permits (70 FR 45695, August 8, 2005),
management of the groundfish trawl
fishery was still facing serious
biological, social, and economic
concerns. The trawl fishery is currently
viewed by the Council as economically
unsustainable.
Bycatch, especially bycatch of
overfished species, was identified as a
major problem. All direct harvest of
overfished species had been prohibited
and numerous closed areas were
implemented; however, due to the
multispecies nature of the fishery, it is
generally not possible to avoid catching
the overfished species. As a result,
harvests of healthy species were being
constrained in order to protect the
overfished species. As noted in the
scoping document, management relies
on average estimated discard (bycatch)
rates to predict bycatch. The harvest is
then constrained by these bycatch
predictions. The discard rate estimates
are fixed for a season and change over
time only as new information becomes
available from the observer program.
This creates a situation where there may
be little incentive for fishermen to avoid
bycatch on an individual vessel level.
The average estimated bycatch rate
has been controversial. Also, different
fishing interests have expressed
different opinions about the pace of the
fishery. Some prefer a year-round
groundfish fishery, while others prefer a
more seasonal fishery. The current
system is not flexible enough to
accommodate both interests or to
respond to changes in markets, weather,
or harvest conditions. The ability to
react to changing conditions is
important if the goal is an efficient
fishery that is safe for participants.
Accordingly, the following problems
were initially identified with the current
management regime:
• The bycatch rate is uncertain.
• There are limited incentives for
fishermen to reduce bycatch.
• Opportunities to harvest target
species are lost.
• The system cannot accommodate
the variety of harvest patterns desired
by fishermen.
• The system cannot respond quickly
to changes in markets, weather, etc.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
• Communities are challenged by
uncertainty in the industry.
Through an iterative public process,
the Council refined these issues into
this goal for Amendment 20:
Create and implement a capacity
rationalization plan that increases net
economic benefits, creates individual
economic stability, provides for full
utilization of the trawl sector allocation,
considers environmental impacts, and
achieves individual accountability of catch
and bycatch.
The Council further identified eight
specific objectives to support
achievement of the goal:
1. Provide a mechanism for total catch
accounting.
2. Provide for a viable, profitable, and
efficient groundfish fishery.
3. Promote practices that reduce
bycatch and discard mortality, and
minimize ecological impacts.
4. Increase operational flexibility.
5. Minimize adverse effects from an
IFQ program on fishing communities
and other fisheries to the extent
practical.
6. Promote measurable economic and
employment benefits through the
seafood catching, processing,
distribution elements, and support
sectors of the industry.
7. Provide quality product for the
consumer.
8. Increase safety in the fishery.
Because OY on healthy stocks is
constrained by rebuilding needs of cooccurring overfished stocks,
Amendment 20 is intended to
implement an approach that will
support attainment of OY while
improving bycatch avoidance and
supporting rebuilding.
C. Purposes of Amendment 21
The purposes of Amendment 21 are
to: Simplify or streamline future
decisions by establishing allocations of
specified groundfish stocks and stock
complexes within the Pacific Coast
Groundfish FMP; support
rationalization of the LE trawl fishery
(Amendment 20) by providing more
certainty to the affected sectors and
reducing the risk that these sectors
would be closed because of other nontrawl sectors exceeding their allocation;
facilitate individuals’ ability to make
long-range planning decisions based on
the allocation of harvest privileges;
support overall total catch accounting of
groundfish species by the group within
the trawl sector; and limit the bycatch
of Pacific halibut in future LE trawl
fisheries.
Under the IFQ and harvest
cooperative systems proposed under the
Amendment 20 trawl rationalization
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
program, it would be critical to reduce
the risk that sectors would be closed
because of other sectors exceeding their
allocation. Reducing this risk is
important in order to prevent a race for
fish that could occur if QP holders or
coop fishermen thought other sectors
would close them down because of
overages.
To the extent that Amendment 21
supports implementation of
Amendment 20, it would also contribute
to the anticipated benefits of individual
accountability for catch and bycatch,
and improved overall total catch
accounting of groundfish species by the
group with the largest amounts of
groundfish catch, the trawl sector. By
limiting the bycatch of Pacific halibut in
the LE trawl fisheries, Amendment 21
would control bycatch and could
provide increased benefits to
Washington, Oregon, and California
fishermen targeting Pacific halibut.
Uncertainty existed regarding whether
the allocations in Amendment 21
superseded the allocations to the open
access fishery established when the
limited entry fishery began. The Council
has clarified that these allocation are to
supersede the earlier open access
allocation for the species allocated
under Amendment 21.
II. Amendment 20 Program Description
After considering alternatives,
including the status quo, the Council
recommended Amendment 20, which
divides the trawl fishery into three main
management sectors: Shore-based
(whiting and non-whiting) to be
managed by IFQs; and the MS and C/P
sectors (at-sea whiting), both to be
managed by separate coop programs.
The shore-based trawl fleet would
consist of IFQ participants who land
groundfish to shore-based processors, or
other entities that receive but do not
process the groundfish. Both are
referred to as first receivers. The at-sea
trawl fleet would consist of fishery
participants harvesting and processing
whiting (i.e., whiting C/P vessels,
whiting motherships that process
whiting at sea, and whiting catcher
vessels that deliver to motherships). The
at-sea trawl fleet would be further
divided as follows: (1) The whiting
C/P sector; and (2) the whiting MS
sector. The MS sector program may
include multiple coops where vessels
pool their harvest together to form
fishing cooperatives, as well as vessels
not associated with a coop (i.e., the
‘‘non-coop’’ segment of the MS fishery).
A key feature of the trawl
rationalization program would be a shift
from the current catch accounting
system (that uses fleetwide estimates of
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
discards based on an observer sampling
system that has 20-percent coverage) to
an ‘individual accountability’ system
where all catch by shore-based vessels
would count against individual
participants’ shares, including both
retained and discarded catch, based on
100 percent observer coverage on
vessels and 100 percent monitoring of
the vessel’s offload in the plants (called
‘‘catch monitoring’’). Under the current
management system, shore-based
fishermen fish against bimonthly trip
limits and annual fleetwide quotas and
have no direct accountability for
discards. Under the proposed system,
shore-based fishermen would fish
against ‘‘individual’’ quotas, against
which their discards would count.
Thus, fishermen would have a strong
incentive to fish in a manner that
reduces discards because excessive
discards would either lead to shortening
their fishing season when their quota is
reached, or greater costs to them if they
had to buy additional quota from other
quota holders.
The management approaches set forth
in the trawl rationalization program
would consist of different types of
limited-access approaches. These
limited-access approaches grant
permission to the holder of the privilege
or permit to participate in the program.
Such permission may be revoked,
limited, or modified at any time. In
other words, it is a conditional
privilege.
Amendment 20 would include
features such as annual renewal
requirements and regular program
reviews to ensure program goals are
being met, provide NMFS the ability to
review, track, and monitor program
implementation and needs, and prevent
the perception that the program confers
‘‘rights’’ as opposed to privileges.
Amendment 20 establishes programs
that are ‘‘limited-access privilege
programs,’’ which are consistent with
the MSA provisions at section 303A.
Limited-access privileges, including the
quota shares, quota pounds, and catch
history assignments, may be revoked,
limited or modified at any time in
accordance with the MSA—and do not
create any right of compensation to the
holder of the limited-access privilege,
quota share, quota pound, or catch
history assignment if it is revoked,
limited or modified. The limited-access
privilege program does not create any
right, title, or interest in or to any fish
before the fish is harvested by the
holder and shall be considered a grant
of permission to the holder of the
limited-access privilege to engage in
activities permitted by the limitedaccess privilege program. For further
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
statutory provisions related to limitedaccess privileges, see section 303A of
the MSA.
Section 303A contains an ‘‘antitrust
savings clause’’ that provides that
‘‘nothing in this Act shall be construed
to modify, impair, or supersede the
operation of any of the antitrust laws.
For purposes of the preceding sentence,
the term ‘antitrust laws’ has the
meaning given such term in subsection
(a) of the first section of the Clayton Act,
except that such term includes section
5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act
to the extent that such section 5 applies
to unfair methods of competition.’’
NOAA advises that any fishery
participants who are uncertain about the
legality of their activities under the
antitrust laws of the United States
should consult legal counsel prior to
commencing those activities. NOAA
intends to restate this advice in the
regulations for the program components.
A. IFQ Program Details
IFQs offer a powerful accountability
measure for maintaining catch levels
within limits (as required by the MSA).
The IFQ program would feature
complete accounting for all catch, both
landings and discards, and would
facilitate accountability down to the
individual vessel level.
1. Structure Overview
Amendment 20 would establish an
IFQ program for the shore-based LE
trawl fleet. The IFQ program would
apply to a specified list of species, set
forth in § 660.140(c) of the proposed
rule, which includes both whiting and
non-whiting species. The program
would apply to shore-based harvesters
with LE permits and first receivers, and
would apply to all trips with IFQ
species delivered shoreside. The IFQ
program would provide for total catch
accounting and individual vessel
responsibility. This means that both
landed catch and discards would count
against the quota pounds in an
individual vessel’s vessel account.
Accountability for landings and
discards are expected to increase the
certainty managers have regarding
fishing mortality, which in turn is
expected to foster the rebuilding of
overfished species and help prevent
overfishing. Furthermore, the increased
observation necessary to monitor
landings and discard is expected to
increase the information flow on the
status of the fishery as the fishery
occurs. Finally, responsibility for
landings and discards—and the
monitoring necessary for that type of
management—is expected to increase
accounting ability and result in changes
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
32997
to fishing behavior, which include a
reduction in the bycatch rate of
constraining stocks and a reduction in
regulatory discarding.
To implement the IFQ program,
NMFS would divide the trawl allocation
for these species between the IFQ and
at-sea whiting sectors. NMFS would
then divide the IFQ allocation among
individual participants as percentages of
the total sector allocation. This
individual apportionment of catch
percentage would be called Quota Share
(QS). Each year, the percentage of catch
represented by the QS would be
converted into poundage based on the
total amount of catch available to the
sector. This poundage would be known
as Quota Pounds (QP). The QP would be
issued to the QS permit owner, but in
order to be fished, the QP would have
to be transferred into a vessel account.
In order to land an IFQ species, a
vessel’s account would be required to
contain sufficient QP to cover the catch
within 30 days of the landing. Special
provisions for addressing overages are
discussed below in section II.A.7 of this
preamble.
Within the IFQ program, vessels
would be allowed to use a variety of
directed groundfish commercial gear
(including non-trawl gear) to take the
shore-based trawl sector allocation,
which would thus allow for ‘‘gear
switching.’’ To prevent the OA and fixed
gear allocations from being reduced due
to landings by people with IFQ, catch
that is made with non-trawl gear by a
person with QP would count against the
QP and against the IFQ allocation. In
addition, QS and QP would be tied to
specific species groups, areas, and
sectors.
The assignment of QP would
constitute a revocable privilege to
harvest a certain portion of the trawl
sector’s allocation within a given year,
which would not constitute a
permanent right or privilege. NMFS and
the Council would review the program
at regular intervals to determine
whether the program should be
continued. Results of these reviews
could lead to dissolution of the
program, revocation of QS, or other
fundamental changes to the program.
The first review would occur no later
than 5 years after implementation, with
subsequent reviews, if applicable, at 4year intervals after that. Holders of QS
should remain cognizant of this fact
when making decisions regarding their
QS, including the buying, selling, and
leasing of these shares.
2. IFQ species
IFQ requirements would apply for
most species of groundfish under the
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
32998
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
FMP (although some would still be
managed collectively at the stockcomplex level, such as remaining minor
slope rockfish). Dogfish and some
groundfish species rarely caught by
trawl gear would be excluded from the
IFQ program. T o ensure that OY for
species not covered by the IFQ are not
exceeded, catch of those species would
be monitored.
QS would be assigned for the
following species: lingcod, Pacific cod,
Pacific whiting, sablefish north of
36° N. lat., sablefish south of 36° N. lat.,
Pacific ocean perch, widow rockfish,
canary rockfish, chilipepper rockfish,
bocaccio, splitnose rockfish, yellowtail
rockfish, shortspine thornyhead north of
34°27′ N. lat., shortspine thornyhead
south of 34°27′ N. lat., longspine
thornyhead north of 34°27′ N. lat.,
cowcod, darkblotched rockfish,
yelloweye rockfish, minor rockfish
north slope species complex, minor
rockfish north shelf species complex,
minor rockfish south slope species
complex, minor rockfish south shelf
species complex, Dover sole, English
sole, petrale sole, arrowtooth flounder,
starry flounder, and the ‘‘Other Flatfish’’
stock complex.
The purpose of covering species with
quota is to provide a catch-control tool
to ensure that management targets are
adhered to and that other sectors are not
affected by higher-than-expected catch
levels in the trawl fishery, or both. In
determining which species to
recommend for coverage, the Council
considered cases in which it would not
be necessary or appropriate to cover
certain species, such as species that are
inaccessible to groundfish trawl gear,
species that are constrained by the catch
of other species, species caught
predominantly within state waters, and
species encountered in very small
volumes. For these types of species,
management through IFQ is not
necessary for successful management of
fishing mortality.
For species not covered by IFQ, trip
limits and set-asides may still be used
and would be implemented through the
biennial specification process.
For Pacific halibut taken as bycatch in
the IFQ fishery, Amendment 20 would
require halibut individual bycatch quota
(IBQ) to cover the mortality of the
incidental catch of Pacific halibut in the
groundfish trawl shore-based fishery.
This would be a change from the current
trawl fishery in which there is no cap
on the amount of halibut caught,
discarded, or killed. Retention of halibut
caught under the IBQ would not be
allowed, which is consistent with the
current regulations. The purpose of
establishing an IBQ would be to prevent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
the trawl fishery from preempting or
constraining the directed halibut
fishery. The level of halibut mortality
would be limited by the total catch
limits proposed in Amendment 21, if
that amendment is approved.
3. Who can participate?
While initial issuance of QS would be
limited to Limited Entry permit owners
based on catch history, and whiting
shoreside processors based on
processing history, after the initial
issuance, QP would be immediately
transferable in increments of whole
pounds. In addition, after the first 2
years, QS would become transferable as
well. The eligibility requirements for
owning QS and QP would be very
broad, allowing anyone who meets the
following criteria to own them: A U.S.
citizen, permanent resident alien, or
corporation, partnership, or other entity
established under the laws of the United
States or any State that is eligible to own
and control a U.S. fishing vessel with a
fishery endorsement.
a. Initial Issuance
The Council considered which groups
should receive QS by initial issuance
(vessel owners, permit owners,
processors, communities, skippers and
crew, or general public through
auctions, etc.). In consideration of many
factors—including but not limited to
dependence on the fishery, economic
and market factors, fairness and equity,
community impacts, the ability to
promote stewardship, and participation
history—the Council recommended
dividing the initial issuance as follows:
The Council recommended that
harvesters (those holding LE permits for
trawl vessels) be given an initial
allocation of 90 percent of the nonwhiting QS and 80 percent of the
whiting QS. Ten percent of the QS for
non-whiting species would be set aside
for an adaptive management program
(AMP), and eligible shoreside
processors would receive 20 percent of
the whiting QS. After the first 2 years,
transferability would likely affect these
initial distribution ratios.
The AMP is intended to be used after
the first 2 years to address the following
objectives: Community stability,
processor stability, conservation, and
unintended or unforeseen consequences
of IFQ management. During the first 2
years of the program, the AMP QP
would be issued (‘‘passed through’’) to
all QS holders pro rata. During the first
2 years of the program, the Council
intends to develop the procedures and
formulas for distributing the AMP quota
set aside starting in year 3 of the
program; this could require a
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
recommendation to NMFS, as well as a
proposed and final rulemaking in order
to approve and implement it.
The Council also considered whether
the initial issuance of QS in the
harvesting sector should be allocated to
the vessel owner or the LE permit
owner. Because the ownership of the
permit better reflects the amount of
investment in the fishery than the
ownership of the vessel, and the permit
is what authorizes the participation in
the fishery, the Council recommended
attaching the initial issuance to the
qualifying permits. Subsequent
transfers, as well as potential additional
distributions, would allow for
additional groups to buy into the
fishery.
The Council also considered the
highly controversial issue of allocation
of harvest shares to processors. Several
alternatives concerning the initial
issuance of harvest QS to processors
were considered, ranging from fifty
percent of QS for all whiting and nonwhiting IFQ species, to zero percent of
QS for all IFQ species, to amounts
within this range for whiting only. In its
deliberation on this issue, the Council
explored the issue of investment in the
fishery, the role of ownership of QS in
the conservation benefits of a catch
share program, and the importance of a
strong working relationship between the
community, processors, and the
harvesters. The Council’s final
recommendation was to provide to
eligible shoreside processors twenty
percent of the initial issuance of whiting
QS only. The Council’s rationale in
choosing the preferred alternative
focused on the need to carefully
consider the balance of market power
between harvesters and processors, as
well as the importance to communities
of maintaining processing capabilities
along the coast. The Council believed
that an initial allocation of twenty
percent of the whiting resource to
eligible shoreside processors struck an
appropriate compromise among these
multiple factors. In addition, the
Council believed that the AMP could be
used to lessen potential impacts to
processors and communities.
i. Eligibility and Qualifying Criteria for
Initial Issuance of QS
Both harvesters and shore-based
processors could receive QS permits if
they meet the initial eligibility and
qualifying criteria.
(A) Eligibility and Qualifying Criteria
for Harvesters
A harvester may apply for initial
issuance of both whiting and nonwhiting QS. To be eligible, the harvester
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
32999
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
would need to own a LE trawl-endorsed
permit. The Council considered that the
significant investment in vessels and
permits provide a good indicator of who
should be eligible to apply among the
fleet.
After considering several possible
time periods to serve as the qualifying
period, the Council recommended the
years 1994–2003 for non-overfished
species. These years represent the
period of time from the beginning of the
license limitation period through the
announcement of the trawl
rationalization control date. Dates prior
to 1994 would not have permit histories
because the LE system under which the
permits were issued was not
implemented until 1994. Other potential
start dates between 1994 and 2003 were
considered, including 1997 (the first
year of fixed allocations among the three
whiting sectors), 1998 (to exclude older
histories), 1999 (the year of the first
major reductions in response to
overfished determinations), and 2000
(the year disaster was declared and
fishing opportunities were significantly
constrained and modified). The Council
also considered 2004 as a later end date
to the qualifying period, but determined
that using 2004 would reward
speculative entrants who chose to
ignore the control date, create
perceptions of inequity, and undermine
the ability of the Council to use control
dates in the future.
The recommended range of years from
1994–2003 would include fishing
patterns from under a variety of
circumstances, would recognize longtime users of the fishery, and is
intended to mitigate disruptive effects
experienced by communities as a result
of geographic effort shifts. In addition,
the dropping of the two worst years for
whiting, or the three worst years for
non-whiting, as well as the calculation
of ‘‘relative history’’ (described below),
is intended to mitigate against hardship
cases and could reduce the requests
regarding special circumstances and
appeals.
Determination of overfished species
QS would be based upon bycatch rates
for different target species and areas and
vessel logbook area distribution data
from the years 2003–2006. This time
period is used because the Council
intended to accommodate more recent
fishing patterns and spatial trends—and
to provide the allocations of bycatch to
those most in need of such allocations
for the purpose of targeting healthy
stocks. The Council declined to use
catch history of these species as a basis
for allocation because it would reward
those who targeted these species in
recent years.
(B) Eligibility and Qualifying Criteria for
Processors
A shoreside processor may apply for
initial issuance of whiting QS only. To
be eligible, the processor would need to
have received at least 1 metric ton of
whiting from whiting trips (defined as a
fishing trip where greater than or equal
to 50 percent of all fish reported on the
state landing receipt is whiting) in each
year of at least two of the years from
1998–2004. The Council considered the
greater likelihood of transient
participation among processors, and
therefore included the additional
criteria of the minimum receipt
requirement to demonstrate substantial
participation.
For eligibility for initial issuance,
‘‘shoreside processor’’ would be defined
as an operation on U.S. soil that takes
delivery of trawl-caught groundfish that
has not been processed and that
thereafter engages that fish in shoreside
processing activities, which include
cutting groundfish into smaller portions;
freezing, cooking, smoking, or drying
groundfish; packaging that groundfish
for resale into 100 pound units or
smaller for sale or distribution into a
wholesale or retail market; and the
purchase of live groundfish from a
harvesting vessel and redistribution in
to a wholesale or retail market. Entities
that received fish that have not
undergone at-sea processing or
Year 1
shoreside processing and sell that fish
directly to consumers would not be
considered a processor for purposes of
QS allocations.
The best official data that can be used
to identify a processor that processed
whiting on shore are the state landing
receipts signed by the first receiver of
the whiting. In a few cases, the first
receiver that signed the landing receipts
is not in fact the first processor of the
whiting. Because of this, the process
established to issue whiting QS to
processors will allow the first receiver
to apply for the QS. If the first receiver
is not in fact the first processor, these
regulations establish a process whereby
the initial issuance of the QS could be
issued to the first processor through
agreement by the first processor and
first receiver, or by a separate request for
correction submitted by the first
processor.
(C) Calculation of QS
The Council developed formulas to
determine initial issuance allocations of
QS. The allocation formulas are based
on vessel landings or processor receipt
histories within the shoreside sector.
Under the proposed rule, NMFS would
use data from the Pacific Fisheries
Information Network (PacFIN) of the
Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission to derive these histories.
In developing the allocation formulas,
the Council considered whether to
calculate QS based on a harvester’s
landings or processor’s receipt history
as expressed in absolute pounds or by
the applicant’s relative history. Relative
history computes an applicant’s history
as a percentage of effort within the
sector, rather than in absolute pounds,
in order to take into account changes in
fishing and processing opportunity
between years. An example to illustrate
the concept of relative history can be
shown using a hypothetical fishery with
one species, three permits, and four
years. The permits’ absolute catch
history for each year, expressed as
species weight, follows:
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Permit 1 ...........................................................................................................
Permit 2 ...........................................................................................................
Permit 3 ...........................................................................................................
300
500
400
100
600
1200
200
300
400
200
200
100
Sector Total ..............................................................................................
1200
1900
900
500
The relative history for each permit
would express each permit’s catch in
terms of a percentage of the total catch.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
Thus, in this hypothetical example, the
permit’s catch history would be divided
by the total catch history of all permits
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
in the sector. The relative history of this
hypothetical fishery would look like
this:
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33000
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Year 1
(percent)
Year 2
(percent)
Year 3
(percent)
Year 4
(percent)
Permit 1 ...........................................................................................................
Permit 2 ...........................................................................................................
Permit 3 ...........................................................................................................
25
42
33
5
32
63
22
33
44
40
40
20
Sector Total ..............................................................................................
100
100
100
100
For calculating QS, some calculations
drop years with the lowest relative
history before summing all relative
histories, with the QS determined by
dividing the permit’s total relative
histories by the aggregate total for the
sector. This can be shown in this
hypothetical example by demonstrating
one dropped year as follows (each
permit’s lowest relative history is
Year 1
(percent)
Year 2
(percent)
Year 3
(percent)
crossed out and not counted in the total
relative history for the permit or year in
which it occurs):
Total
(sum of relative
histories, less
worst year)
(percent)
Year 4
(percent)
QS Allocation
(permit total relative history/total
of sector relative
histories)
(percent)
25
42
33
5
32
63
22
33
44
40
40
20
87
115
140
25.36
33.53
40.82
Sector Total (less worst
years) ................................
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Permit 1 ........................................
Permit 2 ........................................
Permit 3 ........................................
100
63
100
80
343
100.00
The calculation of relative history
uses all catch history associated with
the sector, regardless of whether all of
that catch qualifies for QS, in order to
demonstrate the permit or processor’s
actual performance relative to other
participants.
The Council recommended specific
allocation formulas for determining the
initial amount of QS each eligible entity
would receive. For harvesters,
calculation of QS under this program
would differ based on the eligibility of
the underlying permits. The QS
associated with the history of permits
retired in the buyback program for all
species (except incidentally-caught
overfished species other than canary)
would be distributed equally among the
remaining qualified permits. The QS
pool associated with the buyback
permits would be the buyback permit
history as a percent of the total fleet
history for the allocation period, based
on absolute pounds with no dropped
years or other adjustments (about 44
percent of the QS would be allocated in
this fashion).
The remaining harvester QS after
computing the equal distribution would
be calculated based on the history
associated with each harvester’s own
current limited entry trawl permit.
Different allocation formulas are used
for whiting trips and non-whiting trips,
as well as different formulas for target
species and incidentally-caught
overfished species in non-whiting trips.
For initial issuance, a whiting trip
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
would be defined as a fishing trip where
greater than or equal to 50 percent of all
fish reported on the state landing receipt
are whiting (a non-whiting trip for
purposes of initial issuance would be a
fishing trip where less than 50 percent
of all fish reported on the state landing
receipt are whiting). For calculating QS
based on a permit’s landing history,
NMFS would combine the landings
histories of permits that have been
combined. If two or more permits are
registered to a single vessel, then NMFS
would divide the landings history
evenly among the permits. Landings
history associated with provisional ‘‘A’’
permits that did not result in an ‘‘A’’
permit and landings associated with ‘‘B’’
permits would not be used; these
permits no longer exist.
Within the regulations deemed by the
Council as necessary or appropriate
under the Magnuson Act, there were
regulations where the Council expected
NMFS to undertake the following when
allocating catch history: ‘‘After applying
standard PacFIN species composition
algorithms and where the resulting
species categorizations do not match
IFQ species categories, NMFS will
assign species to an IFQ species
category based on other information
from state landings receipts or logbook
information in PacFIN.’’ As discussed in
Appendix A to the Draft Environmental
Impact Statement (DEIS) for
Amendment 20 (see Tables A–57 and
A–58), most of this issue concerns
unspecified rockfish within the minor
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
rockfish north and south IFQ categories.
NMFS is unsure that such an analysis
can be reasonably undertaken given the
Council’s staff estimate that about
25,000 fish tickets would have to be
reviewed. As noted in Appendix A, this
could be a source of appeal: ‘‘Another
area in which some discretion will be
exercised is the classification of fish
ticket records for which species remains
unspecified, even after the application
of species composition information
(unspecified flatfish and unspecified
rockfish). Unspecified flatfish can be
reasonably assigned to the ‘‘Other
Flatfish’’ category. Unspecified rockfish
is most likely remaining shelf rockfish
but might also be remaining nearshore
rockfish (outside the scope of the IFQ
program) or remaining slope rockfish. A
more accurate determination may be
made by considering other species listed
on the fish ticket as well as any logbook
data that can be correlated with a
particular trip. Judgments made in the
application of this ancillary data to
determine the correct attribution for
unspecified rockfish may be a source of
appeal. Data on the extent of this issue
is provided in Section A–2.1.3. The
precautionary note regarding changing
fish tickets is included in response to
rumors that during the license
limitation program implementation state
agency personnel were changing fish
tickets at fishermen’s requests without
realizing the implications with respect
to the license limitation permit issuance
process.’’
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
NMFS highlights this issue to request
comments specifically on whether the
agency should use information other
than PacFIN data to assign species to an
IFQ species category when such action
would be impracticable in that it would
be extremely time consuming and result
in information that would not
necessarily be accurate.
The Council also adopted language
that stated: ‘‘History for illegal landings
will not count for allocation of QS.
Landings made under non-whiting
Experimental Fishing Permits (EFPs)
that are in excess of the cumulative
limits in place for the nonEFP fishery
will not count toward an allocation of
QS.’’ However, the draft regulations
deemed as necessary or appropriate
under the Magnuson Act, by the Council
stated that ‘‘Landings identified as being
in excess of the cumulative landings
limits in place (e.g., illegal landings,
non-whiting EFP landings, etc.) will not
count toward the allocation of QS.’’ The
proposed regulation at
§ 660.140(d)(8)(iii)(A)(5) differs from
what the Council initially deemed in
order to match the language adopted by
the Council. NMFS would rely upon
information reported into the state fish
ticket system (as documented in the
PacFIN database) to identify such
landings.
Allocations of QS based on a LE
trawl-endorsed permit’s catch history
from whiting trips would be calculated
from the permit’s relative history from
1994–2003, dropping the two years with
the worst relative history. Allocations
for incidental catch in the whiting
fishery would be made pro rata based on
the qualifying permit’s whiting history,
meaning QS of bycatch species from
whiting trips would be allocated at the
same percent as whiting QS. Allocations
of QS based on a LE trawl-endorsed
permit’s catch history for certain target
species from non-whiting trips (called
‘‘Group 1’’ species in the proposed rule)
would be calculated from the permit’s
relative history from 1994–2003,
dropping the three years with the worst
relative history.
Allocations of QS based on a LE
trawl-endorsed permit’s catch history
for incidentally-caught overfished
species from non-whiting trips (‘‘Group
2’’ and ‘‘Group 3’’ species in the
proposed rule) would be calculated by
a formula that takes into account
average bycatch rates based on 2003–
2006 data from the West Coast
Groundfish Observer Program
(WCGOP), specific depth and latitude
distributions determined from vessel
logbook data, and the permit’s QS
allocations of certain target species.
Bycatch rates specified in the proposed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
rule have been calculated by the NMFS’
Northwest Fishery Science Center, and
may be modified in the final rule for
greater precision. To determine the
weighting of various target species
against which bycatch rates would be
applied, NMFS would calculate a
permit’s estimated QP based on shortterm non-whiting allocations applied to
2011 harvest specifications (initial
calculations would be based on
projections, subject to revision pending
final specifications). The goal would be
to address the QS recipient’s need to
cover incidental catch on non-whiting
trips under current fishing practices. In
order to make sure each qualifying
permit receives an initial allocation of
canary rockfish QS (‘‘Group 3’’ species
in the proposed rule), as described
above, the landings history of vessels
bought out through the buyback
program for canary rockfish would be
distributed evenly among qualifying QS
permits.
Allocation of QS from whiting trips
and from non-whiting trips would be
calculated separately and weighted
according to short-term allocations
between whiting and non-whiting as set
forth in 660.140(d)(8). The resulting
amounts would be combined into a
single QS for each species. Although not
specifically addressed in the Council
motion, for the first year of
implementation only, NMFS would
round overfished species QP up to the
nearest pound for qualifying QS permits
that would receive greater than zero, but
less than one pound of an overfished
species. This is intended to help
mitigate the effects of initial issuance of
overfished species QS.
Halibut IBQ for harvesters would be
calculated using a formula based on QS
for arrowtooth flounder and petrale sole,
two target species that correlate to
halibut bycatch. The formula would
include additional factors such as area
distribution of fishing effort and bycatch
rates from WCGOP data applied to
projected 2011 specifications, as set
forth in full at § 660.140(d)(8). As with
the QS calculation for overfished
species, bycatch rates specified in the
proposed rule may be modified in the
final rule for greater precision.
For shoreside processors, calculation
of whiting QS would be based on the
relative history of the eligible processing
company’s receipts of whiting from
whiting trips. NMFS would calculate
whiting QS based on the processor’s
relative history from 1998–2004,
dropping the 2 years with the worst
relative history. NMFS would rely on
PacFIN records to determine the first
receiver/processor. A key consideration
for this formula was to minimize
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33001
disruption in the processing sector. An
appeals process would allow NMFS to
subsequently reassign landings history
to another shoreside processor, if
applicable.
ii. How To Obtain an Initial QS Permit
(A) Application and Correction
The proposed rule, at § 660.140(d)(8),
sets forth two ways for qualified
applicants to apply for a QS permit,
either by responding to NMFS’
prequalification materials, or by
requesting a blank application and
completing and submitting it to NMFS
with evidence of qualification.
NMFS would mail ‘‘prequalified
applications’’ to the eligible LE trawl
permit holders and first receivers that
appear to qualify for QS. The
prequalification materials would show
the basis for NMFS’ calculations. If an
eligible applicant does not receive a
prequalified application from NMFS,
the applicant may request a blank
application from NMFS. The applicant
would be required to complete the
application and submit it to NMFS,
along with additional information, by
the application deadline. Failure to
submit a complete application package
to NMFS by the application deadline
date would result in forgoing the ability
to qualify for initial issuance of QS.
In preparation for this process, NMFS
published, on January 29, 2010 (75 FR
4684), a final rule on data collection that
included providing notice to
participants in the industry to review
their catch data for purposes of ensuring
that the QS and other calculations
undertaken by NMFS would be based
on the best available data. In the
February 19, 2010, ‘‘Small Entity
Compliance Guide’’ associated with this
rule, NMFS provided the following
instructions: ‘‘For those individuals
wanting to participate in the IFQ
fishery, the data source is the Pacific
States Marine Fisheries Commission’s
PacFIN database and includes the
following: 1. Landings data during
1994–2003 from state fish tickets, as
provided by the states to the PacFIN
database, would be used to determine
initial allocation of IFQ QS for the
shore-based whiting and non-whiting
harvesters and for the shore-based
whiting processors. 2. The first receiver
listed on the state fish ticket, as
recorded in PacFIN, would be used to
determine to whom whiting processing
history should be attributed for whiting
QS. Through NMFS’ initial issuance
process for QS, there would be an
opportunity to reassign the whiting
processing history. 3. State logbook
information from 2003 through 2006, as
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33002
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
recorded in PacFIN, would be used to
determine the area fished for individual
permits (depth and latitudinal strata
associated with permits). This
information would be used in a formula
to determine a permit’s initial allocation
of overfished species. For those seeking
to participate in the MS or C/P fisheries,
the data sources are from the NMFS’
Northwest Fisheries Science Center’s
Pacific whiting observer data in
NORPAC (NORPAC data). Observer data
from the NORPAC database would be
used to determine initial issuance of MS
permits, mothership catcher vessel (MS/
CV) endorsed permits, and C/P
endorsed permits and allocation of
whiting catch history assignments on
MS/CV endorsed permits. Information
on trawl-endorsed groundfish limited
entry permits or permit combinations
would come from limited entry permit
records at NMFS, Northwest Region,
Sustainable Fisheries Division, Fisheries
Permits Office.’’
All potential participants in the trawl
rationalization program were requested
to check the data that NMFS would use
for initial issuance of permits and
allocations of harvest privileges. This
includes potential QS permit owners in
the IFQ fishery, including harvesters
and shore-based whiting processors. It
also includes potential coop
participants that may be issued a MS
permit, a MS/CV endorsement with an
associated whiting catch history
assignment, or a C/P endorsement.
Participants were instructed that this
would be the only opportunity for
potential participants in the trawl
rationalization program to review and, if
necessary, correct their fishery data
prior to initial issuance of permits and
allocations. At that time, NMFS stated
that it was very important that this
information be reviewed prior to the
publication of the proposed rule for the
trawl rationalization program, so that
when NMFS extracts a copy of the
databases for the initial issuance of
permits and allocations, the data is
correct. Participants were further
instructed that NMFS would not allow
this data to be corrected during the
initial issuance and appeals process.
Only NMFS’ extraction, expansion, or
aggregation of the data would be subject
to appeal, not whether the raw data
NMFS used was correct.
Because none of the data is publicly
available at the individual level, for
confidentiality reasons, NMFS provided
instructions and Federal and state
contact information for participants to
use in requesting data and correcting
data. (In support of this process, the
PSMFC developed scripts for the States
to use in providing fishermen and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
processors their data.) NMFS also
indicated that if existing data contains
a mistake, such as a transcription error,
then the participant may request a
correction. However, requests to add
new data to PacFIN or NORPAC would
not be considered. For logbooks, only
existing logbook information in PacFIN
may be corrected (i.e., only transcription
errors); no new logbooks dating back to
2003 through 2006 would be accepted.
Any revisions to an entity’s fish tickets
or logbooks would have to be approved
by the state in order to be accepted by
NMFS.
NMFS previously announced that the
agency intended to extract a copy of the
databases for the purposes of initial
issuance on the date of publication of
the proposed rule for initial issuance
(i.e., the date of publication of this
proposed rule). However, upon further
consideration, NMFS has chosen to
specify the date of extraction as July 1,
2010, in order to give the public more
time to verify their data. Potential
participants have had notice of the
significance of verifying their data, and
this extension to July 1, 2010, gives
them additional time.
NMFS is proposing in this rule that
the only basis for appeal would be the
same as the basis for corrections which
are errors in NMFS’ extraction,
aggregation, or expansion of data,
including: Errors in NMFS extraction of
landings data from PacFIN; errors in
NMFS extraction of state logbook data
from PacFIN; errors in NMFS
application of the QS allocation
formula; errors in the identification of
the permit owner, permit combinations,
or vessel registration as listed in NMFS’
permit database; and errors in
ownership information for first receivers
and shoreside processors. The proposed
rule, at § 660.140(d)(8), sets forth
requirements for requesting these
corrections. If an applicant does not
accept NMFS’ calculation in the prequalified application, the applicant
would be required to identify in writing
to NMFS which parts of the application
the applicant contends to be inaccurate,
and provide specific, credible
information to substantiate any request
for correction by the application
deadline date. The proposed rule also
sets forth requirements for reassignment
of whiting landings history for shoreside
processors, which require a written
request signed by both parties providing
specific information. An additional
basis for requesting a correction or
appeal for whiting QS based on
shoreside processing would also be an
allegation that the first receiver to which
a QS permit and QS have been assigned
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
was not in fact the first processor of the
fish included in the qualifying history.
In support of this process, the Council
provided the industry a series of tables
with its preliminary estimates of QS.
(See https://www.pcouncil.org/
groundfish/fishery-management-plan/
fmp-amendment-20/trawlrationalization-schedule-and-quotashare-allocation-tables/#qs). The
Council provided a QS allocation table
for permits that shows the estimated
initial allocations of QS on a permit-bypermit basis, as developed for purposes
of analysis. The last line of the tables
provides the whiting allocations for the
MS/CV-endorsed permit catch history
assignments that would be part of the
MS coop program. The permit
identifiers were masked for
confidentiality reasons; the unmasked
number for any particular permit is
available only to the owner of that
permit. The Council office mailed those
numbers to permit owner. (A list of the
owners of LE permits is available from
the NMFS Limited Entry Permit Office
Web site at https://nwr2.nmfs.noaa.gov/
nwp_public_ss/HOME/
index_pub_permits_ss.cfm.)
The Council described how its QS
estimates were calculated. The QS
estimates are based on 1994–2003 state
fish ticket information acquired in the
fall of 2006 from the PacFIN database,
port sampler information which records
the average species mixes for species
reported on fish tickets as a group (e.g.,
‘‘Other Rockfish’’); WCGOP data from
2003 to 2006; and individual permit
logbook information for 2003 through
2006. With respect to the logbook
information, if a permit was not active
from 2003–2006, fleet-wide averages
were used in place of the permitspecific logbook information. The
allocation formulas that were applied
are those from Section A–2.1.3 of the
Council recommended program.
A similar table was provided for
initial estimates of whiting QS that may
be allocated to whiting processors.
Twenty percent of the total whiting QS
would be allocated to processors, as
determined for the purpose of analysis.
For processors to qualify they would be
required to first meet a recent
participation criteria, which requires
that—in each of at least 2 years from
1998 through 2004—a processor would
be required to have processed at least
one metric ton (mt) from a vessel
making a whiting trip. Available data
indicates there are 11 companies that
meet this criterion. Two tables were
provided for processors; one provided a
list of the companies meeting the recent
participation criteria and the other
showed an estimate of the amount of QS
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
projected for each company. For the QS
estimates, the identity of the processor
expected to receive the QS was masked,
as was done for the permit owners.
The Council indicated that the actual
QS allocations would be determined by
NMFS and may vary from these
estimates for a variety of reasons,
including (but not limited to):
• A change in the allocation of
harvest between shore-based whiting
and non-whiting sectors or a change in
the QS initial allocation formula arising
through a partial disapproval of the
program by NMFS;
• A change in the rebuilding status
for overfished species or a new finding
that a particular species is overfished,
since the shoreside whiting/non-whiting
sector split and QS allocation formulas
for overfished species differ from that of
non-overfished species; and
• The correction of an error in the
fish tickets or logbooks on record for a
particular permit (such a change may
cause adjustments to the initial
allocations for all other permits).
The Council also provided a
hypothetical conversion of the initial
QS allocations to QP based on OYs for
the 2010 fishery and the trawl sector
allocations recommended by the
Council in April 2009. This is
hypothetical because (1) actual QP
available to the fishery, if and when this
program begins after 2010, would differ
from the 2010 example used here, and
(2) the estimated QS for a permit may
vary from the final actual QS issued to
that permit, for the reasons cited above.
The November 11, 2009, update of
these tables included modification of
the canary QS allocations pursuant to
actions taken by the Council at its
November 2009 meeting and
modification of the catch area
assignments. Modification of the catch
area assignments primarily affected the
allocation of southern sablefish and
southern shortspine thornyheads. The
Council also noted that for some
species, such as bocaccio, the trawl
sector allocations may be greater than
those assumed in the example. On
December 18, 2009, the Pacific halibut
and MS whiting estimates were added.
On January 25, 2010, the Processor
Whiting QS Allocation Table was
added. This table was revised on April
9, 2010.
Applicants would be required to
submit completed, signed, notarized
applications by the deadline date (60
days after date of publication of the final
rule in the Federal Register). The
proposed rule sets forth the
requirements for complete applications
at § 660.140(d)(8). To be complete, the
application would be required to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
include: Certification that the applicant
qualifies to own QS; indication as to
whether the applicant accepts NMFS’
calculation of initial issuance of QS
provided in the prequalified
application, or credible information that
demonstrates their qualification for QS;
and a complete Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form identifying all
individuals with 2 percent or greater
interest in the permit. Business entities
may be required to submit a corporate
resolution or other credible
documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity. NMFS may
request additional information of the
applicant as necessary to make an initial
administrative determination (IAD) on
initial QS issuance.
(B) IAD and Appeals
NMFS would issue an IAD for all
complete, certified applications
received by the application deadline
date. If NMFS approves an application
for initial issuance of QS, the applicant
would receive a QS Permit specifying
the amounts of QS for which the
applicant has qualified and the
applicant would be registered to a QS
Account. If NMFS disapproves an
application or a portion of the QS
applied for, the IAD would provide the
reasons NMFS did not approve or only
partially approved the application. If the
applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 30 calendar days of the date on
the IAD, the IAD would become the
final decision of the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce.
An applicant who disagrees with
NMFS’ determination on the application
would be required to appeal within 30
days or the IAD would become final.
The proposed rule sets forth procedures
and timelines for making appeals at
§ 660.25(g). Only the applicant may
appeal the IAD. In this proposed rule,
NMFS is proposing that there is no
option to appeal a decision based on
incomplete or inadequate data; the only
basis for appeal would be the same as
the basis for corrections which are
errors in NMFS’ extraction, aggregation,
or expansion of data, including: Errors
in NMFS extraction of landings data
from PacFIN; errors in NMFS extraction
of state logbook data from PacFIN; errors
in NMFS application of the QS
allocation formula; errors in
identification of the permit owner,
permit combinations, or vessel
registration as listed in NMFS permit
database; and errors in ownership
information for first receivers and
shoreside processors. An additional
basis for appeal for whiting QS based on
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33003
shoreside processing would also be an
allegation that the first receiver to which
a QS permit and QS have been assigned
is not in fact the first processor for those
fish. The appeal would be required to be
in writing and allege credible facts to
show why the criteria have been met. In
addition, § 660.140(d)(8) of the
proposed rule specifies that certain
issues may not be appealed, including
but not limited to: The accuracy of the
permit landings data or shoreside first
receiver landings data in the dataset
extracted from PacFIN by NMFS on July
1, 2010.
(C) Permit Pending Appeal
The proposed rule would address the
status of permits pending appeal as
follows. For permits and endorsement
qualifications and eligibility appeals
(i.e., QS permit (permit eligibility, not
amounts), MS permit, MS/CV
endorsement, C/P endorsement), any
permit or endorsement under appeal
may not fish in the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery until a final decision
on the appeal has been made. If the
permit or endorsement is issued, the
permit or endorsement would be
effective upon approval, except for QS
permits, which would be effective at the
start of the next fishing year.
For a QS amount for specific IFQ
management unit species under appeal,
the QS amount for the IFQ species
under appeal would remain as that
previously assigned to the associated QS
in the IAD. The QS permit could be
used to fish in the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery with the QS amounts
assigned to the QS permit in the IAD.
Once a final decision on the appeal has
been made—and if a revised QS amount
for a specific IFQ species would be
assigned to the QS permit—the QS
amount associated with the QS permit
would be effective at the start of the
next calendar year.
b. Transfers
After the first 2 years of program
implementation, transfers of QS would
be allowed. While criteria for initial
issuance limit recipients to owners of
LE trawl permits, after the first 2 years,
transfers could be made to a broader
group. Generally, anyone eligible to own
a U.S.-documented fishing vessel could
acquire QS and QP in increments as
small as one pound. These provisions
would allow for new entrants into the
fishery; for example, a crew member
could slowly purchase amounts of
quota. They would also allow for
ownership of QS by communities, nongovernmental organizations, or other
entities.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33004
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
This transferability would be
expected to facilitate bycatch reduction
and efficiency. Through the transfer of
QS/QP (bought and sold or ‘‘leased’’
through private contract), it is
anticipated that those best able to avoid
catching overfished species, and those
who are most efficient, would increase
the amount of QS/QP registered to them,
while those who consistently have high
bycatch rates or operate less efficiently
might choose to sell their QS and leave
the fishery.
c. Requirement to Transfer QP Into
Vessel Account
Each year, all QP would be required
to be transferred into a vessel account
by September 1. This requirement is
intended to encourage its availability for
use by the fleet.
d. Distribution of Additional Quota
Shares
In Amendment 20, the Council
indicates that it would consider the use
of an auction or other non-history-based
method when distributing QS that may
become available after initial allocation.
This may include quota created when a
stock transitions from overfished to nonoverfished status, quota not used by the
AMP, quota forfeited to ‘‘use it or lose
it’’ provisions, and any quota that
becomes available as a result of the
initial or subsequent reviews of the
program. The method of distribution
would be designed to achieve the goals
of Amendment 20, including
minimizing the adverse effects from an
IFQ program on fishing communities to
the extent practical.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4. Ownership Limitations and
Accumulation Limits
While transferability is an important
component of the Amendment 20
program, there would also be
accumulation limits on the amount of
QS or QP that could be controlled by a
person. The intent of these limits is to
prevent excessive control of quota by a
participant. The MSA specifically
requires the establishment of a
maximum share that each limited access
privilege holder is permitted to hold,
acquire, or use.
a. Limits
In developing limits, the Council
noted the tension between allowing
sufficient accumulation to improve the
efficiencies of harvesting activities and
preventing levels of accumulation that
could result in adverse economic and
social effects. In determining the
appropriate levels, the Council
considered a wide range of factors such
as social benefits, impact on labor,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
impacts on processors, impacts on
harvesters, impacts on the public, the
number and sizes of firms, within-sector
competition, market power, efficiency,
geographic distribution, communities,
and fairness and equity.
Amendment 20 would establish limits
(by species group and area) on the
amount of QS an individual can control
(control limits). Control limits would
apply to individual species, species
groups (and area, for some species),
expressed as a percentage of the shorebased IFQ program’s allocation. The
proposed control limits are set forth in
the proposed rule in the table at
§ 660.140(d)(4). In addition, the
proposed rule would establish a control
limit for the amount of non-whiting QS
a person may control in aggregate.
To determine a person’s aggregate
amount of non-whiting QS, the Council
adopted a formula that would convert
QS to poundage to reflect the weighting
between individual stocks. Because
individual non-whiting species’ stock
fluctuations would affect a QS owner’s
aggregate QS holdings, the Council
motion states that ‘‘This conversion will
always be conducted using the trawl
allocations applied to the 2010 OYs,
until such time as the Council
recommends otherwise’’ and that ‘‘QS
for each species will be multiplied by
the shoreside trawl allocation for that
species.’’ However, because no shoreside
trawl allocation existed in 2010 that
could be applied to the 2010 OYs, it is
not clear how NMFS would calculate
the aggregate non-whiting control limit.
If the Council intended to use the OYs
from the initial implementation year
(i.e., if it were under the mistaken
impression that 2010 was to be the
implementation year) and the 2011 OYs
were used, there would be no problem
determining the aggregate non-whiting
amount, as the sector allocation could
be calculated by deducting the at-sea
sector set asides for each species from
the limited entry trawl sector allocation
for that species. In 2010, however, nonwhiting target species did not have atsea set asides that could be deducted
from the limited entry trawl sector
allocation to calculate a shoreside trawl
allocation. NMFS specifically requests
comment on this issue to address in the
final rule.
NMFS would determine and track
ownership interest in QS to determine
if individuals are within set limits, both
at the initial allocation stage and during
the operation of the program. As part of
the IAD on the initial application,
NMFS would indicate if the QS Permit
owner has QS in amounts that exceed
the accumulation limits and are subject
to divestiture provisions set forth in
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 660.140(d)(4). NMFS would determine
ownership interest based on the
‘‘Individual and Collective Rule,’’ which
means that the QS that counts toward a
person’s accumulation limit would
include both the QS owned by that
person, and a portion of the QS owned
by an entity in which that person has an
interest.
The proposed rule contains additional
interpretation of the word ‘‘control,’’
which is intended to address the
Council’s concern that a person could
control QS by controlling QP. The
proposed rule is intended to set the
boundaries around QS control limits,
including QP but excluding QP in a
vessel account if subject to separate
accumulation limits. If control of QP is
not subject to the QS control limits, a
person could use control over QP to
control a percentage of the harvest from
the fishery in excess of that intended
under the QS control-limit percentage.
In other words, if the QS control limits
are not extended to QP, there is no
assurance that QS control limits would
perform their intended function. At
some point, QP control amounts to the
functional equivalent of QS control. The
following examples illustrate
undesirable forms of control:
Example 1. A QS holder enters into a
multi-year agreement under which another
person has the right to direct how the QS
holder’s QP is used. The person controlling
the QP has essentially gained control of the
QS even beyond the duration of the QP
issued during the first year of the agreement.
Example 2. Vessel financing arrangements
under which a lender who is engaged in the
seafood business exercises control over the
catch delivered by a fisherman-borrower are
not uncommon. These arrangements
sometimes require that the fisherman deliver
his catch as the lender directs, and provide
for a method of calculating ‘‘market value’’ of
the catch. In other cases, the lender may hold
a right of first refusal (‘‘ROFR’’) over the
catch. While the ROFR does not in and of
itself require that the fisherman deliver to the
lender, it provides the lender with the
authority to decide on a delivery-by-delivery
basis whether the catch would be delivered
to a third party or the lender, and thereby
effectively gives the lender control over
catch. If a single lender entered into
arrangements of this type with a number of
fishermen, the lender could potentially
control a percentage of QP for the fishery in
excess of the QS control limit percentage
through those arrangements, without having
asserted direct control over the fishermen’s
QS.
Example 3. Crew assign QP to a vessel, or
fishermen transfer QP to a vessel but do not
grant control over QS. This would not count
toward QS control limits; however, it would
indicate control if long term control of
disposition of the QP derived from the QS
were granted.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Similar regulatory language would
apply a control limit to Pacific halibut
IBQ.
b. Divestiture
Amendment 20 would establish
different rules for complying with the
accumulation limits depending on when
the permits were transferred. For
permits transferred prior to November 8,
2008, and which exceed the
accumulation limits, the permit owner
would initially receive the entire
amount of QS for which the permit
qualifies. However, the permit owner
would be required to divest of the
amount in excess of the limit sometime
during years 3 and 4 of the IFQ program,
and, at the end of year 4 of the IFQ
program, any QS owned or controlled
by a person in excess of the
accumulation limits would be revoked
and redistributed to the remainder of
the QS owners in proportion to the QS
holdings in year 5. No compensation
would be due for any revoked shares.
For permits transferred after
November 8, 2008, the permit owner
would only be able to receive QS
amounts that are within the appropriate
limits. The initial issuance of QS would
be reduced in order to comply with the
applicable control limits. For nonwhiting species, whether NMFS applies
the aggregate non-whiting control limit
first or applies individual non-whiting
species control limits first may affect the
initial QS allocation for each species.
Generally, application of the aggregate
non-whiting control limit first would
result in an allocation that more closely
reflects the weighting of non-whiting
species in the permit’s history. NMFS
highlights this issue to seek specific
comment on which approach to use.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5. QS Account/Annual Renewal
Once a person is found eligible for a
QS permit, NMFS would issue QS and
register it to a QS account. At the
beginning of each year and after QS
permit renewal, NMFS would assign a
specific amount of QP representing the
QS percentage to the account. QS
owners would be required to transfer
their QP from their QS account to a
vessel account in order for those QP to
be fished.
6. Overages and Carryovers
Amendment 20 would provide
flexibility by allowing a 30-day grace
period after which an overage occurred
to acquire QP into the vessel account to
cover the overage. However, during this
30-day period, no more fishing could
occur and no QS transfers could take
place until the account is settled. If an
overage shows on the fish ticket at the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
time of landing or in the vessel account
at any time after the landing, the clock
would start when any data/
documentation from the trip which
caused the overage is available or the
vessel account shows there is an
overage.
To the extent allowed by the
conservation requirements of the MSA,
Amendment 20 would include a
‘‘carryover allowance’’ that would allow
surplus QP in a vessel account to be
carried over from one year to the next
or allow a deficit in a vessel account for
one year to be carried over and covered
with QP from a subsequent year.
Surplus QP could not be carried over for
more than 1 year and could not exceed
in 1 year the carryover allowance as
described below.
A vessel with a QP surplus at the end
of the current year would be able to use
that QP in the immediately following
year, up to the limit of the carryover
allowance (see below). However, if there
is a decline in the OY, the amount of QP
carried over as a surplus would be
reduced in proportion to the reduction
in the OY.
A vessel with a QP deficit in the
current year would be able to cover that
deficit with QP from the following year
without incurring a violation if the
amount of QP it needs from the
following year is within the carryover
allowance and the QP are acquired
within the specified time limits.
The carryover amount for a deficit is
based on the amount of QP in the vessel
account at the end of the 30-day period
during which a vessel would be
required to cover its overage. The
carryover amount for a surplus is based
on the amount of QP in the vessel
account at the end of the year.
The carryover allowance would be
limited to up to 10 percent carryover for
each species. This would apply to both
non-overfished species and overfished
species. The percentage would be
calculated based on the total pounds
(used and unused) in a vessel account
for the current year. The percentage
used for the carryover provision could
be changed during the biennial
specifications process.
7. Catch Monitoring and Tracking (or
Tracking, Monitoring and Enforcement)
Amendment 20 would include a
tracking and monitoring program to
assure that all catch (including discards)
would be documented and matched
against QP. The Council specified that
observers would be required on all
vessels and shoreside monitoring (catch
monitors) would be required during all
offloading (100 percent coverage).
Compared to status quo monitoring, this
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33005
would be a monitoring and observer
coverage level increase for a large
portion of the trawl fleet, particularly
non-whiting shore-based vessels. As a
result, more accurate estimates of total
mortality would be expected to benefit
stock conservation goals, as well as
other goals discussed herein.
The Council recommended providing
NMFS flexibility to develop a
monitoring program that would achieve
the objectives of the trawl
rationalization program. NMFS is
working closely with the States and the
Council to develop the details of the
tracking and monitoring program, as
reported by PSMFC at the April 2010
Council meeting. The details of the
program would be proposed in the
upcoming program components rule. As
reported by PSMFC, the following
tracking and monitoring components
would be addressed.
Amendment 20 would require NMFScertified at-sea observers on each vessel.
These include shore-based catcher
vessels, catcher vessels in the
mothership sector, motherships, and
C/Ps. Because this is a new program,
ensuring adequate observer coverage
would be particularly important for
monitoring the complex suite of
allocations. Observers aboard vessels
would be required to adequately
account for catch and bycatch in the
fishery. Among his or her duties, the
observer would record fishing effort and
estimate total, retained and discarded
catch weight by species; determine
species composition of retained and
discarded catch (non-whiting vessels)
and document the reasons for discard;
record interactions and sightings of
protected species; and take biological
samples from tagged fish and discards,
and estimate the viability of Pacific
halibut. Observers would be essential
for monitoring the use of IBQ in the
fishery, including the weighing and
discarding of halibut bycatch.
An increase in observer and catchmonitoring coverage requirements
would result in increased costs over the
status quo observer program costs.
There would be a combined status quo,
pay-as-you-go industry funding and
agency-funded observer and catch
monitor system as required for each
sector. The agency has announced its
intent, subject to available Federal
funding, that participants would
initially be responsible for 10 percent of
the cost of hiring observers and catch
monitors. The industry proportion of
the costs of hiring observers and catch
monitors would be increased every year
so that by 2014, once the fishery has
transitioned to the rationalization
program, the industry would be
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33006
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
responsible for 100 percent of the cost
of hiring the observers and catch
monitors. NMFS believes that an
incrementally reduced subsidy to
industry-funding would enhance the
observer and catch monitor program’s
stability, ensure 100 percent observer
and catch monitor coverage, and
facilitate the industry’s successful
transition to the new rationalized trawl
fishery.
Amendment 20 would require that
first receivers—the shoreside
processors—sort, weigh and report all
landings of IFQ species under a catch
monitoring plan. First receivers would
be required to hire NMFS-certified catch
monitors to verify all shoreside
deliveries of IFQ species, ensure that
species are sorted to Federal species of
species group, ensure that the fish are
weighed on state-certified scales that are
periodically tested, and record and
submit catch data daily.
To ensure that the IFQ program goals
are met and landings are tracked, first
receivers would be required to submit
electronic fish tickets using software
provided by the PSMFC. Further,
vessels would be required to use vessel
monitoring systems (VMS) for purposes
of indicating location of the vessels and
to make declarations. In addition, there
are plans to develop and require an
electronic vessel logbook, but this
component would not be immediately
implemented.
To ensure that program goals are met
to track transferrable QS and QP, NMFS
is also developing an online accounting
system for the tracking and trading of
QS by owner and for the tracking,
trading, and use of the QP that results
from these QS by vessels.
8. Fees
The agency would collect fees to
cover the administrative costs of issuing
the QS, permit endorsements (one-time
fee and annual renewal), and first
receiver site licenses (annual).
Amendment 20 would allow for
assessing cost recovery fees of up to 3
percent of ex-vessel value, consistent
with section 303A(e) of the MSA. The
costs to be recovered would be the
agency’s costs of management, data
collection, analysis, and enforcement
activities. The Council would develop
the methodology required by section
303(A)(e) in a trailing action.
9. Management (Accountability
Measures)
If individual vessel overages (catch
not covered by QP) make it necessary,
area restrictions, season closures, or
other measures could be used to prevent
the trawl sector (in aggregate or the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
individual trawl sectors listed here)
from going over allocations. The IFQ
fishery may also be restricted or closed
as a result of overages in other sectors.
10. Retention and Discard Provisions
For non-whiting vessels and whiting
vessels sorting at-sea, Amendment 20
would allow discarding of IFQ species,
but such discards would have to be
covered by QP. Discarding of Pacific
halibut would be required and would
have to be covered by IBQ. Discarding
of non-IFQ species and non-groundfish
species would be allowed.
For whiting maximized retention
vessels, discarding of fish covered by
IFQ or IBQ, and discarding of
nongroundfish species, would be
prohibited.
11. First Receiver/Processor Permit
Amendment 20 would require
processors that are the first receivers of
IFQ species to obtain a site license in
order to accept shoreside deliveries. A
license could be issued to any site that
meets the monitoring requirements.
12. Adaptive Management Program
Amendment 20 contains an AMP for
the shore-based non-whiting sector that
is intended to address: Community
stability; processor stability;
conservation; unintended and
unforeseen consequences of IFQ
management; and facilitating new
entrants. Ten percent of the shore-based
non-whiting QS would be reserved, or
set aside, for the AMP. During the first
2 years of the IFQ program, the method
to be used in distributing QP in years
3–5 would be determined, including the
decision-making and organization
structure to be used in distributing the
QP set aside.
The set aside of QP for the identified
objectives would be reviewed as part of
the year 5 comprehensive review and a
range of sunset dates would be
considered, including 10-, 15-, 20-year
and no sunset date options.
13. Data Collection
Amendment 20 would require
expansion of the data collection
program. Submission of economic data
by harvesters and processors would be
mandatory. Random and targeted audits
could be used to validate mandatory
data submissions. Information on QS
transaction prices would be included in
a central QS ownership registry.
14. Program Review
Amendment 20 provides for a review
of the IFQ program to begin no later
than 5 years after implementation of the
program. The review would evaluate the
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
progress the IFQ program has made in
achieving the goal and objectives of
Amendment 20. The result of this
evaluation could include dissolution of
the program, revocation of all or part of
QS, or other fundamental changes to the
program. Owners of QS should remain
cognizant of this fact when making
decisions regarding their QS, including
buying selling, and leasing of these
shares.
Amendment 20 requires the Council
to consider the use of an auction or
other non-history based methods when
distributing QS that may become
available after initial allocation. This
may include quota created when a stock
transitions from overfished to nonoverfished status, quota not used by the
adaptive management program, quota
forfeited to ‘‘use it or lose it’’ provisions,
and any quota that becomes available as
a result of the initial or subsequent
reviews of the program. The specific
form of the auction or other method of
distribution would be designed to
achieve the goals of Amendment 20,
specifically including minimizing the
adverse effects from an IFQ program on
fishing communities to the extent
practical.
After the initial review, there would
be a review process every four years. A
community advisory committee would
take part in the review of IFQ program
performance.
B. Mothership Coop Program
The term ‘‘cooperative’’ refers to a
collective arrangement among a likeminded group of individuals.
Cooperatives, also called coops, are
entities that are controlled by the people
who use them. They differ from other
business entities because they are
member owned and operate for the
benefit of members. The cooperatives
designed under Amendment 20 are
designed to coordinate harvest among
members, thus they can be described as
‘‘harvest cooperatives.’’ Under
Amendment 20, each MS cooperative
would annually be allocated an amount
of catch based on the combined catch
histories of its members for that year. As
designed under Amendment 20, the
harvest cooperatives for both the MS
and C/P sectors would constitute a form
of allocation that facilitates catch
accounting down to individual vessel
levels by allowing private contracts and
intra-coop self-monitoring.
1. Structure Overview
The Mothership Coop Program (MS
Coop Program) would apply to
harvesters and processors in the MS
sector of the at-sea whiting trawl
fishery. The MS Coop Program would
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
also apply both to vessels participating
in a coop as well those not participating
in a coop. For those participating in
coops, the program would assign to each
MS coop a designated amount of harvest
privilege representing a ‘‘sub-allocation’’
of the total MS sector allocation. MS
coop membership would consist of MS/
CV-endorsed permit owners who enter
into a coop agreement that is accepted
by NMFS. Participants in the MS coop
include the catcher vessels registered to
the member MS/CV-endorsed permits,
LE permitted trawl vessels without an
MS/CV-endorsed permit that are
working with the coop, and the
motherships to which the MS/CVsendorsed permits are obligated. Once a
coop agreement is accepted, NMFS
would issue the coop a permit, and
would assign to the coop a ‘‘suballocation’’ of catch that is derived from
the catch histories of the individual MS/
CV-endorsed permits in the coop.
The MS Coop Program would
establish new requirements for MS
permits and MS/CV permit
endorsements. Similar to the shorebased IFQ program, NMFS would be
required to track ownership interest in
both MS permits and MS/CV-endorsed
permits to determine if individual
vessels are within set accumulation and
usage limits, as described further below.
The vessels registered to MS/CV
endorsed permits in the MS sector that
do not participate in a coop would be
able to fish in the non-coop fishery. The
non-coop whiting fishery would be
authorized to harvest the Pacific whiting
remaining in the MS sector annual
allocation after the deduction of all coop
allocations. For non-whiting, the suballocation to the non-coop fishery
would be in proportion to the MS/CV
Pacific whiting catch history
assignments for the non-coop fishery.
Participants in the MS sector would
be required to declare annually in what
capacity they would operate: Coop or
non-coop. Additionally, MS/CVendorsed permits operating in a coop
would be required to indicate to which
MS permit they would be obligated.
2. Coop Species
Pursuant to Amendment 20, hard caps
would be established for the following
species: Pacific whiting, Pacific ocean
perch, widow rockfish, canary rockfish,
and darkblotched rockfish. In addition,
annual MS sector set-asides would be
established for lingcod, Pacific cod,
sablefish S. of 36° N. lat., chilipepper S.
of 40°10′ N. lat., splitnose S. of 40°10′
N. lat., yellowtail N. of 40°10′ N. lat.,
shortspine N. of 34°27′ N. lat.,
shortspine S. of 34°27′ N. lat., longspine
N. of 34°27′ N. lat., minor slope rockfish
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
N. of 40°10′ N. lat., minor slope rockfish
S. of 40°10′ N. lat., Dover sole, English
sole, petrale sole, arrowtooth flounder,
starry flounder, and Other Flatfish.
Groundfish species with MS sector setasides would be managed on an annual
basis unless there is a risk of a harvest
specification being exceeded,
unforeseen impact on another fisheries,
or conservation concerns in which case
inseason action may be taken. Set-asides
may be adjusted through the biennial
specifications and management
measures process as necessary.
The MS Coop Program would not
establish allocations or set-asides for
infrequently occurring species, such as
shortbelly rockfish, longspine
thornyhead S. of 34°27′ N. lat., black
rockfish (WOC), minor rockfish north
nearshore species complex, minor
rockfish south nearshore species
complex, CA scorpionfish, cabezon (CA
only), kelp greenling, and Other Fish.
Many of these occur primarily in
nearshore areas where trawl gear does
not operate and are mostly managed by
the states. There is no market for
shortbelly, and its OY is large compared
to the amount of incidental catch. Other
rockfish and other fish are not caught in
large volumes and catch of these species
would be constrained by limits on other
species. Like set-asides, these species
would be managed on an annual basis
unless there is a risk of a harvest
specification being exceeded,
unforeseen impact on another fisheries,
or conservation concerns (in which case
inseason action may be taken).
Annually, a specified amount of the
Pacific halibut would be held in reserve
as a set-aside for the Pacific whiting MS
sector.
3. Who/How To Participate
The MS Coop Program would issue
MS permits and MS/CV endorsements
for LE permits to qualified applicants
and would establish new requirements
for participation.
a. Permit and Endorsement
Requirements
Under the MS coop program, vessels
participating as motherships would be
required to be registered to MS permits.
Catcher vessels fishing for a MS coop
would need to be registered to a MS/CVendorsed permit, or be registered to a LE
trawl endorsed permit without an
MS/CV endorsement with permission of
the coop, as described below. Catcher
vessels in the non-coop fishery would
be required to be registered to a MS/CVendorsed permit.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33007
i. MS Permit Initial Issuance
The proposed program would close
the MS sector by creating a LE program
and requiring registration of the vessel
to a new type of LE permit, an MS
permit. The restriction preventing
mothership vessels from operating as
catcher vessels or C/Ps during a year in
which they operate as motherships
would be maintained. The owners of
qualifying motherships would be issued
MS permits. The following requirements
govern the process for obtaining an MS
permit.
(A) Eligibility
Generally, an owner of a vessel that
processed whiting in the MS sector in
the qualifying years would be eligible to
apply for a MS permit. However, there
would be an exception to address a
vessel that was a bareboat charter during
the qualifying period.
(B) Qualifying Criteria
In order for an owner of a mothership
to qualify for a MS permit, the
mothership would be required to have
processed at least 1,000 mt of whiting in
each of 2 years during the qualifying
years of 1997–2003. The Council
intended these criteria to recognize
those participants that have
substantially participated as a
mothership in the Pacific whiting
fishery. Using the years 1997 to 2003 is
intended to reflect the time period
between the date the C/P sector and the
MS sector were separated from a general
at-sea sector in regulation (1997) and to
be consistent with the control date
(2003).
(C) Application and Correction
NMFS would make a preliminary
determination of whether a mothership
meets the qualifying criteria using
Pacific Whiting Observer data as
extracted from the NORPAC database on
July 1, 2010. If a mothership meets the
qualifying criteria for an MS permit,
NMFS would mail to the owner of the
vessel an application pre-filled with
qualifying information at the address of
record as currently given in NMFS
permit database. Pre-filled applications
would be required to be completed and
returned to NMFS by the application
deadline date.
Owners of vessels that do not receive
a prequalified application from NMFS,
and believe they are qualified for a MS
Permit, would be required to complete
an application package (available from
NMFS) and submit the completed
application to NMFS by the deadline
date. If an applicant fails to complete
and return an application by the
deadline date, the person forgoes the
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33008
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
opportunity to receive consideration for
initial issuance of a MS permit.
If an applicant does not agree with the
basis for NMFS’ determination, the
applicant would be required to submit,
by the application deadline, a written
statement identifying the incorrect
information and providing credible
documentation to support a correction,
as set forth in the proposed rule at
§ 660.150(f)(6). Corrections may only be
submitted for errors in NMFS’
extraction, aggregation, or expansion of
the dataset that was extracted from
NORPAC by NMFS on July 1, 2010.
Corrections may be submitted for errors
in NMFS extraction of data from
NORPAC, errors in NMFS calculation,
and errors in the vessel registration as
listed in NMFS permit database or in
the identification of the mothership
owner or bareboat charterer.
The current vessel owner would be
required to then submit a completed
application by the deadline date (60
days after date of publication of the final
rule in the Federal Register). A
complete application would be required
to be signed and notarized, and must
include all of the information required
by NMFS which includes, but is not
limited to, the factors specified at
§ 660.150(f)(6), including: Certification
that the applicant qualifies to own a MS
permit and indication of whether they
agree or disagree with NMFS’
determination on initial issuance of the
MS permit provided in the application;
a complete Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form; business
entities may be required to submit a
corporate resolution or any other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity; a bareboat
charterer would be required to provide
credible evidence that demonstrates it
was chartering the MS vessel under a
private contract during the qualifying
years. NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to make an IAD.
(D) IAD and Appeals
NMFS would issue an IAD for all
complete, certified applications
received by the application deadline
date. If NMFS approves an application,
the applicant would receive a MS
permit. If NMFS disapproves an
applicant’s request to correct the
application, the IAD would provide the
reasons NMFS did not accept the
corrections. If the applicant does not
appeal the IAD within 30 calendar days
of the date on the IAD, the IAD becomes
the final decision of the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
An applicant who disagrees with
NMFS’ determination on the application
would be required to appeal within 30
days or the IAD would become final.
The proposed rule’s appeals procedures
at § 660.25(g) would apply to this
section as well as additional specific
requirements at § 660.25(f)(6), which
limit the scope of appeals to the issues
that can be corrected and further specify
that some issues are not subject to
appeal, including but not limited to:
The accuracy of data in the dataset
extracted from NORPAC by NMFS on
July 1, 2010.
ii. MS/CV Endorsement, Initial
Issuance, Catch History Assignment
(CHA), and Appeals
In order to fish in the MS sector, a
catcher vessel would be required to be
either registered to a MS/CV-endorsed
LE permit or registered to a trawlendorsed LE permit without a
MS/CV or C/P endorsement. Vessels
registered to a MS/CV-endorsed LE
permit would be able to elect to fish in
either the coop or non-coop sector.
Vessels registered to a trawl-endorsed
LE permit without MS/CV-endorsed LE
permits would only be able to fish in the
coop sector under a specific coop
agreement with permission of the coop.
Vessels registered to a C/P-endorsed LE
permit could not fish in the MS sector.
Vessels fishing as catcher vessels in the
MS sector could not function as
motherships or C/Ps during the same
calendar year.
(A) Eligible Applicant
Only an owner of a current trawl
endorsed LE permit with a history of
whiting deliveries in the MS whiting
sector is eligible to receive a MS/CV
endorsement. Any past catch history
associated with a current trawl permit
would accrue to the current permit
owner. If a trawl limited entry permit is
eligible to receive both a C/P
endorsement and a MS/CV
endorsement, the permit owner would
be required to choose which
endorsement to apply for (i.e., the
owner of such a permit may not receive
both a C/P and MS/CV endorsement).
(B) Endorsement Qualifying Criteria
In order to qualify for a MS/CV
endorsement, vessels registered to a
trawl-endorsed LE permit would be
required to have caught and delivered
more than 500 mt of whiting to
motherships from 1994 through 2003.
Deliveries of whiting by vessels
registered to permits that were
subsequently combined to generate the
current permit would count toward
qualifying tonnage unless the permit
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
owner also applies for a C/P permit.
These criteria were selected to
demonstrate substantial participation
and to include the years between the
establishment of the LE period and the
control date. While the at-sea sectors
were separated in 1997, this would not
necessarily have affected catcher
vessels.
(C) Catch History Assignment
Qualifying Criteria
The catch history assignment (CHA)
calculation for the MS/CV-endorsed
permit would be based on the whiting
relative history of vessels registered to
the permit in each year from 1994
through 2003, dropping the two worst
years (lowest relative history) unless
otherwise indicated by the applicant.
The proposed rule sets forth the
specific approach NMFS would use to
calculate the CHA at § 660.150(g)(6).
Based on Pacific whiting observer data
that reside in NORPAC on July 1, 2010,
NMFS would calculate the CHA as a
percentage of Pacific whiting of the total
MS sector allocation for each year. The
catch history would be used to assign
both whiting and bycatch species
allocations to a coop and the non-coop
fishery. The catch history would
include any deliveries of whiting by
vessels registered to a permit that were
combined to generate the current
permit. Illegal landings would not count
towards catch history; nor would
landings history from Federal LE
groundfish permits that were revoked or
retired either through the Federal
buyback program. Landings history
associated with provisional ‘‘A’’ permits
that did not result in an ‘‘A’’ permit and
that associated with ‘‘B’’ permits would
also not count towards catch history;
these permits no longer exist.
(D) Application and Correction
The proposed rule sets forth the
process for applications and corrections
at § 660.150(g)(6). NMFS would mail a
prequalified application form to current
trawl permit owners where NMFS finds
their LE permits to have a catch history
that meets the qualifying criteria. This
application would be mailed to current
permit owner’s address of record in the
NMFS permit data base. Prequalified
applications would be partially prefilled by NMFS and would be required
to be completed by the applicant and
returned to NMFS by the application
deadline date.
If a current trawl LE permit owner
does not receive a prequalified
application from NMFS and the permit
owner believes the permit’s catch
history qualifies for a MS/CV
endorsement and associated CHA, the
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
permit owner would be required to
complete an application package
(available from NMFS) and submit the
application package to NMFS by the
application deadline. If the permit
owner fails to submit an application to
NMFS by the deadline date, the person
forgoes the opportunity to receive
consideration for initial issuance of a
MS/CV endorsement and associated
CHA.
If an applicant does not accept NMFS’
calculation in the prequalified
application, the applicant would be
required to identify in writing to NMFS
which parts of the application the
applicant contends to be inaccurate, and
provide credible information to
substantiate any request for correction
by the application deadline date.
Requests for corrections, as specified in
§ 660.150(g)(6), may only be granted for
changes to the selection of eight years
with the highest relative history of
whiting and errors in NMFS’ extraction,
aggregation, or expansion of data,
including errors in NMFS extraction of
data from NORPAC; errors in NMFS
calculation; and errors in the
identification of the permit owner,
permit combinations, or vessel
registration as listed in NMFS permit
database. Requests for corrections
would be required to be submitted no
later than the application deadline date.
NMFS would review a correction
provided by the applicant and either
accept or not accept the correction. If a
correction is accepted by NMFS, the
CHA would be revised. If the applicant
fails to provide the request for
correction or documentation supporting
the correction by the deadline date,
NMFS would make its IAD based on the
catch history data provided in the
prequalified application.
An applicant would be required to
sign and notarize the completed
application and return it to NMFS by
the application deadline date (60 days
after date of publication of the final rule
in the Federal Register). A completed
application would be required to
contain the items listed in
§ 660.150(g)(6), which include, but are
not limited to: Certification that the
applicant qualifies to own a MS/CVendorsed permit and indication as to
whether they agree or disagree with
NMFS’ determination on initial
issuance of the MS/CV-endorsed permit
and CHA provided in the application;
and a complete Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form. Business
entities may be required to submit a
corporate resolution or any other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity. NMFS
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
could request additional information of
the applicant as necessary to make an
IAD.
(E) IAD
NMFS would issue an IAD for all
complete, certified applications
received by the application deadline
date. If NMFS approves the application,
the applicant would receive a MS/CV
endorsement and associated Pacific
whiting CHA on their LE trawl-endorsed
permit. If NMFS disapproves an
applicant’s request to correct the
application, the IAD would provide the
reasons NMFS did not accept the
corrections. If known at the time of the
IAD, NMFS would indicate if the
MS/CV-endorsed permit owner has
ownership interest in CHAs that exceed
the accumulation limits and are subject
to divestiture provisions given at
§ 660.150(g)(3). If the applicant does not
appeal the IAD within 30 calendar days
of the date on the IAD, the IAD becomes
the final decision of the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce.
(F) Appeals
An applicant who disagrees with
NMFS’ determination on the application
would be required to appeal within 30
days or the IAD would become final.
The proposed rule sets forth procedures
and timelines for making appeals at
§ 660.25(g). Only the applicant may
appeal the IAD. The appeal would be
required to be in writing and allege
credible facts to show why the criteria
have been met. In addition,
§ 660.150(g)(6) of the proposed rule
specifies that certain issues may not be
appealed, including but not limited to
the accuracy of data in the dataset
extracted from NORPAC by NMFS on
July 1, 2010.
The proposed rule would address the
status of permits pending appeal as
follows. For the MS/CV endorsement
qualifications and eligibility appeals,
any endorsement under appeal after
December 31, 2010, may not fish in the
Pacific Coast groundfish fishery until a
final decision on the appeal has been
made. If the MS/CV endorsement would
be issued, the endorsement would be
effective upon approval. For a Pacific
whiting CHA associated with a MS/CV
endorsement under appeal, the CHA
would remain as that previously
assigned to the associated MS/CVendorsed LE permit before the appeals
process (i.e. at the time of the IAD). The
MS/CV-endorsed LE permit may be
used to fish in the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery with the catch
history assigned to the MS/CV-endorsed
permit before the appeal. Once a final
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33009
decision on the appeal has been made
and if a revised CHA would be issued,
the Pacific whiting CHA associated with
the MS/CV endorsement would be
effective at the start of the second year
after the trawl rationalization program is
implemented.
(G) Permit Transfer During Application
Period
There would be a prohibition on
transferring ownership of LE trawl
permits during the application process
until the final decision for that
application has been made.
iii. MS Coop Permit
In order for NMFS to assign a suballocation to an MS coop, the coop
would be required to obtain a coop
permit each year. A coop permit would
not be renewable and would need to be
reissued annually. The application
would be required to be submitted
between February 1 and March 31 each
year, which is before the start of the
whiting season. While formation of a
coop would be voluntary, certain rules
would apply: The coop would be
required to be a legal entity with a
designated manager, it would be
required to include at least 20 percent
of the MS/CV-endorsed LE permit
owners as members, and it would be
required to represent all of its members.
Coops would have to be responsible for
monitoring and enforcing the terms of
the coop agreement on their members.
The MS Coop Program would allow for
inter-coop agreements as well.
Additional requirements pertaining to
contents of coop agreements, inter-coop
agreements, and the application process
for a coop permit would be set forth in
the program components rule.
b. CHAs Allocation to the MS Coop
CHAs would initially be allocated to
the LE permits associated with
individual whiting catcher vessels in
the MS fishery that also qualify for an
MS/CV endorsement, and would be
non-severable from the LE permit. The
CHA allocated to the LE permit would
reflect that permit’s contribution to the
total amount of fish its MS coop can
harvest.
Under the proposed program, NMFS
would calculate the CHA for each
individual MS/CV-endorsed LE permit
as follows. First, NMFS would
determine the total catch of whiting
associated with each such permit for the
years 1994–2003. Next, NMFS would
calculate the permit’s ‘‘relative’’ pounds
for each year by dividing the total catch
of whiting by vessels registered to that
permit by the total catch of whiting by
all qualified permits. Unless otherwise
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
specified by the permit owner, the 8
years with the highest relative history
would be used. NMFS would then
calculate the permit’s CHA as a
percentage of the total relative histories
of all eligible permits combined. NMFS
would permanently assign a CHA to the
MS/CV-endorsed LE permit, and the
CHA would not be severable from its
underlying permit.
c. Transfer Provisions
An MS permit would be transferable,
and could be transferred to a vessel of
any size (there would be no size
endorsements associated with the
permit). MS permits could not be
transferred to a vessel engaged in the
harvest of whiting in the year of the
transfer. MS permits could be
transferred two times during the fishing
year provided that the second transfer is
back to the original mothership (i.e.,
only one transfer per year to a different
mothership). However, in order to
acquire an MS permit, a person would
have to be a U.S. citizen, permanent
resident alien, or a corporation,
partnership or other entity established
under the laws of the United States or
any State.
MS/CV endorsements would not be
severable from the LE permit. The CHA
associated with the MS/CV endorsement
could not be subdivided. MS/CV
endorsed LE permits could be
transferred two times during the fishing
year, provided that the second transfer
would be back to the original catcher
vessel (i.e., only one transfer per year to
a different catcher vessel).
The annual allocations received by a
coop based on catch history of the
whiting endorsements held by its
members could be transferred among
coop members and, through the intercoop agreement, from one coop to
another so long as obligations to
processors are met. Whiting allocations
may not be transferred from the MS
sector to another sector. However, nonwhiting groundfish species with MS
allocations may be reapportioned
between the MS and C/P sectors subject
to the provisions at § 660.150(d).
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4. Accumulation and Use Limits
a. MS/CV-Endorsed Permit Ownership
Limits
An MS/CV-endorsed permit owner
would not be allowed to accumulate
more than 20 percent of the sector’s
whiting allocation. NMFS would require
submission of an ownership information
form to track this requirement. In
addition to the ownership limit, the
program would restrict catcher vessel
usage to no more than 30 percent of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
MS sector whiting allocation.
Ownership interest would be tracked
pursuant to the ‘‘individual and
collective’’ rule, which means that the
whiting CHA that counts toward a
person’s accumulation limit would
include both the CHA owned by the
person, and a portion of the CHA owned
by an entity in which that person has an
interest.
NMFS would notify entities found to
exceed these limits so that they could
come into compliance prior to issuance
of the permit.
b. MS Usage Limits
Owners of MS permits would be
prohibited from processing more than
45 percent of the MS sector whiting
allocation. To monitor this requirement,
NMFS would require annual renewal of
the MS permit along with annual
submission of an ownership interest
form. Details regarding the MS permit
usage limits would be set forth in the
program components rule.
5. Annual Renewal and MS Obligations
Participants in the MS sector would
be required to declare annually
(between September 1 and December 31
of the year before the whiting season)
through the LE permit renewal process
in what capacity they would operate:
Coop or non-coop. Additionally, catcher
vessels operating in a coop would be
required to indicate which mothership
they would be associated with, and
which mothership it intends to obligate
its catch to for the following year.
If a mothership transfers its MS
permit to a different mothership or
different owner, the MS/CV-endorsed
permit obligation for that year would
remain in place and transfer with the
MS permit to the replacement
mothership unless the obligation is
changed by mutual agreement. The
obligation would not extend beyond the
fishing year.
If a MS/CV-endorsed permit owner
transfers coop allocations to another
coop member within the coop, or if a
coop transfers allocations to another
coop within an inter-coop agreement,
such allocations would have to be
delivered to the mothership to which
the allocation is obligated through the
preseason declaration, unless released
by mutual agreement. By mutual
agreement of the MS/CV-endorsed
permit owner and mothership to which
the permit is obligated, a permit would
be allowed to deliver to a licensed
mothership other than that to which it
is obligated.
If a mothership withdraws subsequent
to quota assignment, then the MS/CVendorsed permit that it is obligated to
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
would be free to participate in the coop
or non-coop fishery. The MS permit
owner would be required to notify
NMFS as well as linked MS/CVendorsed permit owners of its
withdrawal, and MS/CV-endorsed
permit owners would be required to
notify NMFS of their intent to
participate in the coop or non-coop
fishery thereafter. If continuing in a
coop fishery, then the MS/CV-endorsed
permit owner would be required to
provide NMFS with the name of the
new mothership to which it would be
obligated for that season.
6. Closures and Reapportionment
Coops would provide for more direct
accountability from coop participants.
NMFS would be able to close the coop
fishery (all MS coops combined), noncoop fishery, or entire MS sector upon
the attainment, or projection of
attainment, of its sub-allocation of any
groundfish species with a formal
allocation to the MS sector. The
program would allow NMFS to close or
restrict the MS Coop Program fisheries
through management measures such as
the inseason implementation of bycatch
reduction areas. The MS Coop Program
may be restricted or closed as a result
of projected overages within the MS
Coop Program, the C/P Coop Program,
or the Shorebased IFQ Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures would be
used to prevent the trawl sectors in
aggregate or the individual sector
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an OY, or
allocation. The program would also
allow for the reallocation of non-whiting
between MS and C/P sectors, as well as
redistribution of a sub-allocation within
a sector.
7. Monitoring and Observer
Requirements
Amendment 20 would continue the
current observer coverage aboard
motherships. Catcher vessels would be
required to carry a single observer
whenever they are participating in the
fishery. To ensure accurate catch
weights, motherships would be required
to make sure that all catch is weighed
in its round form on a NMFS-approved
scale. Scales meeting the NMFSapproval and the use of such scales,
including testing and maintenance,
would be specified. NMFS is working
with the PSMFC to develop additional
details regarding this provision. It is
anticipated that observers would record
fishing effort and estimate total, retained
and discard catch weight by species;
determine species composition of
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
retained and discarded catch (nonwhiting vessels) and document the
reasons for discard; record interactions
and sightings of protected species; and
take biological samples from tagged fish
and discards, and estimate viability of
Pacific halibut.
The agency has announced its intent,
subject to available Federal funding,
that participants would initially be
responsible for 10 percent of the cost of
hiring observers. The industry
proportion of the costs of hiring
observers would be increased every year
so that by 2014, once the fishery has
transitioned to the rationalization
program, the industry would be
responsible for 100 percent of the cost
of hiring the observers.
8. Fees
The agency would collect fees to
cover the administrative costs of issuing
permits (one-time fee and annual
renewal). In addition, Amendment 20
would allow for assessing cost recovery
fees of up to 3 percent of ex-vessel
value, consistent with section 303A(e)
of the MSA. The costs to be recovered
would be the agency’s costs of
management, data collection, analysis,
and enforcement activities. The Council
would develop the methodology
required by section 303(A)(e) in a
trailing action.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
9. Retention Requirements
Catcher vessels would be prohibited
from sorting or discarding any portion
of the catch taken before the observer on
the catcher vessel completes sampling
of the catch, with the exception of
minor amounts of catch that are lost
when the codend is separated from the
net and prepared for transfer. This is
different from current regulations where
catcher vessels are prohibited from
discarding catch other than minor
operational amounts.
10. Data Collection
Amendment 20 includes a
comprehensive plan for collection of
economic data as part of the coop
program. While the upcoming program
components rule would provide details
on these provisions, the following are
the central elements:
• Mandatory submission of economic
data for LE trawl industry (harvesters
and processors).
• Voluntary submission of economic
data for other sectors of the fishing
industry.
• Include transaction value
information in a centralized registry of
ownership.
• Formal monitoring of government
costs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
33011
The mandatory data collection would
focus on cost, revenue, ownership, and
employment data. Data would be
collected on a periodic basis (based on
scientific requirements) to provide the
information necessary to study the
impacts of the program, including
achievement of goals and objectives
associated with the rationalization
program. These data may also be used
to analyze the economic and social
impacts of future FMP amendments on
industry, regions, and localities.
The program would address the type
of enforcement actions that could be
taken if inaccuracies are found in
mandatory data submissions. The intent
of this provision is to ensure that
accurate data are collected without
being overly burdensome to the industry
in the event of unintended errors.
Annual reports would be provided to
NMFS and the Council.
A voluntary data collection program
would collect information to assess
spillover impacts on non-trawl fisheries.
There would be a central registry for
maintaining information on transaction
prices. Data would also be collected and
maintained on the costs to the
government of monitoring,
administration, and enforcement related
to governance of the rationalization
program.
projected attainment of the at-sea
whiting fishery bycatch cap for any one
species. Each permitted MS coop would
be responsible for monitoring its catch
and to cease fishing when its bycatch
allocation is reached.
11. Reporting
Each permitted MS coop would be
required to submit a complete annual
coop report to NMFS before the
issuance of a new coop permit in a
subsequent year. The contents of a
complete annual report would be
specified in regulation by NMFS
through the program components rule.
2. Coop Species
Pursuant to Amendment 20, hard caps
would be established for the following
species: Pacific whiting, canary
rockfish, darkblotched rockfish, Pacific
ocean perch, and widow rockfish.
12. Bycatch Allocation and Management
Amendment 20 provides for
management of bycatch species with
hard caps in both at-sea whiting
fisheries (MS and C/P) as follows.
Allocations of bycatch species with hard
caps would be subdivided between the
MS and C/P sectors. The MS
subdivision would then be further
subdivided between the coop and noncoop sectors. The MS coop sector
subdivision would then be distributed
among the individual coops.
Unused bycatch could be rolled over
(i.e., reapportioned) from one sector to
another if the sector’s full allocation of
whiting has been harvested or
participants in the sector do not intend
to harvest the remaining sector
allocation, as indicated by the
submission of a cease fishing report.
NMFS could choose to close the
whole MS sector, the non-coop fishery,
and permitted coops based on the
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
C. Catcher/Processor (C/P) Coop
Program
1. Structure Overview
The C/P Coop Program would be a
limited-access program that applies to
participants in the C/P sector of the
Pacific whiting at-sea trawl fishery. It
would allow for the establishment of a
single voluntary coop consisting of
owners of C/P-endorsed LE permits and
vessels registered to those permits.
NMFS would annually permit the coop.
The entire C/P sector allocations of
whiting and non-whiting groundfish
with formal allocations would be
allocated to the permitted C/P sector
coop. For the issuance of a C/P coop
permit, a coop agreement would need to
be accepted by NMFS. The coop would
be expected to help achieve benefits that
result from a slower-paced, more
controlled harvest. If the coop fails,
NMFS would implement an IFQ system
that would equally divide the whiting
QS for the C/P sector among all C/Pendorsed permits.
3. How To Participate
a. The C/P-Endorsed Permit
Requirement
All vessels participating in the C/P
coop fishery would be required to be
registered to a LE permit with a C/P
endorsement. The C/P endorsement
would not be severable from the LE
permit and would have to be renewed
each year with a declaration of the
participant’s intent to participate in the
C/P coop fishery. Only parties who are
eligible to own a U.S.-documented
vessel may own a C/P-endorsed LE
permit.
A C/P permit that is combined with
a LE trawl permit that is not C/P
endorsed would result in a single C/P
permit with a larger size endorsement.
An MS/CV endorsement on one of the
permits being combined would not be
reissued on the resulting permit. The
resulting size endorsement would be
determined based on the existing permit
combination formula.
Length endorsement restrictions on
LE permits endorsed for groundfish gear
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33012
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
would be retained; however, the
provision that requires that the size
endorsements on trawl permits
transferred to smaller vessels be reduced
to the size of that smaller vessel would
be eliminated (i.e., length endorsements
would not change when a trawlendorsed permit is transferred to a
smaller vessel).
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
i. Eligible To Apply
Only an owner of a current trawlendorsed LE permit that has been
registered to a vessel that has
participated in the C/P fishery during
the qualifying period would be eligible
to receive a C/P endorsement. Any past
catch history associated with the current
limited entry trawl permit accrues to the
current permit owner. NMFS would not
recognize any other person as the
limited entry permit owner other than
the person listed as the limited entry
permit owner in the NMFS permit
database.
ii. Qualifying Criteria
In order to qualify for the
endorsement, vessels registered to the
permit would be required to have
caught and/or processed any amount of
whiting during a primary C/P season
during the period January 1, 1997,
through December 31, 2003. This
criterion recognizes participants who
purchased LE permits and have
historically participated as a C/P sector
of the Pacific whiting fishery. Using the
years 1997 to 2003 reflects the time
period after the separation of the at-sea
sector into the C/P and MS sectors and
is consistent with the control date for
this action (2003).
NMFS would rely on Pacific whiting
observer data residing in the NORPAC
database and NMFS trawl LE permit
data as extracted by NMFS on July 1,
2010, to determine whether a permit
meets the qualifying criteria. A permit’s
catch and/or processing history would
include only the C/P history of whiting
for those vessels registered to that
particular permit during the qualifying
years. Only whiting regulated by this
subpart that was taken with midwater
(or pelagic) trawl gear would count for
the C/P endorsement. History of illegal
landings would not count; nor would
landings history from Federal LE
groundfish permits that were revoked,
retired through the Federal buyback
program or otherwise discontinued,
including B permits. NMFS recognizes
that some permits combined to meet the
size endorsements for C/Ps may have
catch history as catcher vessels in the
MS sector. Because a current permit
may not qualify for both catch history
under a MS/CV and a C/P endorsement,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
the proposed rule provides that the
current permit owner may only apply
for one and not both.
iii. Application and Correction
NMFS would mail a prequalified
application to the owner of a vessel that
NMFS preliminarily determines
qualifies for a C/P endorsement. NMFS
would mail the application to the
current address of record in the NMFS
permit database. The application would
contain the basis of NMFS’
determination based on Pacific whiting
observer data recorded in the data set
that was extracted from NORPAC by
NMFS on July 1, 2010. Prequalified
applications would be partially prefilled by NMFS and would be required
to be completed by the applicant and
returned to NMFS by the application
deadline date.
If a current owner of a LE trawlendorsed permit does not receive a
prequalified application and the permit
owner believes the permit’s catch
history qualifies for a C/P endorsement,
the permit owner would be required to
complete an application package
(available from NMFS) and submit the
application package to NMFS by the
application deadline date. The applicant
would be required to provide credible
documentation to substantiate their
claim as described in the proposed rule
at § 660.160(d)(7). If the permit owner
fails to contact NMFS in writing by the
application deadline date, the person
forgoes the opportunity to receive
consideration for a C/P endorsement.
If the applicant does not accept
NMFS’ calculation in the prequalified
application, the applicant would be
required to identify in writing to NMFS
which parts of the application the
applicant contends to be in accurate,
and provide credible information to
substantiate any request for correction
by the application deadline date, as
described in the proposed rule at
§ 660.160(d)(7). Requests for corrections
may only be granted for errors in NMFS’
extraction, aggregation, or expansion of
data, including errors in NMFS
extraction of data from NORPAC, errors
in NMFS’ calculation, and errors in
identification of the permit owner,
permit combinations, or vessel
registration as listed in NMFS permit
database.
The applicant would be required to
submit a completed application, which
has been signed and notarized by the
application deadline date (60 days after
date of publication of the final rule in
the Federal Register). To be complete,
an application would be required to
include certification that the applicant
qualifies to own a C/P-endorsed permit
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and indication as to whether the
applicant agrees or disagrees with
NMFS’ determination on initial
issuance of the C/P endorsed permit
provided in the application. Business
entities may be required to submit a
corporate resolution or any other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity. NMFS may
request additional information of the
applicant as necessary to make an IAD.
iv. IAD and Appeal
NMFS would issue an IAD for all
complete, certified applications
received by the application deadline
date. If NMFS approves the application,
the applicant would receive a C/Pendorsed LE permit. If NMFS
disapproves an applicant’s request to
correct the application, the IAD would
provide the reasons NMFS did not
accept the corrections. If the applicant
does not appeal the IAD within 30
calendar days of the date on the IAD,
the IAD becomes the final decision of
the Regional Administrator acting on
behalf of the Secretary of Commerce.
For a C/P-endorsed permit issued
under this section, the appeals process
and timelines are specified at
§ 660.25(g). For the initial issuance of a
C/P-endorsed permit, the basis for
appeal is described in § 660.160(d)(7).
Items not subject to appeal include, but
are not limited to, the accuracy of data
in the dataset extracted from NORPAC
by NMFS on July 1, 2010.
v. Permit Transfer During Application
Period
During the application process for
initial issuance of a C/P endorsement, a
LE trawl permit owner would not be
able to transfer ownership of the LE
trawl permit until the final decision for
that application has been made.
vi. Renewals and Declarations
A C/P endorsed LE permit would be
required to be renewed annually during
the existing LE permit renewal process.
A C/P vessel would be prohibited from
acting as a mothership or catcher vessel
in the MS sector during the same year
in which it operates as a C/P. A vessel
would have to declare, at the beginning
of each year, in which capacity it would
operate.
b. C/P Coop Permit
In order for the C/P coop to receive
the C/P sector allocation, the coop
would be required to apply for and
obtain a permit each year. A C/P coop
permit would not be renewable and
would need to be reissued annually.
Between February 1 and March 31,
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
before the whiting season, the coop
would be required to apply for a coop
permit, which would include
submitting a coop agreement to NMFS.
While formation of a coop would be
voluntary, coops would have to be
responsible for monitoring and
enforcing the terms of the coop
agreement on their members. Additional
requirements pertaining to the contents
of coop agreements and the application
process for a coop permit would be set
forth in the program components rule.
c. Transfers
C/P permits may be transferred two
times during the fishing year, provided
that the second transfer would be back
to the original vessel (i.e., only one
transfer per year to a different vessel).
4. Coop Failure/IFQ
If the coop system fails, it would be
replaced by an IFQ program and the
initial issuance of IFQ would be
allocated equally among the permits
(equally divided among all C/Pendorsed permits).
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5. Accumulation Limits
There would be no accumulation
limits for the C/P coop since there
would be only one coop. Within the
coop, accumulation limits could be
addressed through private arrangements
if desired.
6. Annual Report
The C/P coop would be required to
submit an annual report to NMFS and
to the Council at its November meeting.
The report would contain information
about the current year’s C/P fishery,
including the C/P sector’s annual
allocation of Pacific whiting; the C/P
coop’s actual retained and discarded
catch of Pacific whiting, salmon,
rockfish, groundfish, and other species
on a vessel-by-vessel basis; a description
of the method used by the C/P coop to
monitor performance of coop vessels
that participated in the C/P sector of the
fishery; and a description of any actions
taken by the C/P coop in response to
any vessels that exceed their allowed
catch and bycatch. The report would
also identify plans for the next year’s
C/P fishery, including the companies
participating in the coop, the harvest
agreement, and catch monitoring and
reporting requirements.
7. Catch Management
Under Amendment 20, unused catch
of non-whiting groundfish species with
formal allocations could be rolled over
(i.e. reapportioned) from one sector to
another if the sector’s full allocation of
whiting has been harvested or if
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
33013
participants in the sector do not intend
to harvest the remaining sector
allocation of whiting, as indicated by
the submission of a cease fishing report.
The C/P coop would be responsible for
monitoring its catch of all species with
formal allocations and to cease fishing
when any formal allocation is reached.
The C/P Coop Program may be
restricted or closed as a result of
projected overages within the C/P Coop
Program, the MS Coop Program, or the
Shore-based IFQ Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures would be
used to prevent the trawl sectors in
aggregate or the individual sector
(Shore-based IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an OY, or formal
allocation. To prevent the attainment of
an overfished species allocation, NMFS
could implement bycatch reduction
areas inseason. These provisions would
be implemented through the program
components rule.
being overly burdensome to the industry
in the event of unintended errors.
Annual reports would be provided to
the Council.
A voluntary data collection program
would collect information to assess
spillover impacts on non-trawl fisheries.
8. Monitoring and Observer
Requirements
Amendment 20 would require 100
percent observer coverage. Additional
details regarding monitoring provisions
would be set forth in the upcoming
program components rule.
For species subject to trawl
rationalization, Amendment 21 would
modify the manner in which the annual
OYs are distributed. Under the current
allocation strategy established in
Amendment 6, a commercial HG is
divided between LE and OA, as
necessary. For groundfish species
covered under Amendment 21, the LE
fixed gear fishery would no longer share
an allocation with the LE trawl fishery.
The recreational, directed OA, and the
limited entry fixed gear fisheries would
share an allocation. The OY would be
reduced by the tribal fishery, incidental
catch in the non-groundfish fishery,
research catch, and the bycatch limits in
exempted fishing permits, which would
result in the fishery harvest guideline.
The fishery harvest guideline would be
divided between the trawl fishery and
non-trawl fisheries (recreational, limited
entry fixed gear, and directed open
access) based on the percentages in
Amendment 21. The distribution of
harvest among the non-trawl fisheries
would be established during the
biennial specifications process. This
proposed rule sets forth the specific
percentages of the fishery HG for
Amendment 21 species that would be
allocated to the trawl and non-trawl
fisheries.
In order to implement the
recommended IFQ and coop programs,
it would be necessary for each of these
trawl sectors to have a specific
allocation of catch that could be divided
among participants. While this could be
accomplished through the specification
process under the status quo, the
Council determined that a fixed
9. Data Collection
Amendment 20 includes a mandatory
provision for collection of economic
data as part of the coop program,
consistent with the MSA. While the
upcoming program components rule
would provide details on these
provisions, the following are the central
elements:
• Mandatory submission of economic
data for LE trawl industry (harvesters
and processors).
• Voluntary submission of economic
data for other sectors of the fishing
industry.
The mandatory data collection would
focus on cost, revenue, ownership, and
employment data. Data would be
collected on a periodic basis (based on
scientific requirements) to provide the
information necessary to study the
impacts of the program, including
achievement of goals and objectives
associated with the rationalization
program. These data may also be used
to analyze the economic and social
impacts of future FMP amendments on
industry, regions, and localities.
The program would address the type
of enforcement actions that could be
taken if inaccuracies are found in
mandatory data submissions. The intent
of this provision is to ensure that
accurate data are collected without
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
10. Reporting
The permitted C/P coop would be
required to submit a complete annual
coop report before the issuance of a new
coop permit in a subsequent year.
Amendment 20 outlines the
requirement for an annual report. The
contents of a complete annual report
would be specified in regulation
through the program components rule.
The Council gave NMFS the
flexibility to further develop the
tracking and monitoring components of
the trawl rationalization program.
III. Amendment 21 Allocations
Description
A. Overview
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33014
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
allocation within the FMP would be
preferable because it would promote
predictability and the type of stability
that facilitates successful relationships
that make individual-based programs
work. Thus, the Council recommended
the allocations contained in
Amendment 21. In addition,
Amendment 21 would establish total
catch limits (TCLs) for Pacific halibut,
as well as set-asides to accommodate the
rationalized trawl fleet. The TCLs would
protect the directed fishery for halibut.
Species not covered by Amendment
21 would continue to be allocated
through the biennial specifications
process. The allocations in Amendment
21 would constrain trawl harvests to a
slightly lower level than status quo.
Amendment 21 addresses six separate
issues pertaining to allocation decisions:
1. How to allocate species between
the trawl and non-trawl categories;
2. How to allocate between shorebased whiting and shore-based nonwhiting, for species other than
darkblotched, Pacific ocean perch,
widow, and sablefish North of 36° N.
lat.;
3. How to apportion among the 4
trawl sectors (shore-based whiting,
shore-based non-whiting, MS, and CP)
the LE trawl allocation of darkblotched,
Pacific ocean perch, widow, and
sablefish North of 36° N.;
4. Providing yield set-asides to
accommodate non-overfished species
bycatch in the at-sea (whiting) sectors;
5. Limiting bycatch of halibut (a
prohibited species); and
6. Determining the process for future
modification of allocations.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
B. Covered Species
Species subject to Amendment 21’s
trawl/non-trawl allocations would be:
Lingcod, Pacific cod, sablefish south of
36° N. lat., Pacific ocean perch, widow
rockfish, chilipepper rockfish, splitnose
rockfish, yellowtail rockfish north of 40°
10′ N. lat., shortspine thornyhead (north
and south of 34°27′ N. lat.), longspine
thornyhead north of 34°27′ N. lat.,
darkblotched rockfish, minor slope
rockfish (north and south of 40°10′ N.
lat.), Dover sole, English sole, petrale
sole, arrowtooth flounder, starry
flounder, and the Other Flatfish
complex.
C. Proposed Actions
1. Trawl vs. Non-Trawl
Amendment 21 would formally
allocate a subset of the HG to the 4 trawl
sectors: Shore-based (whiting and nonwhiting), MS, and C/P. With respect to
covered species, this would leave the LE
fixed gear, OA, and recreational
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
fisheries in a pool that would divide the
remaining HG (via the biennial
specification process). These allocations
are set forth in the proposed rule at
§ 660.55(m).
In general, the allocations are based
on catch history from 2003–2005 and
the recommendations of the Groundfish
Allocation Committee. The reason for
this period is that the Council believed
that a relatively recent catch period
should form the basis for deciding
sector allocations since discards during
this period were better informed, and
current management strategies, such as
specification of Rockfish Conservation
Areas, are more likely in the near future.
However, for several species, the
Council made modifications. For
chilipepper rockfish south of 40°10′ N.
lat., Amendment 21 contains a higher
non-trawl allocation. This is intended to
provide greater non-trawl access to this
healthy stock off California.
Amendment 21 would not allocate
longspine thornyhead south of 34°27′ N.
lat. to the trawl fishery. Longspine
thornyhead are an incidentally caught
species south of 34°27′ N. lat. and the
available yields are not projected to
constrain any of the groundfish fisheries
there that incidentally catch these fish.
Amendment 21 would allocate a
much higher percentage of the available
yield of starry flounder to non-trawl
sectors (50 percent) than recommended
by the Groundfish Allocation
Committee. The catch history of starry
flounder is highly uncertain, but they
are significantly caught in nearshore
trawl fisheries and recreational
fisheries. The Council thought a 50:50
trawl and non-trawl sharing of the
available harvest of starry flounder was
the fairest allocation.
Amendment 21 includes a higher
non-trawl allocation of species in the
Other Flatfish complex than
recommended by the Groundfish
Allocation Committee (10 percent vs. 5
percent). While most of these species
are dominant to the trawl fishery, there
are some species, such as Pacific
sanddabs, that are significantly caught
in non-trawl fisheries. The Council
believed a higher non-trawl share of the
available harvest of Other Flatfish
species would better preserve non-trawl
fishing opportunities.
2. Allocations Between Shore-Based
Whiting and Non-Whiting Sectors
For the shore-based trawl fishery,
Amendment 21 would establish a
weighting scheme for distributing IFQ
for covered species other than
darkblotched rockfish, Pacific ocean
perch, widow rockfish, and sablefish N.
of 36° N. lat. between the shore-based
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
whiting and shore-based non-whiting
sectors. For species other than
yellowtail rockfish and the trawldominant overfished species,
Amendment 21 uses a weighting
scheme based on the shore-based sector
catch percentages during the 1995–2005
period.
Amendment 21 would allocate 300 mt
of yellowtail rockfish to the shore-based
whiting sector, and the shore-based nonwhiting sector would receive the
remaining yield of yellowtail rockfish
available to the LE trawl sectors minus
any set-aside amount of yellowtail
rockfish for the at-sea whiting sectors
decided in the future. The initial setaside of yellowtail rockfish to
accommodate bycatch by the at-sea
whiting sectors is 300 mt.
3. Apportionment of Three Overfished
Species Among the Four Trawl Sectors
For darkblotched, Pacific ocean perch,
and widow, Amendment 21 would
apportion the LE trawl allocation among
the four main subdivisions: Shore-based
whiting, shore-based non-whiting, MS,
and C/P. These allocations would take
the form of QS for the shore-based
sectors and of non-whiting groundfish
species catch limits for the at-sea sectors
(MS and C/P). Initial sector allocation of
canary rockfish would be decided in the
biennial harvest specification and
management measures process.
The initial sector allocation of the
trawl-dominant overfished species
under Amendment 21 would be as
follows:
• For darkblotched rockfish, there
would be an allocation of 9 percent or
25 mt, whichever is greater, of the total
LE trawl allocation of darkblotched
rockfish to the whiting fisheries (at-sea
and shore-based combined). The
distribution of the whiting trawl
allocation of darkblotched to individual
whiting sectors would be done pro rata
relative to the sectors’ whiting
allocation. The remainder would be
made available to the shore-based nonwhiting trawl fishery.
• For Pacific ocean perch, there
would be an allocation of 17 percent or
30 mt, whichever is greater, of the total
LE trawl allocation of Pacific ocean
perch to the whiting fisheries (at-sea
and shore-based combined). The
distribution of the whiting trawl
allocation of Pacific ocean perch to
individual whiting sectors would be
done pro rata relative to the sectors’
whiting allocation. The remainder
would be made available to the shorebased non-whiting trawl fishery.
• For widow rockfish, there would be
an initial allocation of 52 percent of the
total LE trawl allocation of widow
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
rockfish to the whiting sectors if the
stock is under rebuilding or 10 percent
of the total LE trawl allocation or 500 mt
of the trawl allocation to the whiting
sectors, whichever is greater, if the stock
is rebuilt. If the stock is overfished
when the initial allocation is
implemented, the latter allocation
scheme automatically kicks in when it
is declared rebuilt. The distribution of
the whiting trawl allocation of widow to
individual whiting sectors would be
done pro rata relative to the sectors’
whiting allocation. The remainder
would be made available to the shorebased non-whiting trawl fishery.
4. Yield Set-Asides for Bycatch of NonOverfished Species by the Two At-Sea
Sectors
The estimated fishing mortality of
Amendment 21 species in the at-sea
whiting fishery (MS and C/P sectors)
other than Pacific whiting and the three
trawl-dominant overfished species
would be set-aside from the LE trawl
allocations prior to making the initial
shore-based trawl sector allocations.
Set-aside amounts would not be
allocations specified in the PCGFMP. It
is anticipated that the projected
incidental bycatch amounts in the at-sea
whiting fishery will change in the future
as better information becomes available.
Therefore, set-asides would be
implemented in and could be modified
through the biennial specifications and
management measures process.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5. Halibut
As set forth in the proposed rule at
§ 660.55(m), Amendment 21 would
establish a trawl mortality bycatch limit
for legal and sublegal halibut in Area 2A
(off Washington, Oregon and California)
at 15 percent of the Area 2A constant
exploitation yield (CEY) for legal size
halibut, not to exceed 130,000 lbs for
the first 4 years of trawl rationalization
and not to exceed 100,000 lbs starting in
the fifth year. This total bycatch limit
may be adjusted downward or upward
through the biennial specifications and
management measures process. Part of
the overall TCL would be a set-aside of
10 mt of Pacific halibut, to
accommodate bycatch in the at-sea
Pacific whiting fishery and in the shorebased trawl fishery south of 40°10′ N.
lat. (estimated at approximately 5 mt
each).
By holding the limit at 130,000 lbs for
4 years and providing flexibility to make
adjustments, the Council intended to
address the uncertainty of how these
constraints would affect the fleet and
give the fleet time to learn strategies and
areas for minimizing its halibut bycatch.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
6. Process for Future Re-Allocations
The Council considered allowing the
allocations in Amendment 21 that are
specified in the PCGFMP to be modified
through a framework action as part of
the biennial management measures, but
decided to recommend that these
allocations specified in the PCGFMP be
modified through an FMP amendment.
The rationale was that the FMP
amendment process imposes a higher
standard for considering a change to the
fishery, and that the Amendment 21
allocations should be durable and not
subject to reconsideration every 2 years
in the biennial management process.
Many representatives of the trawl
industry recommended maintaining this
process to provide more long-term
stability to allow better business
planning.
7. Declaration as Overfished
Amendment 21 would not affect the
FMP provision to temporarily suspend
any formal allocations for a species if it
is declared overfished. Shorter-term ad
hoc allocations would then be decided
in an approved rebuilding plan (or in
the biennial management process while
the stock is still being managed under
a rebuilding plan).
8. 5-Year Review
Amendment 21 would provide for a
formal review of all Amendment 21
allocations 5 years after
implementation. This 5-year review is
also a provision in the Amendment 20
preferred alternative to formally review
the trawl rationalization program 5
years after implementation.
IV. Proposed Rule
As referenced above, while NMFS is
reviewing Amendments 20 and 21 in
their entirety, due to the complexity of
the proposed program, this proposed
rule focuses only on certain key
components that would be necessary to
have permits and endorsements issued
in time for use in the 2011 fishery and
in order to have the 2011 specifications
reflect the new allocation scheme. On
May 12, 2010, NMFS published a notice
of availability of Amendments 20 and
21, and consistent with requirements of
the MSA, must make a decision to
approve, disapprove, or partially
approve the amendments by August 10,
2010. Comments on the approvability of
the amendments must be submitted to
NMFS by July 12, 2010.
At the April, 2010 Council meeting in
Portland, Oregon, the Council deemed a
version of these regulations as being
necessary or appropriate to implement
Amendments 20 and 21 and directed
the Council staff to make specific
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33015
revisions to the regulations, and
additional edits as appropriate. The
Council staff and NMFS coordinated on
revisions to those regulations. The
Council’s Executive Director has
deemed that these regulations continue
to be necessary or appropriate for the
purpose of implementing the plan
amendments consistent with the
Council’s policy intent.
A primary modification from the
regulations reviewed by the Council in
April, other than the ones specifically
directed by the Council, is a revision of
the sections regarding the formulas for
the initial allocations. After the April
meeting, NOAA and the Council staff
corrected the regulations to ensure that
they accurately reflect the amendments.
The preamble highlights some questions
regarding these formulas, and
specifically seeks comment on them.
Other changes have been made to
ensure consistency with the
amendments, to ensure consistency
within the regulations, and to clarify
some of the language.
Specifically, this rule would establish
the formal allocations set forth under
Amendment 21 and establish
procedures for initial issuance and
appeals of permits, endorsements, and
QS under the IFQ and coop programs.
While there are changes in many
sections of these draft regulations for the
trawl rationalization program, the main
areas that are new for the trawl
rationalization program are highlighted
below.
• Section 660.25 contains general
rules regarding permit requirements,
including requirements for new permits
and endorsements required for trawl
rationalization: MS permits, MS/CV
endorsements, and C/P endorsements.
• Section 660.55 is the allocation
section and contains the proposed
allocations set forth in Amendment 21.
• Section 660.111 contains
definitions specific to the trawl
fisheries, including new terminology
that would be used under the proposed
rationalization program, such as ‘‘catch
history assignment,’’ ‘‘IFQ,’’ ‘‘first
receivers,’’ and ‘‘processor obligations.’’
• Section 660.140 would set forth the
requirements for the proposed IFQ
program for the shore-based trawl
sector. The provisions contained in this
proposed rule would include initial
requirements, including: The species
covered; the general program structure
and management; accumulation limits
and how to define ownership and
control; divestiture; the application
process, and deadlines; eligibility
criteria; how QS would be calculated;
how to reassign landings history for
Pacific whiting; IADs, and limitations
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33016
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
on appeals; and rules regarding transfers
of permits during the application
period.
• Section 660.150 would set forth the
requirements for the proposed MS Coop
Program. The provisions contained in
this proposed rule would include initial
requirements including the species
covered; the general program structure
and management; accumulation limits
and how to define ownership and
control; divestiture; the application
process, and deadlines; eligibility
criteria for MS permits, MS/CV
endorsement, and CHA assignments;
characteristics of permits, how CHA
would be assigned; IADs, and
limitations on appeals; and rules
regarding transfers of permits during the
application period.
• Section 660.160 would set forth the
requirements for the proposed CP Coop
Program. The provisions contained in
this proposed rule would include initial
requirements, including: The species
covered; the general program structure
and management; the application
process and deadlines; eligibility
criteria; IADs and limitations on
appeals; and rules regarding transfers of
permits during the application period.
In addition, this proposed rule would
also restructure the entire Pacific Coast
groundfish regulations at 50 CFR part
660 by moving from one subpart
(subpart G) to five subparts (subparts C–
G). This restructuring of existing
groundfish regulations is necessary to
make room for the expansion of
regulations with the new trawl
rationalization program and to make the
regulations more clearly organized
according to sectors within the
groundfish fishery. The following table
lists the distribution of the sections of
50 CFR part 660 subpart G to the new
subparts in 50 CFR 660 subparts C
through G in this restructuring.
Old
New
Purpose and scope ...............................................................
Definitions ..............................................................................
§ 660.303
Reporting and recordkeeping ................................................
§ 660.305
Vessel identification ...............................................................
§ 660.306
Prohibitions ............................................................................
§ 660.312
§ 660.314
Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) requirements ...................
Groundfish observer program ...............................................
§ 660.320
§ 660.321
§ 660.322
§ 660.323
inseason
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.301
§ 660.302
Allocations .............................................................................
Black rockfish harvest guideline ............................................
Sablefish allocations ..............................................................
Pacific whiting allocations, allocation attainment, and
allocation reapportionment.
§ 660.324 Pacific Coast treaty Indian fisheries ......................................
§ 660.331 Limited entry and open access fisheries—general ...............
§ 660.333 Limited entry fishery—eligibility and registration ...................
§ 660.334 Limited entry permits—endorsements ..................................
§ 660.335 Limited entry permits—renewal, combination, stacking,
change of permit ownership or permit holdership, and transfer.
§ 660.336 Pacific whiting vessel licenses ..............................................
§ 660.337 Trawl Rationalization program—data collection requirements.
§ 660.338 Limited entry permits—small fleet .........................................
§ 660.339 Limited entry permit and Pacific whiting vessel license fees
§ 660.340 Limited entry permit appeals .................................................
§ 660.341 Limited entry permit sanctions ..............................................
§ 660.350 Compensation with fish for collecting resource information—exempted fishing permits off Washington, Oregon, and California.
§ 660.365 Overfished species rebuilding plans .....................................
§ 660.370 Specifications and management measures ..........................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
§ 660.10, Subpart C Purpose and scope.
§ 660.11, Subpart C General definitions.
§ 660.111, Subpart D Trawl fishery definitions.
§ 660.211, Subpart E Fixed gear fishery definitions.
§ 660.311, Subpart F Open access fishery definitions.
§ 660.351, Subpart G Recreational fishery definitions.
§ 660.113, Subpart C Recordkeeping and reporting.
§ 660.113, Subpart D Trawl fishery recordkeeping and reporting.
§ 660.213, Subpart E Fixed gear fishery recordkeeping and reporting.
§ 660.313, Subpart F Open access fishery recordkeeping and reporting.
§ 660.353, Subpart G Recreational fishery recordkeeping and reporting.
§ 660.20, Subpart C Vessel and gear identification.
§ 660.219, Subpart C Fixed gear identification and marking.
§ 660.319, Subpart C Open access fishery gear identification and
marking.
§ 660.12, Subpart C General groundfish prohibitions.
§ 660.112, Subpart D Trawl fishery prohibitions.
§ 660.212, Subpart E Fixed gear fisheries prohibitions.
§ 660.312, Subpart F Open access fisheries prohibitions.
§ 660.352, Subpart G Recreational fishery prohibitions.
§ 660.14, Subpart C Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) requirements.
§ 660.16, Subpart C Groundfish observer program.
§ 660.18, Subpart C Certification and decertification procedures for
observers, catch monitors, catch monitor providers and observer providers.
§ 660.116, Subpart D Trawl fishery observer requirements.
§ 660.216, Subpart E Fixed gear fishery observer requirements.
§ 660.316, Subpart F Open access fishery observer requirements.
§ 660.356, Subpart G Recreational fishery observer requirements.
§ 660.55, Subpart C Allocations.
§ 660.55(l), Subpart C Black rockfish harvest guideline.
§ 660.55(h), Subpart C Sablefish allocations (north of 36° N. lat.).
§ 660.55(i), Subpart C.
§ 660.131 Pacific Whiting Fishery Management Measures.
§ 660.50, Subpart C.
§ 660.24, Subpart C Limited entry and open access fisheries.
§ 660.25(b)(1), Subpart C.
§ 660.25(b)(3), Subpart C.
§ 660.25(b)(4), Subpart C.
§ 660.26, Subpart C
removed.
Pacific Whiting Vessel Licenses.
§ 660.25(b)(5), Subpart C.
§ 660.26, Subpart C Pacific Whiting Vessel Licenses.
§ 660.25(g), Subpart C.
§ 660.25(h), Subpart C.
§ 660.30, Subpart C Compensation With Fish for Collecting Resource
Information—EFPs.
§ 660.40, Subpart C Overfished species rebuilding plans.
§ 660.60, Subpart C Specifications and Management Measures.
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Old
New
§ 660.371
Black rockfish fishery management ......................................
§ 660.372
Fixed gear sablefish fishery management ............................
§ 660.373 Pacific whiting (whiting) fishery management .......................
(j) Additional requirements for participants in the Pacific Whiting
Shoreside fishery.
§ 660.380
§ 660.381
Groundfish harvest specifications .........................................
Limited entry trawl fishery management measures ..............
§ 660.382
§ 660.383
Limited entry fixed gear fishery management measures ......
Open access fishery management measures ......................
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.384 Recreational fishery management measures .......................
§ 660.385 Washington coastal tribal fisheries management measures
§ 660.390 Groundfish conservation areas .............................................
§ 660.391 Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 10-fm (18-m)
through 40-fm (73-m) depth contours.
§ 660.392 Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 50 fm (91 m)
through 75 fm (137 m) depth contours.
§ 660.393 Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 100 fm (183 m)
through 150 fm (274 m) depth contours.
§ 660.394 Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 180 fm (329 m)
through 250 fm (457 m) depth contours.
§ 660.395 Essential Fish Habitat (EFH) .................................................
§ 660.396 EFH Conservation Areas ......................................................
§ 660.397 EFH Conservation Areas off the Coast of Washington ........
§ 660.398 EFH Conservation Areas off the Coast of Oregon ...............
§ 660.399 EFH Conservation Areas off the Coast of California ............
Table 1a to Part 660, Subpart G—2009, Specifications of ABCs, OYs,
and HGs, by Management Area (weights in metric tons).
Table 1b to Part 660, Subpart G—2009, Harvest Guidelines for Minor
Rockfish by Depth Sub-groups (weights in metric tons).
Table 1c to Part 660, Subpart G—2009, Open Access and Limited
Entry Allocations by Species or Species Group (weights in metric
tons).
Table 2a to Part 660, Subpart G—2010, Specifications of ABCs, OYs,
and HGs, by Management Area (weights in metric tons).
Table 3 (North) 660, Subpart G—2010 Trip Limits for Limited Entry
Trawl Gear North of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 3 (South) 660, Subpart G—2010 Trip Limits for Limited Entry
Trawl Gear South of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 4 (North) 660, Subpart G—2009–2010 Trip Limits for Limited
Entry Fixed Gear North of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 4 (South) 660, Subpart G—2009–2010 Trip Limits for Limited
Entry Fixed Gear South of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 5 (North) 660, Subpart G—2009–2010 Trip Limits for Open Access Gears North of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 5 (South) 660, Subpart G—2009–2010 Trip Limits for Open Access Gears South of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Figure 1 to Subpart G of Part 660—Diagram of Selective Flatfish Trawl
Table 2 to Part 660—Vessel Capacity Ratings for West Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Permits.
In addition to the reorganization of
the existing groundfish regulations into
the new regulatory structure, NMFS has
made some minor revisions to
regulatory language. Most changes
revise the existing regulatory language
to work with the new structure and the
proposed changes to the limited entry
trawl fishery, including but not limited
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
33017
§ 660.120, Subpart D Trawl Fishery Crossover Provisions.
§ 660.220, Subpart E Fixed Gear Fishery Crossover Provisions.
§ 660.320, Subpart F Open Access Crossover Provisions.
§ 660.230(d), Subpart E Fixed Gear Fishery Management Measures.
§ 660.330(e), Subpart E Fixed Gear Fishery Management Measures.
§ 660.231, Subpart E Limited Entry Fixed Gear Primary Fishery for
Sablefish.
§ 660.232, Subpart E Limited Entry Sablefish Daily Trip Limit (DTL)
Fishery for Sablefish.
§ 660.332, Subpart F Open Access Sablefish Daily Trip Limit (DTL)
Fishery for Sablefish.
§ 660.131, Subpart D Pacific Whiting Fishery Management Measures.
§ 660.15, Subpart C Equipment Requirements.
§ 660.12 General Groundfish Prohibitions (a)(13).
§ 660.65, Subpart C.
§ 660.130 Trawl Fishery Management Measures.
§ 660.230, Subpart E Fixed Gear Fishery Management Measures.
§ 660.330, Subpart F Open Access Fishery Management Measures.
§ 660.333, Subpart F Open Access Non-groundfish Trawl Fishery—
Management Measures.
§ 660.360, Subpart G Recreational Fishery Management Measures.
§ 660.50, Subpart C Pacific Coast Treaty Indian Fisheries.
§ 660.70, Subpart C Groundfish conservation areas.
§ 660.71, Subpart C Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 10-fm
(18-m) through 40-fm (73-m) depth contours.
§ 660.72, Subpart C Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 50 fm
(91 m) through 75 fm (137 m) depth contours.
§ 660.73, Subpart C Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 100
fm (183 m) through 150 fm (274 m) depth contours.
§ 660.74, Subpart C Latitude/longitude coordinates defining the 180
fm (329 m) through 250 fm (457 m) depth contours.
§ 660.75, Subpart C Essential Fish Habitat (EFH).
§ 660.76, Subpart C EFH Conservation Areas.
§ 660.77, Subpart C Conservation Areas off the Coast of Washington.
§ 660.78, Subpart C Conservation Areas off the Coast of Oregon.
§ 660.79, Subpart C Conservation Areas off the Coast of California.
Table 1a to Part 660, Subpart C—2009, Specifications of ABCs, OYs,
and HGs, by Management Area (weights in metric tons).
Table 1b to Part 660, Subpart C—2009, Harvest Guidelines for Minor
Rockfish by Depth Sub-groups (weights in metric tons).
Table 1c to Part 660, Subpart C—2009, Open Access and Limited
Entry Allocations by Species or Species Group (weights in metric
tons).
Table 2ato Part 660, Subpart C—2010, Specifications of ABCs, OYs,
and HGs, by Management Area (weights in metric tons).
Table 1 (North) 660, Subpart D—2010 Trip Limits for Limited Entry
Trawl Gear North of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 1 (South) 660, Subpart D—2010 Trip Limits for Limited Entry
Trawl Gear South of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 2 (North) 660, Subpart E—2009–2010 Trip Limits for Limited
Entry Fixed Gear North of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 2 (South) 660, Subpart E—2009–2010 Trip Limits for Limited
Entry Fixed Gear South of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 3 (North) 660, Subpart F—2009–2010 Trip Limits for Open Access Gears North of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 3 (South) 660, Subpart F—2009–2010 Trip Limits for Open Access Gears South of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Figure 1 to Subpart C of Part 660—Diagram of Selective Flatfish Trawl.
Table 3 to Subpart C of Part 660—Vessel Capacity Ratings for West
Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Permits.
to: Revising the definitions used for the
trawl fishery; revising definitions used
for allocations; moving definitions,
prohibitions, recordkeeping and
reporting requirements, observer
requirements, crossover provisions, and
management measures to the subpart for
each fishery (trawl, fixed gear, open
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
access, recreational); and updating cross
references.
Some minor revisions not directly
related to the trawl rationalization
program or intersector allocations were
made to update regulatory language.
The following definitions were revised:
Address of record, Council, fishing gear,
groundfish, groundfish trawl, initial
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33018
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
administrative determination, nongroundfish trawl, overage, permit
holder, and permit owner. New
definitions were added for the following
terms: Bag limits, boat limits, daily trip
limit fishery, endorsement, entity,
calendar year, fish, fishing, fishing
vessel, hook limits, non-groundfish
fishery, observer, operate a vessel,
primary season, sablefish tier limit
fishery, tier limit, vessel of the United
States, and vessel owner. In order to
improve clarity and better match the
MSA definition, the term ‘‘participate’’
was changed to ‘‘fish’’ where appropriate
throughout the regulations. NMFS is
particularly seeking comment on the
revised and new definitions. NMFS may
implement these definitions under
section 303(d) of the Magnuson Act.
In the new § 660.20, vessel and gear
identification language was combined to
make it easier for readers to find the
identification requirements. In the new
§ 660.25, old language referring to the
LE fixed gear sablefish permit stacking
program’s application requirements and
qualifying criteria for the endorsement/
tier assignment and various exemptions
(at-sea processing, adding spouse to
permit, owner on board exemption)
were removed because the application
window for these closed between 1998
and 2007, depending on the provision.
In the new § 660.50, regulations
affecting treaty tribes were combined
from §§ 660.324 and 660.385 to make it
easier for the reader to find the tribal
requirements. In the new § 660.60
paragraph (f), the description of
Exempted Fishing Permits (EFPs) was
revised to clarify the different types of
EFPs: Compensation fishing EFPs versus
all other EFPs. In the new §§ 660.231
and 660.232, the fixed gear sablefish tier
limit fishery and the LE daily trip limit
fishery have been separated from one
section to two to make it easier to find
the requirements for each of these
fisheries. In the new § 660.333, the OA
non-groundfish trawl fishery
management measures were separated
into their own section to make it easier
Old section
§ 660.303
Vessel identification
§ 660.322
Sablefish allocations
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.323 Pacific whiting allocations, allocation attainment,
and inseason allocation reapportionment
§ 660.331 Limited Entry and open access fisheries—general
§ 660.333 Limited entry fishery—eligibility and registration
§ 660.334 Limited entry permits—endorsements
§ 660.335 Limited entry permits—renewal, combination,
stacking, change of permit ownership or permit holdership,
and transfer
§ 660.336 Pacific whiting vessel licenses
§ 660.337 Trawl Rationalization program—data collection requirements
§ 660.338 Limited entry permits—small fleet
§ 660.339 Limited entry permit and Pacific whiting vessel license fees
§ 660.340 Limited entry permit appeals
§ 660.341 Limited entry permit sanctions
§ 660.350 Compensation with fish for collecting resource information—exempted fishing permits off Washington, Oregon, and California
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
Revisions to Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA) References
Section 3507 of the PRA requires that
agencies inventory and display a current
control number assigned by the
Director, OMB, for each agency
information collection, and 15 CFR
902.1(b) identifies the location of NOAA
regulations for which OMB approvals
have been issued. Because this rule
codifies recordkeeping and reporting
requirements, 15 CFR 902.1(b) is revised
to correctly reference the new sections
resulting from the reorganization.
The following table lists the
derivation of the NOAA PRA approvals
for regulatory requirements in 50 CFR
part 660:
OMB Control
No.
New section
Reporting and recordkeeping
§ 660.305
to find these requirements; they were
previously combined with the general
OA fishery management measures listed
in the new § 660.330. In the new
§ 660.352, new gear and trip
prohibitions were added for the
recreational fishery.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
§ 660.113, Subpart C Recordkeeping and Reporting
§ 660.113, Subpart D Trawl Fishery Recordkeeping and Reporting
§ 660.213, Subpart E Fixed Gear Fishery Recordkeeping
and Reporting
§ 660.313, Subpart F Open Access Fishery Recordkeeping
and Reporting
§ 660.353, Subpart G Recreational Fishery Recordkeeping
and reporting
§ 660.20, Subpart C Vessel and Gear Identification ...............
§ 660.219, Subpart C Fixed Gear Identification and Marking
§ 660.319, Subpart C Open Access Fishery Gear Identification and Marking
§ 660.55 (h), Subpart C Sablefish Allocations (north of 36° N.
lat.).
§ 660.55 (i), Subpart C ...............................................................
¥0271
¥0355
¥0352
¥0243
§ 660.131 Pacific Whiting Fishery Management Measures
§ 660.25(a), Subpart C ...............................................................
§ 660.25(b)(1), Subpart C ..........................................................
§ 660.25(b)(3), Subpart C ..........................................................
§ 660.25(b)(4), Subpart C ..........................................................
¥0243
¥0203
¥0203
¥0203
§ 660.26, Subpart C ...................................................................
removed.
¥0583
¥0599
§ 660.25(b)(5), Subpart C ..........................................................
§ 660.26, Subpart C ...................................................................
¥0203
¥0203
§ 660.25(g), Subpart C ...............................................................
§ 660.25(h), Subpart C ...............................................................
§ 660.30, Subpart C ...................................................................
¥0203
¥0203
¥0203
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
V. Related Rulemakings and Future
Actions
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Previous Rule
On January 29, 2009, NMFS
published a final rule to initiate the data
collection necessary to support initial
issuance of permits, endorsement, and
QS under the IFQ and Coop programs.
This rule provided notice to participants
in the industry to review their catch
data for purposes of ensuring that the
quota share and other calculations
undertaken by NMFS would be based
on the best available data (74 FR 4684).
Program Components Rule
NMFS plans to publish additional
details regarding implementation of
Amendment 20 through an upcoming
‘‘program components’’ rule. This rule
would address details regarding IFQ
gear switching provisions, observer
programs, retention requirements,
equipment requirements, catch
monitors, catch weighing requirements,
coop permits/agreements, first receiver
site licenses, and vessel QP accounts.
Additionally, further tracking and
monitoring components may be
proposed, as well as requirements for
economic data collection requirements,
and cost recovery.
The Council plans to address
additional details related to
implementation of Amendments 20 and
21 through subsequent Council actions
(‘‘trailing actions’’). Details to be
addressed through trailing actions could
include:
• Adaptive Management Program.
• Community Fishing Associations.
• Cost Recovery details.
• Safe harbors for control language.
• Severability for MS/CV–endorsed
permits and catch history assignment.
Classification.
Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the
MSA, the NMFS Assistant
Administrator has determined that this
proposed rule is consistent with the
Pacific Coast Groundfish FMP.
The Council prepared a draft
environmental impact statement for
Amendment 20 to the Pacific Coast
Groundfish FMP; a notice of availability
was published on December 4, 2009 (74
FR 63751). The Council also prepared a
draft environmental impact statement
for Amendment 21 to the Pacific Coast
Groundfish FMP; a notice of availability
was published on January 29, 2010 (75
FR 4812). The trawl rationalization
program would consist of: (1) An IFQ
program for the shore-based LE
groundfish trawl fleet; and (2) coop
programs for the at-sea whiting LE
groundfish trawl fleet. The trawl
rationalization program is intended to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
increase net economic benefits, create
economic stability, provide full
utilization of the trawl sector allocation,
consider environmental impacts, and
promote conservation through
individual accountability for catch and
bycatch.
This proposed rule has been
determined to be significant for
purposes of Executive Order 12866.
An initial regulatory flexibility
analysis (IRFA) was prepared, as
required by section 603 of the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA). The
IRFA describes the economic impact
this proposed rule, if adopted, would
have on small entities. A description of
the action, why it is being considered,
and the legal basis for this action are
contained at the beginning of this
section in the preamble and in the
SUMMARY section of the preamble. A
copy of the IRFA is available from
NMFS (see ADDRESSES) and a summary
of the IRFA, per the requirements of 5
U.S.C. 604(a) follows:
The Council has prepared two EIS
documents: Amendment 20—
Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery, which would create the
structure and management details of the
trawl fishery rationalization program;
and Amendment 21—Allocation of
Harvest Opportunity Between Sectors of
the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery,
which would allocate the groundfish
stocks between trawl and non-trawl
fisheries. The two draft EIS’s prepared
by the Council provide economic
analyses of the Council’s preferred
alternatives and draft RIR and IRFAs.
The draft RIR and IRFAs were updated
and combined into a single RIR/IRFA.
Among other things, this single RIR/
IRFA contains additional information
on characterizing the participants in the
fishery and on the tracking and
monitoring costs associated with this
program.
Due to the complexity of the proposed
fishery management measures, the rule
associated with this analysis proposes
only certain key components that would
be necessary to have permits and
endorsements issued in time for use in
the 2011 fishery and in order to have the
2011 specifications reflect the new
allocation scheme. Specifically, this rule
would establish the allocations set forth
under Amendment 21 and would
establish procedures for initial issuance
of permits, endorsements, and QS under
the IFQ and Coop programs. NMFS
plans to propose additional program
details in a future proposed rule. Such
additional details would include:
Program components applicable to IFQ
gear switching, observer programs,
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33019
retention requirements, equipment
requirements, catch monitors, catch
weighing requirements, coop permits/
agreements, first receiver site licenses,
quota share accounts, vessel QP
accounts, further tracking and
monitoring components, and economic
data collection requirements. In order to
encourage more informed public
comment, this proposed rule includes a
general description of these additional
program requirements. NMFS is also
planning a future ‘‘Cost-Recovery’’ rule,
based on a recommended methodology
yet to be developed by the Pacific
Fishery Management Council.
The RIR/IRFA analyzes two
alternatives—the No-Action Alternative
and the Preferred Alternative. The
analysis of the no action alternative
describes what is likely to occur in the
absence of the proposed action. It
provides a benchmark against which the
incremental effects of the proposed
action can be compared. Under the no
action alternative, the current, primary
management tool used to control the
Pacific coast groundfish trawl catch
includes a system of two month
cumulative landing limits for most
species and season closures for Pacific
whiting. This management program
would continue under the no action
alternative. Only long-term, fixed
allocations for Pacific whiting and
sablefish north of 36° N. lat. would
exist. All other groundfish species
would not be formally allocated
between the trawl and non-trawl
sectors. Allocating the available harvest
of groundfish species and species
complexes would occur in the Council
process of deciding biennial harvest
specifications and management
measures and, as such, would be
considered short term allocations.
The analysis of the preferred
alternative describes what is likely to
occur as a result of the proposed action.
Under the preferred alternative, the
existing shore-based whiting and shorebased non-whiting sectors of the Pacific
Coast groundfish limited entry trawl
fishery would be managed as one sector
under a system of IFQs, and the at-sea
whiting sectors of the fishery (i.e.,
catcher-processor sector and mothership
sector, which includes motherships and
catcher vessels) would be managed
under a system of sector-specific
harvesting cooperatives (co-ops). The
catcher-processor sector would continue
to operate under the existing, selfdeveloped co-op program entered into
voluntarily by that sector. A distinct set
of groundfish species and Pacific
halibut would be covered by the
rationalization program. Amendment 20
would include a tracking and
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33020
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
monitoring program to assure that all
catch (including discards) would be
documented and matched against QP.
The Council specified that observers
would be required on all vessels and
shore-based monitoring (catch monitors)
would be required during all off-loading
(100 percent coverage). Compared to
status quo monitoring, this would be a
monitoring and observer coverage level
increase for a large portion of the trawl
fleet, particularly for non-whiting shorebased vessels.
The limited entry trawl fishery is
divided into two broad sectors: A multispecies trawl fishery, which most often
uses bottom trawl gear (hereafter called
the non-whiting fishery), and the Pacific
whiting fishery, which uses midwater
trawl gear. The non-whiting fishery is
principally managed through 2-month
cumulative landing limits along with
closed areas to limit overfished species
bycatch. Fishery participants target the
range of species described above with
the exception of Pacific whiting. By
weight, the vast majority of trawl vessel
groundfish is caught in the Pacific
whiting fishery. In contrast, the nonwhiting fishery accounts for the
majority of limited entry trawl fishery
ex-vessel revenues. On average for the
period 2000–2005, Pacific whiting
accounted for about 75 percent of the
quantity of groundfish landed in the
limited entry trawl fishery, but only 21
percent of the value due to their
relatively low ex-vessel price.
Non-whiting trawl vessels deliver
their catch to shoreside processors and
buyers located along the coasts of
Washington, Oregon, and California,
and tend to have their homeports
located in towns within the same
general area where they make deliveries,
though there are several cases of vessels
delivering to multiple ports during a
year. Some Pacific whiting trawl vessels
are catcher-processors, which, as their
name implies, process their catch onboard, while other vessels in this sector
deliver their catch to shoreside
processors or motherships that receive
Pacific whiting for processing but do not
directly harvest the fish.
Over time, landings in the limited
entry trawl fishery have fluctuated,
especially on a species-specific basis.
Pacific whiting has grown in
importance, especially in recent years.
Through the 1990s, the volume of
Pacific whiting landed in the fishery
increased. In 2002 and 2003, landings of
Pacific whiting declined due to
information showing the stock was
depleted and the subsequent regulations
that restricted harvest in order to
rebuild the species. Over the years
2003–2007, estimated Pacific whiting
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
ex-vessel revenues averaged about $29
million. In 2008, these participants
harvested about 248,000 tons of whiting
worth about $63 million in ex-vessel
revenues, based on shore-based exvessel prices of $254 per ton, the highest
ex-vessel revenues and prices on record.
In comparison, the 2007 fishery
harvested about 224,000 tons worth $36
million at an average ex-vessel price of
about $160 per ton.
While the Pacific whiting fishery has
grown in importance in recent years,
harvests in the non-whiting component
of the limited entry trawl fishery have
declined steadily since the 1980s. Exvessel revenues in the fishery peaked in
the mid 1990s at over $60 million.
Following the passage of the Sustainable
Fisheries Act (1996) and the listing of
several species as overfished, harvests
became increasingly restricted and
landings and revenues declined steadily
until 2002. Since 2002, ex-vessel
revenues have stabilized at
approximately $23–$27 million per
year. In 2007, the Council estimates that
159 trawlers landed 94,000 mt of
groundfish, earning $37 million in exvessel revenues, for an average of
$234,000 per vessel.
Expected Effects of Amendment 21—
Intersector Allocation
The allocation of harvest opportunity
between sectors under the proposed
regulation does not differ significantly
from the allocation made biennially
under the no action alternative. The
primary economic effect of the longterm allocation under the proposed
regulations is to provide more certainty
in future trawl harvest opportunities,
which would enable better business
planning for participants in the
rationalized fishery. As described
elsewhere, the trawl rationalization
program could create an incentive
structure and facilitate more
comprehensive monitoring to allow
bycatch reduction and effective
management of the groundfish fisheries.
In support of the trawl rationalization
program, the main socioeconomic
impact of Amendment 21 allocations is
longer term stability for the trawl
industry. While the preferred
Amendment 21 allocations do not differ
significantly from status quo ad hoc
allocations made biennially, there is
more certainty in future trawl harvest
opportunities, which enables better
business planning for participants in the
rationalized fishery. This is the main
purpose for the Amendment 21 actions.
The economic effects of Amendment 21
arise from the impacts on current and
future harvests. The need to constrain
groundfish harvests to address
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
overfishing has had substantial
socioeconomic impacts. The groundfish
limited entry trawl sector has
experienced a large contraction, spurred
in part by a partially federallysubsidized vessel and permit buyback
program implemented in 2005. This $46
million buyback program was financed
by a Congressional appropriation of $10
million and an industry loan of $36
million. Approximately 240 groundfish,
crab, and shrimp permits were retired
from state and federal fisheries, and
there was a 35 percent reduction in the
groundfish trawl permits. To repay the
loan, groundfish, shrimp and crab
fisheries are subject to landings fees.
Follow-on effects of the buyback have
been felt in coastal communities where
groundfish trawlers comprise a large
portion of the local fleet. As the fleet
size shrinks and ex-vessel revenues
decline, income and employment in
these communities is affected. Fisheryrelated businesses in the community
may cease operations because of lost
business. This can affect non-groundfish
fishery sectors that also depend on the
services provided by these businesses,
such as providing ice and buying fish.
An objective to the trawl rationalization
program is to mitigate some of these
effects by increasing revenues and
profits within the trawl sector. However,
because further fleet consolidation is
expected, the resulting benefits are
likely to be unevenly distributed among
coastal communities. Some
communities may see their groundfish
trawl fleet shrink further as the
remaining vessels concentrate in a few
major ports. Species subject to
Amendment 21 allocations would be:
Lingcod, Pacific cod, sablefish south of
36°N. lat., Pacific ocean perch, widow
rockfish, chilipepper rockfish, splitnose
rockfish, yellowtail rockfish north of
40°10′ N. lat., shortspine thornyhead
(north and south of 34°27′ N. lat.),
longspine thornyhead north of 34°27′ N.
lat., darkblotched rockfish, minor slope
rockfish (north and south of 40°10′ N.
lat.), Dover sole, English sole, petrale
sole, arrowtooth flounder, starry
flounder, and Other Flatfish. While the
preferred Amendment 21 allocations of
these species do not differ significantly
from status quo ad hoc allocations made
biennially, there is more certainty in
future trawl harvest opportunities,
which enables better business planning
for participants in the rationalized
fishery. This is the main purpose for the
Amendment 21 actions.
Based on ex-vessel revenue
projections, Table 4–18 (ISA DEIS)
shows the potential 2010 yield to trawl
and non-trawl (including recreational)
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
sectors under the Amendment 21
alternatives and the potential 2010
value of alternative trawl allocations.
Under the status quo option Alternative
1, the projected ex-vessel value of the
trawl allocation is $56 million while the
projected ex-vessel value of the
Council’s preferred alternative is $54
million, indicating a potential increase
to the non-trawl sectors and a potential
decrease to the trawl sector.
In addition to the species above,
halibut would also be specifically
allocated to the trawl fishery. The
proposed regulations include a halibut
trawl bycatch reduction program in
phases to provide sufficient time to
establish a baseline of trawl halibut
bycatch and for harvesters to explore
methods (e.g., adjustments to time and/
or area fished, gear modifications) to
reduce halibut bycatch and bycatch
mortality. Pacific halibut are currently
not allowed to be retained in any U.S.
or Canadian trawl fisheries per the
policy of the IPHC. The Council’s intent
on setting a total catch limit of Pacific
halibut in Area 2A trawl fisheries is to
limit the bycatch and progressively
reduce the bycatch to provide more
benefits to directed halibut fisheries.
The program establishes a limit for total
Pacific halibut bycatch mortality (legalsized and sublegal fish) through the use
of an individual bycatch quota in the
trawl fishery. The initial amount for the
first two years of the trawl
rationalization program would be
calculated by taking 15% of the Area 2A
Total Constant Exploitation Yield (CEY)
as set by the International Pacific
Halibut Commission (IPHC) for the
previous year, not to exceed 130,000 lbs
per year for total mortality. For example,
if the trawl rationalization program
went into effect in 2013, the trawl
halibut IBQ would be set at 15% of the
Area 2A CEY adopted for 2012 or
130,000 lbs per year, whichever is less,
for 2013 and 2014 (Years 1 and 2 of the
program). Beginning with the third year
of implementation, the maximum
amount set aside for the trawl
rationalization program would be
reduced to 100,000 lbs per year for total
mortality. This amount may be adjusted
downward through the biennial
specifications process for future years.
Currently there are no total catch
limits of Pacific halibut specified for the
west coast trawl fishery. Trawl bycatch
of Pacific halibut, therefore, does not
limit the trawl fishery. A phased in,
halibut bycatch reduction program,
would provide sufficient time to
establish a baseline of trawl halibut
bycatch under the new rationalization
program and for harvesters to explore
methods (e.g., adjustments to time and/
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
or area fished, gear modifications) to
reduce both halibut bycatch and bycatch
mortality. By limiting the bycatch of
Pacific halibut in the LE trawl fisheries,
Amendment 21 would control bycatch
and could provide increased benefits to
Washington, Oregon, and California
fishermen targeting Pacific halibut.
Reducing the trawl limit would also
provide more halibut to those who
participate in the directed tribal,
commercial and recreational halibut
fisheries.
Effects of Amendment 20—Trawl
Rationalization
Due to the lack of quantitative data,
an overall comprehensive model was
not feasible. Instead, a set of models
designed to focus on specific issues was
developed. For example, models were
used to: Analyze the effects of the initial
allocation of QS in the trawl IFQ
program; project geographic shifts in
fishery patterns; and illustrate the
potential for reducing bycatch,
increasing target catch, and increasing
revenues. To illustrate the benefits of
the IFQ program, a model projecting the
expected amount of fleet consolidation
in the shore-based non-whiting fishery
was developed. This model illustrates
the potential for the fleet to reduce
bycatch and potentially increase the
amount of target species harvested. This
model is primarily based on bycatch
reduction experiences in the Pacific
whiting fishery and under an Exempted
Fishing Permit carried out in the
arrowtooth flounder fishery. The model
accounts for the fact that trawlers
harvest many species (multiple
outputs). The model also uses fish ticket
data and the data from the recently
completed West Coast Limited Entry
Cost Earnings Survey sponsored by the
NMFS Northwest Fisheries Science
Center. (For the other sectors, similar
models could not be developed because
the appropriate cost data was
unavailable).
Estimates of potential economic
benefits are generated based on the
predicted harvesting practices from the
first step analysis. Because the west
coast non-whiting groundfish fishery is
not a derby fishery, it is expected that
economic benefits will come through
cost reductions and increased access to
target species that arise from
modifications in fishing behavior
(overfished species avoidance). The key
output of this analysis is an estimate of
post-rationalization equilibrium
harvesting cost.
Changes in harvesting costs can arise
from three sources. First, the total fixed
costs incurred by the groundfish trawl
fleet change as the size of the fleet
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33021
changes. Since many limited entry
trawlers incur annual fixed costs of at
least $100,000, reductions in fleet size
can result in substantial cost savings. In
other words, a fewer number of vessels
in the fishery will lead to decreased
costs through a decrease in annual fixed
costs. Second, costs may change as
fishery participation changes and no
longer incur diseconomies of scope
(such as the costs of frequently
switching gear for participating in
multiple fisheries). Third, costs may
change as vessels are able to buy and
sell quota to take advantage of
economies of scale and operate at the
minimum point on their long-run
average cost curve (i.e. the strategy that
minimizes the cost of harvesting).
The major conclusions of this model
suggest that (with landings held at 2004
levels), the current groundfish fleet
(non-whiting component) which
consisted of 117 vessels in 2004, will be
reduced by roughly 50% to 66%, or 40–
60 vessels under an IFQ program. The
reduction in fleet size implies cost
savings of $18–$22 million for the year
2004 (most recent year of the data).
Vessels that remain active will, on
average, be more cost efficient and will
benefit from economies of scale that are
currently unexploited under controlled
access regulations in the fishery. The
cost savings estimates are significant,
amounting to 60% of the costs incurred
currently, suggesting that IFQ
management may be an attractive option
for the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery.
Assuming a 10% annual return to the
vessel capital investment, estimates
indicate that the 2004 groundfish fleet
incurred a total cost of $39 million. The
PacFIN data indicate fleetwide revenue
at roughly $36 million in 2004, and,
therefore, fleet wide losses of about $3
million occurred in 2004. Based on a
lower 5% return to vessel capital, the
results suggest that the groundfish fleet
merely broke even in 2004; i.e.,
dockside revenues were offset by the
fleet wide harvesting costs. The results
also suggest a switch from the current
controlled access management program
to IFQs could yield a significant
increase in resource rents in the Pacific
Coast Groundfish fishery. For instance,
the analysis finds that the 2004
groundfish catch generated zero
resource rent. Instead, it could have
yielded a substantial positive rent at
about $14 million.
As the model was based on the 2004
fishery, it may be useful to show current
trends in the fishery. In 2004, the
shorebased non-whiting trawl fishery
generated about $30 million in ex-vessel
revenues. But according to cost
estimates discussed above, this fishery
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33022
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
was at best breaking even or perhaps
suffering a loss of up to $2 million.
Since 2004, shorebased non-whiting
trawl fisheries have increased their
revenues to about $40 million. The
increases in shorebased revenues have
come from increased landings of flatfish
and sablefish and significant increase in
sablefish ex-vessel prices. Sablefish now
accounts for almost half of the trawl
fleet’s revenues. While revenues were
increasing, so were fuel prices. Fuel
costs are about 30 to 40% of the vessels’
revenues. The average 2005–2009
revenues were about $28 million, or 22
percent greater than 2004. The average
2005–2009 fuel price was about $2.81,
70% greater than that of 2004.
Therefore, it appears that 2009 fishery
may not be that much improved over
that of 2004.
Based on the various models, exvessel revenues for the non-whiting
sector of the limited entry trawl fishery
are estimated to be approximately $30–
50 million per year under the preferred
alternative, compared to $22–25 million
under the no action alternative. This
revenue increase is expected to occur in
a rationalized fishery, because target
species quotas can be more fully
utilized. Currently, in the non-whiting
sector, cumulative landing limits for
target species have to be set lower
because the bycatch of overfished
species cannot be directly controlled.
Introducing accountability at the
individual vessel level by means of IFQs
provides a strong incentive for bycatch
avoidance (because of the actual or
implicit cost of quota needed to cover
bycatch species) and prevents the
bycatch of any one vessel from affecting
the harvest opportunity of others. In
addition, under the preferred
alternative, the non-whiting sector
would have control over harvest timing
over the whole calendar year. Under the
no action alternative, the non-whiting
sector would continue to operate under
2-month cumulative landing limits,
which reduces flexibility within the
period, because any difference between
actual limits and the period limit cannot
be carried over to the next period.
Finally, the ability for vessels managed
under IFQs to use other types of legal
groundfish gear could allow some
increases in revenue by targeting highervalue line or pot gear caught fish. This
opportunity would mainly relate to
sablefish, which are caught in deeper
water, rather than nearshore species
where state level regulatory constraints
apply.
The preferred alternative may also
increase ex-vessel revenues of nonwhiting trawl harvesters by changing
their bargaining power with processors
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
over ex-vessel prices. Under the
preferred alternative, the current 2month cumulative limits structure of the
non-whiting trawl fishery would be
replaced with QP that is available for a
year, thereby extending the time horizon
harvesters have to negotiate prices with
processors without losing available
fishing opportunity. The extended
period would give harvesters greater
latitude to hold out for better prices
compared to the no action alternative.
However, it should also be noted that
these negotiations will also be affected
by the availability of target species, as
well as the availability of bycatch.
Costs for the non-whiting sector of the
limited entry trawl fishery are expected
to decrease under the preferred
alternative because of productivity gains
related to fleet consolidation.
Productivity gains would be achieved
through lower capital requirements and
a move to more efficient vessels.
Operating costs for the non-whiting
sector are predicted to decrease by as
much as 60 percent annually. Based on
estimates of current costs, this
percentage decrease represents a $13.8
million cost reduction relative to the no
action alternative.
The accumulation limits considered
under the preferred alternative are not
expected to introduce cost inefficiencies
in the non-whiting sector, provided that
current prices and harvest volumes do
not decrease. However, the preferred
alternative would impose new costs on
the non-whiting sector that would not
be incurred under the no action
alternative. First, a landings fee of up to
3 percent of the ex-vessel value of fish
harvested would be assessed under the
preferred alternative to recover
management costs, such as maintenance
of the system of QS accounts. Second,
new at-sea observer requirements would
be introduced, and vessels would have
to pay the costs of complying with these
requirements, estimated at $500 a day if
independent contractors are hired. The
daily observer cost could place a
disproportionate adverse economic
burden on small businesses because
such costs would comprise a larger
portion of small vessels costs than that
of larger vessels.
The increase in profits that
commercial harvesters are expected to
experience under the preferred
alternative may render them better able
to sustain the costs of complying with
the new reporting and monitoring
requirements. The improved harvesting
cost efficiency under the preferred
alternative may allow the non-whiting
sector to realize profits of $14–23
million compared to $0 or less under
the no action alternative. In addition, a
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
provision that allows vessels managed
under the IFQ program to use other legal
gear (gear switching) would allow
sablefish allocated to the trawl sector to
be sold at a higher price per pound,
possibly contributing to increased
profits. The imposition of accumulation
limits could reduce the expected
increase in the profitability of the nonwhiting sector by restricting the amount
of expected cost savings, and the costs
of at-sea observers may reduce profits by
about $2.2 million, depending on the fee
structure. However, the profits earned
by the non-whiting sector would still be
substantially higher under the preferred
alternative than under the no action
alternative.
New entrants are likely to face a
barrier to entry in the Pacific Coast
groundfish limited entry trawl fishery in
the form of the cost of acquiring QS (or
a co-op share in the case of the at-sea
whiting sector). This disadvantages
them in comparison to those entities
that receive an initial allocation of
harvest privileges. Small entities may be
particularly disadvantaged to the degree
that they may find it more difficult to
finance such quota purchases. Among
the goals the Council identified for the
adaptive management program was to
use the reserved non-whiting QS to
facilitate new entry into the fishery. In
addition, the Council identified, as a
trailing action, a framework to allow the
establishment and implementation of
Community Fishing Associations as part
of the adaptive management program.
These entities could facilitate entry into
the fishery by leasing QS at below
market rates, thereby leveling the
playing field in terms of costs between
initial recipients of QS and new
entrants.
The incremental effects of the
preferred alternative on buyers and
processors of trawl caught groundfish
are detailed Sections 4.9–4.10 of the
Rationalization of the Amendment 20
Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry
Trawl Fishery DEIS. Even though
processors may have to pay fishermen
higher ex-vessel prices, processors may
see cost savings under the preferred
alternative to the degree that
rationalization allows greater control
over the timing and location of landings.
Processors could use current plant
capacity more efficiently, because
available information suggests that
processing facilities are currently
underutilized. Fleet consolidation in the
non-whiting sector could also provide
cost savings for processors if landings
occur in fewer locations, thereby
reducing the need for facilities and/or
transport. The preferred alternative
would also impose new costs on
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
processors that would not be incurred
under the no action alternative.
Processors would be required to pay
some or all of the costs of plant
monitors, who would verify landings.
Similar to at-sea observers, these
monitors would be independent
contractors rather than direct employees
of the processing firm.
In the non-whiting processing
industry, harvest volumes may increase
because of a decrease in constraining
species bycatch and a subsequent
increase in under-utilized target species
catch. This boost in target species catch
may increase utilization of processing
capital and processing activity. (It
should be noted that if under the
current system bycatch has been
underreported, with 100 percent
observer coverage under the new
system, the gains in increased target
catches may be less than expected.)
Consequently, the possibility of capital
consolidation in the non-whiting shorebased sector may be less than in the
shore-based whiting sector. However,
shifts in the distribution of landings
across ports as a result of fleet
consolidation, industry agglomeration,
and the comparative advantage of ports
(a function of bycatch rates in the waters
constituting the operational area for the
port, differences in infrastructure, and
other factors) could lead to
consolidation in processing activity at a
localized or regional scale and an
expansion in processing activity
elsewhere. To mitigate harm to
adversely impacted non-whiting
shoreside processors, the adaptive
management program provides a
mechanism to distribute non-whiting
QS to processors, thereby ensuring that
some processors receive greater landings
of groundfish than would otherwise be
the case.
As noted above, the preferred
alternative may reduce the power of
non-whiting shoreside processors to
negotiate ex-vessel prices with
harvesters. The larger harvest volume
due to bycatch avoidance may lower
processor average costs, which could
offset the negative effects on nonwhiting shoreside processors of a shift
in bargaining power. In addition, QS
could be purchased by processors over
the long term, thereby increasing
processors’ negotiation power. However,
the accumulation limits included in the
preferred alternative would limit the
ability of processors to purchase
substantial quantities of QS.
Alternatively, the adaptive management
provision could be used to allocate QS
to non-whiting shoreside processors,
thereby providing them additional
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
leverage when negotiating terms with
harvesters.
The allocation of 20 percent of the
initial shore-based whiting QS to the
shoreside processor portion of the
groundfish fishery would give these
processors more influence in
negotiations over ex-vessel prices and
would tend to offset the gains in
bargaining power for harvesters. For
example, a processor could use QS to
induce a harvester that is short of quota
pounds for a Pacific whiting trip to
make deliveries under specified
conditions and prices. However,
because of a reduction in peak harvest
volume, fewer processing companies
and/or facilities may be necessary to
handle harvest volumes of Pacific
whiting, meaning some companies may
find themselves without enough
product to continue justifying
processing operations of Pacific whiting.
Revenues from harvesting and
processing trawl-caught groundfish are
expected to increase. Total revenue from
non-whiting trawl fisheries was $25
million in 2007. Revenue is expected to
increase 1.1 to 1.6 times in a
rationalized fishery, depending on
bycatch rate reductions and stock status.
Revenue increases are mainly expected
because under rationalized fisheries,
target species quotas can be more fully
utilized. Currently, in the non-whiting
sector, cumulative landing limits for
target species have to be set lower
because the bycatch of overfished
species cannot be directly controlled.
Introducing accountability at the
individual vessel level provides a strong
incentive for bycatch avoidance
(because of the actual or implicit cost of
quota needed to cover bycatch species)
and prevents the bycatch of any one
vessel from affecting the harvest
opportunity of others. Whiting fisheries
are more directly managed through
quotas, and in recent years, by limits on
bycatch. Beginning in 2009, bycatch
limits have been established for each of
the three whiting sectors. For the shorebased and mothership whiting sectors,
the fishery can potentially close before
the whiting allocation is fully harvested
because a bycatch cap is reached. (The
catcher-processor sector currently
operates as a voluntary co-op and is
therefore better able to coordinate
harvest strategy to avoid reaching
bycatch limits.) However, in general, the
whiting sectors have been able to
harvest their sector allocations. Whiting
vessels could increase revenues due to
improved product recovery as a result of
the ability to better control harvest
timing. As mentioned above, the ability
for vessels managed under IFQs to use
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33023
other types of legal groundfish gear
could allow some increases in revenue
by targeting higher-value line or pot gear
caught fish.
Harvester and possibly processor
costs are expected to decrease because
of productivity gains related to fleet
consolidation. Cost savings would be
due to lower capital requirements and a
move to more efficient vessels in the
non-whiting sector. Costs are predicted
to decrease by as much as 60 percent
annually, which based on estimates of
current operating costs would represent
a $13.8 million decrease. Similar levels
of consolidation are expected for
shorebased and mothership catcher
vessels. Proposed mitigation measures
could reduce these costs savings. For
example, a 1 percent quota share
accumulation limit could reduce cost
savings by as much as 20 percent. But
the accumulation limits considered in
the alternatives are not expected to
introduce higher costs at current prices
and harvest volume. The proposed
action would introduce some new costs.
First, up to 3 percent of the value of
landings may be assessed to cover
administrative and management costs.
Second, new at-sea observer
requirements would be introduced and
vessels would have to pay the cost,
estimated at $350–$500 a day.
Processors may see cost-savings to the
degree that rationalization allows
greater control over the timing and
location of landings. Processors could
use current plant capacity more
efficiently, because available
information suggests that processing
facilities are currently underutilized.
Fleet consolidation could also drive
some cost savings on the part of
processors if landings occur in fewer
locations. This would reduce the need
for facilities and/or transport. Under the
proposed action, processors would be
required to pay the costs of plant
monitors, who would verify landings.
These monitors would not be directly
employed by the processing firm but,
similar to at-sea observers, be
independent contractors.
Rationalization of the groundfish
trawl sector is expected to free up
capital and labor because of increases in
productivity. (Since the basic input,
trawl-caught fish, is subject to an
underlying constraint due to biological
productivity, increases in labor and
capital productivity are expected to
reduce the amount of those inputs
needed.) However, from a national net
benefit perspective these effects are
neutral since capital and labor can be
put to some productive use elsewhere in
the broader economy. Also, current
groundfish fishery participants that
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33024
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
receive QS (trawl limited entry trawl
permit holders and eligible shoreside
processors) are compensated to the
degree that the asset value of the QS
covers capital losses.
The tracking and monitoring costs of
this program will be provided in more
detail with the ‘‘program components’’
rule making. However, the RIR/IRFA to
this rule contains some preliminary
estimates. After a transition period, for
the shore-based fishery, the initial
estimates of the annual federal and state
agency costs to run this program are
about $5 million. Based on the observer
cost of $500 per day, the annual costs
of observers monitoring is about $4
million and at $350 per day, the
compliance monitor program is just over
$1 million annually. These figures add
up just over $10 million. From a costbenefit view point, if consolidation
leads to $14 million savings from
reduced harvesting costs and the new
program increases the tracking and
monitoring costs of $10 million, there is
a projected net gain of about $4 million.
This does not take into account
expectations that costs will likely be
reduced due to consolidation or the
expected increases in revenues
discussed above.
While the effect of the preferred
alternative on revenues and costs in the
whiting sector of the limited entry trawl
fishery is more difficult to estimate, the
lower motivation to ‘‘race for fish’’ due
to coop harvest privileges is expected to
result in improved product quality,
slower-paced harvest activity, increased
yield (which should increase exvessel
prices), and enhanced flexibility and
ability for business planning. The
overall effect of these changes would be
higher revenues and profits for
harvesters in the shoreside and
mothership portions of the whiting
fishery in comparison to the no action
alternative. Under the preferred
alternative, some consolidation may
occur in the shoreside and mothership
sectors of the Pacific whiting fishery,
though the magnitude of consolidation
is expected to be less than in the nonwhiting sector. The existing catcherprocessor coop would continue under
the preferred alternative, with effects on
the catcher-processor sector that look
similar, or identical, to those of the no
action alternative. However, the change
from a vessel-based limit under
Amendment 15 to the permit-based
limit of Amendment 21 will provide
additional flexibility that currently does
not exist in the whiting fishery.
This proposed rule would regulate
businesses that harvest groundfish and
processors that wish to process limited
entry trawl groundfish. Under the RFA,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
the term ‘‘small entities’’ includes small
businesses, small organizations, and
small governmental jurisdictions. For
small businesses, the SBA has
established size criteria for all major
industry sectors in the US, including
fish harvesting and fish processing
businesses. A business involved in fish
harvesting is a small business if it is
independently owned and operated and
not dominant in its field of operation
(including its affiliates) and if it has
combined annual receipts not in excess
of $4.0 million for all its affiliated
operations worldwide. A seafood
processor is a small business if it is
independently owned and operated, not
dominant in its field of operation, and
employs 500 or fewer persons on a full
time, part time, temporary, or other
basis, at all its affiliated operations
worldwide. A business involved in both
the harvesting and processing of seafood
products is a small business if it meets
the $4.0 million criterion for fish
harvesting operations. A wholesale
business servicing the fishing industry
is a small business if it employs 100 or
fewer persons on a full time, part time,
temporary, or other basis, at all its
affiliated operations worldwide. For
marinas and charter/party boats, a small
business is one with annual receipts not
in excess of $7.0 million. The RFA
defines a small organization as any
nonprofit enterprise that is
independently owned and operated and
is not dominant in its field. The RFA
defines small governmental
jurisdictions as governments of cities,
counties, towns, townships, villages,
school districts, or special districts with
populations of less than 50,000.
NMFS makes the following
conclusions based primarily on analyses
associated with fish ticket data and
limited entry permit data, available
employment data provided by
processors, information on the
charterboat and tribal fleets, and
available industry responses to on-going
survey on ownership. Entities were
analyzed as to whether they were only
affected by the Amendment 21
allocation processes (non-trawl), or if
they were affected by both Amendment
20 and 21 (trawl).
The non-trawl businesses are
associated with the following fleets:
Limited entry fixed gear (approximately
150 companies), open access groundfish
(1,100), charterboats (465), and the tribal
fleet (four tribes with 66 vessels).
Available information on average
revenue per vessel suggests that all the
entities in this group can be considered
small.
For the trawl sector, there are 177
permit holders. Nine limited entry trawl
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
permits are associated with the catcherprocessing vessels which are considered
‘‘large’’ companies. Of the remaining 168
limited entry permits, 25 limited entry
trawl permits are either owned or
closely associated with a ‘‘large’’ shorebased processing company or with a
non-profit organization who considers
itself a ‘‘large’’ organization. Nine other
permit owners indicated that they were
large ‘‘companies.’’ Almost all of these
companies are associated with the
shorebased and mothership whiting
fisheries. The remaining 134 limited
entry trawl permits are projected to be
held ‘‘small’’ companies. Three of the six
mothership processors are ‘‘large’’
companies. Within the 14 shorebased
whiting first receivers/processors, there
are four ‘‘large’’ companies. Including
the shorebased whiting first receivers, in
2008, there were 75 first receivers that
purchased limited entry trawl
groundfish. There were 36 small
purchasers (less than $150,000); 26
medium purchasers (purchases greater
than $150,000 but less than $1,000,000);
and 13 large purchasers (purchases
greater than $1.0 million). Because of
the costs of obtaining a ‘‘processor site
license’’, procuring and scheduling a
catch monitor, and installing and using
the electronic fish ticket software, these
‘‘small’’ purchasers will likely opt out of
buying groundfish, or make
arrangements to purchase fish from
another company that has obtained a
processing site license.
The major impacts of this rule appear
to be on three groups: Shoreside
processors which are a mix of large and
small processors; and shore-based
trawlers which are also a mix of large
and small companies. The non-whiting
shore-based trawlers are currently
operating at a loss or at best are
‘‘breaking even.’’ The new
rationalization program would lead to
profitability, but only with a reduction
of about 60 percent of the fleet. This
program would lead to major changes in
the fishery. To help mitigate against
these changes, as discussed above, the
agency has announced its intent, subject
to available Federal funding, that
participants would initially be
responsible for 10 percent of the cost of
hiring observers and catch monitors.
The industry proportion of the costs of
hiring observers and catch monitors
would be increased every year so that by
2014, once the fishery has transitioned
to the rationalization program, the
industry would be responsible for 100
percent of the cost of hiring the
observers and catch monitors. NMFS
believes that an incrementally reduced
subsidy to industry funding would
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
enhance the observer and catch monitor
program’s stability, ensure 100 percent
observer and catch monitor coverage,
and facilitate the industries’ successful
transition to the new quota system. In
addition, to help mitigate against the
negative impacts of this program, the
Council has adopted an Adaptive
Management Program where starting in
year 3 of the program, 10 percent of
non-whiting QS would be set aside
every year to address community
impacts and industry transition needs.
After reviewing the initial effects of ITQ
programs in other parts of the world, the
council had placed a short term QS
trading prohibition so that fishermen
can learn from their experiences and not
make premature sales of their QS. The
Council is also envisioning future
regulatory processes that would allow
community fisheries associations to be
established to help aid communities and
fishermen.
A summary of the proposed action is
as follows. The proposed action is to
replace the current, primary
management tool used to control the
West Coast groundfish trawl catch—a
system of 2-month cumulative landing
limits for most species and season
closures for whiting—with a system
requiring more individual
accountability by the assignment of
limited access privileges (LAPs). LAPs
are a form of output control whereby an
individual fisherman, community, or
other entity is granted the privilege to
catch a specified portion of the total
allowable catch (TAC). The alternatives
include (1) a catch-based IFQ system
where all groundfish catch (landings
plus bycatch) by LE trawl vessels would
count against a vessel’s IFQ holdings,
which could be applied to the whole
groundfish trawl fishery or selected
trawl sectors; and (2) a system of coops
that would be applied to one or more of
the fishery sectors that target Pacific
whiting. The status quo alternative (no
action) could also be considered for
application to one or more trawl fishery
sectors even if one or both action
alternatives (IFQs or coops) are chosen
for the other trawl sectors.
The description of purpose and need
in section 1.2 of the Amendment 20
DEIS also outlines the objectives of the
proposed action. The introductory
paragraph in Chapter 1 and section 1.3
of the DEIS, background to the purpose
and need, provide information on the
legal basis for the proposed action
(proposed rule). The Council articulated
the following goal for the trawl
rationalization program: ‘‘Create and
implement a capacity rationalization
plan that increases net economic
benefits, creates individual economic
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
stability, provides for full utilization of
the trawl sector allocation, considers
environmental impacts, and achieves
individual accountability of catch and
bycatch.’’ The objectives supporting this
goal are: Provide a mechanism for total
catch accounting; provide for a viable,
profitable, and efficient groundfish
fishery; promote practices that reduce
bycatch and discard mortality, and
minimize ecological impacts; increase
operational flexibility; minimize
adverse effects from an IFQ program on
fishing communities and other fisheries
to the extent practical; promote
measurable economic and employment
benefits through the seafood catching,
processing, distribution elements, and
support sectors of the industry; provide
quality product for the consumer; and
increase safety in the fishery.
As part of the proposed action, NMFS
would be placing observers and/or
cameras on board all catcher vessels in
the shore-based sector (which combines
the current shore-based whiting and
non-whiting trawl sectors). Existing
requirements for motherships, catcher
vessels in the MS sector, and C/Ps
would continue. Independently
contracted processing plant monitors
would track landings. Also, there would
be new reporting requirements related
to the tracking of QS and QP in the
shore-based fishery.
No Federal rules have been identified
that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with
the alternatives. Public comment is
hereby solicited, identifying such rules.
A copy of this analysis is available from
NMFS (see ADDRESSES).
This proposed rule contains a
collection-of-information requirement
subject to review and approval by OMB
under the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA). This requirement has been
submitted to OMB for approval. Public
reporting burden for the QS Initial
Issuance/QS Permit Application is
estimated to average 6 hours per
response (180 responses). Public
reporting burden for the MS Permit
Application is estimated to average 1
hour per response (6 responses). Public
reporting burden for the MS/CV
Endorsement Application is estimated
to average 2 hours per response (30
responses). Public reporting burden for
the C/P Endorsement Application is
estimated to average 30 minutes per
response (10 responses). Public
reporting burden for the Ownership
Interest form is estimated to average 30
minutes per response (216 responses).
Public reporting burden for the Appeals
is estimated to average 6 hours per
response (100 responses). These
estimates include the time for reviewing
instructions, searching existing data
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33025
sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection information.
Public comment is sought regarding:
Whether this proposed collection of
information is necessary for the proper
performance of the functions of the
agency, including whether the
information shall have practical utility;
the accuracy of the burden estimate;
ways to enhance the quality, utility, and
clarity of the information to be
collected; and ways to minimize the
burden of the collection of information,
including through the use of automated
collection techniques or other forms of
information technology. Send comments
on these or any other aspects of the
collection of information to NMFS,
Northwest Region, at the ADDRESSES
section above; e-mail to
David_Rostker@omb.eop.gov; or fax to
202–395–7285.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, and no person shall be
subject to penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB control number.
NMFS issued Biological Opinions
under the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) on August 10, 1990, November
26, 1991, August 28, 1992, September
27, 1993, May 14, 1996, and December
15, 1999 pertaining to the effects of the
Pacific Coast groundfish FMP fisheries
on Chinook salmon (Puget Sound,
Snake River spring/summer, Snake
River fall, upper Columbia River spring,
lower Columbia River, upper Willamette
River, Sacramento River winter, Central
Valley spring, California coastal), coho
salmon (Central California coastal,
southern Oregon/northern California
coastal), chum salmon (Hood Canal
summer, Columbia River), sockeye
salmon (Snake River, Ozette Lake), and
steelhead (upper, middle and lower
Columbia River, Snake River Basin,
upper Willamette River, central
California coast, California Central
Valley, south/central California,
northern California, southern
California). These biological opinions
have concluded that implementation of
the FMP for the Pacific Coast groundfish
fishery was not expected to jeopardize
the continued existence of any
endangered or threatened species under
the jurisdiction of NMFS, or result in
the destruction or adverse modification
of critical habitat.
NMFS reinitiated a formal section 7
consultation under the ESA in 2005 for
both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl
fishery and the groundfish bottom trawl
fishery. The December 19, 1999,
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33026
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Biological Opinion had defined an
11,000 Chinook incidental take
threshold for the Pacific whiting fishery.
During the 2005 Pacific whiting season,
the 11,000 fish Chinook incidental take
threshold was exceeded, triggering
reinitiation. Also in 2005, new data
from the West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program became available,
allowing NMFS to complete an analysis
of salmon take in the bottom trawl
fishery.
NMFS prepared a Supplemental
Biological Opinion dated March 11,
2006, which addressed salmon take in
both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl
and groundfish bottom trawl fisheries.
In its 2006 Supplemental Biological
Opinion, NMFS concluded that catch
rates of salmon in the 2005 whiting
fishery were consistent with
expectations considered during prior
consultations. Chinook bycatch has
averaged about 7,300 fish over the last
15 years and has only occasionally
exceeded the reinitiation trigger of
11,000 fish.
Since 1999, annual Chinook bycatch
has averaged about 8,450 fish. The
Chinook ESUs most likely affected by
the whiting fishery have generally
improved in status since the 1999
section 7 consultation. Although these
species remain at risk, as indicated by
their ESA listing, NMFS concluded that
the higher observed bycatch in 2005
does not require a reconsideration of its
prior ‘‘no jeopardy’’ conclusion with
respect to the fishery. For the
groundfish bottom trawl fishery, NMFS
concluded that incidental take in the
groundfish fisheries is within the
overall limits articulated in the
Incidental Take Statement of the 1999
Biological Opinion. The groundfish
bottom trawl limit from that opinion
was 9,000 fish annually. NMFS will
continue to monitor and collect data to
analyze take levels. NMFS also
reaffirmed its prior determination that
implementation of the Groundfish FMP
is not likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any of the affected ESUs.
Lower Columbia River coho (70 FR
37160, June 28, 2005) were recently
listed and Oregon Coastal coho (73 FR
7816, February 11, 2008) were recently
relisted as threatened under the ESA.
The 1999 biological opinion concluded
that the bycatch of salmonids in the
Pacific whiting fishery were almost
entirely Chinook salmon, with little or
no bycatch of coho, chum, sockeye, and
steelhead. The Southern Distinct
Population Segment (DPS) of green
sturgeon (71 FR 17757, April 7, 2006)
were also recently listed as threatened
under the ESA. As a consequence,
NMFS has reinitiated its Section 7
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
consultation on the PFMC’s Groundfish
FMP.
After reviewing the available
information, NMFS concluded that, in
keeping with Sections 7(a)(2) and 7(d) of
the ESA, the proposed action would not
result in any irreversible or irretrievable
commitment of resources that would
have the effect of foreclosing the
formulation or implementation of any
reasonable and prudent alternative
measures.
This proposed rule was developed
after meaningful consultation and
collaboration with the tribal
representative on the Council who has
agreed with the provisions that apply to
tribal vessels.
This action does not conflict with the
provisions implemented to protect
migratory birds. Vessels participating in
the limited entry trawl fishery rarely
interact with migratory birds or their
habitat.
CFR part or section
where the information
collection requirement
is located
*
Current OMB
control number
(all numbers begin
with 0648–)
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
50 CFR
*
660.20 ..........................
660.25 ..........................
660.55 ..........................
660.113 ........................
660.131 ........................
660.213 ........................
660.219 ........................
660.313 ........................
660.319 ........................
660.353 ........................
*
*
*
–0355
–0203
–0243 and –0352
–0271
–0243
–0271
–0355
–0271
–0355
–0271
*
*
List of Subjects
50 CFR CHAPTER VI
15 CFR Part 902
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
PART 660—FISHERIES OFF WEST
COAST STATES
50 CFR Part 660
Fisheries, Fishing, and Indian
Fisheries.
Dated: May 27, 2010.
Eric C. Schwaab,
Assistant Administrator for Fisheries,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 15 CFR Chapter IX and 50
CFR Chapter VI are proposed to be
amended as follows:
15 CFR CHAPTER IX
PART 902—NOAA INFORMATION
COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS UNDER
THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT:
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
1. The authority citation for part 902
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
2. Amend the table in § 902.1(b) under
50 CFR by:
a. Removing the entries and
corresponding OMB numbers for
§§ 660.303, 660.305, 660.322, 660.323,
660.333, and 660.337.
b. Adding new entries and
corresponding OMB numbers for
§§ 660.20, 660.25, 660.55, 660.113,
660.131, 660.213, 660.219, 660.313,
660.319, and 660.353.
The additions read as follows:
§ 902.1 OMB control numbers assigned
pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
*
PO 00000
*
*
(b) Display.
Frm 00034
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4702
3. The authority citation for part 660
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq. and 16
U.S.C. 773 et seq.
4. Add subparts C through F to read
as follows:
Subpart C—West Coast Groundfish
Fisheries
Sec.
660.10 Purpose and scope.
660.11 General definitions.
660.12 General groundfish prohibitions.
660.13 Recordkeeping and reporting.
660.14 Vessel Monitoring System (VMS)
requirements.
660.15 Equipment requirements.
660.16 Groundfish observer program.
660.17 Catch monitors and catch monitor
service providers [Reserved].
660.18 Certification and decertification
procedures for observers, catch monitors,
catch monitor providers and observer
providers.
660.20 Vessel and gear identification.
660.24 Limited entry and open access
fisheries
660.25 Permits.
660.26 Pacific whiting vessel licenses.
660.30 Compensation with fish for
collecting resource information—EFPs.
660.40 Overfished species rebuilding
plans.
660.50 Pacific coast treaty Indian fisheries.
660.55 Allocations.
660.60 Specifications and management
measures.
660.65 Groundfish harvest specifications.
Table 1d to Part 660, Subpart C—2011 At-sea
whiting fishery set-asides.
Table 2d to Part 660, Subpart C—2012 At-sea
whiting fishery set-asides.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Subpart D—West Coast Groundfish—
Limited Entry Trawl Fisheries
660.100 Purpose and scope.
660.111 Trawl fishery—definitions.
660.112 Trawl fishery—prohibitions.
660.113 Trawl fishery—recordkeeping and
reporting
660.116 Trawl fishery—observer
requirements.
660.120 Trawl fishery—crossover
provisions.
660.130 Trawl fishery—management
measures.
660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
660.140 Shorebased IFQ program.
660.150 Mothership (MS) coop program.
660.160 Catcher/processor (C/P) coop
program.
Subpart E—West Coast Groundfish—
Limited Entry Fixed Gear Fisheries
660.210 Purpose and scope.
660.211 Fixed gear fishery—definitions.
660.212 Fixed gear fishery—prohibitions.
660.213 Fixed gear fishery—recordkeeping
and reporting.
660.216 Fixed gear fishery—observer
requirements.
660.219 Fixed gear identification and
marking.
660.220 Fixed gear fishery—crossover
provisions.
660.230 Fixed gear fishery—management
measures.
660.231 Limited entry fixed gear primary
fishery for sablefish.
660.232 Limited entry daily trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish
Subpart F—West Coast Groundfish—Open
Access Fisheries
660.310 Purpose and scope.
660.311 Open access fishery—definitions.
660.312 Open access fishery—prohibitions.
660.313 Open access fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
660.316 Open access fishery—observer
requirements.
660.319 Open access fishery gear
identification and marking.
660.320 Open access fishery—crossover
provisions.
660.330 Open access fishery—management
measures.
660.332 Open access daily trip limit (DTL)
fishery for sablefish.
660.333 Open access non-groundfish trawl
fishery—management measures.
Subpart C—West Coast Groundfish
Fisheries
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.10
Purpose and scope.
(a) Subparts C through G of this part
implement the Pacific Coast Groundfish
Fishery Management Plan (PCGFMP)
developed by the Pacific Fishery
Management Council. Subparts C
through G govern fishing vessels of the
U.S. in the EEZ off the coasts of
Washington, Oregon, and California. All
weights are in round weight or roundweight equivalents, unless specified
otherwise.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(b) Any person fishing subject to
subparts C through G of this part is
bound by the international boundaries
described in this section,
notwithstanding any dispute or
negotiation between the U.S. and any
neighboring country regarding their
respective jurisdictions, until such time
as new boundaries are established or
recognized by the U.S.
§ 660.11
General definitions.
These definitions are specific to the
fisheries covered in subparts C through
G of this part.
Active sampling unit means the
portion of the groundfish fleet in which
an observer coverage plan is being
applied.
Address of Record means the business
address a person has provided to NMFS
for NMFS use in providing notice of
agency actions and other business with
that person.
Allocation. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
Base permit, with respect to a limited
entry permit stacking program, means a
limited entry permit described at
§ 660.25(b)(3)(i), subpart C registered for
use with a vessel that meets the permit
length endorsement requirements
appropriate to that vessel, as described
at § 660.25(b)(3)(iii), subpart C.
Biennial fishing period means a 24–
month period beginning at 0001 local
time on January 1 and ending at 2400
local time on December 31 of the
subsequent year.
BMSY means the biomass level that
produces maximum sustainable yield
(MSY), as stated in the PCGFMP at
Section 4.2.
Calendar day means the day
beginning at 0001 hours local time and
continuing for 24 consecutive hours.
Calendar year. (see ‘‘fishing year’’)
Catch, take, harvest. (See § 600.10 of
this chapter)
Catch monitor means an individual
that is certified by NMFS, is deployed
to a first receiver, and whose primary
duties include: Monitoring and
verification of the sorting of fish relative
to federal requirements defined in
§ 660.60, subpart C; documentation of
the weighing of fish relative to the
requirements of § 660.13, subpart C; and
verification of first receivers reporting
relative to the requirements defined in
§ 660.113, subpart D.
Change in partnership or corporation
means the addition of a new
shareholder or partner to the corporate
or partnership membership. This
definition of a ‘‘change’’ will apply to
any person added to the corporate or
partnership membership since
November 1, 2000, including any family
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33027
member of an existing shareholder or
partner. A change in membership is not
considered to have occurred if a
member dies or becomes legally
incapacitated and a trustee is appointed
to act on his behalf, nor if the ownership
of shares among existing members
changes, nor if a member leaves the
corporation or partnership and is not
replaced. Changes in the ownership of
publicly held stock will not be deemed
changes in ownership of the
corporation.
Closure or closed means, when
referring to closure of a fishery or a
closed fishery, that taking and retaining,
possessing, or landing the particular
species or species group covered by the
fishing closure is prohibited. Unless
otherwise announced in the Federal
Register or authorized in this subpart,
offloading must begin before the closure
time.
Commercial fishing means:
(1) Fishing by a person who possesses
a commercial fishing license or is
required by law to possess such license
issued by one of the states or the Federal
Government as a prerequisite to taking,
landing and/or sale of fish; or
(2) Fishing that results in or can be
reasonably expected to result in sale,
barter, trade or other disposition of fish
for other than personal consumption.
Commercial harvest guideline or
commercial quota means the fishery
harvest guideline minus the estimated
recreational catch. Limited entry and
open access allocations are derived from
the commercial harvest guideline or
quota.
Conservation area(s) means either a
Groundfish Conservation Area (GCA),
an Essential Fish Habitat Conservation
Area (EFHCA), or both.
(1) Groundfish Conservation Area or
GCA means a geographic area defined
by coordinates expressed in degrees
latitude and longitude, wherein fishing
by a particular gear type or types may
be prohibited. GCAs are created and
enforced for the purpose of contributing
to the rebuilding of overfished West
Coast groundfish species. Regulations at
§ 660.70, Subpart C define coordinates
for these polygonal GCAs: Yelloweye
Rockfish Conservation Areas, Cowcod
Conservation Areas, waters encircling
the Farallon Islands, and waters
encircling the Cordell Banks. GCAs also
include Rockfish Conservation Areas or
RCAs, which are areas closed to fishing
by particular gear types, bounded by
lines approximating particular depth
contours. RCA boundaries may and do
change seasonally according to the
conservation needs of the different
overfished species. Regulations at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33028
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
define RCA boundary lines with
latitude/longitude coordinates;
regulations at Tables 1 (North) and 1
(South) of subpart D, Tables 2 (North)
and 2 (South) of subpart E, and Tables
3 (North) and 3 (South) of subpart F set
RCA seasonal boundaries. Fishing
prohibitions associated with GCAs are
in addition to those associated with EFH
Conservation Areas.
(2) Essential Fish Habitat
Conservation Area or EFHCA means a
geographic area defined by coordinates
expressed in degrees latitude and
longitude, wherein fishing by a
particular gear type or types may be
prohibited. EFHCAs are created and
enforced for the purpose of contributing
to the protection of West Coast
groundfish essential fish habitat.
Regulations at §§ 660.75, through
660.79, Subpart C define EFHCA
boundary lines with latitude/longitude
coordinates. Fishing prohibitions
associated with EFHCAs, which are
found at § 660.12, subpart C, are in
addition to those associated with GCAs.
Continuous transiting or transit
through means that a fishing vessel
crosses a groundfish conservation area
or EFH conservation area on a constant
heading, along a continuous straight
line course, while making way by means
of a source of power at all times, other
than drifting by means of the prevailing
water current or weather conditions.
Corporation means a legal, business
entity, including incorporated (INC) and
limited liability corporations (LLC).
Council means the Pacific Fishery
Management Council, including its
Groundfish Management Team (GMT),
Scientific and Statistical Committee
(SSC), Groundfish Advisory Subpanel
(GAP), and any other advisory body
established by the Council.
Date of landing means the date on
which the transfer of fish or offloading
of fish from any vessel to a processor or
other first receiver begins.
Direct financial interest means any
source of income to or capital
investment or other interest held by an
individual, partnership, or corporation
or an individual’s spouse, immediate
family member or parent that could be
influenced by performance or nonperformance of observer or catch
monitor duties.
Electronic fish ticket means a software
program or data files meeting data
export specifications approved by
NMFS that is used to send landing data
to the Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission. Electronic fish tickets are
used to collect information similar to
the information required in state fish
receiving tickets or landing receipts, but
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
do not replace or change any state
requirements.
Electronic Monitoring System or EMS
means a data collection tool that uses a
software operating system connected to
an assortment of electronic components,
including video recorders, to create a
collection of data on vessel activities.
Endorsement means an additional
specification affixed to the limited entry
permit that further restricts fishery
participation or further specifies a
harvest privilege, and is non-severable
from a limited entry permit.
Entity. (See ‘‘Person’’)
Essential Fish Habitat or EFH. (See
§ 600.10 of this chapter)
First Receiver means a person who
receives, purchases, or takes custody,
control, or possession of catch onshore
directly from a vessel.
Fish. (See § 600.10 of this chapter)
Fishery. (See § 600.10 of this chapter)
Fishery harvest guideline means the
harvest guideline or quota after
subtracting from the OY any allocation
for the Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribes,
projected research catch, deductions for
fishing mortality in non-groundfish
fisheries, as necessary, and set-asides for
EFPs.
Fishery management area means the
EEZ off the coasts of Washington,
Oregon, and California between 3 and
200 nm offshore, and bounded on the
north by the Provisional International
Boundary between the U.S. and Canada,
and bounded on the south by the
International Boundary between the
U.S. and Mexico. The inner boundary of
the fishery management area is a line
coterminous with the seaward
boundaries of the States of Washington,
Oregon, and California (the ‘‘3-mile
limit’’). The outer boundary of the
fishery management area is a line drawn
in such a manner that each point on it
is 200 nm from the baseline from which
the territorial sea is measured, or is a
provisional or permanent international
boundary between the U.S. and Canada
or Mexico. All groundfish possessed
between 0–200 nm offshore or landed in
Washington, Oregon, or California are
presumed to have been taken and
retained from the EEZ, unless otherwise
demonstrated by the person in
possession of those fish.
Fishing. (See § 600.10 of this chapter)
Fishing gear includes the following
types of gear and equipment:
(1) Bottom contact gear means fishing
gear designed or modified to make
contact with the bottom. This includes,
but is not limited to, beam trawl, bottom
trawl, dredge, fixed gear, set net,
demersal seine, dinglebar gear, and
other gear (including experimental gear)
designed or modified to make contact
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
with the bottom. Gear used to harvest
bottom dwelling organisms (e.g. by
hand, rakes, and knives) are also
considered bottom contact gear for
purposes of this subpart.
(2) Demersal seine means a net
designed to encircle fish on the seabed.
The demersal seine is characterized by
having its net bounded by leadweighted ropes that are not encircled
with bobbins or rollers. Demersal seine
gear is fished without the use of steel
cables or otter boards (trawl doors).
Scottish and Danish Seines are demersal
seines. Purse seines, as defined at
§ 600.10 of this chapter, are not
demersal seines. Demersal seine gear is
included in the definition of bottom
trawl gear in paragraph (11)(i) of this
definition.
(3) Dredge gear means a gear
consisting of a metal frame attached to
a holding bag constructed of metal rings
or mesh. As the metal frame is dragged
upon or above the seabed, fish are
pushed up and over the frame, then into
the mouth of the holding bag.
(4) Entangling nets include the
following types of net gear:
(i) Gillnet. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
(ii) Set net means a stationary,
buoyed, and anchored gillnet or
trammel net.
(iii) Trammel net means a gillnet
made with two or more walls joined to
a common float line.
(5) Fixed gear (anchored nontrawl
gear) means the following gear types:
Longline, trap or pot, set net, and
stationary hook-and-line (including
commercial vertical hook-and-line)
gears.
(6) Hook-and-line means one or more
hooks attached to one or more lines. It
may be stationary (commercial vertical
hook-and-line) or mobile (troll).
(i) Bottom longline means a
stationary, buoyed, and anchored
groundline with hooks attached, so as to
fish along the seabed. It does not
include pelagic hook-and-line or troll
gear.
(ii) Commercial vertical hook-and-line
means commercial fishing with hookand-line gear that involves a single line
anchored at the bottom and buoyed at
the surface so as to fish vertically.
(iii) Dinglebar gear means one or more
lines retrieved and set with a troll gurdy
or hand troll gurdy, with a terminally
attached weight from which one or more
leaders with one or more lures or baited
hooks are pulled through the water
while a vessel is making way.
(iv) Troll gear means a lure or jig
towed behind a vessel via a fishing line.
Troll gear is used in commercial and
recreational fisheries.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(7) Mesh size means the opening
between opposing knots. Minimum
mesh size means the smallest distance
allowed between the inside of one knot
to the inside of the opposing knot,
regardless of twine size.
(8) Nontrawl gear means all legal
commercial groundfish gear other than
trawl gear.
(9) Spear means a sharp, pointed, or
barbed instrument on a shaft.
(10) Trap or pot See § 600.10 of this
chapter, definition of ‘‘trap’’. These
terms are used as interchangeable
synonyms.
(11) Trawl gear means a cone or
funnel-shaped net that is towed through
the water, and can include a pair trawl
that towed simultaneously by two boats.
For the purpose of this definition, trawl
gear includes groundfish and nongroundfish trawl. See definitions for
groundfish trawl and non-groundfish
trawls (previously called ‘‘exempted
trawl’’).
(i) Bottom trawl means a trawl in
which the otter boards or the footrope
of the net are in contact with the seabed.
It includes demersal seine gear, and pair
trawls fished on the bottom. Any trawl
not meeting the requirements for a
midwater trawl in § 660.130(b), subpart
D is a bottom trawl.
(A) Beam trawl gear means a type of
trawl gear in which a beam is used to
hold the trawl open during fishing.
Otter boards or doors are not used.
(B) Large footrope trawl gear means a
bottom trawl gear with a footrope
diameter larger than 8 inches (20 cm,)
and no larger than 19 inches (48 cm)
including any rollers, bobbins, or other
material encircling or tied along the
length of the footrope.
(C) Small footrope trawl gear means a
bottom trawl gear with a footrope
diameter of 8 inches (20 cm) or smaller,
including any rollers, bobbins, or other
material encircling or tied along the
length of the footrope. Selective flatfish
trawl gear that meets the gear
component requirements in
§ 660.130(b), subpart D is a type of small
footrope trawl gear.
(ii) Midwater (pelagic or off-bottom)
trawl means a trawl in which the otter
boards and footrope of the net remain
above the seabed. It includes pair trawls
if fished in midwater. A midwater trawl
has no rollers or bobbins on any part of
the net or its component wires, ropes,
and chains. For additional midwater
trawl gear requirements and restrictions,
see § 660.130(b), subpart D.
(iii) Trawl gear components include:
(A) Breastline means a rope or cable
that connects the end of the headrope
and the end of the trawl fishing line
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
along the edge of the trawl web closest
to the towing point.
(B) Chafing gear means webbing or
other material attached to the codend of
a trawl net to protect the codend from
wear.
(C) Codend. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
(D) Double-bar mesh means webbing
comprised of two lengths of twine tied
into a single knot.
(E) Double-walled codend means a
codend constructed of two walls (layers)
of webbing.
(F) Footrope means a chain, rope, or
wire attached to the bottom front end of
the trawl webbing forming the leading
edge of the bottom panel of the trawl
net, and attached to the fishing line.
(G) Headrope means a chain, rope, or
wire attached to the trawl webbing
forming the leading edge of the top
panel of the trawl net.
(H) Rollers or bobbins means devices
made of wood, steel, rubber, plastic, or
other hard material that encircle the
trawl footrope. These devices are
commonly used to either bounce or
pivot over seabed obstructions, in order
to prevent the trawl footrope and net
from snagging on the seabed.
(I) Single-walled codend means a
codend constructed of a single wall of
webbing knitted with single or doublebar mesh.
(J) Trawl fishing line means a length
of chain, rope, or wire rope in the
bottom front end of a trawl net to which
the webbing or lead ropes are attached.
(K) Trawl riblines means a heavy rope
or line that runs down the sides, top, or
underside of a trawl net from the mouth
of the net to the terminal end of the
codend to strengthen the net during
fishing.
Fishing or Calendar year means the
year beginning at 0001 local time on
January 1 and ending at 2400 local time
on December 31 of the same year. There
are two fishing years in each biennial
fishing period.
Fishing trip means a period of time
between landings when fishing is
conducted.
Fishing vessel. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
Grandfathered or first generation,
when referring to a limited entry
sablefish-endorsed permit owner, means
those permit owners who owned a
sablefish-endorsed limited entry permit
prior to November 1, 2000, and are,
therefore, exempt from certain
requirements of the sablefish permit
stacking program within the parameters
of the regulations at § 660.25(b), subpart
C and § 660.231, subpart E.
Groundfish means species managed
by the PCGFMP, specifically:
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33029
(1) Sharks: leopard shark, Triakis
semifasciata; soupfin shark,
Galeorhinus zyopterus; spiny dogfish,
Squalus acanthias.
(2) Skates: big skate, Raja binoculata;
California skate, R. inornata; longnose
skate, R. rhina.
(3) Ratfish: ratfish, Hydrolagus colliei.
(4) Morids: finescale codling,
Antimora microlepis.
(5) Grenadiers: Pacific rattail,
Coryphaenoides acrolepis.
(6) Roundfish: cabezon,
Scorpaenichthys marmoratus; kelp
greenling, Hexagrammos decagrammus;
lingcod, Ophiodon elongatus; Pacific
cod, Gadus macrocephalus; Pacific
whiting, Merluccius productus;
sablefish, Anoplopoma fimbria.
(7) Rockfish: In addition to the species
below, longspine thornyhead, S.
altivelis, and shortspine thornyhead, S.
alascanus, ‘‘rockfish’’ managed under
the PCGFMP include all genera and
species of the family Scorpaenidae that
occur off Washington, Oregon, and
California, even if not listed below. The
Scorpaenidae genera are Sebastes,
Scorpaena, Scorpaenodes, and
Sebastolobus. Where species below are
listed both in a major category
(nearshore, shelf, slope) and as an areaspecific listing (north or south of 40°10′
N. lat.) those species are considered
‘‘minor’’ in the geographic area listed.
(i) Nearshore rockfish includes black
rockfish, Sebastes melanops and the
following minor nearshore rockfish
species:
(A) North of 40°10′ N. lat.: black and
yellow rockfish, S. chrysomelas; blue
rockfish, S. mystinus; brown rockfish, S.
auriculatus; calico rockfish, S. dalli;
China rockfish, S. nebulosus; copper
rockfish, S. caurinus; gopher rockfish, S.
carnatus; grass rockfish, S. rastrelliger;
kelp rockfish, S. atrovirens; olive
rockfish, S. serranoides; quillback
rockfish, S. maliger; treefish,. S.
serriceps
(B) South of 40°10′ N. lat., nearshore
rockfish are divided into three
management categories:
(1) Shallow nearshore rockfish
consists of black and yellow rockfish, S.
chrysomelas; China rockfish, S.
nebulosus; gopher rockfish, S. carnatus;
grass rockfish, S. rastrelliger; kelp
rockfish, S. atrovirens.
(2) Deeper nearshore rockfish consists
of black rockfish, S. melanops; blue
rockfish, S. mystinus; brown rockfish, S.
auriculatus; calico rockfish, S. dalli;
copper rockfish, S. caurinus; olive
rockfish, S. serranoides; quillback
rockfish, S. maliger; treefish, S.
serriceps.
(3) California scorpionfish, Scorpaena
guttata.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33030
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Shelf rockfish includes bocaccio,
Sebastes paucispinis; canary rockfish, S.
pinniger; chilipepper, S. goodei;
cowcod, S. levis; shortbelly rockfish, S.
jordani; widow rockfish, S. entomelas;
yelloweye rockfish, S. ruberrimus;
yellowtail rockfish, S. flavidus and the
following minor shelf rockfish species:
(A) North of 40°10′ N. lat.:
Bronzespotted rockfish, S. gilli;
bocaccio, S. paucispinis; chameleon
rockfish, S. phillipsi; chilipepper, S.
goodei; cowcod, S. levis; dusky rockfish,
S. ciliatus; dwarf-red, S. rufianus; flag
rockfish, S. rubrivinctus; freckled, S.
lentiginosus; greenblotched rockfish, S.
rosenblatti; greenspotted rockfish, S.
chlorostictus; greenstriped rockfish, S.
elongatus; halfbanded rockfish, S.
semicinctus; harlequin rockfish, S.
variegatus; honeycomb rockfish, S.
umbrosus; Mexican rockfish, S.
macdonaldi; pink rockfish, S. eos;
pinkrose rockfish, S. simulator; pygmy
rockfish, S. wilsoni; redstripe rockfish,
S. proriger; rosethorn rockfish, S.
helvomaculatus; rosy rockfish, S.
rosaceus; silvergray rockfish, S.
brevispinis; speckled rockfish, S. ovalis;
squarespot rockfish, S. hopkinsi; starry
rockfish, S. constellatus; stripetail
rockfish, S. saxicola; swordspine
rockfish, S. ensifer; tiger rockfish, S.
nigrocinctus; vermilion rockfish, S.
miniatus.
(B) South of 40°10′ N. lat.:
Bronzespotted rockfish, S. gilli;
chameleon rockfish, S. phillipsi; dusky
rockfish, S. ciliatus; dwarf-red rockfish,
S. rufianus; flag rockfish, S.
rubrivinctus; freckled, S. lentiginosus;
greenblotched rockfish, S. rosenblatti;
greenspotted rockfish, S. chlorostictus;
greenstriped rockfish, S. elongatus;
halfbanded rockfish, S. semicinctus;
harlequin rockfish, S. variegatus;
honeycomb rockfish, S. umbrosus;
Mexican rockfish, S. macdonaldi; pink
rockfish, S. eos; pinkrose rockfish, S.
simulator; pygmy rockfish, S. wilsoni;
redstripe rockfish, S. proriger; rosethorn
rockfish, S. helvomaculatus; rosy
rockfish, S. rosaceus; silvergray
rockfish, S. brevispinis; speckled
rockfish, S. ovalis; squarespot rockfish,
S. hopkinsi; starry rockfish, S.
constellatus; stripetail rockfish, S.
saxicola; swordspine rockfish, S.
ensifer; tiger rockfish, S. nigrocinctus;
vermilion rockfish, S. miniatus;
yellowtail rockfish, S. flavidus.
(iii) Slope rockfish includes
darkblotched rockfish, S. crameri;
Pacific ocean perch, S. alutus; splitnose
rockfish, S. diploproa; and the following
minor slope rockfish species:
(A) North of 40°10′ N. lat.: Aurora
rockfish, Sebastes aurora; bank rockfish,
S. rufus; blackgill rockfish, S.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
melanostomus; redbanded rockfish, S.
babcocki; rougheye rockfish, S.
aleutianus; sharpchin rockfish, S.
zacentrus; shortraker rockfish, S.
borealis; splitnose rockfish, S.
diploproa; yellowmouth rockfish, S.
reedi.
(B) South of 40°10′ N. lat.: Aurora
rockfish, Sebastes aurora; bank rockfish,
S. rufus; blackgill rockfish, S.
melanostomus; Pacific ocean perch, S.
alutus; redbanded rockfish, S. babcocki;
rougheye rockfish, S. aleutianus;
sharpchin rockfish, S. zacentrus;
shortraker rockfish, S. borealis;
yellowmouth rockfish, S. reedi.
(8) Flatfish: Arrowtooth flounder
(arrowtooth turbot), Atheresthes
stomias; butter sole, Isopsetta isolepis;
curlfin sole, Pleuronichthys decurrens;
Dover sole, Microstomus pacificus;
English sole, Parophrys vetulus; flathead
sole, Hippoglossoides elassodon; Pacific
sanddab, Citharichthys sordidus; petrale
sole, Eopsetta jordani; rex sole,
Glyptocephalus zachirus; rock sole,
Lepidopsetta bilineata; sand sole,
Psettichthys melanostictus; starry
flounder, Platichthys stellatus. Where
regulations of subparts C through G of
this part refer to landings limits for
‘‘other flatfish,’’ those limits apply to all
flatfish cumulatively taken except for
those flatfish species specifically listed
in Tables 1a and 2a of this subpart. (i.e.,
‘‘other flatfish’’ includes butter sole,
curlfin sole, flathead sole, Pacific
sanddab, rex sole, rock sole, and sand
sole.)
(9) ‘‘Other fish’’: Where regulations of
subparts C through G of this part refer
to landings limits for ‘‘other fish,’’ those
limits apply to all groundfish listed here
in paragraphs (1) through (8) of this
definition except for the following:
Those groundfish species specifically
listed in Tables 1a and 2a of this subpart
with an ABC for that area (generally
north and/or south of 40°10′ N. lat.); and
Pacific cod and spiny dogfish
coastwide. (i.e., ‘‘other fish’’ may include
all sharks (except spiny dogfish), skates,
ratfish, morids, grenadiers, and kelp
greenling listed in this section, as well
as cabezon in the north.)
(10) ‘‘DTS complex’’: Where
regulations of subparts C through G of
this part refer to ‘‘DTS complex’’ species,
that group of species includes Dover
sole, shortspine thornyhead, longspine
thornyhead, and sablefish.
Groundfish trawl means trawl gear
that is used under the authority of a
valid limited entry permit issued under
subparts C and D of this part endorsed
for trawl gear and which meets the gear
requirements specified in subpart D of
this part. It does not include any type
of trawl gear listed as non-groundfish
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
trawl gear (previously called ‘‘exempted
gear’’).
Harvest guideline means a specified
numerical harvest objective that is not a
quota. Attainment of a harvest guideline
does not require closure of a fishery.
Incidental catch or incidental species
means groundfish species caught while
fishing for the primary purpose of
catching a different species.
Initial Administrative Determination
(IAD) means a formal, written
determination made by NMFS on an
application or permit request, that is
subject to an appeal within NMFS.
Land or landing means to begin
transfer of fish, offloading fish, or to
offload fish from any vessel. Once
transfer of fish begins, all fish aboard
the vessel are counted as part of the
landing.
Legal fish means fish legally taken
and retained, possessed, or landed in
accordance with the provisions of 50
CFR part 660, subparts C through G, the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, any document
issued under part 660, and any other
regulation promulgated or permit issued
under the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
Length overall or LOA (with respect to
a vessel) means the length overall set
forth in the Certificate of Documentation
(CG–1270) issued by the USCG for a
documented vessel, or in a registration
certificate issued by a state or the USCG
for an undocumented vessel; for vessels
that do not have the LOA stated in an
official document, the LOA is the LOA
as determined by the USCG or by a
marine surveyor in accordance with the
USCG method for measuring LOA.
License owner means a person who is
the owner of record with NMFS, SFD,
Permits Office of a License issued under
§ 660.140, subpart D.
Limited entry fishery means the
fishery composed of vessels registered
for use with limited entry permits.
Limited entry gear means longline,
trap (or pot), or groundfish trawl gear
used under the authority of a valid
limited entry permit affixed with an
endorsement for that gear.
Limited entry permit means:
(1) The Federal permit required to fish
in the limited entry ‘‘A’’ endorsed
fishery, and includes any gear, size, or
species endorsements affixed to the
permit, or
(2) The Federal permit required to
receive and process fish as a mothership
processor.
Maximum Sustainable Yield or MSY.
(See § 600.310 of this chapter.)
Mobile transceiver unit means a vessel
monitoring system or VMS device, as set
forth at § 660.14, subpart C installed on
board a vessel that is used for vessel
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
monitoring and transmitting the vessel’s
position as required by subpart C.
Non-groundfish fishery means any
fishing using non-groundfish trawl gear
or nontrawl gear when targeting salmon,
HMS, CPS, crab, prawn, or any other
species not managed under the
PCGFMP. Non-groundfish fishery is
sometimes referred to as the incidental
open access fishery in which groundfish
could be encountered with the gear
used, regardless of whether groundfish
is retained.
Non-groundfish trawl (previously
‘‘exempted’’ trawl) means any trawl gear
other than the Pacific Coast groundfish
trawl gear that is authorized for use with
a valid groundfish limited entry permit
endorsed for trawl gear. Non-groundfish
trawl gear includes trawl gear used to
fish for pink shrimp, ridgeback prawn,
California halibut south of Pt. Arena,
and sea cucumbers south of Pt. Arena.
Nontrawl fishery means
(1) For the purpose of allocations at
§ 660.55, subpart C, nontrawl fishery
means the limited entry fixed gear
fishery, the open access fishery, and the
recreational fishery.
(2) For the purposes of all other
management measures in subparts C
through G of this part, nontrawl fishery
means fishing with any legal limited
entry fixed gear or open access nontrawl groundfish gear other than trawl
gear (groundfish trawl gear and nongroundfish trawl gear), but does not
include the recreational fishery.
North-South management area means
the management areas defined in
paragraph (1) of this definition, or
defined and bounded by one or more or
the commonly used geographic
coordinates set out in paragraph (2) of
this definition for the purposes of
implementing different management
measures in separate geographic areas of
the U.S. West Coast.
(1) Management areas.
(i) Vancouver.
(A) The northeastern boundary is that
part of a line connecting the light on
Tatoosh Island, WA, with the light on
Bonilla Point on Vancouver Island,
British Columbia (at 48°35.73′ N. lat.,
124°43.00′ W. long.) south of the
International Boundary between the
U.S. and Canada (at 48°29.62′ N. lat.,
124°43.55′ W. long.), and north of the
point where that line intersects with the
boundary of the U.S. territorial sea.
(B) The northern and northwestern
boundary is a line connecting the
following coordinates in the order
listed, which is the provisional
international boundary of the EEZ as
shown on NOAA/NOS Charts 18480
and 18007:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
Point
1 ...................
2 ...................
3 ...................
4 ...................
5 ...................
6 ...................
7 ...................
8 ...................
9 ...................
10 .................
11 .................
12 .................
13 .................
14 .................
15 .................
16 .................
17 .................
N. lat.
W. long.
48°29.62′
48°30.18′
48°30.37′
48°30.23′
48°29.95′
48°29.73′
48°28.15′
48°27.17′
48°26.78′
48°20.27′
48°18.37′
48°11.08′
47°49.25′
47°36.78′
47°22.00′
46°42.08′
46°31.78′
124°43.55′
124°47.22′
124°50.35′
124°54.87′
124°59.23′
125°00.10′
125°05.78′
125°08.42′
125°09.20′
125°22.80′
125°29.97′
125°53.80′
126°40.95′
127°11.97′
127°41.38′
128°51.93′
129°07.65′
(C) The southern limit is 47°30′ N. lat.
(ii) Columbia.
(A) The northern limit is 47°30′ N. lat.
(B) The southern limit is 43°00′ N. lat.
(iii) Eureka.
(A) The northern limit is 43°00′ N. lat.
(B) The southern limit is 40°30′ N. lat.
(iv) Monterey.
(A) The northern limit is 40°30′ N. lat.
(B) The southern limit is 36°00′ N. lat.
(v) Conception.
(A) The northern limit is 36°00′ N. lat.
(B) The southern limit is the U.S.Mexico International Boundary, which
is a line connecting the following
coordinates in the order listed:
Point
1
2
3
4
...................
...................
...................
...................
N. lat.
W. long.
32°35.37′
32°37.62′
31°07.97′
30°32.52′
117°27.82′
117°49.52′
118°36.30′
121°51.97′
(2) Commonly used geographic
coordinates.
(i) Cape Alava, WA—48°10.00′ N. lat.
(ii) Queets River, WA—47°31.70′ N.
lat.
(iii) Pt. Chehalis, WA—46°53.30′ N.
lat.
(iv) Leadbetter Point, WA—46°38.17′
N. lat.
(v) Washington/Oregon border—
46°16.00′ N. lat.
(vi) Cape Falcon, OR—45°46.00′ N.
lat.
(vii) Cape Lookout, OR—45°20.25′ N.
lat.
(viii) Cascade Head, OR—45°03.83′ N.
lat.
(ix) Heceta Head, OR—44°08.30′ N.
lat.
(x) Cape Arago, OR—43°20.83′ N. lat.
(xi) Cape Blanco, OR—42°50.00′ N.
lat.
(xii) Humbug Mountain—42°40.50′ N.
lat.
(xiii) Marck Arch, OR—42°13.67′ N.
lat.
(xiv) Oregon/California border—
42°00.00′ N. lat.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33031
(xv) Cape Mendocino, CA—40°30.00′
N. lat.
(xvi) North/South management line—
40°10.00′ N. lat.
(xvii) Point Arena, CA—38°57.50′ N.
lat.
(xviii) Point San Pedro, CA—
37°35.67′ N. lat.
(xix) Pigeon Point, CA—37°11.00′ N.
lat.
(xx) Ano Nuevo, CA—37°07.00′ N. lat.
(xxi) Point Lopez, CA—36°00.00′ N.
lat.
(xxii) Point Conception, CA—
34°27.00′ N. lat. [Note: Regulations that
apply to waters north of 34°27.00′ N. lat.
are applicable only west of 120°28.00′
W. long.; regulations that apply to
waters south of 34°27.00′ N. lat. also
apply to all waters both east of
120°28.00′ W. long. and north of
34°27.00′ N. lat.]
Observer. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter—U.S. Observer or Observer)
Observer Program or Observer
Program Office means the West Coast
Groundfish Observer Program (WCGOP)
Office of the Northwest Fishery Science
Center, National Marine Fisheries
Service, Seattle, Washington.
Office of Law Enforcement or OLE
refers to the National Marine Fisheries
Service, Office of Law Enforcement,
Northwest Division.
Open access fishery means the fishery
composed of commercial vessels using
open access gear fished pursuant to the
harvest guidelines, quotas, and other
management measures governing the
harvest of open access allocations
(detailed in § 660.55 and Tables 1c and
2c of subpart C of this part) or governing
the fishing activities of open access
vessels (detailed in subpart F of this
part) Any commercial vessel that is not
registered to a limited entry permit and
which takes and retains, possesses or
lands groundfish is a participant in the
open access groundfish fishery.
Open access gear means all types of
fishing gear except:
(1) Longline or trap (or pot) gear
fished by a vessel that has a limited
entry permit affixed with a gear
endorsement for that gear.
(2) Groundfish trawl.
Operate a vessel means any use of a
vessel, including, but not limited to,
fishing or drifting by means of the
prevailing water current or weather
conditions.
Operator. (See § 600.10)
Optimum yield or OY means the
amount of fish that will provide the
greatest overall benefit to the Nation,
particularly with respect to food
production and recreational
opportunities, and, taking into account
the protection of marine ecosystems, is
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33032
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
prescribed as such on the basis of the
MSY from the fishery, as reduced by
any relevant economic, social, or
ecological factor; and, in the case of an
overfished fishery, provides for
rebuilding to a level consistent with
producing the MSY in such fishery. OY
may be expressed numerically (as a
harvest guideline, quota, or other
specification) or non-numerically.
Overage means the amount of fish
harvested by a vessel in excess of:
(1) The applicable trip limit for any
fishery to which a trip limit applies;
(2) The amount authorized by the
applicable permit for trawl fisheries at
subpart D of this part;
(3) The amount authorized by the
applicable sablefish endorsed permits
for fixed gear sablefish fisheries at
subpart E of this part.
Ownership interest means
participation in ownership of a
corporation, partnership, or other entity:
(1) For sablefish-endorsed permits,
ownership interest means participation
in ownership of a corporation,
partnership, or other entity that owns a
sablefish endorsed permit. Ownership
interest does not mean owning stock in
a publicly owned corporation.
(2) For the limited entry trawl fishery
in subpart D of this part, ownership
interest means participation in
ownership of a corporation, partnership,
or other entity that owns a QS permit,
mothership permit, and a MS/CVendorsed limited entry permit.
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan or PCGFMP means
the Fishery Management Plan for the
Washington, Oregon, and California
Groundfish Fishery developed by the
Pacific Fishery Management Council
and approved by the Secretary on
January 4, 1982, and as it may be
subsequently amended.
Partnership is two or more
individuals, partnerships, or
corporations, or combinations thereof,
who have ownership interest in a
permit, including married couples and
legally recognized trusts and
partnerships, such as limited
partnerships (LP), general partnerships
(GP), and limited liability partnerships
(LLP).
Permit holder means a vessel owner
as identified on the USCG form 1270 or
state motor vehicle licensing document
and as registered on a limited entry
permit issued under Subparts C through
E of this part.
Permit owner means a person who is
the owner of record with NMFS, SFD,
Permits Office of a limited entry permit.
For first receiver site licenses, see
definition for ‘‘license owner.’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
Person, as it applies to limited entry
and open access fisheries conducted
under 50 CFR part 660, Subparts C
through G, means any individual,
corporation, partnership, association or
other entity (whether or not organized
or existing under the laws of any state),
and any Federal, state, or local
government, or any entity of any such
government that is eligible to own a
documented vessel under the terms of
46 U.S.C. 12102(a).
Processing or to process means the
preparation or packaging of groundfish
to render it suitable for human
consumption, retail sale, industrial uses
or long-term storage, including, but not
limited to, cooking, canning, smoking,
salting, drying, filleting, freezing, or
rendering into meal or oil, but does not
mean heading and gutting unless
additional preparation is done. (Also see
an exception to certain requirements at
§ 660.131(a), subpart D pertaining to
Pacific whiting shoreside vessels 75-ft
(23-m) or less LOA that, in addition to
heading and gutting, remove the tails
and freeze catch at sea.)
(1) At-sea processing means
processing that takes place on a vessel
or other platform that floats and is
capable of being moved from one
location to another, whether shorebased or on the water.
(2) Shore-based processing or
processing means processing that takes
place at a facility that is permanently
fixed to land. (Also see the definition for
shoreside processing at § 660.140,
subpart D which defines shoreside
processing for the purposes of
qualifying for a shoreside IFQ program
QS permit.)
Processor means person, vessel, or
facility that engages in processing; or
receives live groundfish directly from a
fishing vessel for retail sale without
further processing. (Also see the
definition for processors at § 660.140,
subpart D which defines processor for
the purposes of qualifying for a
shoreside IFQ program QS permit.)
Prohibited species means those
species and species groups whose
retention is prohibited unless
authorized by provisions of this section
or other applicable law. The following
are prohibited species: Any species of
salmonid, Pacific halibut, Dungeness
crab caught seaward of Washington or
Oregon, and groundfish species or
species groups under the PCGFMP for
which quotas have been achieved and/
or the fishery closed.
Quota means a specified numerical
harvest objective, the attainment (or
expected attainment) of which causes
closure of the fishery for that species or
species group.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Recreational fishing means fishing
with authorized recreational fishing gear
for personal use only, and not for sale
or barter.
Regional Administrator means the
Administrator, Northwest Region,
NMFS.
Reserve means a portion of the harvest
guideline or quota set aside at the
beginning of the fishing year or biennial
fishing period to allow for uncertainties
in preseason estimates.
Round weight. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter). Round weight does not
include ice, water, or slime.
Sale or sell. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
Scientific research activity. (See
§ 600.10 of this chapter)
Secretary. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
Specification is a numerical or
descriptive designation of a
management objective, including but
not limited to: Acceptable biological
catch; optimum yield; harvest guideline;
quota; limited entry or open access
allocation; a set-aside or allocation for a
recreational or treaty Indian fishery; an
apportionment of the above to an area,
gear, season, fishery, or other
subdivision.
Spouse means a person who is legally
married to another person as recognized
by state law (i.e., one’s wife or
husband).
Stacking is the practice of registering
more than one limited entry permit for
use with a single vessel (See
§ 660.25(b)(4)(iii), subpart C).
Sustainable Fisheries Division or SFD
means the Chief, Sustainable Fisheries
Division, Northwest Regional Office,
NMFS, or a designee.
Target fishing means fishing for the
primary purpose of catching a particular
species or species group (the target
species).
Tax-exempt organization means an
organization that received a
determination letter from the Internal
Revenue Service recognizing tax
exemption under 26 CFR part 1 (1.501
to 1.640).
Totally lost means the vessel being
replaced no longer exists in specie, or is
absolutely and irretrievably sunk or
otherwise beyond the possible control of
the owner, or the costs of repair
(including recovery) would exceed the
value of the vessel after repairs.
Trawl fishery means
(1) For the purpose of allocations at
§ 660.55, subpart C, trawl fishery means
the groundfish limited entry trawl
fishery.
(2) For the purposes of all other
management measures in subparts C
through G of this part, trawl fishery
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
means any fishery using trawl gear as
defined under the definition of fishing
gear in this section.
Trip. (See § 600.10 of this chapter)
Trip limits. Trip limits are used in the
commercial fishery to specify the
maximum amount of a fish species or
species group that may legally be taken
and retained, possessed, or landed, per
vessel, per fishing trip, or cumulatively
per unit of time, or the number of
landings that may be made from a vessel
in a given period of time, as follows:
(1) A per trip limit is the total
allowable amount of a groundfish
species or species group, by weight, or
by percentage of weight of legal fish on
board, that may be taken and retained,
possessed, or landed per vessel from a
single fishing trip.
(2) A daily trip limit is the maximum
amount of a groundfish species or
species group that may be taken and
retained, possessed, or landed per vessel
in 24 consecutive hours, starting at 0001
hours local time. Only one landing of
groundfish may be made in that 24-hour
period. Daily trip limits may not be
accumulated during multiple day trips.
(3) A weekly trip limit is the
maximum amount of a groundfish
species or species group that may be
taken and retained, possessed, or landed
per vessel in 7 consecutive days,
starting at 0001 hours local time on
Sunday and ending at 2400 hours local
time on Saturday. Weekly trip limits
may not be accumulated during
multiple week trips. If a calendar week
falls within two different months or two
different cumulative limit periods, a
vessel is not entitled to two separate
weekly limits during that week.
(4) A cumulative trip limit is the
maximum amount of a groundfish
species or species group that may be
taken and retained, possessed, or landed
per vessel in a specified period of time
without a limit on the number of
landings or trips, unless otherwise
specified. The cumulative trip limit
periods for limited entry and open
access fisheries, which start at 0001
hours local time and end at 2400 hours
local time, are as follows, unless
otherwise specified:
(i) The 2-month or ‘‘major’’ cumulative
limit periods are: January 1–February
28/29, March 1–April 30, May 1–June
30, July 1–August 31, September 1–
October 31, and, November 1–December
31.
(ii) One month means the first day
through the last day of the calendar
month.
(iii) One week means 7 consecutive
days, Sunday through Saturday.
Vessel manager means a person or
group of persons whom the vessel
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
owner has given authority to oversee all
or a portion of groundfish fishing
activities aboard the vessel.
Vessel monitoring system or VMS
means a vessel monitoring system or
mobile transceiver unit as set forth in
§ 660.14, subpart C and approved by
NMFS for use on vessels that take
(directly or incidentally) species
managed under the PCGFMP, as
required by this subpart.
Vessel of the United States or U.S.
vessel. (See § 600.10)
Vessel owner or owner of a vessel, as
used in subparts C through G of this
part, means a person identified as the
current owner in the Certificate of
Documentation (CG–1270) issued by the
USCG for a documented vessel, or in a
registration certificate issued by a state
or the USCG for an undocumented
vessel.
§ 660.12
General groundfish prohibitions.
In addition to the general prohibitions
specified in § 600.725 of this chapter, it
is unlawful for any person to:
(a) General. (1) Retain any prohibited
species (defined in § 660.11, subpart C
and restricted in § 660.60(e), subpart C)
caught by means of fishing gear
authorized under this subpart, unless
authorized by part 600 or part 300 of
this chapter. Prohibited species must be
returned to the sea as soon as
practicable with a minimum of injury
when caught and brought on board.
(2) Falsify or fail to affix and maintain
vessel and gear markings as required by
§ 660.20 or § 660.219, subpart E or
§ 660.319, subpart F.
(3) Fish for groundfish in violation of
any terms or conditions attached to an
EFP under § 600.745 of this chapter or
§ 660.30, subpart C.
(4) Fish for groundfish using gear not
authorized in subparts C through G of
this part or in violation of any terms or
conditions attached to an EFP under
§ 660.30, subpart C or part 600 of this
chapter.
(5) Take and retain, possess, or land
more groundfish than specified under
§ 660.50, § 660.55, § 660.60 of subpart C,
or subpart D through G of this part, or
under an EFP issued under § 660.30,
Subpart C or part 600 of this chapter.
(6) Take, retain, possess, or land more
than a single cumulative limit of a
particular species, per vessel, per
applicable cumulative limit period,
except for sablefish taken in the primary
limited entry, fixed gear sablefish
season from a vessel authorized to fish
in that season, as described at § 660.231,
subpart E.
(7) Take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish in excess of the landing limit
for the open access fishery without
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33033
having a valid limited entry permit for
the vessel affixed with a gear
endorsement for the gear used to catch
the fish.
(8) Fail to sort, prior to the first
weighing after offloading, those
groundfish species or species groups for
which there is a trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, or OY, if the vessel
fished or landed in an area during a
time when such trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, or OY applied; except
as specified at § 660.131, subpart C for
vessels participating in the Pacific
whiting at-sea sectors.
(9) When requested or required by an
authorized officer, refuse to present
fishing gear for inspection, refuse to
present fish subject to such persons
control for inspection; or interfere with
a fishing gear or marine animal or plant
life inspection.
(10) Transfer fish to another vessel at
sea unless a vessel is participating in the
primary Pacific whiting fishery as part
of the mothership or catcher/processor
sectors.
(11) Fish with dredge gear (defined in
§ 660.11, subpart C) anywhere within
EFH within the EEZ. For the purposes
of regulation, EFH within the EEZ is
described at § 660.75, subpart C.
(12) Fish with beam trawl gear
(defined in § 660.11, subpart C)
anywhere within EFH within the EEZ.
For the purposes of regulation, EFH
within the EEZ is described at § 660.75,
subpart C.
(13) During times or in areas where atsea processing is prohibited, take and
retain or receive Pacific whiting, except
as cargo or fish waste, on a vessel in the
fishery management area that already
has processed Pacific whiting on board.
An exception to this prohibition is
provided if the fish are received within
the tribal U&A from a member of a
Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribe fishing
under § 660.50, subpart C.
(b) Reporting and Recordkeeping. (1)
Falsify or fail to make and/or file, retain
or make available any and all reports of
groundfish landings, containing all data,
and in the exact manner, required by the
applicable State law, as specified in
§ 660.13, subpart C, provided that
person is required to do so by the
applicable state law.
(2) Fail to retain on board a vessel
from which groundfish is landed, and
provide to an authorized officer upon
request, copies of any and all reports of
groundfish landings, or receipts
containing all data, and made in the
exact manner required by the applicable
state law throughout the cumulative
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33034
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
limit period during which such landings
occurred and for 15 days thereafter.
(c) Limited entry fisheries. (1) Carry
on board a vessel, or deploy, limited
entry gear when the limited entry
fishery for that gear is closed, except
that a vessel may carry on board limited
entry groundfish trawl gear as provided
in § 660.112(a)(1), subpart D.
(2) [Reserved]
(d) Limited entry permits. (1) If a
limited entry permit is registered for use
with a vessel, fail to carry that permit
onboard the vessel registered for use
with the permit. A photocopy of the
permit may not substitute for the
original permit itself.
(2) Make a false statement on an
application for issuance, renewal,
transfer, vessel registration, replacement
of a limited entry permit, or a
declaration of ownership interest in a
limited entry permit.
(e) Groundfish observer program. (1)
Forcibly assault, resist, oppose, impede,
intimidate, harass, sexually harass,
bribe, or interfere with an observer.
(2) Interfere with or bias the sampling
procedure employed by an observer
including either mechanically or
manually sorting or discarding catch
before sampling.
(3) Tamper with, destroy, or discard
an observer’s collected samples,
equipment, records, photographic film,
papers, or personal effects without the
express consent of the observer.
(4) Harass an observer by conduct
that:
(i) Has sexual connotations,
(ii) Has the purpose or effect of
interfering with the observer’s work
performance, and/or
(iii) Otherwise creates an
intimidating, hostile, or offensive
environment. In determining whether
conduct constitutes harassment, the
totality of the circumstances, including
the nature of the conduct and the
context in which it occurred, will be
considered. The determination of the
legality of a particular action will be
made from the facts on a case-by-case
basis.
(5) Fish for, land, or process fish
without observer coverage when a
vessel is required to carry an observer
under subparts C through G of this part.
(6) Require, pressure, coerce, or
threaten an observer to perform duties
normally performed by crew members,
including, but not limited to, cooking,
washing dishes, standing watch, vessel
maintenance, assisting with the setting
or retrieval of gear, or any duties
associated with the processing of fish,
from sorting the catch to the storage of
the finished product.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(7) Fail to provide departure or cease
fishing reports specified at § 660.116,
subpart D, § 660.216, subpart E, or
§ 660.316, subpart F.
(8) Fail to meet the vessel
responsibilities specified at § 660.116,
subpart D, § 660.216, subpart E, or
§ 660.316, subpart F.
(f) Vessel Monitoring Systems. (1) Use
any vessel required to operate and
maintain a VMS unit under § 660.14(b)
unless that vessel carries a NMFS OLE
type-approved mobile transceiver unit
and complies with all the requirements
described at § 660.14(c).
(2) Fail to install, activate, repair or
replace a mobile transceiver unit prior
to leaving port as specified at § 660.14.
(3) Fail to operate and maintain a
mobile transceiver unit on board the
vessel at all times as specified at
§ 660.14.
(4) Tamper with, damage, destroy,
alter, or in any way distort, render
useless, inoperative, ineffective, or
inaccurate the VMS, mobile transceiver
unit, or VMS signal required to be
installed on or transmitted by a vessel
as specified at § 660.14.
(5) Fail to contact NMFS OLE or
follow NMFS OLE instructions when
automatic position reporting has been
interrupted as specified at § 660.14.
(6) Register the same VMS transceiver
unit to more than one vessel at the same
time.
(7) Falsify any VMS activation report
or VMS exemption report that is
authorized or required, as specified at
§ 660.14.
(8) Falsify any declaration report that
is required, as specified at § 660.13.
§ 660.13
Recordkeeping and reporting.
(a) This subpart recognizes that catch
and effort data necessary for
implementing the PCGFMP are
collected by the States of Washington,
Oregon, and California under existing
state data collection requirements.
(b) Any person who is required to do
so by the applicable state law must
make and/or file, retain, or make
available any and all reports (i.e.,
logbooks, state landing receipts, etc.) of
groundfish harvests and landings
containing all data, and in the exact
manner, required by the applicable state
law.
(c) Any person landing groundfish
must retain on board the vessel from
which groundfish is landed, and
provide to an authorized officer upon
request, copies of any and all reports of
groundfish landings containing all data,
and in the exact manner, required by the
applicable state law throughout the
cumulative limit period during which a
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
landing occurred and for 15 days
thereafter.
(d) Declaration reporting
requirements—(1) Declaration reports
for vessels registered to limited entry
permits. The operator of any vessel
registered to a limited entry permit must
provide NMFS OLE with a declaration
report, as specified at paragraph
(d)(5)(iv) of this section, before the
vessel leaves port on a trip in which the
vessel is used to fish in U.S. ocean
waters between 0 and 200 nm offshore
of Washington, Oregon, or California.
(2) Declaration reports for all vessels
using non-groundfish trawl gear. The
operator of any vessel that is not
registered to a limited entry permit and
which uses non-groundfish trawl gear to
fish in the EEZ (3–200 nm offshore),
must provide NMFS OLE with a
declaration report, as specified at
paragraph (d)(5)(iv) of this section,
before the vessel leaves port to fish in
the EEZ.
(3) Declaration reports for open access
vessels using nontrawl gear (all types of
open access gear other than nongroundfish trawl gear). The operator of
any vessel that is not registered to a
limited entry permit, must provide
NMFS with a declaration report, as
specified at paragraph (d)(5)(iv) of this
section, before the vessel leaves port on
a trip in which the vessel is used to take
and retain or possess groundfish in the
EEZ or land groundfish taken in the
EEZ.
(4) Declaration reports for tribal
vessels using trawl gear. The operator of
any tribal vessel using trawl gear must
provide NMFS with a declaration
report, as specified at paragraph
(d)(5)(iv) of this section, before the
vessel leaves port on a trip in which
fishing occurs within the trawl RCA.
(5) Declaration reports. (i) The
operator of a vessel specified in
paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of
this section must provide a declaration
report to NMFS OLE prior to leaving
port on the first trip in which the vessel
meets the requirement specified at
§ 660.14(b) to have a VMS.
(ii) The vessel operator must send a
new declaration report before leaving
port on a trip in which a gear type that
is different from the gear type most
recently declared for the vessel will be
used. A declaration report will be valid
until another declaration report revising
the existing gear declaration is received
by NMFS OLE.
(iii) During the period of time that a
vessel has a valid declaration report on
file with NMFS OLE, it cannot fish with
a gear other than a gear type declared by
the vessel.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(iv) Declaration reports will include:
The vessel name and/or identification
number, and gear type (as defined in
paragraph (d)(5)(iv)(A) of this section).
Upon receipt of a declaration report,
NMFS will provide a confirmation code
or receipt to confirm that a valid
declaration report was received for the
vessel. Retention of the confirmation
code or receipt to verify that a valid
declaration report was filed and the
declaration requirement was met is the
responsibility of the vessel owner or
operator. Vessels using nontrawl gear
may declare more than one gear type,
however, vessels using trawl gear may
only declare one of the trawl gear types
listed in paragraph (d)(5)(iv)(A) of this
section on any trip and may not declare
nontrawl gear on the same trip in which
trawl gear is declared.
(A) One of the following gear types
must be declared:
(1) Limited entry fixed gear,
(2) [Reserved]
(3) Limited entry midwater trawl,
non-whiting,
(4) Limited entry midwater trawl,
Pacific whiting shorebased sector,
(5) Limited entry midwater trawl,
Pacific whiting catcher/processor sector,
(6) Limited entry midwater trawl,
Pacific whiting mothership sector,
(7) Limited entry bottom trawl, not
including demersal trawl,
(8) Limited entry demersal trawl,
(9) Non-groundfish trawl gear for pink
shrimp,
(10) Non-groundfish trawl gear for
ridgeback prawn,
(11) Non-groundfish trawl gear for
California halibut,
(12) Non-groundfish trawl gear for sea
cucumber,
(13) Open access longline gear for
groundfish,
(14) Open access Pacific halibut
longline gear,
(15) Open access groundfish trap or
pot gear,
(16) Open access Dungeness crab trap
or pot gear,
(17) Open access prawn trap or pot
gear,
(18) Open access sheephead trap or
pot gear,
(19) Open access line gear for
groundfish,
(20) Open access HMS line gear,
(21) Open access salmon troll gear,
(22) Open access California Halibut
line gear,
(23) Open access net gear,
(24) Other gear, or
(25) Tribal trawl.
(B) [Reserved]
§ 660.14 Vessel Monitoring System (VMS)
requirements.
(a) What Is a VMS? A VMS consists
of a NMFS OLE type-approved mobile
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
transceiver unit that automatically
determines the vessel’s position and
transmits it to a NMFS OLE typeapproved communications service
provider. The communications service
provider receives the transmission and
relays it to NMFS OLE.
(b) Who Is Required To Have a VMS?
The following vessels are required to
install a NMFS OLE type-approved
mobile transceiver unit and to arrange
for a NMFS OLE type-approved
communications service provider to
receive and relay transmissions to
NMFS OLE prior to fishing:
(1) Any vessel registered for use with
a limited entry permit that fishes in
state or Federal waters seaward of the
baseline from which the territorial sea is
measured off the States of Washington,
Oregon or California (0–200 nm
offshore).
(2) Any vessel that uses nongroundfish trawl gear to fish in the EEZ.
(3) Any vessel that uses open access
gear to take and retain, or possess
groundfish in the EEZ or land
groundfish taken in the EEZ.
(c) How Are Mobile Transceiver Units
and Communications Service Providers
Approved by NMFS OLE?
(1) NMFS OLE will publish typeapproval specifications for VMS
components in the Federal Register or
notify the public through other
appropriate media.
(2) Mobile transceiver unit
manufacturers or communication
service providers will submit products
or services to NMFS OLE for evaluation
based on the published specifications.
(3) NMFS OLE may publish a list of
NMFS OLE type-approved mobile
transceiver units and communication
service providers for the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery in the Federal
Register or notify the public through
other appropriate media. As necessary,
NMFS OLE may publish amendments to
the list of type-approved mobile
transceiver units and communication
service providers in the Federal
Register or through other appropriate
media. A list of VMS transceivers that
have been type-approved by NMFS OLE
may be mailed to the permit owner’s
address of record. NMFS will bear no
responsibility if a notification is sent to
the address of record and is not received
because the applicant’s actual address
has changed without notification to
NMFS, as required at
§ 660.25(b)(4)(i)(B).
(d) What Are the Vessel Owner’s
Responsibilities? If you are a vessel
owner that must participate in the VMS
program, you or the vessel operator
must:
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33035
(1) Obtain a NMFS OLE typeapproved mobile transceiver unit and
have it installed on board your vessel in
accordance with the instructions
provided by NMFS OLE. You may
obtain a copy of the VMS installation
and operation instructions from the
NMFS OLE Northwest, VMS Program
Manager upon request at 7600 Sand
Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115–
6349, phone: (206) 526–6133.
(2) Activate the mobile transceiver
unit, submit an activation report at least
72 hours prior to leaving port on a trip
in which VMS is required, and receive
confirmation from NMFS OLE that the
VMS transmissions are being received
before participating in a fishery
requiring the VMS. Instructions for
submitting an activation report may be
obtained from the NMFS, Northwest
OLE VMS Program Manager upon
request at 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115–6349, phone:
(206)526–6133. An activation report
must again be submitted to NMFS OLE
following reinstallation of a mobile
transceiver unit or change in service
provider before the vessel may be used
to fish in a fishery requiring the VMS.
(i) Activation reports. If you are a
vessel owner who must use VMS and
you are activating a VMS transceiver
unit for the first time or reactivating a
VMS transceiver unit following a
reinstallation of a mobile transceiver
unit or change in service provider, you
must fax NMFS OLE an activation
report that includes: Vessel name; vessel
owner’s name, address and telephone
number, vessel operator’s name, address
and telephone number, USCG vessel
documentation number/state
registration number; if applicable, the
groundfish permit number the vessel is
registered to; VMS transceiver unit
manufacturer; VMS communications
service provider; VMS transceiver
identification; identifying if the unit is
the primary or backup; and a statement
signed and dated by the vessel owner
confirming compliance with the
installation procedures provided by
NMFS OLE.
(ii) Transferring ownership of VMS
unit. Ownership of the VMS transceiver
unit may be transferred from one vessel
owner to another vessel owner if all of
the following documents are provided
to NMFS OLE: a new activation report,
which identifies that the transceiver
unit was previously registered to
another vessel; a notarized bill of sale
showing proof of ownership of the VMS
transceiver unit; documentation from
the communications service provider
showing proof that the service
agreement for the previous vessel was
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33036
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
terminated and that a service agreement
was established for the new vessel.
(3) Transceiver unit operation.
Operate and maintain the mobile
transceiver unit in good working order
continuously, 24 hours a day
throughout the fishing year, unless such
vessel is exempted under paragraph
(d)(4) of this section. The mobile
transceiver unit must transmit a signal
accurately indicating the vessel’s
position at least once every hour, 24
hours a day, throughout the year unless
a valid exemption report, as described
in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, has
been received by NMFS OLE. Less
frequent position reporting at least once
every four hours is authorized when a
vessel remains in port for an extended
period of time, but the mobile
transceiver unit must remain in
continuous operation at all times unless
the vessel is exempted under this
section.
(4) VMS exemptions. A vessel that is
required to operate and maintain the
mobile transceiver unit continuously 24
hours a day throughout the fishing year
may be exempted from this requirement
if a valid exemption report, as described
at paragraph (d)(4)(vii) of this section, is
received by NMFS OLE and the vessel
is in compliance with all conditions and
requirements of the VMS exemption
identified in this section and specified
in the exemption report.
(i) Haul out exemption. When it is
anticipated that a vessel will be
continuously out of the water for more
than 7 consecutive days and a valid
exemption report has been received by
NMFS OLE, electrical power to the VMS
mobile transceiver unit may be removed
and transmissions may be discontinued.
Under this exemption, VMS
transmissions can be discontinued from
the time the vessel is removed from the
water until the time that the vessel is
placed back in the water.
(ii) Outside areas exemption. When
the vessel will be operating seaward of
the EEZ off Washington, Oregon, or
California continuously for more than 7
consecutive days and a valid exemption
report has been received by NMFS OLE,
the VMS mobile transceiver unit
transmissions may be reduced or
discontinued from the time the vessel
leaves the EEZ off the coasts of
Washington, Oregon or California until
the time that the vessel re-enters the
EEZ off the coasts of Washington,
Oregon or California. Under this
exemption, the vessel owner or operator
can request that NMFS OLE reduce or
discontinue the VMS transmissions after
receipt of an exemption report, if the
vessel is equipped with a VMS
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
transceiver unit that NMFS OLE has
approved for this exemption.
(iii) Permit transfer exemption. If the
limited entry permit has been
transferred from a vessel (for the
purposes of this section, this includes
permits placed into ‘‘unidentified’’
status) the vessel may be exempted from
VMS requirements providing the vessel
is not used to fish in state or Federal
waters seaward of the baseline from
which the territorial sea is measured off
the States of Washington, Oregon or
California (0–200 nm offshore) for the
remainder of the fishing year. If the
vessel is used to fish in this area for any
species of fish at any time during the
remaining portion of the fishing year
without being registered to a limited
entry permit, the vessel is required to
have and use VMS.
(iv) Long-term departure exemption.
A vessel participating in the open access
fishery that is required to have VMS
under paragraph (b)(3) of this section
may be exempted from VMS provisions
after the end of the fishing year in
which it fished in the open access
fishery, providing the vessel submits a
completed exemption report signed by
the vessel owner that includes a
statement signed by the vessel owner
indicating that the vessel will not be
used to take and retain or possess
groundfish in the EEZ or land
groundfish taken in the EEZ during the
new fishing year.
(v) Emergency exemption. Vessels
required to have VMS under paragraph
(b) of this section may be exempted
from VMS provisions in emergency
situations that are beyond the vessel
owner’s control, including but not
limited to: fire, flooding, or extensive
physical damage to critical areas of the
vessel. A vessel owner may apply for an
emergency exemption from the VMS
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section for his/her vessel by
sending a written request to NMFS OLE
specifying the following information:
The reasons for seeking an exemption,
including any supporting documents
(e.g., repair invoices, photographs
showing damage to the vessel, insurance
claim forms, etc.); the time period for
which the exemption is requested; and
the location of the vessel while the
exemption is in effect. NMFS OLE will
issue a written determination granting
or denying the emergency exemption
request. A vessel will not be covered by
the emergency exemption until NMFS
OLE issues a determination granting the
exemption. If an exemption is granted,
the duration of the exemption will be
specified in the NMFS OLE
determination.
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(vi) Submission of exemption reports.
Signed long-term departure exemption
reports must be submitted by fax or by
e-mailing an electronic copy of the
actual report. In the event of an
emergency in which an emergency
exemption request will be submitted,
initial contact with NMFS OLE must be
made by telephone, fax or e-mail within
24 hours from when the incident
occurred. Emergency exemption
requests must be requested in writing
within 72 hours from when the incident
occurred. Other exemption reports must
be submitted through the VMS or
another method that is approved by
NMFS OLE and announced in the
Federal Register. Submission methods
for exemption requests, except longterm departures and emergency
exemption requests, may include e-mail,
facsimile, or telephone. NMFS OLE will
provide, through appropriate media,
instructions to the public on submitting
exemption reports. Instructions and
other information needed to make
exemption reports may be mailed to the
vessel owner’s address of record. NMFS
will bear no responsibility if a
notification is sent to the address of
record for the vessel owner and is not
received because the vessel owner’s
actual address has changed without
notification to NMFS, Owners of vessels
required to use VMS who do not receive
instructions by mail are responsible for
contacting NMFS OLE during business
hours at least 3 days before the
exemption is required to obtain
information needed to make exemption
reports. NMFS OLE must be contacted
during business hours (Monday through
Friday between 0800 and 1700 Pacific
Time).
(vii) Valid exemption reports. For an
exemption report to be valid, it must be
received by NMFS at least 2 hours and
not more than 24 hours before the
exempted activities defined at
paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (iv) of this
section occur. An exemption report is
valid until NMFS receives a report
canceling the exemption. An exemption
cancellation must be received at least 2
hours before the vessel re-enters the EEZ
following an outside areas exemption; at
least 2 hours before the vessel is placed
back in the water following a haul out
exemption; at least 2 hours before the
vessel resumes fishing for any species of
fish in state or Federal waters off the
States of Washington, Oregon, or
California after it has received a permit
transfer exemption; or at least 2 hours
before a vessel resumes fishing in the
open access fishery after a long-term
departure exemption. If a vessel is
required to submit an activation report
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section
before returning to fish, that report may
substitute for the exemption
cancellation. Initial contact must be
made with NMFS OLE not more than 24
hours after the time that an emergency
situation occurred in which VMS
transmissions were disrupted and
followed by a written emergency
exemption request within 72 hours from
when the incident occurred. If the
emergency situation upon which an
emergency exemption is based is
resolved before the exemption expires,
an exemption cancellation must be
received by NMFS at least 2 hours
before the vessel resumes fishing.
(5) When aware that transmission of
automatic position reports has been
interrupted, or when notified by NMFS
OLE that automatic position reports are
not being received, contact NMFS OLE
at 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle,
WA 98115–6349, phone: (206) 526–6133
and follow the instructions provided to
you. Such instructions may include, but
are not limited to, manually
communicating to a location designated
by NMFS OLE the vessel’s position or
returning to port until the VMS is
operable.
(6) After a fishing trip during which
interruption of automatic position
reports has occurred, the vessel’s owner
or operator must replace or repair the
mobile transceiver unit prior to the
vessel’s next fishing trip. Repair or
reinstallation of a mobile transceiver
unit or installation of a replacement,
including change of communications
service provider shall be in accordance
with the instructions provided by NMFS
OLE and require the same certification.
(7) Make the mobile transceiver units
available for inspection by NMFS OLE
personnel, USCG personnel, state
enforcement personnel or any
authorized officer.
(8) Ensure that the mobile transceiver
unit is not tampered with, disabled,
destroyed, operated, or maintained
improperly.
(9) Pay all charges levied by the
communication service provider as
necessary to ensure continuous
operation of the VMS transceiver units.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.15
Equipment requirements.
(a) Applicability. This section
contains the equipment and operational
requirements for scales used to weigh
catch at sea, scales used to weigh catch
at IFQ first receivers, computer
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
hardware for electronic fish ticket
software and computer hardware for
electronic logbook software.
(b) Performance and technical
requirements for scales used to weigh
catch at sea. [Reserved]
(c) Performance and technical
requirements for scales used to weigh
catch at IFQ first receivers. [Reserved]
(d) Electronic fish tickets. Pacific
whiting shoreside first receivers using
the electronic fish ticket software
provided by Pacific States Marine Fish
Commission are required to meet the
hardware and software requirements
below. Those Pacific whiting shoreside
first receivers who have NMFSapproved software compatible with the
standards specified by Pacific States
Marine Fish Commission for electronic
fish tickets are not subject to any
specific hardware or software
requirements.
(1) Hardware and software
requirements. (i) A personal computer
with Pentium 75–MHz or higher.
Random Access Memory (RAM) must
have sufficient megabyte (MB) space to
run the operating system, plus an
additional 8 MB for the software
application and available hard disk
space of 217 MB or greater. A CD–ROM
drive with a Video Graphics Adapter
(VGA) or higher resolution monitor
(super VGA is recommended).
(ii) Microsoft Windows 2000 (64 MB
or greater RAM required), Windows XP
(128 MB or greater RAM required) or
later operating system.
(iii) Microsoft Access 2003 or newer.
(2) NMFS approved software
standards and internet access. The first
receiver is responsible for obtaining,
installing and updating electronic fish
tickets software either provided by
Pacific States Marine Fish Commission,
or compatible with the data export
specifications specified by Pacific States
Marine Fish Commission and for
maintaining internet access sufficient to
transmit data files via e-mail. Requests
for data export specifications can be
submitted to: Attn: Frank Lockhart,
National Marine Fisheries Service,
Northwest Region Sustainable Fisheries
Division, 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115, or via e-mail to
frank.lockhart@noaa.gov.
(3) Maintenance. The Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver is responsible for
ensuring that all hardware and software
required under this subsection are fully
operational and functional whenever
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33037
the Pacific whiting primary season
deliveries are accepted. .
(4) Improving data quality. Vessel
owners and operators, Pacific whiting
shoreside first receivers, or shoreside
processor owners, or managers may
contact NMFS in writing to request
assistance in improving data quality and
resolving issues. Requests may be
submitted to: Attn: Frank Lockhart,
National Marine Fisheries Service,
Northwest Region Sustainable Fisheries
Division, 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115, or via e-mail to
frank.lockhart@noaa.gov.
§ 660.16
Groundfish observer program.
(a) General. Vessel owners, operators,
and managers are jointly and severally
responsible for their vessel’s compliance
with observer requirements specified in
this section and within § 660.116,
subpart D, § 660.216, subpart E,
§ 660.316, subpart F, or subpart G.
(b) Purpose. The purpose of the
Groundfish Observer Program is to
collect fisheries data deemed by the
Northwest Regional Administrator,
NMFS, to be necessary and appropriate
for management, compliance
monitoring, and research in the
groundfish fisheries and for the
conservation of living marine resources
and their habitat.
(c) Catcher vessels. For the purposes
of observer coverage requirements the
term ‘‘catcher vessel’’ includes the
vessels described in paragraphs (c)(1)
through (3) of this section. The term
‘‘catcher vessel’’ does not include:
catcher/processor or mothership vessels,
Pacific whiting shoreside vessels that
sort catch at sea, or recreational vessels.
(1) Any vessel registered for use with
a Pacific Coast groundfish limited entry
permit that fishes in state or Federal
waters seaward of the baseline from
which the territorial sea is measured off
the States of Washington, Oregon or
California (0–200 nm offshore).
(2) Any vessel other than a vessel
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section that is used to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish in or from
the EEZ.
(3) Any vessel that is required to take
a Federal observer by the applicable
State law.
(d) Observer coverage requirements.
The following table provides references
to the regulatory sections with the
observer coverage requirements.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33038
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Regulation subpart and
section
West Coast Groundfish Fishery/Program
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Catcher Vessels in the Trawl Fishery, and Pacific Whiting Shoreside Vessels that Sort Catch At Sea ............................
Mothership Processors ........................................................................................................................................................
Catcher/Processors ..............................................................................................................................................................
Catcher Vessels in the Fixed Gear Fisheries ......................................................................................................................
Catcher Vessels in the Open Access Fisheries ..................................................................................................................
(e) NMFS-certified Observer
Certification and Observer
Responsibilities—(1) Observer
Certification—(i) Applicability.
Observer certification authorizes an
individual to fulfill duties as specified
in writing by the NMFS Observer
Program Office while under the employ
of a NMFS-permitted observer provider
and according to certification
endorsements as designated under
paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(ii) Certification requirements. NMFS
will certify individuals who:
(A) Are employed by an observer
provider company permitted pursuant
to 50 CFR 679.50 at the time of the
issuance of the certification;
(B) Have provided, through their
observer provider:
(1) Information identified by NMFS at
50 CFR 679.50(i)(2)(x)(A)(1)(iii) and (iv);
and
(2) Information identified by NMFS at
50 CFR 679.50(i)(2)(x)(C) regarding the
observer candidate’s health and
physical fitness for the job;
(C) Meet all education and health
standards as specified in 50 CFR
679.50(i)(2)(i)(A) and (i)(2)(x)(C),
respectively; and
(D) Have successfully completed
NMFS-approved training as prescribed
by the Observer Program.
(1) Successful completion of training
by an observer applicant consists of
meeting all attendance and conduct
standards issued in writing at the start
of training; meeting all performance
standards issued in writing at the start
of training for assignments, tests, and
other evaluation tools; and completing
all other training requirements
established by the Observer Program.
(2) If a candidate fails training, he or
she will be notified in writing on or
before the last day of training. The
notification will indicate: The reasons
the candidate failed the training;
whether the candidate can retake the
training, and under what conditions, or
whether, the candidate will not be
allowed to retake the training. If a
determination is made that the
candidate may not pursue further
training, notification will be in the form
of an IAD denying certification, as
specified under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of
this section.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(E) Have not been decertified as
specified in § 660.18(b), or pursuant to
50 CFR 679.50.
(2) Agency determinations on
observer certification—(i) Issuance of an
observer certification. An observer
certification will be issued upon
determination by the observer
certification official (see § 660.18,
subpart C) that the candidate has
successfully met all requirements for
certification as specified in paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Denial of a certification. The
NMFS observer certification official (see
§ 660.18, subpart C) will issue a written
IAD denying observer certification when
the observer certification official
determines that a candidate has
unresolvable deficiencies in meeting the
requirements for certification as
specified in § 660.18, subpart C. The
IAD will identify the reasons
certification was denied and what
requirements were deficient.
(iii) Appeals. A candidate who
receives an IAD that denies his or her
certification may appeal pursuant to
§ 660.18, subpart C. A candidate who
appeals the IAD will not be issued an
interim observer certification, and will
not receive a certification unless the
final resolution of that appeal is in the
candidate’s favor.
(3) Endorsements. The following
endorsements must be obtained, in
addition to observer certification, in
order for an observer to deploy.
(i) Certification training endorsement.
A certification training endorsement
signifies the successful completion of
the training course required to obtain
observer certification. This endorsement
expires when the observer has not been
deployed and performed sampling
duties as required by the Observer
Program Office for a period of time,
specified by the Observer Program, after
his or her most recent debriefing. The
observer can renew the endorsement by
successfully completing certification
training once more.
(ii) Annual general endorsements.
Each observer must obtain an annual
general endorsement to their
certification prior to his or her first
deployment within any calendar year
subsequent to a year in which a
certification training endorsement is
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
subpart
subpart
subpart
subpart
subpart
D, § 660.116.
D, § 660.116.
D, § 660.116.
E, § 660.216.
F, § 660.316.
obtained. To obtain an annual general
endorsement, an observer must
successfully complete the annual
briefing, as specified by the Observer
Program. All briefing attendance,
performance, and conduct standards
required by the Observer Program must
be met.
(iii) Deployment endorsements. Each
observer who has completed an initial
deployment after certification or annual
briefing must receive a deployment
endorsement to their certification prior
to any subsequent deployments for the
remainder of that year. An observer may
obtain a deployment endorsement by
successfully completing all pre-cruise
briefing requirements. The type of
briefing the observer must attend and
successfully complete will be specified
in writing by the Observer Program
during the observer’s most recent
debriefing.
(iv) Pacific whiting fishery
endorsements. A Pacific whiting fishery
endorsement is required for purposes of
performing observer duties aboard
vessels that process groundfish at sea in
the Pacific whiting fishery. A Pacific
whiting fishery endorsement to an
observer’s certification may be obtained
by meeting the following requirements:
(A) Be a prior NMFS-certified
observer in the groundfish fisheries off
Alaska or the Pacific Coast, unless an
individual with this qualification is not
available;
(B) Receive an evaluation by NMFS
for his or her most recent deployment (if
any) that indicated that the observer’s
performance met Observer Program
expectations for that deployment;
(C) Successfully complete a NMFSapproved observer training and/or
Pacific whiting briefing as prescribed by
the Observer Program; and
(D) Comply with all of the other
requirements of this section.
(4) Standards of observer conduct—(i)
Standards of behavior. Observers must
avoid any behavior that could adversely
affect the confidence of the public in the
integrity of the Observer Program or of
the government, including but not
limited to the following:
(A) Observers must perform their
assigned duties as described in the
Observer Manual or other written
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
instructions from the Observer Program
Office.
(B) Observers must accurately record
their sampling data, write complete
reports, and report accurately any
observations of suspected violations of
regulations relevant to conservation of
marine resources or their environment.
(C) Observers must not disclose
collected data and observations made on
board the vessel or in the processing
facility to any person except the owner
or operator of the observed vessel or
processing facility, an authorized
officer, or NMFS.
(D) Observers must refrain from
engaging in any illegal actions or any
other activities that would reflect
negatively on their image as
professional scientists, on other
observers, or on the Observer Program
as a whole. This includes, but is not
limited to:
(1) Violating the drug and alcohol
policy established by and available from
the Observer Program;
(2) Engaging in the use, possession, or
distribution of illegal drugs; or
(3) Engaging in physical sexual
contact with personnel of the vessel or
processing facility to which the observer
is assigned, or with any vessel or
processing plant personnel who may be
substantially affected by the
performance or non-performance of the
observer’s official duties.
§ 660.17 Catch monitors and catch
monitor service providers. [Reserved]
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.18 Certification and decertification
procedures for observers, catch monitors,
catch monitor providers, and observer
providers.
(a) Observer certification official. The
Regional Administrator (or a designee)
will designate a NMFS observer
certification official who will make
decisions for the Observer Program
Office on whether to issue or deny
observer certification pursuant to the
regulations at § 660.16 (e), subpart C.
(b) Observer suspension and
decertification.
(1) Suspension and decertification
review official. The Regional
Administrator (or a designee) will
designate a suspension and
decertification review official(s), who
will have the authority to review
certifications and issue initial
administrative determinations of
certification suspension and/or
decertification.
(2) Causes for suspension or
decertification. The suspension/
decertification official may initiate
suspension or decertification
proceedings against an observer:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(i) When it is alleged that the observer
has committed any acts or omissions of
any of the following:
(A) Failed to satisfactorily perform the
duties of observers as specified in
writing by the NMFS Observer Program;
or
(B) Failed to abide by the standards of
conduct for observers as prescribed
under § 660.16(e)(4), subpart C.
(ii) Upon conviction of a crime or
upon entry of a civil judgment for:
(A) Commission of fraud or other
violation in connection with obtaining
or attempting to obtain certification, or
in performing the duties as specified in
writing by the NMFS Observer Program;
(B) Commission of embezzlement,
theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or
destruction of records, making false
statements, or receiving stolen property;
(C) Commission of any other offense
indicating a lack of integrity or honesty
that seriously and directly affects the
fitness of observers.
(D) Conflict of interest as specified at
§ 660.18 (d) of this section.
(3) Issuance of initial administrative
determination. Upon determination that
suspension or decertification is
warranted under § 660.18(b) of this
section the suspension/decertification
official will issue a written IAD to the
observer and send it via certified mail
to the observer’s most current address of
record as provided to NMFS. The IAD
will identify whether a certification is
suspended or revoked and will identify
the specific reasons for the action taken.
If the IAD issues a suspension of a
certification, the terms of the
suspension will be specified.
Suspension or decertification is
effective immediately as of the date of
issuance, unless the suspension/
decertification official notes a
compelling reason for maintaining
certification for a specified period and
under specified conditions.
(4) Appeals. A certified observer who
receives an IAD that suspends or
revokes certification may appeal
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Appeals process—(1) Decisions.
Decisions on appeals of initial
administrative decisions denying
certification to, or suspending, or
decertifying, will be made by the
Regional Administrator (or designated
official). Appeals decisions shall be in
writing and shall state the reasons
therefore.
(2) Filing an appeal of the
determination. An appeal must be filed
with the Regional Administrator within
30 days of the initial administrative
determination denying, suspending, or
revoking the certification.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33039
(3) Content of an appeal. The appeal
must be in writing, and must allege facts
or circumstances to show why the
certification should be granted, or
should not be suspended or revoked,
under the criteria in this section.
(4) Decision on an appeal. Absent
good cause for further delay, the
Regional Administrator (or designated
official) will issue a written decision on
the appeal within 45 days of receipt of
the appeal. The Regional
Administrator’s decision is the final
administrative decision of the
Department as of the date of the
decision.
(d) Limitations on conflict of
interest—(1) Limitations on conflict of
interest for observers: (i) Must not have
a direct financial interest, other than the
provision of observer or catch monitor
services, in a North Pacific fishery
managed pursuant to an FMP for the
waters off the coast of Alaska, Alaska
state waters, or in a Pacific Coast fishery
managed by either the state or Federal
governments in waters off Washington,
Oregon, or California, including but not
limited to:
(A) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel,
shore-based or floating stationary
processor facility involved in the
catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(B) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any
vessel, shore-based or floating stationary
processing facility; or
(C) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel, shore-based or floating
stationary processing facilities.
(ii) Must not solicit or accept, directly
or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor,
entertainment, loan, or anything of
monetary value from anyone who either
conducts activities that are regulated by
NMFS or has interests that may be
substantially affected by the
performance or nonperformance of the
observers’ official duties.
(iii) May not serve as observer on any
vessel or at any shoreside or floating
stationary processing facility owned or
operated where a person was previously
employed.
(iv) May not solicit or accept
employment as a crew member or an
employee of a vessel, shoreside
processor, or stationary floating
processor while employed by an
observer or catch monitor provider.
(2) Provisions for remuneration of
observers or catch monitors under this
section do not constitute a conflict of
interest.
(3) Limitations on conflict of interest
for catch monitors. [Reserved]
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33040
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(4) Limitations on conflict of interest
for catch monitors providers. [Reserved]
§ 660.20
Vessel and gear identification.
(a) Vessel identification—(1) Display.
The operator of a vessel that is over 25
ft (7.6 m) in length and is engaged in
commercial fishing for groundfish must
display the vessel’s official number on
the port and starboard sides of the
deckhouse or hull, and on a weather
deck so as to be visible from above. The
number must contrast with the
background and be in block Arabic
numerals at least 18 inches (45.7 cm)
high for vessels over 65 ft (19.8 m) long
and at least 10 inches (25.4 cm) high for
vessels between 25 and 65 ft (7.6 and
19.8 m) in length. The length of a vessel
for purposes of this section is the length
set forth in USCG records or in state
records, if no USCG record exists.
(2) Maintenance of numbers. The
operator of a vessel engaged in
commercial fishing for groundfish must
keep the identifying markings required
by paragraph (a)(1) of this section
clearly legible and in good repair, and
must ensure that no part of the vessel,
its rigging, or its fishing gear obstructs
the view of the official number from an
enforcement vessel or aircraft.
(3) Commercial passenger vessels.
This section does not apply to vessels
carrying fishing parties on a per-capita
basis or by charter.
(b) Gear identification. Gear
identification requirements specific to
fisheries using fixed gear (limited entry
and open access) are described at
§ 660.219, subpart E and § 660.319,
subpart F.
§ 660.24 Limited entry and open access
fisheries.
(a) General. All commercial fishing
for groundfish must be conducted in
accordance with the regulations
governing limited entry and open access
fisheries, except such fishing by treaty
Indian tribes as may be separately
provided for.
(b) [Reserved].
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.25
Permits.
(a) General. Each of the permits or
licenses in this section has different
conditions or privileges as part of the
permit or license. The permits or
licenses in this section confer a
conditional privilege of participating in
the Pacific coast groundfish fishery, in
accordance with Federal regulations in
50 CFR part 660, subparts C through G.
(b) Limited entry permit—(1)
Eligibility and registration—(i) General.
In order for a vessel to be used to fish
in the limited entry fishery, the vessel
owner must hold a limited entry permit
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
and, through SFD, must register that
vessel for use with a limited entry
permit. When participating in the
limited entry fishery, a vessel is
authorized to fish with the gear type
endorsed on the limited entry permit
registered for use with that vessel,
except that the MS permit does not have
a gear endorsement. There are three
types of gear endorsements: trawl,
longline, and pot (or trap). All limited
entry permits, except the MS permit,
have size endorsements; a vessel
registered for use with a limited entry
permit must comply with the vessel size
requirements of this subpart. A sablefish
endorsement is also required for a vessel
to be used to fish in the primary season
for the limited entry fixed gear sablefish
fishery, north of 36° N. lat. Certain
limited entry permits will also have
endorsements required for participation
in a specific fishery, such as the MS/CV
endorsement and the C/P endorsement.
(A) Until the trawl rationalization
program is implemented, a catcher
vessel participating in either the Pacific
whiting shore-based or mothership
sector must, in addition to being
registered for use with a limited entry
permit, be registered for use with a
sector-appropriate Pacific whiting vessel
license under § 660.26, subpart C. A
vessel participating in the Pacific
whiting catcher/processor sector must,
in addition to being registered for use
with a limited entry permit, be
registered for use with a sectorappropriate Pacific whiting vessel
license under § 660.26, subpart C.
Although a mothership vessel
participating in the Pacific whiting
mothership sector is not required to be
registered for use with a limited entry
permit, such vessel must be registered
for use with a sector-appropriate Pacific
whiting vessel license under § 660.26,
subpart C.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Eligibility. Only a person eligible
to own a documented vessel under the
terms of 46 U.S.C. 12113(a) may be
issued or may hold a limited entry
permit.
(iii) Registration. Limited entry
permits will normally be registered for
use with a particular vessel at the time
the permit is issued, renewed,
transferred, or replaced. If the permit
will be used with a vessel other than the
one registered on the permit, the permit
owner must register that permit for use
with the new vessel through the SFD.
The reissued permit must be placed on
board the new vessel in order for the
vessel to be used to fish in the limited
entry fishery.
(A) For all limited entry permits,
including MS permits, MS/CV endorsed
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
permits and C/P endorsed permits when
they are not fishing in the at-sea whiting
fisheries, registration of a limited entry
permit to be used with a new vessel will
take effect no earlier than the first day
of the next major limited entry
cumulative limit period following the
date SFD receives the transfer form and
the original permit.
(B) For MS permits, MS/CV endorsed
permits and C/P endorsed permits when
they are fishing in the at-sea whiting
fisheries, registration of a limited entry
permit to be used with a new vessel will
take effect on the date NMFS approves
and issuance of the transferred permit.
(iv) Limited entry permits indivisible.
Limited entry permits may not be
divided for use by more than one vessel.
(v) Initial administrative
determination. SFD will make an IAD
regarding permit endorsements,
renewal, replacement, and change in
vessel registration. SFD will notify the
permit owner in writing with an
explanation of any determination to
deny a permit endorsement, renewal,
replacement, or change in vessel
registration. The SFD will decline to act
on an application for permit
endorsement, renewal, transfer,
replacement, or registration of a limited
entry permit if the permit is subject to
sanction provisions of the MagnusonStevens Act at 16 U.S.C. 1858(a) and
implementing regulations at 15 CFR part
904, subpart D, apply.
(2) Mothership (MS) permit. The MS
permit conveys a conditional privilege
for the vessel registered to it, to
participate in the MS fishery by
receiving and processing deliveries of
groundfish in the Pacific whiting
mothership sector. A MS permit is a
type of limited entry permit. A MS
permit does not have any endorsements
affixed to the permit, as listed in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section. The
provisions for the MS permit, including
eligibility, renewal, change of permit
ownership, vessel registration, fees, and
appeals are described at § 660.150,
subpart D.
(3) Endorsements—(i) ‘‘A’’
endorsement. A limited entry permit
with an ‘‘A’’ endorsement entitles the
vessel registered to the permit to fish in
the limited entry fishery for all
groundfish species with the type(s) of
limited entry gear specified in the
endorsement, except for sablefish
harvested north of 36° N. lat. during
times and with gears for which a
sablefish endorsement is required. See
paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section for
provisions on sablefish endorsement
requirements. An ‘‘A’’ endorsement is
transferable with the limited entry
permit to another person, or to a
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
different vessel under the same
ownership under paragraph (b)(4) of this
section. An ‘‘A’’ endorsement expires on
failure to renew the limited entry permit
to which it is affixed. A MS permit is
not considered a limited entry ‘‘A’’
endorsed permit.
(ii) Gear endorsement. There are three
types of gear endorsements: trawl,
longline and pot (trap). When limited
entry ‘‘A’’ endorsed permits were first
issued, some vessel owners qualified for
more than one type of gear endorsement
based on the landings history of their
vessels. Each limited entry ‘‘A’’ endorsed
permit has one or more gear
endorsement(s). Gear endorsement(s)
assigned to the permit at the time of
issuance will be permanent and shall
not be modified. While participating in
the limited entry fishery, the vessel
registered to the limited entry ‘‘A’’
endorsed permit is authorized to fish
the gear(s) endorsed on the permit.
While participating in the limited entry,
fixed gear primary fishery for sablefish
described at § 660.231, subpart E, a
vessel registered to more than one
limited entry permit is authorized to
fish with any gear, except trawl gear,
endorsed on at least one of the permits
registered for use with that vessel.
During the limited entry fishery, permit
holders may also fish with open access
gear, except that vessels fishing against
primary sablefish season cumulative
limits described at § 660.231, subpart E,
may not fish with open access gear
against those limits. An MS permit does
not have a gear endorsement.
(iii) Vessel size endorsements—(A)
General. Each limited entry ‘‘A’’
endorsed permit will be endorsed with
the LOA for the size of the vessel that
initially qualified for the permit, except
when permits are combined into one
permit to be registered for use with a
vessel requiring a larger size
endorsement, the new permit will be
endorsed for the size that results from
the combination of the permits.
(B) Limitations of size endorsements.
(1) A limited entry permit may be
registered for use with a vessel up to 5
ft (1.52 m) longer than, the same length
as, or any length shorter than, the size
endorsed on the existing permit without
requiring a combination of permits or a
change in the size endorsement.
(2) The vessel harvest capacity rating
for each of the permits being combined
is that indicated in Table 3 of subpart
C for the LOA (in feet) endorsed on the
respective limited entry permit. Harvest
capacity ratings for fractions of a foot in
vessel length will be determined by
multiplying the fraction of a foot in
vessel length by the difference in the
two ratings assigned to the nearest
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
integers of vessel length. The length
rating for the combined permit is that
indicated for the sum of the vessel
harvest capacity ratings for each permit
being combined. If that sum falls
between the sums for two adjacent
lengths on Table 3 of subpart C, the
length rating shall be the higher length.
(C) Size endorsement requirements for
sablefish-endorsed permits.
Notwithstanding paragraphs
(b)(3)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section,
when multiple permits are ‘‘stacked’’ on
a vessel, as described in paragraph
(b)(4)(iii), at least one of the permits
must meet the size requirements of
those sections. The permit that meets
the size requirements of those sections
is considered the vessel’s ‘‘base’’ permit,
as defined in § 660.11, Subpart C. If
more than one permit registered for use
with the vessel has an appropriate
length endorsement for that vessel,
NMFS SFD will designate a base permit
by selecting the permit that has been
registered to the vessel for the longest
time. If the permit owner objects to
NMFS’ selection of the base permit, the
permit owner may send a letter to
NMFS SFD requesting the change and
the reasons for the request. If the permit
requested to be changed to the base
permit is appropriate for the length of
the vessel, NMFS SFD will reissue the
permit with the new base permit. Any
additional permits that are stacked for
use with a vessel participating in the
limited entry fixed gear primary
sablefish fishery may be registered for
use with a vessel even if the vessel is
more than 5 ft (1.5 m) longer or shorter
than the size endorsed on the permit.
(iv) Sablefish endorsement and tier
assignment—(A) General. Participation
in the limited entry fixed gear sablefish
fishery during the primary season north
of 36° N. lat., described in § 660.231,
Subpart E, requires that an owner of a
vessel hold (by ownership or lease) a
limited entry permit, registered for use
with that vessel, with a longline or trap
(or pot) endorsement and a sablefish
endorsement. Up to three permits with
sablefish endorsements may be
registered for use with a single vessel.
Limited entry permits with sablefish
endorsements are assigned to one of
three different cumulative trip limit
tiers, based on the qualifying catch
history of the permit.
(1) A sablefish endorsement with a
tier assignment will be affixed to the
permit and will remain valid when the
permit is transferred.
(2) A sablefish endorsement and its
associated tier assignment are not
separable from the limited entry permit,
and therefore may not be transferred
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33041
separately from the limited entry
permit.
(B) Issuance process for sablefish
endorsements and tier assignments. No
new applications for sablefish
endorsements will be accepted after
November 30, 1998. All tier assignments
and subsequent appeals processes were
completed by September 1998.
(C) Ownership requirements and
limitations. (1) No partnership or
corporation may own a limited entry
permit with a sablefish endorsement
unless that partnership or corporation
owned a limited entry permit with a
sablefish endorsement on November 1,
2000. Otherwise, only individual
human persons may own limited entry
permits with sablefish endorsements.
(2) No individual person, partnership,
or corporation in combination may have
ownership interest in or hold more than
3 permits with sablefish endorsements
either simultaneously or cumulatively
over the primary season, except for an
individual person, or partnerships or
corporations that had ownership
interest in more than 3 permits with
sablefish endorsements as of November
1, 2000. The exemption from the
maximum ownership level of 3 permits
only applies to ownership of the
particular permits that were owned on
November 1, 2000. An individual
person, or partnerships or corporations
that had ownership interest in 3 or more
permits with sablefish endorsements as
of November 1, 2000, may not acquire
additional permits beyond those
particular permits owned on November
1, 2000. If, at some future time, an
individual person, partnership, or
corporation that owned more than 3
permits as of November 1, 2000, sells or
otherwise permanently transfers (not
holding through a lease arrangement)
some of its originally owned permits,
such that they then own fewer than 3
permits, they may then acquire
additional permits, but may not have
ownership interest in or hold more than
3 permits.
(3) A partnership or corporation will
lose the exemptions provided in
paragraphs (b)(3)(iv)(C)(1) and (2) of this
section on the effective date of any
change in the corporation or partnership
from that which existed on November 1,
2000. A ‘‘change’’ in the partnership or
corporation is defined at § 660.11,
subpart C. A change in the partnership
or corporation must be reported to SFD
within 15 calendar days of the addition
of a new shareholder or partner.
(4) Any partnership or corporation
with any ownership interest in or that
holds a limited entry permit with a
sablefish endorsement shall document
the extent of that ownership interest or
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33042
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
the individuals that hold the permit
with the SFD via the Identification of
Ownership Interest Form sent to the
permit owner through the annual permit
renewal process and whenever a change
in permit owner, permit holder, and/or
vessel registration occurs as described at
paragraph (b)(4)(iv) and (v) of this
section. SFD will not renew a sablefishendorsed limited entry permit through
the annual renewal process described at
paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, or
approve a change in permit owner,
permit holder, and/or vessel registration
unless the Identification of Ownership
Interest Form has been completed.
Further, if SFD discovers through
review of the Identification of
Ownership Interest Form that an
individual person, partnership, or
corporation owns or holds more than 3
permits and is not authorized to do so
under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C)(2) of this
section, the individual person,
partnership or corporation will be
notified and the permits owned or held
by that individual person, partnership,
or corporation will be void and reissued
with the vessel status as ‘‘unidentified’’
until the permit owner owns and/or
holds a quantity of permits appropriate
to the restrictions and requirements
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C)(2) of
this section. If SFD discovers through
review of the Identification of
Ownership Interest Form that a
partnership or corporation has had a
change in membership since November
1, 2000, as described in paragraph
(b)(3)(iv)(C)(3) of this section, the
partnership or corporation will be
notified, SFD will void any existing
permits, and reissue any permits owned
and/or held by that partnership or
corporation in ‘‘unidentified’’ status
with respect to vessel registration until
the partnership or corporation is able to
transfer those permits to persons
authorized under this section to own
sablefish-endorsed limited entry
permits.
(5) A person, partnership, or
corporation that is exempt from the
owner-on-board requirement may sell
all of their permits, buy another
sablefish-endorsed permit within up to
a year from the date the last permit was
approved for transfer, and retain their
exemption from the owner-on-board
requirements. An individual person,
partnership or corporation could only
obtain a permit if it has not added or
changed individuals since November 1,
2000, excluding individuals that have
left the partnership or corporation or
that have died.
(D) Sablefish at-sea processing
prohibition and exemption. Vessels are
prohibited from processing sablefish at
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
sea that were caught in the primary
sablefish fishery without sablefish at-sea
processing exemptions. The sablefish atsea processing exemption has been
issued to a particular vessel and that
permit and vessel owner who requested
the exemption. The exemption is not
part of the limited entry permit. The
exemption is not transferable to any
other vessel, vessel owner, or permit
owner for any reason. The sablefish atsea processing exemption will expire
upon transfer of the vessel to a new
owner or if the vessel is totally lost, as
defined at § 660.11, subpart C.
(v) MS/CV endorsement. A MS/CV
endorsement on a trawl limited entry
permit conveys a conditional privilege
that allows a vessel registered to it to
fish in either the coop or non-coop
fishery in the Mothership Coop Program
described at § 660.150, subpart D. The
provisions for the MS/CV endorsed
limited entry permit, including
eligibility, renewal, change of permit
ownership, vessel registration,
combinations, accumulation limits, fees,
and appeals are described at § 660.150,
subpart D.
(vi) C/P endorsement. A C/P
endorsement on a trawl limited entry
permit conveys a conditional privilege
that allows a vessel registered to it to
fish in the C/P Coop Program described
at § 660.160, subpart D. The provisions
for the C/P endorsed limited entry
permit, including eligibility, renewal,
change of permit ownership, vessel
registration, combinations, fees, and
appeals are described at § 660.160,
subpart D.
(vii) Endorsement and exemption
restrictions. ‘‘A’’ endorsements, gear
endorsements, sablefish endorsements
and sablefish tier assignments, MS/CV
endorsements, and C/P endorsements
may not be transferred separately from
the limited entry permit. Sablefish atsea processing exemptions are
associated with the vessel and not with
the limited entry permit and may not be
transferred at all.
(4) Limited entry permit actionsrenewal, combination, stacking, change
of permit ownership or permit
holdership, and transfer—(i) Renewal of
limited entry permits and gear
endorsements. (A) Limited entry
permits expire at the end of each
calendar year, and must be renewed
between October 1 and November 30 of
each year in order to remain in force the
following year.
(B) Notification to renew limited entry
permits will be issued by SFD prior to
September 1 each year to the permit
owner’s most recent address in the SFD
record. The permit owner shall provide
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
SFD with notice of any address change
within 15 days of the change.
(C) Limited entry permit renewal
requests received in SFD between
November 30 and December 31 will be
effective on the date that the renewal is
approved. A limited entry permit that is
allowed to expire will not be renewed
unless the permit owner requests
reissuance by March 31 of the following
year and the SFD determines that failure
to renew was proximately caused by
illness, injury, or death of the permit
owner.
(D) Limited entry permits with
sablefish endorsements, as described at
paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section, will
not be renewed until SFD has received
complete documentation of permit
ownership as required under paragraph
(b)(3)(iv)(C)(4) of this section.
(E) Limited entry permits with an MS/
CV endorsement or a MS permit, will
not be renewed until SFD has received
complete documentation of permit
ownership as required under
§ 660.150(g) and § 660.150(f) of subpart
D, respectively.
(ii) Combining Limited Entry ‘‘A’’
Permits. Two or more limited entry
permits with ‘‘A’’ gear endorsements for
the same type of limited entry gear may
be combined and reissued as a single
permit with a larger size endorsement as
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this
section.
(A) Sablefish-endorsed Permit. With
respect to limited entry permits
endorsed for longline and pot (trap)
gear, a sablefish endorsement will be
issued for the new permit only if all of
the permits being combined have
sablefish endorsements. If two or more
permits with sablefish endorsements are
combined, the new permit will receive
the same tier assignment as the tier with
the largest cumulative landings limit of
the permits being combined.
(B) MS/CV Endorsed Permit. When a
MS/CV endorsed permit is combined
with another non-C/P endorsed permit
(including unendorsed permits), the
resulting permit will be MS/CV
endorsed. If a MS/CV endorsed permit
is combined with a C/P endorsed
permit, the MS/CV endorsement and
catch history assignment will not be
reissued on the combined permit.
(C) C/P Endorsed Permit. A C/P
endorsed permit that is combined with
a limited entry trawl permit that is not
C/P endorsed will result in a single C/
P endorsed permit with a larger size
endorsement. A MS/CV endorsement on
one of the permits being combined will
not be reissued on the resulting permit.
(iii) Stacking limited entry permits.
‘‘Stacking’’ limited entry permits, as
defined at § 660.11, subpart C, refers to
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
the practice of registering more than one
sablefish endorsed permit for use with
a single vessel. Only limited entry
permits with sablefish endorsements
may be stacked. Up to 3 limited entry
permits with sablefish endorsements
may be registered for use with a single
vessel during the primary sablefish
season described at § 660.231, subpart E.
Privileges, responsibilities, and
restrictions associated with stacking
permits to fish in the primary sablefish
fishery are described at § 660.231,
subpart E and at paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of
this section.
(iv) Changes in permit ownership and
permit holder. (A) General. The permit
owner may convey the limited entry
permit to a different person. The new
permit owner will not be authorized to
use the permit until the change in
permit ownership has been registered
with and approved by the SFD. The SFD
will not approve a change in permit
ownership for a limited entry permit
with a sablefish endorsement that does
not meet the ownership requirements
for such permit described at paragraph
(b)(3)(iv)(C) of this section. The SFD
will not approve a change in permit
ownership for a limited entry permit
with a MS/CV endorsement that does
not meet the ownership requirements
for such permit described at
§ 660.150(g)(3), subpart D. Change in
permit owner and/or permit holder
applications must be submitted to SFD
with the appropriate documentation
described at paragraph (b)(4)(vii) of this
section.
(B) Effective date. The change in
ownership of the permit or change in
the permit holder will be effective on
the day the change is approved by SFD,
unless there is a concurrent change in
the vessel registered to the permit.
Requirements for changing the vessel
registered to the permit are described at
paragraph (e) of this section.
(C) Sablefish-endorsed permits. If a
permit owner submits an application to
transfer a sablefish-endorsed limited
entry permit to a new permit owner or
holder (transferee) during the primary
sablefish season described at § 660.231,
subpart E (generally April 1 through
October 31), the initial permit owner
(transferor) must certify on the
application form the cumulative
quantity, in round weight, of primary
season sablefish landed against that
permit as of the application signature
date for the then current primary
season. The transferee must sign the
application form acknowledging the
amount of landings to date given by the
transferor. This certified amount should
match the total amount of primary
season sablefish landings reported on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
state landing receipts. As required at
§ 660.12(b), subpart C, any person
landing sablefish must retain on board
the vessel from which sablefish is
landed, and provide to an authorized
officer upon request, copies of any and
all reports of sablefish landings from the
primary season containing all data, and
in the exact manner, required by the
applicable state law throughout the
primary sablefish season during which
a landing occurred and for 15 days
thereafter.
(v) Changes in vessel registration—
transfer of limited entry permits and
gear endorsements—(A) General. A
permit may not be used with any vessel
other than the vessel registered to that
permit. For purposes of this section, a
permit transfer occurs when, through
SFD, a permit owner registers a limited
entry permit for use with a new vessel.
Permit transfer applications must be
submitted to SFD with the appropriate
documentation described at paragraph
(b)(4)(vii) of this section. Upon receipt
of a complete application, and following
review and approval of the application,
the SFD will reissue the permit
registered to the new vessel.
Applications to transfer limited entry
permits with sablefish endorsements
will not be approved until SFD has
received complete documentation of
permit ownership as described at
paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C)(4) and as
required under paragraph (b)(4)(vii) of
this section.
(B) Application. A complete
application must be submitted to SFD in
order for SFD to review and approve a
change in vessel registration. At a
minimum, a permit owner seeking to
transfer a limited entry permit shall
submit to SFD a signed application form
and his/her current limited entry permit
before the first day of the cumulative
limit period in which they wish to fish.
If a permit owner provides a signed
application and current limited entry
permit after the first day of a cumulative
limit period, the permit will not be
effective until the succeeding
cumulative limit period. SFD will not
approve a change in vessel registration
(transfer) until it receives a complete
application, the existing permit, a
current copy of the USCG 1270, and
other required documentation.
(C) Effective date. Changes in vessel
registration on permits will take effect
no sooner than the first day of the next
major limited entry cumulative limit
period following the date that SFD
receives the signed permit transfer form
and the original limited entry permit.
No transfer is effective until the limited
entry permit has been reissued as
registered with the new vessel.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33043
(D) Sablefish-endorsed permits. If a
permit owner submits an application to
register a sablefish-endorsed limited
entry permit to a new vessel during the
primary sablefish season described at
§ 660.231, subpart E (generally April 1
through October 31), the initial permit
owner (transferor) must certify on the
application form the cumulative
quantity, in round weight, of primary
season sablefish landed against that
permit as of the application signature
date for the then current primary
season. The new permit owner or holder
(transferee) associated with the new
vessel must sign the application form
acknowledging the amount of landings
to date given by the transferor. This
certified amount should match the total
amount of primary season sablefish
landings reported on state landing
receipts. As required at § 660.12(b),
subpart C, any person landing sablefish
must retain on board the vessel from
which sablefish is landed, and provide
to an authorized officer upon request,
copies of any and all reports of sablefish
landings from the primary season
containing all data, and in the exact
manner, required by the applicable state
law throughout the primary sablefish
season during which a landing occurred
and for 15 days thereafter.
(vi) Restriction on frequency of
transfers—(A) General. A permit owner
may designate the vessel registration for
a permit as ‘‘unidentified,’’ meaning that
no vessel has been identified as
registered for use with that permit. No
vessel is authorized to use a permit with
the vessel registration designated as
‘‘unidentified.’’ A vessel owner who
removes a permit from his vessel and
registers that permit as ‘‘unidentified’’ is
not exempt from VMS requirements at
§ 660.14, subpart C unless specifically
authorized by that section. When a
permit owner requests that the permit’s
vessel registration be designated as
‘‘unidentified,’’ the transaction is not
considered a ‘‘transfer’’ for purposes of
this section. Any subsequent request by
a permit owner to change from the
‘‘unidentified’’ status of the permit in
order to register the permit with a
specific vessel will be considered a
change in vessel registration (transfer)
and subject to the restriction on
frequency and timing of changes in
vessel registration (transfer).
(B) Limited entry fixed gear and trawlendorsed permits (without MS/CV or C/
P endorsements). Limited entry fixed
gear and trawl-endorsed permits
(without MS/CV or C/P endorsements)
permits may not be registered for use
with a different vessel (transfer) more
than once per calendar year, except in
cases of death of a permit holder or if
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33044
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
the permitted vessel is totally lost as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C. The
exception for death of a permit holder
applies for a permit held by a
partnership or a corporation if the
person or persons holding at least 50
percent of the ownership interest in the
entity dies.
(C) Limited Entry MS permits and
Limited Entry Permits with MS/CV or C/
P Endorsements. Limited entry MS
permits and limited entry permits with
MS/CV or C/P endorsements may be
registered to another vessel up to two
times during the fishing season as long
as the second transfer is back to the
original vessel. The original vessel is
either the vessel registered to the permit
as of January 1, or if no vessel is
registered to the permit as of January 1,
the original vessel is the first vessel to
which the permit is registered after
January 1. After the original vessel has
been established, the first transfer
would be to another vessel, but any
second transfer must be back to the
original vessel.
(vii) Application and supplemental
documentation. Permit holders may
request a transfer (change in vessel
registration) and/or change in permit
ownership or permit holder by
submitting a complete application form.
In addition, a permit owner applying for
renewal, replacement, transfer, or
change of ownership or change of
permit holder of a limited entry permit
has the burden to submit evidence to
prove that qualification requirements
are met. The following evidentiary
standards apply:
(A) For a request to change a vessel
registration and/or change in permit
ownership or permit holder, the permit
owner must provide SFD with a current
copy of the USCG Form 1270 for vessels
of 5 net tons or greater, or a current copy
of a state registration form for vessels
under 5 net tons.
(B) For a request to change a vessel
registration and/or change in permit
ownership or permit holder for
sablefish-endorsed permits with a tier
assignment for which a corporation or
partnership is listed as permit owner
and/or holder, an Identification of
Ownership Interest Form must be
completed and included with the
application form.
(C) For a request to change permit
ownership for an MS permit or for a
request to change a vessel registration
and/or change in permit ownership or
permit holder for an MS/CV endorsed
limited entry trawl permit, an
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form must be completed and included
with the application form.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(D) For a request to change the vessel
registration to a permit, the permit
owner must submit to SFD a current
marine survey conducted by a certified
marine surveyor in accordance with
USCG regulations to authenticate the
length overall of the vessel being newly
registered with the permit. Marine
surveys older than 3 years at the time
of the request for change in vessel
registration will not be considered
‘‘current’’ marine surveys for purposes of
this requirement.
(E) For a request to change a permit’s
ownership where the current permit
owner is a corporation, partnership or
other business entity, the applicant
must provide to SFD a corporate
resolution that authorizes the
conveyance of the permit to a new
owner and which authorizes the
individual applicant to request the
conveyance on behalf of the
corporation, partnership, or other
business entity.
(F) For a request to change a permit’s
ownership that is necessitated by the
death of the permit owner(s), the
individual(s) requesting conveyance of
the permit to a new owner must provide
SFD with a death certificate of the
permit owner(s) and appropriate legal
documentation that either: specifically
transfers the permit to a designated
individual(s); or, provides legal
authority to the transferor to convey the
permit ownership.
(G) For a request to change a permit’s
ownership that is necessitated by
divorce, the individual requesting the
change in permit ownership must
submit an executed divorce decree that
awards the permit to a designated
individual(s).
(H) Such other relevant, credible
documentation as the applicant may
submit, or the SFD or Regional
Administrator may request or acquire,
may also be considered.
(viii) Application forms available.
Application forms for the change in
vessel registration (transfer) and change
of permit ownership or permit holder of
limited entry permits are available from
the SFD (see part 600 for address of the
Regional Administrator). Contents of the
application, and required supporting
documentation, are specified in the
application form.
(ix) Records maintenance. The SFD
will maintain records of all limited
entry permits that have been issued,
renewed, transferred, registered, or
replaced.
(5) Small fleet. (i) Small limited entry
fisheries fleets that are controlled by a
local government, are in existence as of
July 11, 1991, and have negligible
impacts on the groundfish resource,
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
may be certified as consistent with the
goals and objectives of the limited entry
program and incorporated into the
limited entry fishery. Permits issued
under this subsection will be issued in
accordance with the standards and
procedures set out in the PCGFMP and
will carry the rights explained therein.
(ii) A permit issued under this section
may be registered only to another vessel
that will continue to operate in the same
certified small fleet, provided that the
total number of vessels in the fleet does
not increase. A vessel may not use a
small fleet limited entry permit for
participation in the limited entry fishery
outside of authorized activities of the
small fleet for which that permit and
vessel have been designated.
(c) Quota Share (QS) Permit. A QS
permit conveys a conditional privilege
to a person to own quota share for
designated species and species groups
and to fish in the Shorebased IFQ
Program described in § 660.140, subpart
D. A QS permit is not a limited entry
permit. The provisions for the QS
permit, including eligibility, renewal,
change of permit ownership,
accumulation limits, fees, and appeals
are described at § 660.140, subpart D.
(d) First receiver site license. The first
receiver site license conveys a
conditional privilege to a first receiver
to receive, purchase, or take custody,
control or possession of landings from
the Shorebased IFQ Program. The first
receiver site license is issued for a
person and a unique physical site
consistent with the terms and
conditions required to account for and
weigh the landed species. A first
receiver site license is not a limited
entry permit. The provisions for the
First Receiver Site License, including
eligibility, registration, change of
ownership, fees, and appeals are
described at § 660.140(f), subpart D.
(e) Coop Permits. [Reserved]
(1) MS coop permit. [Reserved]
(2) C/P coop permit. [Reserved]
(f) Permit fees. The Regional
Administrator is authorized to charge
fees to cover administrative expenses
related to issuance of permits including
initial issuance, renewal, transfer, vessel
registration, replacement, and appeals.
The appropriate fee must accompany
each application.
(g) Permit appeals process—(1)
General. For permit actions, including
issuance, renewal, change in vessel
registration, change in permit owner or
permit holder, and endorsement
upgrade, the Assistant Regional
Administrator for Sustainable Fisheries
will make an initial administrative
determination (IAD) on the action. In
cases where the applicant disagrees
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
with the IAD, the applicant may appeal
that decision. Final decisions on
appeals of IADs regarding issuance,
renewal, change in vessel registration,
change in permit owner or permit
holder, and endorsement upgrade, will
be made in writing by the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce and will state
the reasons therefore. This section
describes the procedures for appealing
the IAD on permit actions made in this
title under subpart C through G of part
660. Additional information regarding
appeals of an IAD related to the trawl
rationalization program is contained in
the specific program sections under
subpart D of part 660.
(2) Who May Appeal? Only a person
who received an IAD that disapproved
any part of their application may file a
written appeal. For purposes of this
section, such person will be referred to
as the ‘‘applicant.’’
(3) Submission of appeals. (i) The
appeal must be in writing, must allege
credible facts or circumstances to show
why the criteria in this subpart have
been met, and must include any
relevant information or documentation
to support the appeal.
(ii) Appeals must be mailed or faxed
to: National Marine Fisheries Service,
Northwest Region, Sustainable Fisheries
Division, ATTN: Appeals, 7600 Sand
Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115; Fax:
206–526–6426; or delivered to National
Marine Fisheries Service at the same
address.
(4) Timing of appeals. (i) If an
applicant appeals an IAD, the appeal
must be postmarked, faxed, or hand
delivered to NMFS no later than 30
calendar days after the date on the IAD.
If the applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 30 calendar days, the IAD
becomes the final decision of the
Regional Administrator acting on behalf
of the Secretary of Commerce.
(ii) The time period to submit an
appeal begins with the date on the IAD.
If the last day of the time period is a
Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday,
the time period will extend to the close
of business on the next business day.
(5) Address of record. For purposes of
the appeals process, NMFS will
establish as the address of record, the
address used by the applicant in initial
correspondence to NMFS. Notifications
of all actions affecting the applicant
after establishing an address of record
will be mailed to that address, unless
the applicant provides NMFS, in
writing, with any changes to that
address. NMFS bears no responsibility if
a notification is sent to the address of
record and is not received because the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
applicant’s actual address has changed
without notification to NMFS.
(6) Decisions on appeals. (i) For the
appeal of an IAD related to the
application and initial issuance process
for the trawl rationalization program
listed in subpart D of part 660, the RA
shall appoint an appeals officer. After
determining there is sufficient
information and that all procedural
requirements have been met, the
appeals officer will review the record
and issue a recommendation on the
appeal to the RA, which shall be
advisory only. The recommendation
must be based solely on the record.
Upon receiving the findings and
recommendation, the RA shall issue a
final decision on the appeal in
accordance with paragraph (g)(6)(ii) of
this section.
(ii) Final decision on appeal. The RA
will issue a written decision on the
appeal which is the final decision of the
Secretary of Commerce.
(7) Status of permits pending appeal.
(i) For all permit actions, except those
actions related to the application and
initial issuance process for the trawl
rationalization program listed in subpart
D of part 660, the permit registration
remains as it was prior to the request
until the final decision has been made.
(ii) For permit actions related to the
application and initial issuance process
for the trawl rationalization program
listed in subpart D of part 660, the status
of permits pending appeal is as follows:
(A) For permit and endorsement
qualifications and eligibility appeals
(i.e., QS permit, MS permit, MS/CV
endorsement, C/P endorsement), any
permit or endorsement under appeal
after December 31, 2010, may not be
used to fish in the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery until a final decision
on the appeal has been made. If the
permit or endorsement will be issued,
the permit or endorsement will be
effective upon approval, except for QS
permits, which will be effective at the
start of the next fishing year.
(B) For a QS amount for specific IFQ
management unit species under appeal,
the QS amount for the IFQ species
under appeal will remain as the amount
assigned to the associated QS permit in
the IAD. The QS permit may be used to
fish in the Pacific Coast groundfish
fishery with the QS amounts assigned to
the QS permit in the IAD. Once a final
decision on the appeal has been made
and if a revised QS amount for a specific
IFQ species will be assigned to the QS
permit, the additional QS amount
associated with the QS permit will be
effective at the start of the next calendar
year following the final decision.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33045
(C) For a Pacific whiting catch history
assignment associated with a MS/CV
endorsement under appeal, the catch
history assignment will remain as that
previously assigned to the associated
MS/CV endorsed limited entry permit in
the IAD. The MS/CV endorsed limited
entry permit may be used to fish in the
Pacific Coast groundfish fishery with
the catch history assigned to the MS/CV
endorsed permit in the IAD. Once a
final decision on the appeal has been
made, and if a revised catch history
assignment will be issued, the
additional Pacific whiting catch history
assignment associated with the MS/CV
endorsement will be effective at the start
of the next calendar year following the
final decision.
(h) Permit sanctions. (1) All permits
and licenses issued or applied for under
Subparts C through G are subject to
sanctions pursuant to the Magnuson Act
at 16 U.S.C. 1858(g) and 15 CFR part
904, subpart D.
(2) All shorebased IFQ fishery permits
(QS permit, first receiver site license),
QS accounts, vessel accounts, and Coop
fishery permits (MS permit, MS/CV
endorsed permit, C/P endorsed permit,
coop permit) issued under subpart D:
(i) Are considered permits for the
purposes of 16 U.S.C. 1857, 1858, and
1859;
(ii) May be revoked, limited, or
modified at any time in accordance with
the Magnuson Act, including revocation
if the system is found to have
jeopardized the sustainability of the
stocks or the safety of fishermen;
(iii) Shall not confer any right of
compensation to the holder of such
permits, licenses, and accounts if it is
revoked, limited, or modified;
(iv) Shall not create, or be construed
to create, any right, title, or interest in
or to any fish before the fish is harvested
by the holder; and
(v) Shall be considered a grant of
permission to the holder of the permit,
license, or account to engage in
activities permitted by such permit,
license, or account.
§ 660.26
Pacific whiting vessel licenses.
(a) General. After May 11, 2009,
participation in the Pacific whiting
seasons described in § 660.131(b),
subpart D requires:
(1) An owner of any vessel that
catches Pacific whiting must own a
limited entry permit, registered for use
with that vessel, with a trawl gear
endorsement; and, a Pacific whiting
vessel license registered for use with
that vessel and appropriate to the sector
or sectors in which the vessel intends to
fish;
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33046
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(2) An owner of any mothership
vessel that processes Pacific whiting to
hold a Pacific whiting vessel license
registered for use with that vessel and
appropriate to the sector or sectors in
which the vessel intends to fish.
(b) In combination with a Limited
Entry Permit. Pacific whiting vessel
licenses are separate from limited entry
permits and do not license a vessel to
harvest Pacific whiting in the primary
Pacific whiting season unless that vessel
is also registered for use with a limited
entry permit with a trawl gear
endorsement.
(c) Pacific whiting vessel license
qualifying criteria. (1) Qualifying catch
and/or processing history. Vessel catch
and/or processing history will be used
to determine whether that vessel meets
the qualifying criteria for a Pacific
whiting vessel license and to determine
the sectors for which that vessel may
qualify. Vessel catch and/or processing
history includes only the catch and/or
processed product of that particular
vessel, as identified in association with
the vessel’s USCG number. Only Pacific
whiting regulated 50 CFR part 660,
subparts C and D that was taken with
midwater (or pelagic) trawl gear will be
considered for the Pacific whiting vessel
license. Pacific whiting harvested or
processed by a vessel that has since
been totally lost, scrapped, or is rebuilt
such that a new U.S.C.G. documentation
number would be required will not be
considered for this license. Pacific
whiting harvested or processed illegally
or landed illegally will not be
considered for this license. Catch and/
or processing history associated with a
vessel whose permit was purchased by
the Federal Government through the
Pacific Coast groundfish fishing
capacity reduction program, as
identified at 68 FR 62435 (November 4,
2003), does not qualify a vessel for a
Pacific whiting vessel license and no
vessel owner may apply for or receive
a Pacific whiting vessel license based on
catch and/or processing history from
one of those buyback vessels. The
following sector-specific license
qualification criteria apply:
(i) For catcher/processor vessels, the
qualifying criteria for a Pacific whiting
vessel license is evidence of having
caught and processed any amount of
Pacific whiting during a primary
catcher/processor season during the
period January 1, 1997 through January
1, 2007.
(ii) For mothership at-sea processing
vessels, the qualifying criteria for a
Pacific whiting vessel license is
documentation of having received and
processed any amount of Pacific whiting
during a primary mothership season
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
during the period January 1, 1997
through January 1, 2007.
(iii) For catcher vessels delivering
Pacific whiting to at-sea mothership
processing vessels, the qualifying
criteria for a Pacific whiting vessel
license is documentation of having
delivered any amount of Pacific whiting
to a mothership processor during a
primary mothership season during the
period January 1, 1997, through January
1, 2007.
(iv) For catcher vessels delivering
Pacific whiting to Pacific whiting
shoreside first receivers, the qualifying
criteria for a Pacific whiting vessel
license is documentation of having
made at least one landing of Pacific
whiting taken with midwater trawl gear
during a primary shore-based season
during the period January 1, 1994,
through January 1, 2007, and where the
weight of Pacific whiting exceeded 50
percent of the total weight of the
landing.
(2) Documentation and burden of
proof. A vessel owner applying for a
Pacific whiting vessel license has the
burden to submit documentation that
qualification requirements are met. An
application that does not include
documentation of meeting the
qualification requirements during the
qualifying years will be considered
incomplete and will not be reviewed.
The following standards apply:
(i) A certified copy of the current
vessel document (USCG or State) is the
best documentation of vessel ownership
and LOA.
(ii) A certified copy of a State fish
receiving ticket is the best
documentation of a landing at a Pacific
whiting shoreside first receiver, and of
the type of gear used.
(iii) For participants in the at-sea
Pacific whiting fisheries, documentation
of participation could include, but is not
limited to: A final observer report
documenting a particular catcher vessel,
mothership, or catcher/processor’s
participation in the Pacific whiting
fishery in an applicable year and during
the applicable primary season, a bill of
lading for Pacific whiting from an
applicable year and during the
applicable primary season, a catcher
vessel receipt from a particular
mothership known to have fished in the
Pacific whiting fishery during an
applicable year, a signed copy of a Daily
Receipt of Fish and Cumulative
Production Logbook (mothership sector)
or Daily Fishing and Cumulative
Production Logbook (catcher/processor
sector) from an applicable year during
the applicable primary season.
(iv) Such other relevant, credible
documentation as the applicant may
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
submit, or the SFD or the Regional
Administrator request or acquire, may
also be considered.
(d) Issuance process for Pacific
whiting vessel licenses. (1) SFD will
mail, to the most recent address
provided to the SFD, Permits Office, a
Pacific whiting vessel license
application to all current and prior
owners of vessels that have been
registered for use with limited entry
permits with trawl endorsements,
excluding owners of those vessels
whose permits were purchased through
the Pacific Coast groundfish fishing
capacity reduction program. NMFS will
also make license applications available
online at: https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/
Groundfish-Halibut/GroundfishPermits/index.cfm. A vessel owner who
believes that his/her vessel may qualify
for the Pacific whiting vessel license
will have until May 11, 2009, to submit
an application with documentation
showing how his/her vessel has met the
qualifying criteria described in this
section. NMFS will not accept
applications for Pacific whiting vessel
licenses received after May 11, 2009.
(2) After receipt of a complete
application, NMFS will notify
applicants by letter of its determination
whether their vessels qualify for Pacific
whiting vessel licenses and the sector or
sectors to which the licenses apply.
Vessels that have met the qualification
criteria will be issued the appropriate
licenses at that time. After May 11,
2009, NMFS will publish a list of
vessels that qualified for Pacific whiting
vessel licenses in the Federal Register.
(3) If a vessel owner files an appeal
from the determination under paragraph
(d)(2) of this section, the appeal must be
filed with the Regional Administrator
within 30 calendar days of the issuance
of the letter of determination. The
appeal must be in writing and must
allege facts or circumstances, and
include credible documentation
demonstrating why the vessel qualifies
for a Pacific whiting vessel license. The
appeal of a denial of an application for
a Pacific whiting vessel license will not
be referred to the Council for a
recommendation, nor will any appeals
be accepted by NMFS after June 15,
2009.
(4) Absent good cause for further
delay, the Regional Administrator will
issue a written decision on the appeal
within 30 calendar days of receipt of the
appeal. The Regional Administrator’s
decision is the final administrative
decision of the Department of
Commerce as of the date of the decision.
(e) Notification to NMFS of changes to
Pacific whiting vessel license
information. The owner of a vessel
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
registered for use with a Pacific whiting
vessel license must provide a written
request to NMFS to change the name or
names of vessel owners provided on the
vessel license, or to change the licensed
vessel’s name. The request must detail
the names of all new vessel owners as
registered with U.S. Coast Guard, a
business address for the vessel owner,
business phone and fax number, tax
identification number, date of birth,
and/or date of incorporation for each
individual and/or entity, and a copy of
the vessel documentation (USCG 1270)
to show proof of ownership. NMFS will
reissue a new vessel license with the
names of the new vessel owners and/or
vessel name information. The Pacific
Whiting vessel license is considered
void if the name of the vessel or vessel
owner is changed from that given on the
license. In addition, the vessel owner
must report to NMFS any change in
address for the vessel owner within 15
days of that change. Although the name
of an individual vessel registered for use
with a Pacific whiting vessel license
may be changed, the license itself may
not be registered to any vessel other
than the vessel to which it was
originally issued, as identified by that
vessel’s United States Coast Guard
documentation number.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.30 Compensation with fish for
collecting resource information—EFPs.
In addition to the reasons stated in
§ 600.745(b)(1) of this chapter, an EFP
may be issued under this subpart C for
the purpose of compensating the owner
or operator of a vessel for collecting
resource information according to a
protocol approved by NMFS. NMFS
may issue an EFP allowing a vessel to
retain fish as compensation in excess of
trip limits or to be exempt from other
specified management measures for the
Pacific coast groundfish fishery.
(a) Compensation EFP for vessels
under contract with NMFS to conduct a
resource survey. NMFS may issue an
EFP to the owner or operator of a vessel
that conducted a resource survey
according to a contract with NMFS. A
vessel’s total compensation from all
sources (in terms of dollars or amount
of fish, including fish from survey
samples or compensation fish) will be
determined through normal Federal
procurement procedures. The
compensation EFP will specify the
maximum amount or value of fish the
vessel may take and retain after the
resource survey is completed.
(1) Competitive offers. NMFS may
initiate a competitive solicitation
(request for proposals or RFP) to select
vessels to conduct resource surveys that
use fish as full or partial compensation,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
following normal Federal procurement
procedures.
(2) Consultation and approval. At a
Council meeting, NMFS will consult
with the Council and receive public
comment on upcoming resource surveys
to be conducted if groundfish could be
used as whole or partial compensation.
Generally, compensation fish would be
similar to surveyed species, but there
may be reasons to provide payment with
healthier, more abundant, less restricted
stocks, or more easily targeted species.
For example, NMFS may decline to pay
a vessel with species that are, or are
expected to be, overfished, or that are
subject to overfishing, or that are
unavoidably caught with species that
are overfished or subject to overfishing.
NMFS may also consider levels of
discards, bycatch, and other factors. If
the Council does not approve providing
whole or partial compensation for the
conduct of a survey, NMFS will not use
fish, other than fish taken during the
scientific research, as compensation for
that survey. For each proposal, NMFS
will present:
(i) The maximum number of vessels
expected or needed to conduct the
survey,
(ii) An estimate of the species and
amount of fish likely to be needed as
compensation,
(iii) When the survey and
compensation fish would be taken, and
(iv) The year in which the
compensation fish would be deducted
from the ABC before determining the
optimum yield (harvest guideline or
quota).
(3) Issuance of the compensation EFP.
Upon successful completion of the
survey, NMFS will issue a
‘‘compensation EFP’’ to the vessel if it
has not been fully compensated. The
procedures in § 600.745(b)(1) through
(b)(4) of this chapter do not apply to a
compensation EFP issued under this
subpart for the Pacific coast groundfish
fishery (50 CFR part 660, subparts C
through G).
(4) Terms and conditions of the
compensation EFP. Conditions for
disposition of bycatch or any excess
catch, for reporting the value of the
amount landed, and other appropriate
terms and conditions may be specified
in the EFP. Compensation fishing must
occur during the period specified in the
EFP, but no later than the end of
September of the fishing year following
the survey, and must be conducted
according to the terms and conditions of
the EFP.
(5) Reporting the compensation catch.
The compensation EFP may require the
vessel owner or operator to keep
separate records of compensation
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33047
fishing and to submit them to NMFS
within a specified period of time after
the compensation fishing is completed.
(6) Accounting for the compensation
catch. As part of the harvest
specifications process, as described at
§ 660.60, subpart C, NMFS will advise
the Council of the amount of fish
authorized to be retained under a
compensation EFP, which then will be
deducted from the next harvest
specifications (ABCs) set by the Council.
Fish authorized in an EFP too late in the
year to be deducted from the following
year’s ABCs will be accounted for in the
next management cycle where it is
practicable to do so.
(b) Compensation for commercial
vessels collecting resource information
under a standard EFP. NMFS may issue
an EFP to allow a commercial fishing
vessel to take and retain fish in excess
of current management limits for the
purpose of collecting resource
information (§ 600.745(b) of this
chapter). The EFP may include a
compensation clause that allows the
participating vessel to be compensated
with fish for its efforts to collect
resource information according to
NMFS’ approved protocol. If
compensation with fish is requested in
an EFP application, or proposed by
NMFS, the following provisions apply
in addition to those at § 600.745(b) of
this chapter.
(1) Application. In addition to the
requirements in § 600.745(b) of this
chapter, application for an EFP with a
compensation clause must clearly state
whether a vessel’s participation is
contingent upon compensation with
groundfish and, if so, the minimum
amount (in metric tons, round weight)
and the species. As with other EFPs
issued under § 600.745 of this chapter,
the application may be submitted by
any individual, including a state fishery
management agency or other research
institution.
(2) Denial. In addition to the reasons
stated in § 600.745(b)(3)(iii) of this
chapter, the application will be denied
if the requested compensation fishery,
species, or amount is unacceptable for
reasons such as, but not limited to, the
following: NMFS concludes the value of
the resource information is not
commensurate with the value of the
compensation fish; the proposed
compensation involves species that are
(or are expected to be) overfished or
subject to overfishing, fishing in times
or areas where fishing is otherwise
prohibited or severely restricted, or
fishing for species that would involve
unavoidable bycatch of species that are
overfished or subject to overfishing; or
NMFS concludes the information can
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33048
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
reasonably be obtained at a less cost to
the resource.
(3) Window period for other
applications. If the Regional
Administrator or designee agrees that
compensation should be considered,
and that more than a minor amount
would be used as compensation, then a
window period will be announced in
the Federal Register during which
additional participants will have an
opportunity to apply. This notification
would be made at the same time as
announcement of receipt of the
application and request for comments
required under § 600.745(b). If there are
more qualified applicants than needed
for a particular time and area, NMFS
will choose among the qualified vessels,
either randomly, in order of receipt of
the completed application, or by other
impartial selection methods. If the
permit applicant is a state, university, or
Federal entity other than NMFS, and
NMFS approves the selection method,
the permit applicant may choose among
the qualified vessels, either randomly,
in order of receipt of the vessel
application, or by other impartial
selection methods.
(4) Terms and conditions. The EFP
will specify the amounts that may be
taken as scientific samples and as
compensation, the time period during
which the compensation fishing must
occur, management measures that
NMFS will waive for a vessel fishing
under the EFP, and other terms and
conditions appropriate to the fishery
and the collection of resource
information. NMFS may require
compensation fishing to occur on the
same trip that the resource information
is collected.
(5) Accounting for the catch. Samples
taken under this EFP, as well as any
compensation fish, count toward the
current year’s catch or landings.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.40
plans.
Overfished species rebuilding
For each overfished groundfish stock
with an approved rebuilding plan, this
section contains the standards to be
used to establish annual or biennial
OYs, specifically the target date for
rebuilding the stock to its MSY level
and the harvest control rule to be used
to rebuild the stock. The harvest control
rule is expressed as a ‘‘Spawning
Potential Ratio’’ or ‘‘SPR’’ harvest rate.
(a) Bocaccio. The target year for
rebuilding the southern bocaccio stock
to BMSY is 2026. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the southern
bocaccio stock is an annual SPR harvest
rate of 77.7 percent.
(b) Canary rockfish. The target year
for rebuilding the canary rockfish stock
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
to BMSY is 2021. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the canary rockfish
stock is an annual SPR harvest rate of
88.7 percent.
(c) Cowcod. The target year for
rebuilding the cowcod stock south of
Point Conception to BMSY is 2072. The
harvest control rule to be used to
rebuild the cowcod stock is an annual
SPR harvest rate of 82.1 percent.
(d) Darkblotched rockfish. The target
year for rebuilding the darkblotched
rockfish stock to BMSY is 2028. The
harvest control rule to be used to
rebuild the darkblotched rockfish stock
is an annual SPR harvest rate of 62.1
percent.
(e) Pacific Ocean Perch (POP). The
target year for rebuilding the POP stock
to BMSY is 2017. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the POP stock is
an annual SPR harvest rate of 86.4
percent.
(f) Widow rockfish. The target year for
rebuilding the widow rockfish stock to
BMSY is 2015. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the widow rockfish
stock is an annual SPR harvest rate of
95.0 percent.
(g) Yelloweye rockfish. The target year
for rebuilding the yelloweye rockfish
stock to BMSY is 2084. The harvest
control rule to be used to rebuild the
yelloweye rockfish stock is an annual
SPR harvest rate of 66.3 percent in 2009
and in 2010. Yelloweye rockfish is
subject to a ramp-down strategy where
the harvest level has been reduced
annually from 2007 through 2009.
Yelloweye rockfish will remain at the
2009 level in 2010. Beginning in 2011,
yelloweye rockfish will be subject to a
constant harvest rate strategy with a
constant SPR harvest rate of 71.9
percent.
§ 660.50 Pacific Coast treaty Indian
fisheries.
(a) Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribes
have treaty rights. Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribes have treaty rights to
harvest groundfish in their usual and
accustomed fishing areas in U.S. waters.
In 1994, the United States formally
recognized that the four Washington
coastal treaty Indian tribes (Makah,
Quileute, Hoh, and Quinault) have
treaty rights to fish for groundfish in the
Pacific Ocean, and concluded that, in
general terms, the quantification of
those rights is 50 percent of the
harvestable surplus of groundfish that
pass through the tribes U&A fishing
areas.
(b) Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribes.
For the purposes of this part, Pacific
Coast treaty Indian tribes means the
Hoh, Makah, and Quileute Indian Tribes
and the Quinault Indian Nation.
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(c) Usual and accustomed fishing
areas (U&A). The Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribes’ U&A fishing areas within
the fishery management area (FMA) are
set out below in paragraphs (c)(1)
through (c)(4) of this section.
Boundaries of a tribe’s fishing area may
be revised as ordered by a Federal court.
(1) Makah. That portion of the FMA
north of 48°02.25′ N. lat. (Norwegian
Memorial) and east of 125°44′ W. long.
(2) Quileute. That portion of the FMA
between 48°07.60′ N. lat. (Sand Point)
and 47°31.70′ N. lat. (Queets River) and
east of 125°44′ W. long.
(3) Hoh. That portion of the FMA
between 47°54.30′ N. lat. (Quillayute
River) and 47°21′ N. lat. (Quinault
River) and east of 125°44′ W. long.
(4) Quinault. That portion of the FMA
between 47°40.10′ N. lat. (Destruction
Island) and 46°53.30′ N. lat. (Point
Chehalis) and east of 125°44′ W. long.
(d) Procedures. The rights referred to
in paragraph (a) of this section will be
implemented by the Secretary, after
consideration of the tribal request, the
recommendation of the Council, and the
comments of the public. The rights will
be implemented either through an
allocation or set-aside of fish that will
be managed by the tribes, or through
regulations in this section that will
apply specifically to the tribal fisheries.
(1) Tribal allocations, set-asides, and
regulations. An allocation, set-aside or a
regulation specific to the tribes shall be
initiated by a written request from a
Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribe to the
Regional Administrator, prior to the first
Council meeting in which biennial
harvest specifications and management
measures are discussed for an upcoming
biennial management period. The
Secretary generally will announce the
annual tribal allocations at the same
time as the announcement of the harvest
specifications.
(2) Co-management. The Secretary
recognizes the sovereign status and comanager role of Indian tribes over
shared Federal and tribal fishery
resources. Accordingly, the Secretary
will develop tribal allocations and
regulations under this paragraph in
consultation with the affected tribe(s)
and, insofar as possible, with tribal
consensus.
(e) Fishing by a member of a Pacific
Coast treaty Indian tribe. A member of
a Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribe fishing
under this section and within their U&A
fishing area is not subject to the
provisions of other sections of subparts
C through G of this part.
(1) Identification. A valid treaty
Indian identification card issued
pursuant to 25 CFR part 249, subpart A,
is prima facie evidence that the holder
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
is a member of the Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribe named on the card.
(2) Permits. A limited entry permit
described under § 660.25, subpart C is
not required for a member of a Pacific
Coast treaty Indian tribe to fish in a
tribal fishery described in paragraph (d)
of this section.
(3) Federal and tribal laws and
regulations. Any member of a Pacific
Coast treaty Indian tribe must comply
with this section, and with any
applicable tribal law and regulation,
when participating in a tribal
groundfish fishery described in this
section.
(4) Fishing outside the U&A or
without a groundfish allocation. Fishing
by a member of a Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribe outside the applicable
Indian tribe’s usual and accustomed
fishing area, or for a species of
groundfish not covered by an allocation,
set-aside, or regulation under this
section, is subject to the regulations in
the other sections of subpart C through
subpart G of this part. Treaty fisheries
operating within tribal allocations are
prohibited from operating outside U&A
fishing areas.
(f) Pacific Coast treaty Indian fisheries
allocations and harvest guidelines. The
tribal harvest guideline for black
rockfish is provided in paragraph (f)(1)
of this section. Tribal fishery allocations
for sablefish are provided in paragraph
(f)(2) of this section, and Pacific whiting
are provided in paragraph (f)(4) of this
section. Trip limits for certain species
were recommended by the tribes and
the Council and are specified here with
the tribal allocations.
(1) Black rockfish. (i) Harvest
guidelines for commercial harvests of
black rockfish by members of the Pacific
Coast Indian tribes using hook and line
gear will be established biennially for
two subsequent one-year periods for the
areas between the U.S.-Canadian border
and Cape Alava (48°09.50′ N. lat.) and
between Destruction Island (47°40′ N.
lat.) and Leadbetter Point (46°38.17′ N.
lat.), in accordance with the procedures
for implementing harvest specifications
and management measures. Pacific
Coast treaty Indians fishing for black
rockfish in these areas under these
harvest guidelines are subject to the
provisions in this section, and not to the
restrictions in other sections of subparts
C through G of this part.
(ii) For the commercial harvest of
black rockfish off Washington State, a
treaty Indian tribes’ harvest guideline is
set at 30,000 lb (13,608 kg) for the area
north of Cape Alava, WA (48°09.50′ N.
lat.) and 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) for the area
between Destruction Island, WA (47°40′
N. lat.) and Leadbetter Point, WA
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(46°38.17′ N. lat.). This harvest
guideline applies and is available to the
Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribes. There
are no tribal harvest restrictions for
black rockfish in the area between Cape
Alava and Destruction Island.
(2) Sablefish. (i) The sablefish
allocation to Pacific coast treaty Indian
tribes is 10 percent of the sablefish total
catch OY for the area north of 36° N. lat.
This allocation represents the total
amount available to the treaty Indian
fisheries before deductions for discard
mortality.
(ii) The tribal allocation is 694 mt per
year. This allocation is, for each year, 10
percent of the Monterey through
Vancouver area (North of 36° N. lat.)
OY, less 1.6 percent estimated discard
mortality.
(3) Lingcod. Lingcod taken in the
treaty fisheries are subject to an overall
expected total lingcod catch of 250 mt.
(4) Pacific whiting. The tribal
allocation for 2010 is 49,939 mt.
(5) Pacific cod. There is a tribal
harvest guideline of 400 mt of Pacific
cod. The tribes will manage their
fisheries to stay within this harvest
guideline.
(g) Washington coastal tribal fisheries
management measures—(1) Rockfish.
The tribes will require full retention of
all overfished rockfish species and all
other marketable rockfish species during
treaty fisheries.
(2) Thornyheads. The tribes will
manage their fisheries to the limited
entry trip limits in place at the
beginning on the year for both
shortspine and longspine thornyheads
as follows:
(i) Trawl gear. (A) Shortspine
thornyhead cumulative trip limits are as
follows:
(1) Small and large footrope trawl
gear—17,000-lb (7,711-kg) per 2 months.
(2) Selective flatfish trawl gear—
3,000-lb (1,361-kg) per 2 months.
(3) Multiple bottom trawl gear—3,000lb (1,361-kg) per 2 months.
(B) Longspine thornyhead cumulative
trip limits are as follows:
(1) Small and large footrope trawl
gear—22,000-lb (9,979-kg) per 2 months.
(2) Selective flatfish trawl gear—
5,000-lb (2,268-kg) per 2 months.
(3) Multiple bottom trawl gear—5,000lb (2,268-kg) per 2 months.
(ii) Fixed gear. (A) Shortspine
thornyhead cumulative trip limits are
2,000-lb (907-kg) per 2 months.
(B) Longspine thornyhead cumulative
trip limits are 10,000-lb (4,536-kg) per 2
months.
(3) Canary rockfish—are subject to a
300-lb (136-kg) trip limit.
(4) Yelloweye rockfish—are subject to
a 100-lb (45-kg) trip limit.
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33049
(5) Yellowtail and widow rockfish.
The Makah Tribe will manage the
midwater trawl fisheries as follows:
yellowtail rockfish taken in the directed
tribal mid-water trawl fisheries are
subject to a cumulative limit of 180,000lb (81,647-kg) per 2-month period for
the entire fleet. Landings of widow
rockfish must not exceed 10 percent of
the weight of yellowtail rockfish landed,
for a given vessel, throughout the year.
These limits may be adjusted by the
tribe inseason to minimize the
incidental catch of canary rockfish and
widow rockfish, provided the average 2month cumulative yellowtail rockfish
limit does not exceed 180,000-lb
(81,647-kg) for the fleet.
(6) Other rockfish. Other rockfish,
including minor nearshore, minor shelf,
and minor slope rockfish groups are
subject to a 300-lb (136-kg) trip limit per
species or species group, or to the nontribal limited entry trip limit for those
species if those limits are less restrictive
than 300-lb (136 kg) per trip.
(7) Flatfish and other fish. Treaty
fishing vessels using bottom trawl gear
are subject to the limits applicable to the
non-tribal limited entry trawl fishery for
Dover sole, English sole, rex sole,
arrowtooth flounder, and other flatfish
in place at the beginning of the season.
For Dover sole and arrowtooth flounder,
the limited entry trip limits in place at
the beginning of the season will be
combined across periods and the fleet to
create a cumulative harvest target. The
limits available to individual vessels
will then be adjusted inseason to stay
within the overall harvest target as well
as estimated impacts to overfished
species. For petrale sole, treaty fishing
vessels are restricted to a 50,000-lb
(22,680 kg) per 2 month limit for the
entire year. Trawl vessels are restricted
to using small footrope trawl gear.
(8) Pacific whiting. Tribal whiting
processed at-sea by non-tribal vessels,
must be transferred within the tribal
U&A from a member of a Pacific Coast
treaty Indian tribe fishing under this
section.
(9) Spiny dogfish. The tribes will
manage their spiny dogfish fishery
within the limited entry trip limits for
the non-tribal fisheries.
(10) Groundfish without a tribal
allocation. Makah tribal members may
use midwater trawl gear to take and
retain groundfish for which there is no
tribal allocation and will be subject to
the trip landing and frequency and size
limits applicable to the limited entry
fishery.
(11) EFH. Measures implemented to
minimize adverse impacts to groundfish
EFH, as described in § 660.12 of this
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33050
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
subpart, do not apply to tribal fisheries
in their U&A fishing areas.
§ 660.55
Allocations.
(a) General. An allocation is the
apportionment of a harvest privilege for
a specific purpose, to a particular
person, group of persons, or fishery
sector. The opportunity to harvest
Pacific Coast groundfish is allocated
among participants in the fishery when
the OYs for a given year are established
in the biennial harvest specifications.
For certain species, primarily trawldominant species, beginning with the
2011–2012 biennial specifications
process, separate allocations for the
trawl fishery and nontrawl fishery
(which for this purpose includes limited
entry fixed gear, open access, and
recreational fisheries) will be
established biennially or annually using
the standards and procedures described
in Chapter 6 of the PCGFMP. Chapter 6
of the PCGFMP provides the allocation
structure and percentages for species
allocated between the trawl and
nontrawl fisheries. For other species
and/or areas, separate allocations for the
limited entry and open access fisheries
will be established using the procedures
described in Chapters 6 and 11 of the
PCGFMP and this subpart. Allocation of
sablefish north of 36° N. lat. is described
in paragraph (h) of this section and in
the PCGFMP. Allocation of Pacific
whiting is described in paragraph (i) of
this section and in the PCGFMP.
Allocation of black rockfish is described
in paragraph (l) of this section.
Allocation of Pacific halibut bycatch is
described in paragraph (m) of this
section. Allocations not specified in the
PCGFMP are established in regulation
through the biennial harvest
specifications and are listed in Tables 1
a through d and Tables 2 a through d of
this subpart.
(b) Fishery harvest guidelines and
reductions made prior to fishery
allocations. Beginning with the 2011–
2012 biennial specifications process and
prior to the setting of fishery allocations,
the OY is reduced by the Pacific Coast
treaty Indian tribal harvest (allocations,
set-asides, and estimated harvest under
regulations at § 660.50); projected
scientific research catch of all
groundfish species, estimates of fishing
mortality in non-groundfish fisheries
and, as necessary, set-asides for EFPs.
The remaining amount after these
deductions is the fishery harvest
guideline or quota. (note: recreational
estimates are not deducted here).
(1) Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribal
allocations, set-asides, and regulations
are specified during the biennial harvest
specifications process and are found at
§ 660.50 and in Tables 1a and 2a of this
subpart.
(2) Scientific research catch results
from scientific research activity as
defined in regulations at 50 CFR 600.10.
(3) Estimates of fishing mortality in
non-groundfish fisheries are based on
historical catch and projected fishing
activities.
(4) EFPs are authorized and governed
by § 660.60(f).
(c) Trawl/Nontrawl allocations. (1)
Beginning with the 2011–2012 biennial
specifications process, the fishery
harvest guideline or quota, may be
divided into allocations for groundfish
trawl and nontrawl (limited entry fixed
gear, open access, and recreational)
fisheries. IFQ species not listed in the
table below will be allocated between
the trawl and nontrawl fisheries through
the biennial harvest specifications
process. Species/species groups and
areas allocated between the trawl and
nontrawl fisheries listed in Chapter 6,
Table 6–1 of the PCGFMP are allocated
based on the percentages that follow:
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES FOR LIMITED ENTRY TRAWL AND NON-TRAWL SECTORS SPECIFIED FOR FMP GROUNDFISH
STOCKS AND STOCK COMPLEXES
All non-treaty
LE trawl sectors
(percent)
All non-treaty
non-trawl
sectors
(percent)
Lingcod .........................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific Cod ...................................................................................................................................................................
Sablefish S. of 36° N. lat. .............................................................................................................................................
PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH ............................................................................................................................................
WIDOW .........................................................................................................................................................................
Chilipepper S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ....................................................................................................................................
Splitnose S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ........................................................................................................................................
Yellowtail N. of 40°10′ N. lat. .......................................................................................................................................
Shortspine N. of 34°27′ N. lat. .....................................................................................................................................
Shortspine S. of 34°27′ N. lat. .....................................................................................................................................
45
95
42
95
91
75
95
88
95
50
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
mt ...........
Longspine N. of 34°27′ N. lat. ......................................................................................................................................
DARKBLOTCHED ........................................................................................................................................................
Minor Slope RF North of 40°10′ N. lat. ........................................................................................................................
Minor Slope RF South of 40°10′ N. lat. .......................................................................................................................
Dover Sole ....................................................................................................................................................................
English Sole ..................................................................................................................................................................
Petrale Sole ..................................................................................................................................................................
Arrowtooth Flounder .....................................................................................................................................................
Starry Flounder .............................................................................................................................................................
Other Flatfish ................................................................................................................................................................
95
95
81
63
95
95
95
95
50
90
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
55
5
58
5
9
25
5
12
5
Remaining
Yield
5
5
18
37
5
5
5
5
50
10
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Stock or complex
(i) Trawl fishery allocation. The
allocation for the limited entry trawl
fishery is derived by applying the trawl
allocation percentage by species/species
group and area as specified in paragraph
(c) of this section and as specified
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
during the biennial harvest
specifications process to the fishery
harvest guideline for that species/
species group and area. For IFQ species
other than darkblotched rockfish,
Pacific Ocean Perch, and widow
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
rockfish, the trawl allocation will be
further subdivided among the trawl
sectors (MS, C/P, and IFQ) as specified
in §§ 660.140, 660.150, and 660.160 of
subpart D. For darkblotched rockfish,
Pacific Ocean Perch, and widow
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
rockfish, the trawl allocation is further
subdivided among the trawl sectors
(MS, C/P, and IFQ) as follows:
(A) Darkblotched rockfish. Allocate
9% or 25 mt, whichever is greater, of the
total trawl allocation of darkblotched
rockfish to the whiting fisheries (MS, C/
P, and IFQ combined). The distribution
of the whiting trawl allocation of
darkblotched to each sector (MS, C/P,
and IFQ) will be done pro rata relative
to the sectors’ whiting allocation. After
deducting allocations for the whiting
fisheries, allocate the remainder of the
trawl allocation to the non-whiting
fishery.
(B) Pacific Ocean Perch (POP).
Allocate 17% or 30 mt, whichever is
greater, of the total trawl allocation of
Pacific ocean perch to the whiting
fisheries (MS, C/P, and IFQ combined).
The distribution of the whiting trawl
allocation of POP to each sector (MS, C/
P, and IFQ) will be done pro rata
relative to the sectors’ whiting
allocation. After deducting allocations
for the whiting fisheries, allocate the
remainder of the trawl allocation to the
non-whiting fishery.
(C) Widow rockfish. Allocate 52% of
the total trawl allocation of widow
rockfish to the whiting sectors if the
stock is under rebuilding or 10% of the
total trawl allocation or 500 mt of the
trawl allocation to the whiting sectors,
whichever is greater, if the stock is
rebuilt. The latter allocation scheme
automatically kicks in when widow
rockfish is declared rebuilt. The
distribution of the whiting trawl
allocation of widow to each sector (MS,
C/P, and IFQ) will be done pro rata
relative to the sectors’ whiting
allocation. After deducting allocations
for the whiting fisheries, allocate the
remainder of the trawl allocation to the
non-whiting fishery.
(ii) Nontrawl fishery allocation. The
allocation for the nontrawl fishery is the
fishery harvest guideline minus the
allocation of the species/species group
and area to the trawl fishery. These
amounts will equal the nontrawl
allocation percentage or amount by
species for species listed in paragraph
(c) of this section and the nontrawl
allocation percentage from the biennial
harvest specifications for other IFQ
species. The nontrawl allocation will be
shared between the limited entry fixed
gear, open access, and recreational
fisheries as specified through the
biennial harvest specifications process
and consistent with allocations in the
PCGFMP.
(2) [Reserved]
(d) Commercial harvest guidelines.
Beginning with the 2011–2012 biennial
specifications process, to derive the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
commercial harvest guideline, the
fishery harvest guideline is further
reduced by the recreational set-asides.
The commercial harvest guideline is
then allocated between the limited entry
fishery (both trawl and fixed gear) and
the directed open access fishery, as
appropriate.
(e) Limited Entry (LE)/Open Access
(OA) Allocations—(1) LE/OA allocation
percentages. If a species is declared
overfished, the open access/limited
entry allocation may be suspended for
the duration of the rebuilding plan. The
allocations between the limited entry
and open access fisheries are based on
standards from the PCGFMP.
(2) Species with LE/OA allocations.
For species not listed in paragraph (c) of
this section, the allocation between the
limited entry (both trawl and fixed gear)
and the open access fisheries is
determined by applying the percentage
for those species with a LE/OA
allocation to the commercial harvest
guideline plus the amount set-aside for
the non-groundfish fisheries.
(i) Limited entry allocation. The
allocation for the limited entry fishery is
the commercial harvest guideline minus
any allocation to the directed open
access fishery.
(ii) Open access allocation. The
allocation for the open access fishery is
derived by applying the open access
allocation percentage to the annual
commercial harvest guideline or quota
plus the non-groundfish fishery (i.e.,
incidental open access fishery) amount
described in paragraph (b) of this
section. The result is the total open
access allocation. The portion that is
set-aside for the non-groundfish
fisheries is deducted and the remainder
is the directed open access portion. For
management areas or stocks for which
quotas or harvest guidelines for a stock
are not fully utilized, no separate
allocation will be established for the
open access fishery until it is projected
that the allowable catch for a species
will be reached.
(A) Open access allocation
percentage. For each species with a
harvest guideline or quota, the initial
open access allocation percentage is
calculated by:
(1) Computing the total catch for that
species during the window period (July
11, 1984 through August 1, 1988) for the
limited entry program by any vessel that
did not initially receive a limited entry
permit.
(2) Dividing that amount by the total
catch during the window period by all
gear.
(3) The guidelines in this paragraph
apply to recalculation of the open access
allocation percentage. Any recalculated
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33051
allocation percentage will be used in
calculating the following biennial
fishing period’s open access allocation.
(B) [Reserved]
(f) Catch accounting. Catch
accounting refers to how the catch in a
fishery is monitored against the
allocations described in this section. For
species with trawl/nontrawl allocations,
catch of those species are counted
against the trawl/nontrawl allocations as
explained in paragraph (f)(1) of this
section. For species with limited entry/
open access allocations in a given
biennial cycle, catch of those species are
counted against the limited entry/open
access allocations as explained in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(1) Between the trawl and nontrawl
fisheries—(i) Catch accounting for the
trawl allocation. Any groundfish caught
by a vessel registered to a limited entry
trawl endorsed permit will be counted
against the trawl allocation while they
are declared in to a groundfish limited
entry trawl fishery and while the
applicable trawl fishery listed in subpart
D of this part for that vessel’s limited
entry permit is open.
(ii) Catch accounting for the nontrawl
allocation. All groundfish caught by a
vessel not registered to a limited entry
permit and not fishing in the nongroundfish fishery will be counted
against the nontrawl allocation. All
groundfish caught by a vessel registered
to a limited entry permit when the
fishery for a vessel’s limited entry
permit has closed or they are not
declared in to a limited entry fishery,
will be counted against the nontrawl
allocation, unless they are declared in to
a non-groundfish fishery. Catch by
vessels fishing in the non-groundfish
fishery, as defined at § 660.11, will be
accounted for in the estimated mortality
in the non-groundfish fishery that is
deducted from the OY.
(2) Between the limited entry and
open access fisheries. Any groundfish
caught by a vessel with a limited entry
permit will be counted against the
limited entry allocation while the
limited entry fishery for that vessel’s
limited entry gear is open. When the
fishery for a vessel’s limited entry gear
has closed, groundfish caught by that
vessel with open access gear will be
counted against the open access
allocation. All groundfish caught by
vessels without limited entry permits
will be counted against the open access
allocation.
(g) Recreational fisheries. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is outside the
scope of, and not affected by, the
regulations governing limited entry and
open access fisheries. Certain amounts
of groundfish will be set aside for the
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33052
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
recreational fishery during the biennial
specifications process. These amounts
will be estimated prior to dividing the
commercial harvest guideline between
the limited entry and open access
fisheries.
(h) Sablefish Allocations (north of 36°
N. lat.)—(1) Tribal-nontribal allocation.
The sablefish allocation to Pacific coast
treaty Indian tribes is identified at
§ 660.50(f)(2), subpart C. The remainder
is available to the nontribal commercial
fishery (limited entry and open access).
(2) Between the limited entry and
open access fisheries. Sablefish is
allocated between the limited entry and
open access fisheries according to the
procedure described in Chapter 6 of the
PCGFMP.
(3) Between the limited entry trawl
and limited entry fixed gear fisheries.
The limited entry sablefish allocation is
further allocated 58 percent to the trawl
fishery and 42 percent to the limited
entry fixed gear (longline and pot/trap)
fishery.
(4) Between the limited entry fixed
gear primary season and daily trip limit
fisheries. Within the limited entry fixed
gear fishery allocation, 85 percent is
reserved for the primary season
described in § 660.231, subpart E,
leaving 15 percent for the limited entry
daily trip limit fishery described in
§ 660.232, subpart E.
(5) Ratios between tiers for sablefishendorsed limited entry permits. The
Regional Administrator will biennially
or annually calculate the size of the
cumulative trip limit for each of the
three tiers associated with the sablefish
endorsement such that the ratio of limits
between the tiers is approximately
1:1.75:3.85 for Tier 3:Tier 2:Tier 1,
respectively. The size of the cumulative
trip limits will vary depending on the
amount of sablefish available for the
primary fishery and on estimated
discard mortality rates within the
fishery. The size of the cumulative trip
limits for the three tiers in the primary
fishery will be announced in
§ 660.231(b)(3), subpart E.
(i) Pacific whiting allocation. The
allocation structure and percentages for
Pacific whiting are described in the
PCGFMP.
(1) Annual treaty tribal Pacific
whiting allocations are provided in
§ 660.50, subpart C.
(2) The commercial harvest guideline
for Pacific whiting is allocated among
three sectors, as follows: 34 percent for
the catcher/processor sector; 24 percent
for the mothership sector; and 42
percent for the Shorebased IFQ Program.
No more than 5 percent of the
shorebased allocation may be taken and
retained south of 42° N. lat. before the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
start of the primary Pacific whiting
season north of 42° N. lat. Specific
sector allocations for a given calendar
year are found in Tables 1a and 2a of
this subpart. Set asides for other species
for the at-sea whiting fishery for a given
calendar year are found in Tables 1d
and 2d of this subpart.
(j) Fishery set-asides. Annual setasides are not formal allocations but
they are amounts which are not
available to the other fisheries during
the fishing year. For the catcher/
processor and mothership sectors of the
at-sea Pacific whiting fishery, set-asides
will be deducted from the limited entry
trawl fishery allocation. Set-aside
amounts will be specified in Tables 1a
through 2d of this subpart and may be
adjusted through the biennial harvest
specifications and management
measures process.
(k) Exempted fishing permit setasides. Annual set-asides for EFPs
described at § 660.60(f), will be
deducted from the OY. Set-aside
amounts will be adjusted through the
biennial harvest specifications and
management measures process.
(l) Black rockfish harvest guideline.
The commercial tribal harvest guideline
for black rockfish off Washington State
is specified at § 660.50(f)(1), subpart C.
(m) Pacific halibut bycatch allocation.
The Pacific halibut fishery off
Washington, Oregon and California
(Area 2A in the halibut regulations) is
managed under regulations at 50 CFR
part 300, subpart E. Beginning with the
2011–2012 biennial specifications
process, the PCGFMP sets a trawl
mortality bycatch limit for legal and
sublegal halibut at 15 percent of the
Area 2A constant exploitation yield
(CEY) for legal size halibut, not to
exceed 130,000 pounds for the first four
years of trawl rationalization and not to
exceed 100,000 pounds starting in the
fifth year. This total bycatch limit may
be adjusted downward or upward
through the biennial specifications and
management measures process. Part of
the overall total catch limit is a set-aside
of 10 mt of Pacific halibut, to
accommodate bycatch in the at-sea
Pacific whiting fishery and in the
shoreside trawl fishery south of 40°10′
N Lat. (estimated to be approximately 5
mt each).
§ 660.60 Specifications and management
measures.
(a) General. NMFS will establish and
adjust specifications and management
measures biennially or annually and
during the fishing year. Management of
the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery will
be conducted consistent with the
standards and procedures in the
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
PCGFMP and other applicable law. The
PCGFMP is available from the Regional
Administrator or the Council.
Regulations under this subpart may be
promulgated, removed, or revised
during the fishing year. Any such action
will be made according to the
framework standards and procedures in
the PCGFMP and other applicable law,
and will be published in the Federal
Register.
(b) Biennial actions. The Pacific Coast
Groundfish fishery is managed on a
biennial, calendar year basis. Harvest
specifications and management
measures will be announced biennially,
with the harvest specifications for each
species or species group set for two
sequential calendar years. In general,
management measures are designed to
achieve, but not exceed, the
specifications, particularly optimum
yields (harvest guidelines and quotas),
fishery harvest guidelines, commercial
harvest guidelines and quotas, limited
entry and open access allocations, or
other approved fishery allocations, and
to protect overfished and depleted
stocks. Management measures will be
designed to take into account the cooccurrence ratios of target species with
overfished species, and will select
measures that will minimize bycatch to
the extent practicable.
(c) Routine management measures. In
addition to the catch restrictions in
subparts D through G of this part, other
catch restrictions that are likely to be
adjusted on a biennial or more frequent
basis may be imposed and announced
by a single notification in the Federal
Register if good cause exists under the
APA to waive notice and comment, and
if they have been designated as routine
through the two-meeting process
described in the PCGFMP. Routine
management measures that may be
revised during the fishing year via this
process are implemented in paragraph
(h) of this section, and in subparts D
through G of this part, including Tables
1 (North) and 1 (South) of subpart D,
Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) of
subpart E, Tables 3 (North) and 3
(South) of subpart F. Most trip, bag, and
size limits, and area closures in the
groundfish fishery have been designated
‘‘routine,’’ which means they may be
changed rapidly after a single Council
meeting. Council meetings are held in
the months of March, April, June,
September, and November. Inseason
changes to routine management
measures are announced in the Federal
Register pursuant to the requirements of
the Administrative Procedure Act
(APA). Changes to trip limits are
effective at the times stated in the
Federal Register. Once a change is
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
effective, it is illegal to take and retain,
possess, or land more fish than allowed
under the new trip limit. This means
that, unless otherwise announced in the
Federal Register, offloading must begin
before the time a fishery closes or a
more restrictive trip limit takes effect.
The following catch restrictions have
been designated as routine:
(1) Commercial Limited Entry and
Open Access Fisheries. (i) Trip landing
and frequency limits, size limits, all
gear. Trip landing and frequency limits
have been designated as routine for the
following species or species groups:
widow rockfish, canary rockfish,
yellowtail rockfish, Pacific ocean perch,
yelloweye rockfish, black rockfish, blue
rockfish, splitnose rockfish, chilipepper
rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod, minor
nearshore rockfish or shallow and
deeper minor nearshore rockfish, shelf
or minor shelf rockfish, and minor slope
rockfish; DTS complex which is
composed of Dover sole, sablefish,
shortspine thornyheads, and longspine
thornyheads; petrale sole, rex sole,
arrowtooth flounder, Pacific sanddabs,
and the flatfish complex, which is
composed of those species plus any
other flatfish species listed at § 660.11,
subpart C; Pacific whiting; lingcod;
Pacific cod; spiny dogfish; and ‘‘other
fish’’ as a complex consisting of all
groundfish species listed at § 660.11,
subpart C and not otherwise listed as a
distinct species or species group. Size
limits have been designated as routine
for sablefish and lingcod. Trip landing
and frequency limits and size limits for
species with those limits designated as
routine may be imposed or adjusted on
a biennial or more frequent basis for the
purpose of keeping landings within the
harvest levels announced by NMFS, and
for the other purposes given in
paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this
section.
(A) Trip landing and frequency limits.
To extend the fishing season; to
minimize disruption of traditional
fishing and marketing patterns; to
reduce discards; to discourage target
fishing while allowing small incidental
catches to be landed; to protect
overfished species; to allow small
fisheries to operate outside the normal
season; and, for the open access fishery
only, to maintain landings at the
historical proportions during the 1984–
88 window period.
(B) Size limits. To protect juvenile
fish; to extend the fishing season.
(ii) Differential trip landing limits and
frequency limits based on gear type,
closed seasons, and bycatch limits. Trip
landing and frequency limits that differ
by gear type and closed seasons may be
imposed or adjusted on a biennial or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
more frequent basis for the purpose of
rebuilding and protecting overfished or
depleted stocks. To achieve the
rebuilding of an overfished or depleted
stock, bycatch limits may be established
and adjusted to be used to close the
primary season for any sector of the
Pacific whiting fishery described at
§ 660.131(b), before the sector’s Pacific
whiting allocation is achieved if the
applicable bycatch limit is reached.
Bycatch limit amounts are specified at
§ 660.131(b)(5), subpart D.
(iii) Type of limited entry trawl gear
on board. Limits on the type of limited
entry trawl gear on board a vessel may
be imposed on a biennial or more
frequent basis. Requirements and
restrictions on limited entry trawl gear
type are found at § 660.130, subpart D.
(2) Recreational fisheries all gear
types. Routine management measures
for all groundfish species, separately or
in any combination, include bag limits,
size limits, time/area closures, boat
limits, hook limits, and dressing
requirements. All routine management
measures on recreational fisheries are
intended to keep landings within the
harvest levels announced by NMFS, to
rebuild and protect overfished or
depleted species, and to maintain
consistency with State regulations, and
for the other purposes set forth in this
section.
(i) Bag limits. To spread the available
catch over a large number of anglers; to
protect and rebuild overfished species;
to avoid waste.
(ii) Size limits. To protect juvenile
fish; to protect and rebuild overfished
species; to enhance the quality of the
recreational fishing experience.
(iii) Season duration restrictions. To
spread the available catch over a large
number of anglers; to protect and
rebuild overfished species; to avoid
waste; to enhance the quality of the
recreational fishing experience.
(3) All fisheries, all gear types, depthbased management measures. Depthbased management measures,
particularly the setting of closed areas
known as Groundfish Conservation
Areas, may be implemented in any
fishery that takes groundfish directly or
incidentally. Depth-based management
measures are set using specific
boundary lines that approximate depth
contours with latitude/longitude
waypoints found at § 660.70 through
660.74. Depth-based management
measures and the setting of closed areas
may be used: to protect and rebuild
overfished stocks, to prevent the
overfishing of any groundfish species by
minimizing the direct or incidental
catch of that species, to minimize the
incidental harvest of any protected or
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33053
prohibited species taken in the
groundfish fishery, to extend the fishing
season; for the commercial fisheries, to
minimize disruption of traditional
fishing and marketing patterns; for the
recreational fisheries, to spread the
available catch over a large number of
anglers; to discourage target fishing
while allowing small incidental catches
to be landed; and to allow small
fisheries to operate outside the normal
season.
(d) Automatic actions. Automatic
management actions may be initiated by
the NMFS Regional Administrator
without prior public notice, opportunity
to comment, or a Council meeting.
These actions are nondiscretionary, and
the impacts must have been taken into
account prior to the action. Unless
otherwise stated, a single notice will be
published in the Federal Register
making the action effective if good cause
exists under the APA to waive notice
and comment.
(1) Automatic actions are used in the
Pacific whiting fishery to:
(i) Close sectors of the fishery or to
reinstate trip limits in the shore-based
fishery when a whiting harvest
guideline, commercial harvest
guideline, or a sector’s allocation is
reached, or is projected to be reached;
(ii) Close all sectors or a single sector
of the fishery when a bycatch limit is
reached or projected to be reached;
(iii) Reapportion unused Pacific
whiting allocation to other sectors of the
fishery;
(iv) Reapportion unused bycatch limit
species to other sectors of the Pacific
whiting fishery.
(v) Implement the Ocean Salmon
Conservation Zone, described at
§ 660.131(c)(3), subpart D, when NMFS
projects the Pacific whiting fishery may
take in excess of 11,000 Chinook within
a calendar year.
(vi) Implement Pacific Whiting
Bycatch Reduction Areas, described at
§ 660.131(c)(4), subpart D, when NMFS
projects a sector-specific bycatch limit
will be reached before the sector’s
whiting allocation.
(2) [Reserved].
(e) Prohibited Species. Groundfish
species or species groups under the
PCGFMP for which quotas have been
achieved and/or the fishery closed are
prohibited species. In addition, the
following are prohibited species:
(1) Any species of salmonid.
(2) Pacific halibut.
(3) Dungeness crab caught seaward of
Washington or Oregon.
(f) Exempted Fishing Permits (EFP).
(1) The Regional Administrator may
issue EFPs under regulations at
§ 660.30, subpart C, for compensation
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33054
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
with fish for collecting resource
information. Such EFPs may include the
collecting of scientific samples of
groundfish species that would otherwise
be prohibited for retention.
(2) The Regional Administrator may
also issue EFPs under regulations at 50
CFR part § 600.745 for limited testing,
public display, data collection,
exploratory, health and safety,
environmental cleanup, and/or hazard
removal purposes, the target or
incidental harvest of species managed
under an FMP or fishery regulations that
would otherwise be prohibited.
(3) U.S. vessels operating under an
EFP are subject to restrictions in
§§ 660.10 through 660.79, unless
otherwise provided in the permit.
(g) Applicability. Groundfish species
harvested in the territorial sea (0–3 nm)
will be counted toward the catch
limitations in Tables 1a through 2d of
this subpart, and those specified in
subparts D through G, including Tables
1 (North) and 1 (South) of subpart D,
Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) of
subpart E, Tables 3 (North) and 3
(South) of subpart F.
(h) Fishery restrictions—(1)
Commercial trip limits and recreational
bag and boat limits. Commercial trip
limits and recreational bag and boat
limits defined in Tables 1a through 2d
of this subpart, and those specified in
subparts D through G of this part,
including Tables 1 (North) and 1 (South)
of subpart D, Tables 2 (North) and 2
(South) of subpart E, Tables 3 (North)
and 3 (South) of subpart F must not be
exceeded.
(2) Landing. As stated at § 660.11,
subpart C (in the definition of
‘‘Landing’’), once the offloading of any
species begins, all fish aboard the vessel
are counted as part of the landing and
must be reported as such. Transfer of
fish at sea is prohibited under § 660.12,
subpart C, unless a vessel is
participating in the primary whiting
fishery as part of the mothership or
catcher/processor sectors, as described
at § 660.131(a), subpart D.
(3) Fishing ahead. Unless the fishery
is closed, a vessel that has landed its
cumulative or daily limit may continue
to fish on the limit for the next legal
period, so long as no fish (including, but
not limited to, groundfish with no trip
limits, shrimp, prawns, or other
nongroundfish species or shellfish) are
landed (offloaded) until the next legal
period. Fishing ahead is not allowed
during or before a closed period.
(4) Weights and percentages. All
weights are round weights or roundweight equivalents unless otherwise
specified. Percentages are based on
round weights, and, unless otherwise
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
specified, apply only to legal fish on
board.
(5) Size limits, length measurement,
and weight limits. (i) Size limits and
length measurement. Unless otherwise
specified, size limits in the commercial
and recreational groundfish fisheries
apply to the ‘‘total length,’’ which is the
longest measurement of the fish without
mutilation of the fish or the use of force
to extend the length of the fish. No fish
with a size limit may be retained if it is
in such condition that its length has
been extended or cannot be determined
by these methods. For conversions not
listed here, contact the state where the
fish will be landed. Washington state
regulations require all fish with a size
limit landed into Washington to be
landed with the head on.
(A) Whole fish. For a whole fish, total
length is measured from the tip of the
snout (mouth closed) to the tip of the
tail in a natural, relaxed position.
(B) ‘‘Headed’’ fish. For a fish with the
head removed (‘‘headed’’), the length is
measured from the origin of the first
dorsal fin (where the front dorsal fin
meets the dorsal surface of the body
closest to the head) to the tip of the
upper lobe of the tail; the dorsal fin and
tail must be left intact.
(C) Filets. A filet is the flesh from one
side of a fish extending from the head
to the tail, which has been removed
from the body (head, tail, and backbone)
in a single continuous piece. Filet
lengths may be subject to size limits for
some groundfish taken in the
recreational fishery off California (see
subpart G of this part). A filet is
measured along the length of the longest
part of the filet in a relaxed position;
stretching or otherwise manipulating
the filet to increase its length is not
permitted.
(ii) Weight limits and conversions.
The weight limit conversion factor
established by the state where the fish
is or will be landed will be used to
convert the processed weight to round
weight for purposes of applying the trip
limit. Weight conversions provided
herein are those conversions currently
in use by the States of Washington,
Oregon and California and may be
subject to change by those states.
Fishery participants should contact
fishery enforcement officials in the state
where the fish will be landed to
determine that state’s official conversion
factor. To determine the round weight,
multiply the processed weight times the
conversion factor.
(iii) Sablefish. The following
conversion applies to both the limited
entry and open access fisheries when
trip limits are in effect for those
fisheries. For headed and gutted
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(eviscerated) sablefish the weight
conversion factor is 1.6 (multiply the
headed and gutted weight by 1.6 to
determine the round weight).
(iv) Lingcod. The following
conversions apply in both limited entry
and open access fisheries.
(A) North of 42° N. lat., for lingcod
with the head removed, the minimum
size limit is 18 inches (46 cm), which
corresponds to 22 inches (56 cm) total
length for whole fish.
(B) South of 42° N. lat., for lingcod
with the head removed, the minimum
size limit is 19.5 inches (49.5 cm),
which corresponds to 24 inches (61 cm)
total length for whole fish.
(C) The weight conversion factor for
headed and gutted lingcod is 1.5. The
conversion factor for lingcod that has
only been gutted with the head on is
1.1.
(6) Sorting. Trawl fishery sorting
requirements are specified at
§ 660.130(d), subpart D. Limited entry
fixed gear fishery sorting requirements
are specified at § 660.230(c), subpart E,
and Open access fishery sorting
requirements are specified at
§ 660.330(c), subpart F.
(7) Crossover provisions. NMFS uses
different types of management areas for
West Coast groundfish management.
One type of management area is the
north-south management area, a large
ocean area with northern and southern
boundary lines wherein trip limits,
seasons, and conservation areas follow a
single theme. Within each north-south
management area, there may be one or
more conservation areas, defined at
§ 660.11 and §§ 660.60 through 660.74,
subpart C. The provisions within this
paragraph apply to vessels operating in
different north-south management areas.
Crossover provisions also apply to
vessels that fish in both the limited
entry and open access fisheries, or that
use open access non-trawl gear while
registered to limited entry fixed gear
permits. Fishery specific crossover
provisions can be found in subparts D
through F of this part.
(i) Operating in north-south
management areas with different trip
limits. Trip limits for a species or a
species group may differ in different
north-south management areas along the
coast. The following crossover
provisions apply to vessels operating in
different geographical areas that have
different cumulative or ‘‘per trip’’ trip
limits for the same species or species
group. Such crossover provisions do not
apply to species that are subject only to
daily trip limits, or to the trip limits for
black rockfish off Washington, as
described at § 660.230(d), subpart E and
§ 660.330(e), subpart F.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33055
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(A) Going from a more restrictive to a
more liberal area. If a vessel takes and
retains any groundfish species or
species group of groundfish in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies before fishing in an area where
a more liberal trip limit (or no trip limit)
applies, then that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(B) Going from a more liberal to a
more restrictive area. If a vessel takes
and retains a groundfish species or
species group in an area where a higher
trip limit or no trip limit applies, and
takes and retains, possesses or lands the
same species or species group in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies, that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(C) Operating in two different areas
where a species or species group is
managed with different types of trip
limits. During the fishing year, NMFS
may implement management measures
for a species or species group that set
different types of trip limits (for
example, per trip limits versus
cumulative trip limits) for different
areas. If a vessel fishes for a species or
species group that is managed with
different types of trip limits in two
different areas within the same
cumulative limit period, then that vessel
is subject to the most restrictive overall
cumulative limit for that species,
regardless of where fishing occurs.
(D) Minor rockfish. Several rockfish
species are designated with speciesspecific limits on one side of the 40°10′
N. lat. management line, and are
included as part of a minor rockfish
complex on the other side of the line.
A vessel that takes and retains fish from
a minor rockfish complex (nearshore,
shelf, or slope) on both sides of a
management line during a single
cumulative limit period is subject to the
more restrictive cumulative limit for
that minor rockfish complex during that
period.
(1) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land splitnose rockfish
up to its cumulative limit south of
40°10′ N. lat., even if splitnose rockfish
were a part of the landings from minor
slope rockfish taken and retained north
of 40°10′ N. lat.
(2) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish south of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land POP up to its
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
cumulative limit north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
even if POP were a part of the landings
from minor slope rockfish taken and
retained south of 40°10′ N. lat.
(ii) Operating in both limited entry
and open access fisheries. Open access
trip limits apply to any fishing
conducted with open access gear, even
if the vessel has a valid limited entry
permit with an endorsement for another
type of gear. A vessel that operates in
both the open access and limited entry
fisheries is not entitled to two separate
trip limits for the same species. If a
vessel has a limited entry permit and
uses open access gear, but the open
access limit is smaller than the limited
entry limit, the open access limit may
not be exceeded and counts toward the
limited entry limit. If a vessel has a
limited entry permit and uses open
access gear, but the open access limit is
larger than the limited entry limit, the
smaller limited entry limit applies, even
if taken entirely with open access gear.
§ 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications.
Fishery specifications include ABCs,
the designation of OYs (which may be
represented by harvest guidelines (HGs)
or quotas for species that need
individual management) and the
allocation of fishery HGs between the
trawl and nontrawl segments of the
fishery, and the allocation of
commercial HGs between the open
access and limited entry segments of the
fishery. These specifications include
fish caught in state ocean waters (0–3
nm offshore) as well as fish caught in
the EEZ (3–200 nm offshore). Harvest
specifications are provided at Tables 1a
through 2d of this subpart.
TABLE 1d TO PART 660, SUBPART C—
2011 AT-SEA WHITING FISHERY
SET-ASIDES
Set-aside
(mt)
Species or species complex
Lingcod ..................................
Pacific Cod ............................
Pacific Whiting .......................
Sablefish N. of 36° ................
Sablefish S. of 36° ................
PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH ....
WIDOW ROCKFISH .............
Chilipepper S. of 40°10′ ........
Splitnose S. of 40°10′ ...........
Yellowtail N. of 40°10′ ...........
Shortspine Thornyhead N. of
34°27′.
Shortspine Thornyhead S. of
34°27′.
Longspine Thornyhead N. of
34°27′.
Longspine Thornyhead S. of
34°27′.
DARKBLOTCHED .................
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
6
5
NA
50
NA
Allocation
Allocation
NA
NA
300
20
NA
5
NA
Allocation
Sfmt 4702
TABLE 1d TO PART 660, SUBPART C—
2011 AT-SEA WHITING FISHERY
SET-ASIDES—Continued
Set-aside
(mt)
Species or species complex
Minor Slope RF N. ................
Minor Slope RF S. ................
Dover Sole ............................
English Sole ..........................
Petrale Sole—coastwide .......
Arrowtooth Flounder ..............
Starry Flounder .....................
Other Flatfish .........................
CANARY ROCKFISH ............
BOCACCIO ...........................
COWCOD ..............................
YELLOWEYE ........................
Black Rockfish .......................
Blue Rockfish (CA) ................
Minor Nearshore RF N. .........
Minor Nearshore RF S. .........
Minor Shelf RF N. .................
Minor Shelf RF S. .................
California scorpionfish ...........
Cabezon (off CA only) ..........
Other Fish .............................
Longnose Skate ....................
Pacific Halibut .......................
55
NA
5
5
5
10
5
20
Allocation
NA
NA
0
NA
NA
NA
NA
35
NA
NA
NA
520
5
10 a
a As stated in § 660.55(m), the Pacific halibut set-aside is 10 mt, to accommodate bycatch in the at-sea Pacific whiting fisheries
and in the shorebased trawl sector south of
40°10′ N lat. (estimated to be approximately 5
mt each).
TABLE 2d TO PART 660, SUBPART C—
2012 AT-SEA WHITING FISHERY
SET-ASIDES
Set-aside
(mt)
Species or species complex
Lingcod ..................................
Pacific Cod ............................
Pacific Whiting .......................
Sablefish N. of 36° ................
Sablefish S. of 36° ................
PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH ....
WIDOW ROCKFISH .............
Chilipepper S. of 40°10′ ........
Splitnose S. of 40°10′ ...........
Yellowtail N. of 40°10′ ...........
Shortspine Thornyhead N. of
34°27′.
Shortspine Thornyhead S. of
34°27′.
Longspine Thornyhead N. of
34°27′.
Longspine Thornyhead S. of
34°27′.
DARKBLOTCHED .................
Minor Slope RF N. ................
Minor Slope RF S. ................
Dover Sole ............................
English Sole ..........................
Petrale Sole—coastwide .......
Arrowtooth Flounder ..............
Starry Flounder .....................
Other Flatfish .........................
CANARY ROCKFISH ............
BOCACCIO ...........................
COWCOD ..............................
YELLOWEYE ........................
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
6
5
NA
50
NA
Allocation
Allocation
NA
NA
300
20
NA
5
NA
Allocation
55
NA
5
5
5
10
5
20
Allocation
NA
NA
0
33056
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 2d TO PART 660, SUBPART C— of a C/P-endorsed permit for the C/P
2012 AT-SEA WHITING FISHERY Program that is legally obligated to the
coop.
SET-ASIDES—Continued
Set-aside
(mt)
Species or species complex
Black Rockfish .......................
Blue Rockfish (CA) ................
Minor Nearshore RF N. .........
Minor Nearshore RF S. .........
Minor Shelf RF N. .................
Minor Shelf RF S. .................
California scorpionfish ...........
Cabezon (off CA only) ..........
Other Fish .............................
Longnose Skate ....................
Pacific Halibut .......................
NA
NA
NA
NA
35
NA
NA
NA
520
5
10 a
a As stated in § 660.55(m), the Pacific halibut set-aside is 10 mt, to accommodate bycatch in the at-sea Pacific whiting fisheries
and in the shorebased trawl sector south of
40°10′ N lat. (estimated to be approximately 5
mt each).
Subpart D—West Coast Groundfish—
Limited Entry Trawl Fisheries
§ 660.100
Purpose and scope.
This subpart covers the Pacific Coast
Groundfish limited entry trawl fishery.
Under the trawl rationalization program,
the limited entry trawl fishery consists
of the shorebased IFQ Program, the
Mothership Coop Program, and the C/P
Coop Program.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.111
Trawl fishery—definitions.
These definitions are specific to the
limited entry trawl fisheries covered in
this subpart. General groundfish
definitions are found at § 660.11,
subpart C.
Catch history assignment means a
percentage of the mothership sector
allocation of Pacific whiting based on a
limited entry permit’s qualifying history
and which is specified on the MS/CVendorsed limited entry permit.
Catcher/processor coop means a
harvester group that includes all eligible
catcher/processor at-sea Pacific whiting
endorsed permit owners who
voluntarily form a coop and who
manage the catcher/processor-specified
allocations through private agreements
and contracts.
Catcher/Processor coop program or
C/P coop program means the C/P Coop
Program described at § 660.160, subpart
D.
Coop agreement means a private
agreement between a group of MS/CVendorsed limited entry permit owners or
C/P-endorsed permit owners that
contains all information specified at
§§ 660.150 and 660.160, subpart D.
Coop member means a permit owner
of an MS/CV-endorsed permit for the
Mothership Program that is a party to
the coop agreement, or a permit owner
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
Coop permit means a Federal permit
required to participate as a Pacific
whiting coop in the catcher/processor or
mothership sectors.
Designated coop manager means an
individual appointed by a permitted
coop that is identified in the coop
agreement and is responsible for actions
described at §§ 660.150 and 660.160,
subpart D.
Individual fishing quota (IFQ) means
a Federal permit to harvest a quantity of
fish, expressed as a percentage of the
total allowable catch of a fishery, that
may be received or held for exclusive
use by a person. An IFQ is a harvest
privilege that may be revoked at any
time in accordance with the Magnuson
Act. IFQ species for the shorebased IFQ
fishery are listed at § 660.140, subpart D.
IFQ first receivers mean persons who
first receive, purchase, or take custody,
control, or possession of catch onshore
directly from a vessel that harvested the
catch while fishing under the
Shorebased IFQ Program described at
§ 660.140, subpart D.
IFQ landing means an offload of fish
harvested under the Shorebased IFQ
Program described at § 660.140, subpart
D.
Inter-coop means two or more
permitted coops that have submitted an
accepted inter-coop agreement to NMFS
that specifies a coordinated strategy for
harvesting pooled allocations of Pacific
whiting and non-whiting groundfish.
Inter-coop agreement means a written
agreement between two or more
permitted mothership coops and which
contains private contractual
arrangements for sharing catch and/or
bycatch with one another.
Material change means, for the
purposes of a coop agreement, a change
to any of the required components of the
coop agreement, defined at §§ 660.150
and 660.160, subpart D, which was
submitted to NMFS during the
application process for the coop permit.
Mothership coop means a group of
MS/CV-endorsed limited entry permit
owners that are authorized by means of
a coop permit to jointly harvest and
process from a single coop allocation.
Mothership coop program or MS coop
program means the Mothership Coop
Program described at § 660.150, subpart
D, and includes both the coop and noncoop fisheries.
Mutual agreement exception means,
for the purpose of § 660.150, subpart D,
an agreement that allows the owner of
a MS/CV-endorsed limited entry permit
to withdraw the catcher vessel’s
obligation to a permitted mothership
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
processor, when mutually agreed to
with the mothership processor, and to
deliver to a different permitted
mothership processor.
Pacific halibut set-aside means an
amount of Pacific halibut annually set
aside for the at-sea whiting fisheries
(mothership and C/P sectors) and which
is based on the trawl allocation of
Pacific whiting.
Pacific whiting IFQ fishery means a
trip in which a vessel registered to a
trawl-endorsed limited entry permit
uses legal midwater groundfish trawl
gear with a valid declaration for limited
entry midwater trawl, Pacific whiting
IFQ, as specified at § 660.13 (d)(5),
subpart C, during the dates when the
midwater Pacific whiting season is
open.
Pacific whiting shoreside first
receivers means persons who first
receive, purchase, or take custody,
control, or possession of Pacific whiting
onshore directly from a Pacific whiting
shoreside vessel.
Pacific whiting shoreside or shorebased fishery means Pacific whiting
shoreside vessels and Pacific whiting
shoreside first receivers.
Pacific whiting shoreside vessel
means any vessel that fishes using
midwater trawl gear to take, retain,
possess and land 4,000-lb (1,814 kg) or
more of Pacific whiting per fishing trip
from the Pacific whiting shore-based
sector allocation for delivery to a Pacific
whiting shoreside first receiver during
the primary season.
Processor obligation means an annual
requirement for a MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry permit to assign the
amount of catch available from the
permit’s catch history assignment to a
particular MS permit.
Quota pounds (QP) means the quotas,
expressed in round weight of fish, that
are issued annually to QS permit
owners in the Shorebased IFQ Program
based on the amount of QS they own
and the amount of fish allocated to the
shorebased IFQ fishery. QP have the
same species/species group and area
designations as the QS from which they
are issued.
Quota share (QS) means the amount
of fishing quota, for an individual
species/species group and area,
expressed as a percentage of the annual
allocation of fish to the Shorebased IFQ
Program. The QS is used as the basis for
the annual calculation and allocation of
a QS permit owner’s QP in the
Shorebased IFQ Program. Species for
which QS will be issued for the
Shorebased IFQ Program are listed at
§ 660.140, subpart D.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Shorebased IFQ program means the
Shorebased IFQ Program described at
§ 660.140, subpart D.
Vessel account means an account
held by the vessel owner where QP are
registered for use by a vessel in the
Shorebased IFQ Program.
Vessel limits means the maximum
amount of QP a vessel can hold, acquire,
and/or use during a calendar year.
Vessel limits specify the maximum
amount of QP that may be registered to
a single vessel during the year (QP
Vessel Limit) and, for some species, the
maximum amount of unused QP
registered to a vessel account at any one
time (Unused QP Vessel Limit).
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.112
Trawl fishery—prohibitions.
These prohibitions are specific to the
limited entry trawl fisheries. General
groundfish prohibitions are defined at
§ 660.12, subpart C. In addition to the
general prohibitions specified in
§ 600.725 of this chapter, it is unlawful
for any person or vessel to:
(a) General—(1) Trawl gear
endorsement. Fish with groundfish
trawl gear, or carry groundfish trawl
gear on board a vessel that also has
groundfish on board, unless the vessel
is registered for use with a valid limited
entry permit with a trawl gear
endorsement, with the following
exception.
(i) The vessel is in continuous transit
from outside the fishery management
area to a port in Washington, Oregon, or
California;
(ii) The vessel is registered to a
limited entry MS permit with a valid
mothership fishery declaration, in
which case trawl nets and doors must be
stowed in a secured and covered
manner, and detached from all towing
lines, so as to be rendered unusable for
fishing.
(2) Sorting. [Reserved]
(3) Recordkeeping and reporting. (i)
Fail to comply with all recordkeeping
and reporting requirements at § 660.13,
subpart C; including failure to submit
information, submission of inaccurate
information, or intentionally submitting
false information on any report required
at § 660.13(d), subpart C.
(ii) Falsify or fail to make and/or file,
retain or make available any and all
reports of groundfish landings,
containing all data, and in the exact
manner, required by the regulation at
§ 660.13, subpart C, or § 660.113,
subpart D.
(4) Fishing in conservation areas with
trawl gear. (i) Operate any vessel
registered to a limited entry permit with
a trawl endorsement and trawl gear on
board in an applicable GCA (defined at
§ 660.11, subpart C and § 660.130(e),
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
subpart D), except for purposes of
continuous transiting, with all
groundfish trawl gear stowed in
accordance with § 660.130(e)(4), subpart
D or except as authorized in the
groundfish management measures
published at § 660.130, subpart D.
(ii) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C)
anywhere within EFH seaward of a line
approximating the 700-fm (1280-m)
depth contour, as defined in § 660.76,
subpart C. For the purposes of
regulation, EFH seaward of 700-fm
(1280-m) within the EEZ is described at
§ 660.75, subpart C.
(iii) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C) with a
footrope diameter greater than 19 inches
(48 cm) (including rollers, bobbins or
other material encircling or tied along
the length of the footrope) anywhere
within EFH within the EEZ. For the
purposes of regulation, EFH within the
EEZ is described at § 660.75, subpart C.
(iv) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C) with a
footrope diameter greater than 8 inches
(20 cm) (including rollers, bobbins or
other material encircling or tied along
the length of the footrope) anywhere
within the EEZ shoreward of a line
approximating the 100-fm (183-m)
depth contour (defined at § 660.73,
subpart C).
(v) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C), within
the EEZ in the following areas (defined
at §§ 660.77 and 660.78, Subpart C):
Olympic 2, Biogenic 1, Biogenic 2,
Grays Canyon, Biogenic 3, Astoria
Canyon, Nehalem Bank/Shale Pile,
Siletz Deepwater, Daisy Bank/Nelson
Island, Newport Rockpile/Stonewall
Bank, Heceta Bank, Deepwater off Coos
Bay, Bandon High Spot, Rogue Canyon.
(vi) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C), other
than demersal seine, unless otherwise
specified in this section or § 660.381,
within the EEZ in the following areas
(defined at § 660.79, subpart C): Eel
River Canyon, Blunts Reef, Mendocino
Ridge, Delgada Canyon, Tolo Bank,
Point Arena North, Point Arena South
Biogenic Area, Cordell Bank/Biogenic
Area, Farallon Islands/Fanny Shoal,
Half Moon Bay, Monterey Bay/Canyon,
Point Sur Deep, Big Sur Coast/Port San
Luis, East San Lucia Bank, Point
Conception, Hidden Reef/Kidney Bank
(within Cowcod Conservation Area
West), Catalina Island, Potato Bank
(within Cowcod Conservation Area
West), Cherry Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), and Cowcod
EFH Conservation Area East.
(vii) Fish with bottom contact gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C) within
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33057
the EEZ in the following areas (defined
at §§ 660.78 and 660.79, subpart C):
Thompson Seamount, President Jackson
Seamount, Cordell Bank (50-fm (91-m)
isobath), Harris Point, Richardson Rock,
Scorpion, Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara.
(viii) Fish with bottom contact gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C), or any
other gear that is deployed deeper than
500-fm (914-m), within the Davidson
Seamount area (defined at § 660.79,
subpart C).
(b) Shorebased IFQ fishery. [Reserved]
(c) Mothership and Catcher/Processor
Sectors. [Reserved]
(d) Mothership Coop Program (Coop
And Non-Coop Fisheries). [Reserved]
(e) Catcher/Processor Coop Program.
[Reserved]
(f) Pacific Whiting Fisheries—(1)
Pacific whiting vessel license
requirements prior to trawl
rationalization. Fish in any of the
sectors of the whiting fishery described
at § 660.131(a), subpart D, after May 11,
2009 using a vessel that is not registered
for use with a sector-appropriate Pacific
whiting vessel license under § 660.26,
subpart C. After May 11, 2009, vessels
are prohibited from fishing, landing, or
processing primary season Pacific
whiting with a catcher/processor,
mothership or mothership catcher
vessel that has no history of
participation within that specific sector
of the whiting fishery during the period
from January 1, 1997, through January 1,
2007, or with a shoreside catcher vessels
that has no history of participation
within the shore-based sector of the
whiting fishery during the period from
January 1, 1994 through January 1, 2007,
as specified in § 660.26(c), subpart C.
For the purpose of this paragraph,
‘‘historic participation’’ for a specific
sector is the same as the qualifying
criteria listed in § 660.26(c), subpart C.
(i) If a Pacific whiting vessel license
is registered for use with a vessel, fail
to carry that license onboard the vessel
registered for use with the license at any
time the vessel is licensed. A photocopy
of the license may not substitute for the
license itself.
(ii) [Reserved].
(2) Process whiting in the fishery
management area during times or in
areas where at-sea processing is
prohibited for the sector in which the
vessel participates, unless:
(i) The fish are received from a
member of a Pacific Coast treaty Indian
tribe fishing under § 660.50, subpart C;
(ii) The fish are processed by a wasteprocessing vessel according to
§ 660.131(j), subpart D; or
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33058
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(iii) The vessel is completing
processing of whiting taken on board
during that vessel’s primary season.
(3) During times or in areas where atsea processing is prohibited, take and
retain or receive whiting, except as
cargo or fish waste, on a vessel in the
fishery management area that already
has processed whiting on board. An
exception to this prohibition is provided
if the fish are received within the tribal
U&A from a member of a Pacific Coast
treaty Indian tribe fishing under
§ 660.50, subpart C.
(4) Fish as a mothership if that vessel
operates in the same calendar year as a
catcher/processor in the whiting fishery,
according to § 660.131, subpart D.
(5) Operate as a waste-processing
vessel within 48 hours of a primary
season for whiting in which that vessel
operates as a catcher/processor or
mothership, according to § 660.131(j),
subpart D.
(6) On a vessel used to fish for
whiting, fail to keep the trawl doors on
board the vessel, when taking and
retention is prohibited under
§ 660.131(f), subpart D.
(7) Sort or discard any portion of the
catch taken by a catcher vessel in the
mothership sector prior to the catch
being received on a mothership, and
prior to the observer being provided
access to the unsorted catch, with the
exception of minor amounts of catch
that are lost when the codend is
separated from the net and prepared for
transfer.
(8) Pacific whiting shoreside first
receivers. (i) [Reserved].
(ii) Fail to sort fish received from a
Pacific whiting shoreside vessel prior to
first weighing after offloading as
specified at § 660.131(k)(2), subpart D
for the Pacific whiting fishery.
(iii) Process, sell, or discard any
groundfish received from a Pacific
whiting shoreside vessel that has not
been weighed on a scale that is in
compliance with requirements at
§ 660.131(k)(1)(i), subpart D, and
accounted for on an electronic fish
ticket with the identification number for
the Pacific whiting shoreside vessel that
delivered the fish.
(iv) Fail to weigh fish landed from a
Pacific whiting shoreside vessel prior to
transporting any fish from that landing
away from the point of landing.
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery—recordkeeping
and reporting.
General groundfish recordkeeping and
reporting requirements are defined at
§ 660.13, subpart C. The following
recordkeeping and reporting
requirements are in addition to those
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
and are specific to the limited entry
trawl fisheries.
(a) IFQ program. [Reserved].
(b) Mothership coop program (coop
and non-coop fisheries). [Reserved].
(c) Catcher/processor coop program.
[Reserved].
(d) Participants in the Pacific whiting
shoreside fishery prior to trawl
rationalization. Reporting requirements
defined in the following section are in
addition to reporting requirements
under applicable state law and
requirements described at § 660.13,
subpart C.
(1) Reporting requirements for any
Pacific whiting shoreside first receiver.
(i) Responsibility for compliance. The
Pacific whiting shoreside first receiver
is responsible for compliance with all
reporting requirements described in this
paragraph.
(ii) General requirements. All records
or reports required by this paragraph
must: be maintained in English, be
accurate, be legible, be based on local
time, and be submitted in a timely
manner as required in paragraph
(d)(1)(iv)(E) of this section.
(iii) Required information. All Pacific
whiting shoreside first receivers must
provide the following types of
information: date of landing, Pacific
whiting shoreside vessel that made the
delivery, gear type used, first receiver,
round weights of species landed listed
by species or species group including
species with no value, number of
salmon by species, number of Pacific
halibut, and any other information
deemed necessary by the Regional
Administrator as specified on the
appropriate electronic fish ticket form.
(iv) Electronic fish ticket submissions.
The Pacific whiting shoreside first
receiver must:
(A) Sort all fish, prior to first
weighing, by species or species groups
as specified at § 660.131(l)(2)(ii), subpart
D.
(B) Include as part of each electronic
fish ticket submission, the actual scale
weight for each groundfish species as
specified by requirements at
§ 660.131(l)(i), subpart D, and the
Pacific whiting shoreside vessel
identification number.
(C) Use for the purpose of submitting
electronic fish tickets, and maintain in
good working order, computer
equipment as specified at § 660.15(d),
subpart C;
(D) Install, use, and update as
necessary, any NMFS-approved
software described at § 660.15(d),
subpart C;
(E) Submit a completed electronic fish
ticket for every landing that includes
4,000-lb (1,814 kg) or more of Pacific
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
whiting (round weight equivalent) no
later than 24 hours after the date the fish
are received, unless a waiver of this
requirement has been granted under
provisions specified below at paragraph
(d)(1)(vii) of this section.
(v) Revising a submitted electronic
fish ticket submission. In the event that
a data error is found, electronic fish
ticket submissions may be revised by
resubmitting the revised form.
Electronic fish tickets are to be used for
the submission of final data.
Preliminary data, including estimates of
fish weights or species composition,
shall not be submitted on electronic fish
tickets.
(vi) Retention of Records. [Reserved].
(vii) Waivers for submission of
electronic fish tickets upon written
request. On a case-by-case basis, a
temporary written waiver of the
requirement to submit electronic fish
tickets may be granted by the Assistant
Regional Administrator or designee if
he/she determines that circumstances
beyond the control of a Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver would result in
inadequate data submissions using the
electronic fish ticket system. The
duration of the waiver will be
determined on a case-by-case basis.
(viii) Reporting requirements when a
temporary waiver has been granted.
Pacific whiting shoreside first receivers
that have been granted a temporary
waiver from the requirement to submit
electronic fish tickets must submit on
paper the same data as is required on
electronic fish tickets within 24 hours of
the date received during the period that
the waiver is in effect. Paper state
landing receipts must be sent by
facsimile to NMFS, Northwest Region,
Sustainable Fisheries Division, 206–
526–6736 or by delivering it in person
to 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle,
WA 98115. The requirements for
submissions of paper tickets in this
paragraph are separate from, and in
addition to existing state requirements
for landing receipts or fish receiving
tickets.
(2) [Reserved].
§ 660.116 Trawl fishery—observer
requirements.
(a) Observer coverage requirements—
(1) NMFS-certified observers.
(i) A catcher/processor or mothership
125-ft (38.1-m) LOA or longer must
carry two NMFS-certified observers, and
a catcher/processor or mothership
shorter than 125-ft (38.1-m) LOA must
carry one NMFS-certified observer, each
day that the vessel is used to take,
retain, receive, land, process, or
transport groundfish.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(ii) A Pacific whiting shoreside vessel
that sorts catch at sea must carry one
NMFS-certified observer, from the time
the vessel leaves port on a trip in which
the catch is sorted at sea to the time that
all catch from that trip has been
offloaded.
(2) Catcher vessels. When NMFS
notifies the owner, operator, permit
holder, or the manager of a catcher
vessel, specified at § 660.16(c), Subpart
C of any requirement to carry an
observer, the catcher vessel may not be
used to fish for groundfish without
carrying an observer.
(i) Notice of departure—basic rule. At
least 24 hours (but not more than 36
hours) before departing on a fishing trip,
a vessel that has been notified by NMFS
that it is required to carry an observer,
or that is operating in an active
sampling unit, must notify NMFS (or its
designated agent) of the vessel’s
intended time of departure. Notice will
be given in a form to be specified by
NMFS.
(A) Optional notice—weather delays.
A vessel that anticipates a delayed
departure due to weather or sea
conditions may advise NMFS of the
anticipated delay when providing the
basic notice described in paragraph
(a)(2)(i) of this section. If departure is
delayed beyond 36 hours from the time
the original notice is given, the vessel
must provide an additional notice of
departure not less than 4 hours prior to
departure, in order to enable NMFS to
place an observer.
(B) Optional notice—back-to-back
fishing trips. A vessel that intends to
make back-to-back fishing trips (i.e.,
trips with less than 24 hours between
offloading from one trip and beginning
another), may provide the basic notice
described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this
section for both trips, prior to making
the first trip. A vessel that has given
such notice is not required to give
additional notice of the second trip.
(ii) Cease fishing report. Within 24
hours of ceasing the taking and retaining
of groundfish, vessel owners, operators,
or managers must notify NMFS or its
designated agent that fishing has ceased.
This requirement applies to any vessel
that is required to carry an observer, or
that is operating in a segment of the fleet
that NMFS has identified as an active
sampling unit.
(b) Waiver. The Northwest Regional
Administrator may provide written
notification to the vessel owner stating
that a determination has been made to
temporarily waive coverage
requirements because of circumstances
that are deemed to be beyond the
vessel’s control.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(c) Procurement of observer services
by catcher/processors, motherships, and
Pacific whiting shoreside vessels that
sort at sea. Owners of vessels required
to carry observers under provisions at
paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section
must arrange for observer services from
an observer provider permitted by the
North Pacific Groundfish Observer
Program under 50 CFR 679.50(i), except
that:
(1) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
when NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff or an individual authorized
by NMFS in lieu of an observer
provided by a permitted observer
provider.
(2) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
and a permitted observer provider when
NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff or individuals authorized by
NMFS, in addition to an observer
provided by a permitted observer
provider.
(d) Vessel responsibilities. An
operator of a vessel required to carry
one or more observer(s) must provide:
(1) Accommodations and food.
Provide accommodations and food that
are:
(i) At-sea processors. Equivalent to
those provided for officers, engineers,
foremen, deck-bosses or other
management level personnel of the
vessel.
(ii) Catcher vessels. Equivalent to
those provided to the crew.
(2) Safe conditions. Maintain safe
conditions on the vessel for the
protection of observer(s) including
adherence to all USCG and other
applicable rules, regulations, or statutes
pertaining to safe operation of the
vessel, and provisions at §§ 600.725 and
600.746 of this chapter.
(3) Observer communications.
Facilitate observer communications by:
(i) Observer use of equipment.
Allowing observer(s) to use the vessel’s
communication equipment and
personnel, on request, for the entry,
transmission, and receipt of workrelated messages, at no cost to the
observer(s) or the U.S. or designated
agent.
(ii) Functional equipment. Ensuring
that the vessel’s communications
equipment, used by observers to enter
and transmit data, is fully functional
and operational.
(iii) Hardware and software. Pacific
whiting vessels that are required to
carry one or more NMFS-certified
observers under provisions at
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33059
must provide hardware and software
pursuant to regulations at 50 CFR
679.50(g)(1)(iii)(B) and 50 CFR
679.50(g)(2)(iii), as follows:
(A) Providing for use by the observer
a personal computer in working
condition that contains a full Pentium
120 Mhz or greater capacity processing
chip, at least 32 megabytes of RAM, at
least 75 megabytes of free hard disk
storage, a Windows 9x or NT compatible
operating system, an operating mouse,
and a 3.5-inch (8.9 cm) floppy disk
drive. The associated computer monitor
must have a viewable screen size of at
least 14.1 inches (35.8 cm) and
minimum display settings of 600×800
pixels. The computer equipment
specified in this paragraph (A) must be
connected to a communication device
that provides a modem connection to
the NMFS host computer and supports
one or more of the following protocols:
ITU V.22, ITU V.22bis, ITU V.32, ITU
V.32bis, or ITU V.34. Processors that use
a modem must have at least a 28.8kbs
Hayes-compatible modem. The abovespecified hardware and software
requirements do not apply to processors
that do not process groundfish.
(B) NMFS-supplied software.
Ensuring that each vessel that is
required to carry a NMFS-certified
observer obtains the data entry software
provided by the NMFS for use by the
observer.
(4) Vessel position. Allow observer(s)
access to, and the use of, the vessel’s
navigation equipment and personnel, on
request, to determine the vessel’s
position.
(5) Access. Allow observer(s) free and
unobstructed access to the vessel’s
bridge, trawl or working decks, holding
bins, processing areas, freezer spaces,
weight scales, cargo holds, and any
other space that may be used to hold,
process, weigh, or store fish or fish
products at any time.
(6) Prior notification. Notify
observer(s) at least 15 minutes before
fish are brought on board, or fish and
fish products are transferred from the
vessel, to allow sampling the catch or
observing the transfer, unless the
observer specifically requests not to be
notified.
(7) Records. Allow observer(s) to
inspect and copy any state or Federal
logbook maintained voluntarily or as
required by regulation.
(8) Assistance. Provide all other
reasonable assistance to enable
observer(s) to carry out their duties,
including, but not limited to:
(i) Measuring decks, codends, and
holding bins.
(ii) Providing the observer(s) with a
safe work area.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33060
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(iii) Collecting bycatch when
requested by the observer(s).
(iv) Collecting and carrying baskets of
fish when requested by the observer(s).
(v) Allowing the observer(s) to collect
biological data and samples.
(vi) Providing adequate space for
storage of biological samples.
(9) At-sea transfers to or from
processing vessels. Processing vessels
must:
(i) Ensure that transfers of observers at
sea via small boat or raft are carried out
during daylight hours, under safe
conditions, and with the agreement of
observers involved.
(ii) Notify observers at least 3 hours
before observers are transferred, such
that the observers can collect personal
belongings, equipment, and scientific
samples.
(iii) Provide a safe pilot ladder and
conduct the transfer to ensure the safety
of observers during transfers.
(iv) Provide an experienced crew
member to assist observers in the small
boat or raft in which any transfer is
made.
(e) Sample station and operational—
(1) Observer sampling station. This
paragraph contains the requirements for
observer sampling stations. The vessel
owner must provide an observer
sampling station that complies with this
section so that the observer can carry
out required duties.
(i) Accessibility. The observer
sampling station must be available to
the observer at all times.
(ii) Location. The observer sampling
station must be located within 4 m of
the location from which the observer
samples unsorted catch. Unobstructed
passage must be provided between the
observer sampling station and the
location where the observer collects
sample catch.
(iii) Minimum work space aboard atsea processing vessels. The observer
must have a working area of 4.5 square
meters, including the observer’s
sampling table, for sampling and storage
of fish to be sampled. The observer must
be able to stand upright and have a work
area at least 0.9 m deep in the area in
front of the table and scale.
(iv) Table aboard at-sea processing
vessels. The observer sampling station
must include a table at least 0.6 m deep,
1.2 m wide and 0.9 m high and no more
than 1.1 m high. The entire surface area
of the table must be available for use by
the observer. Any area for the observer
sampling scale is in addition to the
minimum space requirements for the
table. The observer’s sampling table
must be secured to the floor or wall.
(v) Diverter board aboard at-sea
processing vessels. The conveyor belt
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
conveying unsorted catch must have a
removable board (diverter board) to
allow all fish to be diverted from the
belt directly into the observer’s
sampling baskets. The diverter board
must be located downstream of the scale
used to weigh total catch. At least 1 m
of accessible belt space, located
downstream of the scale used to weight
total catch, must be available for the
observer’s use when sampling.
(vi) Other requirement for at-sea
processing vessels. The sampling station
must be in a well-drained area that
includes floor grating (or other material
that prevents slipping), lighting
adequate for day or night sampling, and
a hose that supplies fresh or sea water
to the observer.
(vii) Observer sampling scale. The
observer sample station must include a
NMFS-approved platform scale
(pursuant to requirements at 50 CFR
679.28(d)(5)) with a capacity of at least
50 kg located within 1 m of the
observer’s sampling table. The scale
must be mounted so that the weighing
surface is no more than 0.7 m above the
floor.
§ 660.120 Trawl fishery—crossover
provisions.
(a) General. In addition to the General
provisions listed at § 660.60, subpart C,
the crossover provisions of this section
apply to vessels operating in the limited
entry trawl fishery.
(b) Operating in north-south
management areas with different trip
limits—(1) Minor Rockfish.
(i) If a trawl vessel takes and retains
minor shelf rockfish south of 40°10′ N.
lat., that vessel is also permitted to take
and retain, possess, or land yellowtail
rockfish up to its cumulative limits
north of 40°10′ N. lat., even if yellowtail
rockfish is part of the landings from
minor shelf rockfish taken and retained
south of 40°10′ N. lat. Widow rockfish
is included in overall shelf rockfish
limits for all gear groups.
(ii) If a trawl vessel takes and retains
minor shelf rockfish north of 40°10′ N.
lat., that vessel is also permitted to take
and retain, possess, or land chilipepper
rockfish up to its cumulative limits
south of 40°10′ N. lat., even if
chilipepper rockfish is part of the
landings from minor shelf rockfish
taken and retained north of 40°10′ N. lat.
(2) DTS complex. Differential trawl
trip limits for the ‘‘DTS complex’’ north
and south of latitudinal management
lines may be specified in trip limits,
Table 1 (North) and Table 1 (South) of
this subpart. Vessels operating in the
limited entry trawl fishery are subject to
the crossover provisions in this
paragraph when making landings that
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
include any one of the four species in
the ‘‘DTS complex.’’
(3) Flatfish complex. There are often
differential trip limits for the flatfish
complex (butter, curlfin, English,
flathead, petrale, rex, rock, and sand
soles, Pacific sanddab, and starry
flounder) north and south of latitudinal
management lines. Vessels operating in
the limited entry trawl fishery are
subject to the crossover provisions in
this paragraph when making landings
that include any one of the species in
the flatfish complex.
§ 660.130 Trawl fishery—management
measures.
(a) General. Limited entry trawl
vessels include those vessels registered
to a limited entry permit with a trawl
endorsement. Most species taken in
limited entry trawl fisheries will be
managed with cumulative trip limits
(see trip limits in Tables 1 (North) and
1 (South) of this subpart), size limits
(see § 660.60 (h)(5), subpart C), seasons
(see Pacific whiting at § 660.131(b),
subpart D), gear restrictions (see
paragraph (b) of this section) and closed
areas (see paragraph (e) of this section
and §§ 660.70 through 660.79, subpart
C). The trawl fishery has gear
requirements and trip limits that differ
by the type of trawl gear on board and
the area fished. Cowcod retention is
prohibited in all fisheries and
groundfish vessels operating south of
Point Conception must adhere to CCA
restrictions (see paragraph (e)(1) of this
section and § 660.70, subpart C). The
trip limits in Tables 1 (North) and 1
(South) of this subpart apply to vessels
participating in the limited entry
groundfish trawl fishery and may not be
exceeded. Federal commercial
groundfish regulations are not intended
to supersede any more restrictive state
commercial groundfish regulations
relating to federally-managed
groundfish.
(b) Trawl gear requirements and
restrictions. Trawl nets may be fished
with or without otter boards, and may
use warps or cables to herd fish.
(1) Codends. Only single-walled
codends may be used in any trawl.
Double-walled codends are prohibited.
(2) Mesh size. Groundfish trawl gear
must meet the minimum mesh size
requirements in this paragraph. Mesh
size requirements apply throughout the
net. Minimum trawl mesh sizes are:
bottom trawl, 4.5 inches (11.4 cm);
midwater trawl, 3.0 inches (7.6 cm).
Minimum trawl mesh size requirements
are met if a 20-gauge stainless steel
wedge, less one thickness of the metal
wedge, can be passed with only thumb
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
pressure through at least 16 of 20 sets
of two meshes each of wet mesh.
(3) Chafing gear. Chafing gear may
encircle no more than 50 percent of the
net’s circumference. No section of
chafing gear may be longer than 50
meshes of the net to which it is
attached. Chafing gear may be used only
on the last 50 meshes, measured from
the terminal (closed) end of the codend.
Except at the corners, the terminal end
of each section of chafing gear on all
trawl gear must not be connected to the
net. (The terminal end is the end
farthest from the mouth of the net.)
Chafing gear must be attached outside
any riblines and restraining straps.
There is no limit on the number of
sections of chafing gear on a net.
(4) Large footrope trawl gear. Large
footrope gear is bottom trawl gear with
a footrope diameter larger than 8 inches
(20 cm) (including rollers, bobbins or
other material encircling or tied along
the length of the footrope). Fishing with
bottom trawl gear with a footrope
diameter greater than 19 inches (48 cm)
(including rollers, bobbins, or other
material encircling or tied along the
length of the footrope) is prohibited
anywhere in EFH within the EEZ, as
defined by latitude/longitude
coordinates at § 660.75, subpart C.
(5) Small footrope trawl gear. Small
footrope gear is bottom trawl gear with
a footrope diameter of 8 inches (20 cm)
or smaller (including rollers, bobbins or
other material encircling or tied along
the length of the footrope). Other lines
or ropes that run parallel to the footrope
may not be augmented with material
encircling or tied along their length
such that they have a diameter larger
than 8 inches (20 cm). For enforcement
purposes, the footrope will be measured
in a straight line from the outside edge
to the opposite outside edge at the
widest part on any individual part,
including any individual disk, roller,
bobbin, or any other device.
(i) Selective flatfish trawl gear.
Selective flatfish trawl gear is a type of
small footrope trawl gear. The selective
flatfish trawl net must be a two-seamed
net with no more than two riblines,
excluding the codend. The breastline
may not be longer than 3 ft (0.92 m) in
length. There may be no floats along the
center third of the headrope or attached
to the top panel except on the riblines.
The footrope must be less than 105 ft
(32.26 m) in length. The headrope must
be not less than 30 percent longer than
the footrope. An explanatory diagram of
a selective flatfish trawl net is provided
as Figure 1 of part 660, subpart D.
(ii) [Reserved].
(6) Midwater (or pelagic) trawl gear.
Midwater trawl gear must have
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
unprotected footropes at the trawl
mouth, and must not have rollers,
bobbins, tires, wheels, rubber discs, or
any similar device anywhere on any
part of the net. The footrope of
midwater gear may not be enlarged by
encircling it with chains or by any other
means. Ropes or lines running parallel
to the footrope of midwater trawl gear
must be bare and may not be suspended
with chains or any other materials.
Sweep lines, including the bottom leg of
the bridle, must be bare. For at least 20
ft. (6.15 m) immediately behind the
footrope or headrope, bare ropes or
mesh of 16-inch (40.6–cm) minimum
mesh size must completely encircle the
net. A band of mesh (a ‘‘skirt’’) may
encircle the net under transfer cables,
lifting or splitting straps (chokers), but
must be: Over riblines and restraining
straps; the same mesh size and coincide
knot-to-knot with the net to which it is
attached; and no wider than 16 meshes.
(c) Cumulative trip limits and
prohibitions by limited entry trawl gear
type. Management measures may vary
depending on the type of trawl gear (i.e.,
large footrope, small footrope, selective
flatfish, or midwater trawl gear) used
and/or on board a vessel during a
fishing trip, cumulative limit period,
and the area fished. Trawl nets may be
used on and off the seabed. For some
species or species groups, Table 1
(North) and Table 1 (South) of this
subpart provide cumulative and/or trip
limits that are specific to different types
of trawl gear: Large footrope, small
footrope (including selective flatfish),
selective flatfish, midwater, and
multiple types. If Table 1 (North) and
Table 1 (South) of this subpart provide
gear specific limits for a particular
species or species group, it is unlawful
to take and retain, possess or land that
species or species group with limited
entry trawl gears other than those listed.
(1) Fishing with large footrope trawl
gear. It is unlawful for any vessel using
large footrope gear to fish for groundfish
shoreward of the RCAs defined at
paragraph (e)(4) of this section and at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C.
The use of large footrope gear is
permitted seaward of the RCAs
coastwide.
(2) Fishing with small footrope trawl
gear. North of 40°10′ N. lat., it is
unlawful for any vessel using small
footrope gear (except selective flatfish
gear) to fish for groundfish or have small
footrope trawl gear (except selective
flatfish gear) onboard while fishing
shoreward of the RCA defined at
paragraph (d) of this section and at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C.
South of 40°10′ N. lat., small footrope
gear is required shoreward of the RCA.
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33061
Small footrope gear is permitted
seaward of the RCA coastwide.
(i) North of 40°10′ N. lat., selective
flatfish gear is required shoreward of the
RCA defined at paragraph (d) of this
section and at §§ 660.70, through
660.74, subpart C. South of 40°10′ N.
lat., selective flatfish gear is permitted,
but not required, shoreward of the RCA.
The use of selective flatfish trawl gear
is permitted seaward of the RCA
coastwide.
(ii) [Reserved].
(3) Fishing with midwater trawl gear.
North of 40°10′ N. lat., midwater trawl
gear is permitted only for vessels
participating in the primary Pacific
whiting fishery (for details on the
Pacific whiting fishery see § 660.131,
subpart D.) South of 40°10′ N. lat., the
use of midwater trawl gear is prohibited
shoreward of the RCA and permitted
seaward of the RCA.
(4) More than one type of trawl gear
on board. The cumulative trip limits in
Table 1 (North) or Table 1 (South) of
this subpart must not be exceeded.
(i) The following restrictions apply to
vessels operating north of 40°10′ N. lat.:
(A) A vessel may not have both
groundfish trawl gear and nongroundfish trawl gear onboard
simultaneously. A vessel may not have
both bottom trawl gear and midwater
trawl gear onboard simultaneously. A
vessel may have more than one type of
limited entry bottom trawl gear on
board, either simultaneously or
successively, during a cumulative limit
period.
(B) If a vessel fishes exclusively with
large or small footrope trawl gear during
an entire cumulative limit period, the
vessel is subject to the small or large
footrope trawl gear cumulative limits
and that vessel must fish seaward of the
RCA during that limit period.
(C) If a vessel fishes exclusively with
selective flatfish trawl gear during an
entire cumulative limit period, then the
vessel is subject to the selective flatfish
trawl gear-cumulative limits during that
limit period, regardless of whether the
vessel is fishing shoreward or seaward
of the RCA.
(D) If more than one type of bottom
trawl gear (selective flatfish, large
footrope, or small footrope) is on board,
either simultaneously or successively, at
any time during a cumulative limit
period, then the most restrictive
cumulative limit associated with the
bottom trawl gear on board during that
cumulative limit period applies for the
entire cumulative limit period,
regardless of whether the vessel is
fishing shoreward or seaward of the
RCA.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33062
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(E) If a vessel fishes both north and
south of 40°10′ N. lat. with any type of
small footrope gear onboard the vessel
at any time during the cumulative limit
period, the most restrictive trip limit
associated with the gear on board
applies for that trip and will count
toward the cumulative trip limit for that
gear. (See crossover provisions at
§ 660.120, subpart D.)
(F) Midwater trawl gear is allowed
only for vessels participating in the
primary whiting season.
(ii) The following restrictions apply to
vessels operating south of 40°10′ N. lat.:
(A) A vessel may not have both
groundfish trawl gear and nongroundfish trawl gear onboard
simultaneously. A vessel may not have
both bottom trawl gear and midwater
trawl gear onboard simultaneously. A
vessel may not have small footrope
trawl gear and any other type of bottom
trawl gear onboard simultaneously.
(B) For vessels using more than one
type of trawl gear during a cumulative
limit period, limits are additive up to
the largest limit for the type of gear used
during that period. (Example: If a vessel
harvests 300 lbs. (136 kg) of chilipepper
rockfish with small footrope-gear, it may
harvest up to 11,700 lbs. (5,209 kg) of
chilipepper rockfish with large footrope
gear during the July and August
cumulative period, because the largest
cumulative limit for chilipepper
rockfish during that period is 12,000 lbs.
(5,443 kg) for large footrope gear.)
(C) If a vessel fishes both north and
south of 40°10′ N. lat. with any type of
small footrope gear onboard the vessel
at any time during the cumulative limit
period, the most restrictive trip limit
associated with the gear on board
applies for that trip and will count
toward the cumulative trip limit for that
gear (See crossover provisions at
§ 660.120, subpart D.)
(d) Sorting. Under § 660.12 (a)(8),
subpart C, it is unlawful for any person
to ‘‘fail to sort, prior to the first weighing
after offloading, those groundfish
species or species groups for which
there is a trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY, if the vessel fished or
landed in an area during a time when
such trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY applied.’’ The States of
Washington, Oregon, and California
may also require that vessels record
their landings as sorted on their state
landing receipt.
(1) Coastwide. Widow rockfish,
canary rockfish, darkblotched rockfish,
yelloweye rockfish, shortbelly rockfish,
black rockfish, blue rockfish, minor
nearshore rockfish, minor shelf rockfish,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
minor slope rockfish, shortspine and
longspine thornyhead, Dover sole,
arrowtooth flounder, petrale sole, starry
flounder, English sole, other flatfish,
lingcod, sablefish, Pacific cod, spiny
dogfish, other fish, longnose skate, and
Pacific whiting;
(2) North of 40°10′ N. lat. POP,
yellowtail rockfish;
(3) South of 40°10′ N. lat. Minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, California
scorpionfish, chilipepper rockfish,
bocaccio rockfish, splitnose rockfish,
Pacific sanddabs, cowcod,
bronzespotted rockfish and cabezon.
(e) Groundfish conservation areas
(GCAs) applicable to trawl vessels. A
GCA, a type of closed area, is a
geographic area defined by coordinates
expressed in degrees of latitude and
longitude. The latitude and longitude
coordinates of the GCA boundaries are
specified at §§ 660.70 through 660.74,
subpart C. A vessel that is fishing within
a GCA listed in this paragraph (d) with
trawl gear authorized for use within a
GCA may not have any other type of
trawl gear on board the vessel. The
following GCAs apply to vessels
participating in the limited entry trawl
fishery. Additional closed areas that
specifically apply to the Pacific whiting
fisheries are described at § 660.131(c),
subpart D.
(1) Cowcod conservation areas
(CCAs). Vessels using limited entry
trawl gear are prohibited from fishing
within the CCAs. See § 660.70 for the
coordinates that define the CCAs.
Limited entry trawl vessels may transit
through the Western CCA with their
gear stowed and groundfish on board
only in a corridor through the Western
CCA bounded on the north by the
latitude line at 33°00.50′ N. lat., and
bounded on the south by the latitude
line at 32°59.50′ N. lat. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish within the CCAs, except as
authorized in this paragraph, when
those waters are open to fishing.
(2) Farallon islands. Under California
law, commercial fishing for all
groundfish is prohibited between the
shoreline and the 10-fm (18-m) depth
contour around the Farallon Islands.
(See § 660.70, subpart C.)
(3) Cordell Banks. Commercial fishing
for groundfish is prohibited in waters of
depths less than 100-fm (183-m) around
Cordell Banks as defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.70, subpart C.
(4) Trawl rockfish conservation areas.
The trawl RCAs are closed areas,
defined by specific latitude and
longitude coordinates which are
specified at §§ 660.70 through 660.74,
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
subpart C. Boundaries for the trawl
RCAs applicable to groundfish trawl
vessels throughout the year are provided
in the header to Table 1 (North) and
Table 1 (South) of this subpart and may
be modified by NMFS inseason
pursuant to § 660.60(c), subpart C.
(i) It is unlawful to operate a vessel
with trawl gear onboard within the
trawl RCA, except for the purpose of
continuous transiting, or when the use
of trawl gear is authorized in this
section. It is lawful to fish with
groundfish trawl gear within the trawl
RCA only under the following
conditions: Vessels fishing with
midwater trawl gear on Pacific whiting
trips during the primary whiting season,
provided a valid declaration report has
been filed with NMFS OLE, as required
at § 660.12(d), subpart C; and vessels
fishing with demersal seine gear
between 38° N. lat. and 36° N. lat.
shoreward of a boundary line
approximating the 100 fm (183 m) depth
contour as defined at § 660.73, subpart
C, provided a valid declaration report
has been filed.
(ii) Trawl vessels may transit through
an applicable GCA, with or without
groundfish on board, provided all
groundfish trawl gear is stowed either:
Below deck; or if the gear cannot readily
be moved, in a secured and covered
manner, detached from all towing lines,
so that it is rendered unusable for
fishing; or remaining on deck uncovered
if the trawl doors are hung from their
stanchions and the net is disconnected
from the doors. These restrictions do not
apply to vessels fishing with midwater
trawl gear for whiting during a primary
season.
(iii) It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
limited entry trawl gear within the trawl
RCA, unless otherwise authorized in
this section.
(iv) If a vessel fishes in the trawl RCA,
it may not participate in any fishing on
that trip that is prohibited within the
trawl RCA. [For example, if a vessel
fishes in the pink shrimp fishery within
the RCA, the vessel cannot on the same
trip fish in the DTS fishery seaward of
the RCA.] Nothing in these Federal
regulations supersedes any state
regulations that may prohibit trawling
shoreward of the fishery management
area (3–200 nm).
(5) Essential fish habitat conservation
areas. An EFHCA, a type of closed area,
is a geographic area defined by
coordinates expressed in degrees of
latitude and longitude at §§ 660.75
through 660.79, subpart C, where
specified types of fishing are prohibited
in accordance with § 660.12, subpart C.
EFHCAs apply to vessels using bottom
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
trawl gear or to vessels using ‘‘bottom
contact gear,’’ which is defined at
§ 660.11, subpart C, to include bottom
trawl gear, among other gear types.
(i) The following EFHCAs apply to
vessels operating within the West Coast
EEZ with bottom trawl gear:
(A) Seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 700-fm (1280-m)
depth contour. Fishing with bottom
trawl gear is prohibited in waters of
depths greater than 700-fm (1280-m)
within the EFH, as defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.75 and 660.76, subpart C.
(B) Shoreward of a boundary line
approximating the 100-fm (183-m)
depth contour. Fishing with bottom
trawl gear with a footrope diameter
greater than 8 inches (20-cm) is
prohibited in waters shoreward of a
boundary line approximating the 100-fm
(183-m) depth contour, as defined by
specific latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.73, subpart C.
(C) EFHCAs for all bottom trawl gear.
Fishing with bottom trawl gear is
prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.77 through 660.78, subpart C:
Olympic 2, Biogenic 1, Biogenic 2,
Grays Canyon, Biogenic 3, Astoria
Canyon, Nehalem Bank/Shale Pile,
Siletz Deepwater, Daisy Bank/Nelson
Island, Newport Rockpile/Stonewall
Bank, Heceta Bank, Deepwater off Coos
Bay, Bandon High Spot, Rogue Canyon.
(D) EFHCAs for all bottom trawl gear,
except demersal seine gear. Fishing
with bottom trawl gear except demersal
seine gear (defined at § 660.11, subpart
C) is prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.79, subpart C: Eel River Canyon,
Blunts Reef, Mendocino Ridge, Delgada
Canyon, Tolo Bank, Point Arena North,
Point Arena South Biogenic Area,
Cordell Bank/Biogenic Area, Farallon
Islands/Fanny Shoal, Half Moon Bay,
Monterey Bay/Canyon, Point Sur Deep,
Big Sur Coast/Port San Luis, East San
Lucia Bank, Point Conception, Hidden
Reef/Kidney Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), Catalina
Island, Potato Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), Cherry Bank
(within Cowcod Conservation Area
West), and Cowcod EFH Conservation
Area East.
(ii) EFHCAs for bottom contact gear,
which includes bottom trawl gear.
Fishing with bottom contact gear,
including bottom trawl gear is
prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.75 through 660.79, Subpart C:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
Thompson Seamount, President Jackson
Seamount, Cordell Bank (50 fm (91 m)
isobath), Harris Point, Richardson Rock,
Scorpion, Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara. Fishing with
bottom contact gear is also prohibited
within the Davidson Seamount EFH
Area, which is defined with specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.75, subpart C.
§ 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
(a) Sectors. In order for a vessel to fish
in a particular whiting fishery sector
after May 11, 2009, that vessel must be
registered for use with a sector-specific
Pacific whiting vessel license under
§ 660.26, subpart C.
(1) The catcher/processor sector is
composed of catcher/processors, which
are vessels that harvest and process
whiting during a calendar year.
(2) The mothership sector is
composed of motherships and catcher
vessels that harvest whiting for delivery
to motherships. Motherships are vessels
that process, but do not harvest, whiting
during a calendar year.
(3) The shore-based sector is
composed of vessels that harvest
whiting for delivery to Pacific whiting
shoreside first receivers.
Notwithstanding the other provisions of
50 CFR part 660, subpart C or D, a vessel
that is 75 feet or less LOA that harvests
whiting and, in addition to heading and
gutting, cuts the tail off and freezes the
whiting, is not considered to be a
catcher/processor nor is it considered to
be processing fish. Such a vessel is
considered a participant in the
shorebased whiting sector, and is
subject to regulations and allocations for
that sector.
(b) Pacific whiting seasons.
(1) Primary seasons. The primary
seasons for the whiting fishery are:
(i) For the shore-based sector, the
period(s) when the large-scale target
fishery is conducted (when trip limits
under paragraph (b) of this section are
not in effect);
(ii) For catcher/processors, the
period(s) when at-sea processing is
allowed and the fishery is open for the
catcher/processor sector; and
(iii) For vessels delivering to
motherships, the period(s) when at-sea
processing is allowed and the fishery is
open for the mothership sector.
(2) Before and after the primary
seasons. Before and after the primary
seasons, trip landing or frequency limits
may be imposed under § 660.60(c). The
sectors are defined at § 660.60(a).
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33063
(3) Different primary season start
dates. North of 40°30′ N. lat., different
starting dates may be established for the
catcher/processor sector, the mothership
sector, catcher vessels delivering to
shoreside processors north of 42° N. lat.,
and catcher vessels delivering to
shoreside processors between 42° N. lat.
through 40°30′ N. lat.
(i) Procedures. The primary seasons
for the whiting fishery north of 40°30′ N.
lat. generally will be established
according to the procedures of the
PCGFMP for developing and
implementing harvest specifications and
apportionments. The season opening
dates remain in effect unless changed,
generally with the harvest specifications
and management measures.
(ii) Criteria. The start of a primary
season may be changed based on a
recommendation from the Council and
consideration of the following factors, if
applicable: Size of the harvest
guidelines for whiting and bycatch
species; age/size structure of the whiting
population; expected harvest of bycatch
and prohibited species; availability and
stock status of prohibited species;
expected participation by catchers and
processors; environmental conditions;
timing of alternate or competing
fisheries; industry agreement; fishing or
processing rates; and other relevant
information.
(iii) Primary whiting season start
dates and duration. After the start of a
primary season for a sector of the
whiting fishery, the season remains
open for that sector until the quota is
taken or a bycatch limit is reached and
the fishery season for that sector is
closed by NMFS. The starting dates for
the primary seasons for the whiting
fishery are as follows:
(A) Catcher/processor sector—May 15.
(B) Mothership sector—May 15.
(C) Shore-based sector
(1) North of 42° N. lat.—June 15;
(2) Between 42°–40°30′ N. lat.—April
1; and
(3) South of 40°30′ N. lat.—April 15.
(4) Trip limits in the whiting fishery.
The ‘‘per trip’’ limit for whiting before
and after the regular (primary) season
for the shore-based sector is announced
in Table 1 of this subpart, and is a
routine management measure under
§ 660.60(c). This trip limit includes any
whiting caught shoreward of 100 fm
(183 m) in the Eureka, CA area. The ‘‘per
trip’’ limit for other groundfish species
before, during, and after the regular
(primary) season are announced in
Table 1 (North) and Table 1 (South) of
this subpart and apply as follows:
(i) During the groundfish cumulative
limit periods both before and after the
primary whiting season, vessels may use
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33064
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
either small and/or large footrope gear,
but are subject to the more restrictive
trip limits for those entire cumulative
periods.
(ii) If, during a primary whiting
season, a whiting vessel harvests a
groundfish species other than whiting
for which there is a midwater trip limit,
then that vessel may also harvest up to
another footrope-specific limit for that
species during any cumulative limit
period that overlaps the start or end of
the primary whiting season.
(5) Bycatch limits in the whiting
fishery. The bycatch limits for the
whiting fishery may be established,
adjusted, and used inseason to close a
sector or sectors of the whiting fishery
to achieve the rebuilding of an
overfished or depleted stock. These
limits are routine management measures
under § 660.60(c), subpart C, and, as
such, may be adjusted inseason or may
have new species added to the list of
those with bycatch limits. Closure of a
sector or sectors when a bycatch limit is
projected to be reached is an automatic
action under § 660.60(d), subpart C.
(i) The whiting fishery bycatch limit
is apportioned among the sectors
identified in paragraph (a) of this
section based on the same percentages
used to allocate whiting among the
sectors, established in § 660.55(i)(2),
subpart C. The sector specific bycatch
limits are: For catcher/processors 6.1 mt
of canary rockfish, 85.0 mt of widow
rockfish, and 8.5 mt of darkblotched
rockfish; for motherships 4.3 mt of
canary rockfish, 60.0 mt of widow
rockfish, and 6.0 mt of darkblotched
rockfish; and for shore-based 7.6 mt of
canary rockfish, 105.0 mt of widow
rockfish, and 10.5 mt of darkblotched
rockfish.
(ii) The Regional Administrator may
make available for harvest to the other
sectors of the whiting fishery identified
in § 660.131(a) of this subpart, the
amounts of a sector’s bycatch limit
species remaining when a sector is
closed because its whiting allocation or
a bycatch limit has been reached or is
projected to be reached. The remaining
bycatch limit species shall be
redistributed in proportion to each
sector’s initial whiting allocation. When
considering redistribution of bycatch
limits between the sectors of the whiting
fishery, the Regional Administrator will
take into consideration the best
available data on total projected fishing
impacts on the bycatch limit species, as
well as impacts on other groundfish
species.
(iii) If a bycatch limit is reached or is
projected to be reached, the following
action, applicable to the sector may be
taken.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(A) Catcher/processor sector. Further
taking and retaining, receiving, or at-sea
processing of whiting by a catcher/
processor is prohibited. No additional
unprocessed whiting may be brought on
board after at-sea processing is
prohibited, but a catcher/processor may
continue to process whiting that was on
board before at-sea processing was
prohibited.
(B) Mothership sector. Further
receiving or at-sea processing of whiting
by a mothership is prohibited. No
additional unprocessed whiting may be
brought on board after at-sea processing
is prohibited, but a mothership may
continue to process whiting that was on
board before at-sea processing was
prohibited. Whiting may not be taken
and retained, possessed, or landed by a
catcher vessel participating in the
mothership sector.
(C) Shore-based sector. Whiting may
not be taken and retained, possessed, or
landed by a catcher vessel participating
in the shore-based sector except as
authorized under a trip limit specified
under § 660.60(c), subpart C.
(iv) The Regional Administrator will
announce in the Federal Register when
a bycatch limit is reached, or is
projected to be reached, specifying the
action being taken as specified under
paragraph (b)(5) of this section. The
Regional Administrator will announce
in the Federal Register any
reapportionment of bycatch limit
species. In order to prevent exceeding
the bycatch limits or to avoid
underutilizing the Pacific whiting
resource, prohibitions against further
taking and retaining, receiving, or at-sea
processing of whiting, or
reapportionment of bycatch limits
species may be made effective
immediately by actual notice to fishers
and processors, by e-mail, Internet
(https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/GroundfishHalibut/Groundfish-FisheryManagement/Whiting-Management/
index.cfm), phone, fax, letter, press
release, and/or USCG Notice to Mariners
(monitor channel 16 VHF), followed by
publication in the Federal Register.
(c) Closed areas. Pacific whiting may
not be taken and retained in the
following portions of the fishery
management area:
(1) Klamath river salmon conservation
zone. The ocean area surrounding the
Klamath River mouth bounded on the
north by 41°38.80′ N. lat.
(approximately 6 nm north of the
Klamath River mouth), on the west by
124°23′ W. long. (approximately 12 nm
from shore), and on the south by
41°26.80′ N. lat. (approximately 6 nm
south of the Klamath River mouth).
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2) Columbia river salmon
conservation zone. The ocean area
surrounding the Columbia River mouth
bounded by a line extending for 6 nm
due west from North Head along 46°18′
N. lat. to 124°13.30′ W. long., then
southerly along a line of 167 True to
46°11.10′ N. lat. and 124°11′ W. long.
(Columbia River Buoy), then northeast
along Red Buoy Line to the tip of the
south jetty.
(3) Ocean salmon conservation zone.
All waters shoreward of a boundary line
approximating the 100 fm (183 m) depth
contour. Latitude and longitude
coordinates defining the boundary line
approximating the 100 fm (183 m) depth
contour are provided at § 660.73,
subpart C. This closure will be
implemented through automatic action,
defined at § 660.60(d), subpart C, when
NMFS projects the Pacific whiting
fishery may take in excess of 11,000
Chinook within a calendar year.
(4) Pacific whiting bycatch reduction
areas (BRAs). Vessels using limited
entry midwater trawl gear during the
primary whiting season may be
prohibited from fishing shoreward of a
boundary line approximating the 75-fm
(137-m), 100-fm (183-m) or 150-fm (274m) depth contours. Latitude and
longitude coordinates for the boundary
lines approximating the depth contours
are provided at § 660.73, subpart C.
Closures may be implemented inseason
for a sector(s) through automatic action,
defined at § 660.60(d), subpart C, when
NMFS projects that a sector will exceed
a bycatch limit specified for that sector
before the sector’s whiting allocation is
projected to be reached.
(d) Eureka area trip limits. Trip
landing or frequency limits may be
established, modified, or removed under
§ 660.60, subpart C, or § 660.131,
subpart D, specifying the amount of
Pacific whiting that may be taken and
retained, possessed, or landed by a
vessel that, at any time during a fishing
trip, fished in the fishery management
area shoreward of the 100 fathom (183
m) contour (as shown on NOAA Charts
18580, 18600, and 18620) in the Eureka
area (from 43 00′ to 40 30′ N. lat.).
Unless otherwise specified, no more
than 10,000-lb (4,536 kg) of whiting may
be taken and retained, possessed, or
landed by a vessel that, at any time
during a fishing trip, fished in the
fishery management area shoreward of
the 100 fm (183 m) contour (as shown
on NOAA Charts 18580, 18600, and
18620) in the Eureka management area
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C).
(e) At-sea processing. Whiting may
not be processed at sea south of 42°00′
N. lat. (Oregon-California border),
unless by a waste-processing vessel as
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
authorized under paragraph (i) of this
section.
(f) Time of day. Pacific whiting may
not be taken and retained by any vessel
in the fishery management area south of
42°00′ N. lat. between 0001 hours to
one-half hour after official sunrise (local
time). During this time south of 42°00′
N. lat., trawl doors must be on board
any vessel used to fish for whiting and
the trawl must be attached to the trawl
doors. Official sunrise is determined, to
the nearest 5° lat., in The Nautical
Almanac issued annually by the
Nautical Almanac Office, U.S. Naval
Observatory, and available from the U.S.
Government Printing Office.
(g) Additional restrictions on catcher/
processors—(1) A catcher/processor
may receive fish from a catcher vessel,
but that catch is counted against the
catcher/processor allocation unless the
catcher/processor has been declared as
a mothership under paragraph (g)(3) of
this section.
(2) A catcher/processor may not also
act as a catcher vessel delivering
unprocessed whiting to another
processor in the same calendar year.
(3) When renewing its limited entry
permit each year under § 660.25,
subpart C, the owner of a catcher/
processor used to take and retain
whiting must declare if the vessel will
operate solely as a mothership in the
whiting fishery during the calendar year
to which its limited entry permit
applies. Any such declaration is binding
on the vessel for the calendar year, even
if the permit is transferred during the
year, unless it is rescinded in response
to a written request from the permit
holder. Any request to rescind a
declaration must be made by the permit
holder and granted in writing by the
Regional Administrator before any
unprocessed whiting has been taken on
board the vessel that calendar year.
(h) Pacific whiting first receivers—(1)
Pacific whiting shoreside first receivers
and processors may receive groundfish
species, other than Pacific Whiting, that
is in excess of trip limits from a Pacific
whiting shoreside vessel that is fishing
under an EFP that authorizes the vessel
to possess the catch.
(i) Bycatch reduction and full
utilization program for at-sea processors
(optional). If a catcher/processor or
mothership in the whiting fishery
carries more than one NMFS-approved
observer for at least 90 percent of the
fishing days during a cumulative trip
limit period, then groundfish trip limits
may be exceeded without penalty for
that cumulative trip limit period, if the
conditions in paragraph (h)(2) of this
section are met. For purposes of this
program, ‘‘fishing day’’ means a 24-hour
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
period, from 0001 hours through 2400
hours, local time, in which fishing gear
is retrieved or catch is received by the
vessel, and will be determined from the
vessel’s observer data, if available.
Changes to the number of observers
required for a vessel to fish under in the
bycatch reduction program will be
announced prior to the start of the
fishery, generally concurrent with the
harvest specifications and management
measures. Groundfish consumed on
board the vessel must be within any
applicable trip limit and recorded as
retained catch in any applicable logbook
or report. [Note: For a mothership, nonwhiting groundfish landings are limited
by the cumulative landings limits of the
catcher vessels delivering to that
mothership.]
(2) Conditions. Conditions for
participating in the voluntary full
utilization program are as follows:
(i) All catch must be made available
to the observers for sampling before it is
sorted by the crew.
(ii) Any retained catch in excess of
cumulative trip limits must either be:
Converted to meal, mince, or oil
products, which may then be sold; or
donated to a bona fide tax-exempt
hunger relief organization (including
food banks, food bank networks or food
bank distributors), and the vessel
operator must be able to provide a
receipt for the donation of groundfish
landed under this program from a taxexempt hunger relief organization
immediately upon the request of an
authorized officer.
(iii) No processor or catcher vessel
may receive compensation or otherwise
benefit from any amount in excess of a
cumulative trip limit unless the overage
is converted to meal, mince, or oil
products. Amounts of fish in excess of
cumulative trip limits may only be sold
as meal, mince, or oil products.
(iv) The vessel operator must contact
the NMFS enforcement office nearest to
the place of landing at least 24 hours
before landing groundfish in excess of
cumulative trip limits for distribution to
a hunger relief agency. Cumulative trip
limits and a list of NMFS enforcement
offices are found on the NMFS,
Northwest Region homepage at https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov.
(v) If the meal plant on board the
whiting processing vessel breaks down,
then no further overages may be
retained for the rest of the cumulative
trip limit period unless the overage is
donated to a hunger relief organization.
(vi) Prohibited species may not be
retained.
(vii) Donation of fish to a hunger relief
organization must be noted in the
transfer log (Product Transfer/
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33065
Offloading Log (PTOL)), in the column
for total value, by entering a value of ‘‘0’’
or ‘‘donation,’’ followed by the name of
the hunger relief organization receiving
the fish. Any fish or fish product that is
retained in excess of trip limits under
this rule, whether donated to a hunger
relief organization or converted to meal,
must be entered separately on the PTOL
so that it is distinguishable from fish or
fish products that are retained under
trip limits. The information on the
Mate’s Receipt for any fish or fish
product in excess of trip limits must be
consistent with the information on the
PTOL. The Mate’s Receipt is an official
document that states who takes
possession of offloaded fish, and may be
a Bill of Lading, Warehouse Receipt, or
other official document that tracks the
transfer of offloaded fish or fish product.
The Mate’s Receipt and PTOL must be
made available for inspection upon
request of an authorized officer
throughout the cumulative limit period
during which such landings occurred
and for 15 days thereafter.
(j) Processing fish waste at sea. A
vessel that processes only fish waste (a
‘‘waste-processing vessel’’) is not
considered a whiting processor and
therefore is not subject to the
allocations, seasons, or restrictions for
catcher/processors or motherships while
it operates as a waste-processing vessel.
However, no vessel may operate as a
waste-processing vessel 48 hours
immediately before and after a primary
season for whiting in which the vessel
operates as a catcher/processor or
mothership. A vessel must meet the
following conditions to qualify as a
waste-processing vessel:
(1) The vessel makes meal (ground
dried fish), oil, or minced (ground flesh)
product, but does not make, and does
not have on board, surimi (fish paste
with additives), fillets (meat from the
side of the fish, behind the head and in
front of the tail), or headed and gutted
fish (head and viscera removed).
(2) The amount of whole whiting on
board does not exceed the trip limit (if
any) allowed under § 660.60(c), subpart
C, or Tables 1 (North) or 1 (South) in
subpart D.
(3) Any trawl net and doors on board
are stowed in a secured and covered
manner, and detached from all towing
lines, so as to be rendered unusable for
fishing.
(4) The vessel does not receive
codends containing fish.
(5) The vessel’s operations are
consistent with applicable state and
Federal law, including those governing
disposal of fish waste at sea.
(k) Additional requirements for
participants in the Pacific whiting
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33066
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
shoreside fishery—(1) Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver responsibilities—
(i) Weights and measures. All
groundfish weights reported on
electronic fish tickets must be recorded
from scales with appropriate weighing
capacity that ensures accuracy for the
amount of fish being weighed. For
example: amounts of fish less than
1,000-lb (454 kg) should not be weighed
on scales that have an accuracy range of
1,000-lb to 7,000-lb (454–3,175 kg) and
are therefore not capable of accurately
weighing amounts less than 1,000-lb
(454 kg).
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) Sorting requirements for the
Pacific whiting shoreside fishery. Fish
delivered to Pacific whiting shoreside
first receivers (including shoreside
processing facilities and buying stations
that intend to transport catch for
processing elsewhere) must be sorted,
prior to first weighing after offloading
from the vessel and prior to transport
away from the point of landing, to the
species groups specified in
§ 660.60(h)(6), subpart C, for vessels
with limited entry permits. Prohibited
species must be sorted according to the
following species groups: Dungeness
crab, Pacific halibut, Chinook salmon,
Other salmon. Non-groundfish species
must be sorted as required by the state
of landing.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.140
Shorebased IFQ program.
(a) General. The Shorebased IFQ
Program requirements in § 660.140 will
be effective beginning January 1, 2011,
except for paragraphs (d)(4), (d)(6), and
(d)(8) of this section, which are effective
immediately. The IFQ Program applies
to qualified participants in the Pacific
Coast Groundfish fishery and includes a
system of transferable QS for most
groundfish species or species groups
and trip limits or set-asides for the
remaining groundfish species or species
groups. The IFQ Program is subject to
area restrictions (GCAs, RCAs, and
EFHCAs) listed at §§ 660.70 through
660.79, subpart C. The shorebased IFQ
fishery may be restricted or closed as a
result of projected overages within the
Shorebased IFQ Program, the
Mothership Coop Program, or the C/P
Coop Program. As determined necessary
by the Regional Administrator, area
restrictions, season closures, or other
measures will be used to prevent the
trawl sector in aggregate or the
individual trawl sectors (Shorebased
IFQ, Mothership Coop, or C/P Coop)
from exceeding an OY, or formal
allocation specified in the PCGFMP or
regulation at § 660.55, subpart C, or
§§ 660.140, 660.150, or 660.160, subpart
D.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(b) Participation requirements.
[Reserved]
(1) QS permit owners. [Reserved]
(2) IFQ vessels. [Reserved]
(c) IFQ species and allocations.
(1) IFQ species. IFQ species are those
groundfish species and Pacific halibut
in the exclusive economic zone or
adjacent state waters off Washington,
Oregon and California, under the
jurisdiction of the Pacific Fishery
Management Council, for which QS will
be issued. QS will specify designations
for the species/species groups and area
to which it applies. QS and QP species
groupings and area subdivisions will be
those for which OYs are specified in the
Tables 1a through 2d, subpart C, and
those for which there is an area-specific
precautionary harvest policy. QS for
remaining minor rockfish will be
aggregated for the shelf and slope depth
strata (nearshore species are excluded).
The following are the IFQ species:
IFQ SPECIES
Roundfish:
Lingcod.
Pacific cod.
Pacific whiting.
Sablefish north of 36° N. lat.
Sablefish south of 36° N. lat.
Flatfish:
Dover sole.
English sole.
Petrale sole.
Arrowtooth flounder.
Starry flounder.
Other Flatfish stock complex.
Pacific halibut (IBQ).
Rockfish:
Pacific ocean perch.
Widow rockfish.
Canary rockfish.
Chilipepper rockfish.
Bocaccio.
Splitnose rockfish.
Yellowtail rockfish.
Shortspine thornyhead north of 34° 27′
N. lat.
Shortspine thornyhead south of 34° 27′
N. lat.
Longspine thornyhead north of 34° 27′
N. lat.
Cowcod.
Darkblotched.
Yelloweye.
Minor Rockfish North slope species complex.
Minor Rockfish North shelf species complex.
Minor Rockfish South slope species
complex.
Minor Rockfish South shelf species complex.
(2) IFQ program allocations.
Allocations for the Shorebased IFQ
Program are determined for IFQ species
as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(i) For Pacific whiting, the Shorebased
IFQ Program allocation is specified at
§ 660.55(i)(2), subpart C, 42 percent.
(ii) For Sablefish N. of 36° N. lat., the
Shorebased IFQ Program allocation is
the limited entry trawl allocation
specified at § 660.55(h), subpart C,
minus any set-asides for the mothership
and C/P sectors for that species.
(iii) For IFQ species listed in the
trawl/nontrawl allocation table,
specified at § 660.55(c), subpart C,
allocations are determined by applying
the trawl column percent to the fishery
harvest guideline minus any set-asides
for the mothership and C/P sectors for
that species and minus allocations for
darkblotched rockfish, POP, and widow
rockfish.
(iv) The remaining IFQ species
(canary rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod,
yelloweye rockfish, minor shelf rockfish
N. of 40°10′ N. lat., and minor shelf
rockfish S. of 40°10′ N. lat., and minor
slope rockfish S. of 40°10′ N. lat.) are
allocated through the biennial
specifications and management
measures process minus any set-asides
for the mothership and C/P sectors for
that species.
(v) For Pacific halibut N. of 40°10′ N.
lat., the Shorebased IFQ Program
allocation is specified at 660.55(m).
(vi) Annual sub-allocations of IFQ
species to individual QS permits and
QS accounts are based on the percent of
QS registered to the account and the
amount of fish allocated to the
Shorebased IFQ Program.
(d) QS permits and QS accounts—(1)
General. In order to obtain QS, a person
must apply for a QS permit. NMFS will
determine if the applicant is eligible to
acquire QS in compliance with the
accumulation limits found at paragraph
(d)(4) of this section. For those persons
that are found to be eligible for a QS
permit, NMFS will issue QS and
establish a QS account. QP will be
issued annually at the start of the
calendar year to a QS account based on
the percent of QS registered to the
account and the amount of fish
allocated to the Shorebased IFQ
Program. QP will be issued to the
nearest whole pound using standard
rounding rules (i.e. decimal amounts
from 0 up to 0.5 round down and 0.5
and above round up), except that initial
allocations of QP for overfished species
greater than zero but less than one
pound will be rounded up to one pound
in the first year of the trawl
rationalization program. QS owners
must transfer their QP from their QS
account to a vessel account in order for
those QP to be fished. QP must be
transferred in whole pounds (i.e. no
fraction of a QP can be transferred). All
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
QP in a QS account must be transferred
to a vessel account by September 1 of
each year.
(2) Eligibility and registration.
[Reserved]
(3) Renewal, change of permit
ownership, and transfer. [Reserved]
(4) Accumulation limits—(i) QS and
IBQ control limits. QS and IBQ control
limits are accumulation limits and are
the amount of QS and IBQ that a person,
individually or collectively, may own or
control. QS control limits are expressed
as a percentage of the Shorebased IFQ
Program’s allocation.
(A) Control limits for individual
species. No person may own or control
by any means whatsoever an amount of
QS or IBQ for any individual species
that exceeds the Shorebased IFQ
Program accumulation limits.
(B) Control limit for aggregate nonwhiting QS holdings. To determine how
much aggregate non-whiting QS a
person holds, NMFS will convert the
person’s QS to pounds. This conversion
will always be conducted using the
trawl allocations applied to the 2010
OYs, until such time as the Council
recommends otherwise. Specifically,
NMFS will multiply each person’s QS
for each species by the shoreside trawl
allocation for that species. The person’s
pounds for all non-whiting species will
be summed and divided by the
shoreside trawl allocation of all nonwhiting species to calculate the person’s
share of the aggregate non-whiting trawl
quota.
(C) The Shorebased IFQ Program
accumulation limits are as follows:
QS control
limit
(percent)
Species category
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Non-whiting Groundfish Species .........................................................................................................................................................
Lingcod—coastwide .............................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific Cod ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific whiting (shoreside) ...................................................................................................................................................................
Sablefish
N. of 36° (Monterey north) ...........................................................................................................................................................
S. of 36° (Conception area) .........................................................................................................................................................
PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH ...................................................................................................................................................................
WIDOW ROCKFISH* ...........................................................................................................................................................................
CANARY ROCKFISH ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Chilipepper Rockfish ............................................................................................................................................................................
BOCACCIO ..........................................................................................................................................................................................
Splitnose Rockfish ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Yellowtail Rockfish ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Shortspine Thornyhead
N. of 34°27′ ..................................................................................................................................................................................
S. of 34°27′ ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Longspine Thornyhead
N. of 34°27′ ..................................................................................................................................................................................
COWCOD ............................................................................................................................................................................................
DARKBLOTCHED ...............................................................................................................................................................................
YELLOWEYE .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor Rockfish North
Shelf Species ................................................................................................................................................................................
Slope Species ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Minor Rockfish South
Shelf Species ................................................................................................................................................................................
Slope Species ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Dover sole ....................................................................................................................................................................................
English Sole ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Petrale Sole ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Arrowtooth Flounder .....................................................................................................................................................................
Starry Flounder .............................................................................................................................................................................
Other Flatfish ................................................................................................................................................................................
Other Fish .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific Halibut ...............................................................................................................................................................................
(ii) Ownership—individual and
collective rule. The QS that counts
toward a person’s accumulation limit
will include:
(A) The QS owned by that person, and
(B) A portion of the QS owned by an
entity in which that person has an
interest, where the person’s share of
interest in that entity will determine the
portion of that entity’s QS that counts
toward the person’s limit.
(iii) Control. Control means, but is not
limited to, the following:
(A) The person has the right to direct,
or does direct, in whole or in part, the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
business of the entity to which the QS
are registered;
(B) The person has the right to limit
the actions of or replace, or does limit
the actions of or replace, the chief
executive officer, a majority of the board
of directors, any general partner, or any
person serving in a management
capacity of the entity to which the QS
are registered;
(C) The person has the right to direct,
or does direct, the transfer of QS, or the
resulting QP;
(D) The person, through loan
covenants or any other means, has the
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
33067
Sfmt 4702
2.7
2.5
12.0
10.0
3.0
10.0
4.0
5.1
4.4
10.0
13.2
10.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
17.7
4.5
5.7
5.0
5.0
9.0
6.0
2.6
5.0
3.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
5.0
5.4
right to restrict, or does restrict, the day
to day business activities and
management policies of the entity to
which the QS are registered;
(E) The person, through loan
covenants or any other means, has the
right to restrict, or does restrict, use of
QS, or the resulting QP, or disposition
of fish harvested under the resulting QP;
(F) The person has the right to
control, or does control, the
management of, or to be a controlling
factor in, the entity to which the QS, or
the resulting QP, are registered;
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33068
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(G) The person has the right to cause,
or does cause, the sale, lease or other
disposition of QS, or the resulting QP;
and
(H) The person has the ability through
any means whatsoever to control the
entity to which QS is registered.
(iv) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that owns a
limited entry trawl permit and is
applying for a QS permit shall
document those individuals that have
greater than or equal to 2 percent
ownership interest in the permit. This
ownership interest must be documented
with the SFD via the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form sent to the permit owner with
their application. SFD will not issue a
QS Permit unless the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form has been completed. Further, if
SFD discovers through review of the
Trawl Identification of Ownership
Interest Form that a person owns or
controls more than the accumulation
limits and is not authorized to do so
under paragraph (d)(4)(v) of this section,
the person will be notified and the QS
Permit will be issued up to the
accumulation limit specified in the QS
Control Limit table from paragraph
(d)(4)(i) of this section.
(v) Divestiture. For QS permit owners
that are found to exceed the
accumulation limits during the initial
issuance of QS permits, an adjustment
period will be provided after which they
will have to divest of QS in excess of the
accumulation limits. QS will be issued
for amounts in excess of accumulation
limits only for owners of limited entry
permits transferred to them by
November 8, 2008, if such transfers of
ownership have been registered with
NMFS by November 30, 2008. The
owner of any permit transferred after
November 8, 2008 or not registered with
NMFS by November 30, 2008 will only
be eligible to receive an initial
allocation for that permit of those QS
that are within the accumulation limits;
any QS in excess of the accumulation
limits will be redistributed to the
remainder of the initial recipients of QS
in proportion to each recipient’s initial
allocation of QS for each species. Any
person that qualifies for an initial
allocation of QS in excess of the
accumulation limits will be allowed to
receive that allocation but must divest
themselves of the excess QS during
years three and four of the IFQ program.
Holders of QS in excess of the control
limits may receive and use the QP
associated with that excess, up to the
time their divestiture is completed. At
the end of year 4 of the IFQ program,
any QS held by a person in excess of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
accumulation limits will be revoked and
redistributed to the remainder of the QS
holders in proportion to the QS
holdings in year 5. No compensation
will be due for any revoked shares.
(5) Appeals. [Reserved]
(6) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for
administrative costs associated with the
issuance of a QS permit consistent with
the provisions given at § 660.25(f),
subpart C.
(7) [Reserved]
(8) Application requirements and
initial issuance for QS permit and QS—
(i) Additional definitions. The following
definitions are applicable to paragraph
(d)(8) of this section and apply to terms
used for the purposes of application
requirements and initial issuance of QS
Permits and QS:
(A) non-whiting trip means a fishing
trip where less than 50 percent by
weight of all fish reported on the state
landing receipt is whiting.
(B) PacFIN means the Pacific
Fisheries Information Network of the
Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission.
(C) Relative history means the
landings history of a permit for a
species, year, and area subdivision,
divided by the total fleet history of the
sector for that species, year, and area
subdivision, as appropriate. Relative
history is expressed as a percent.
(D) Shoreside processor means an
operation, working on US soil, that
takes delivery of trawl caught
groundfish that has not been processed;
and that thereafter engages that fish in
shoreside processing. Entities that
received fish that have not undergone
at-sea processing or shoreside
processing and sell that fish directly to
consumers shall not be considered a
processor for purposes of QS
allocations. Shoreside processing is
defined as either of the following:
(1) Any activity that takes place
shoreside; and that involves: Cutting
groundfish into smaller portions; or
freezing, cooking, smoking, drying
groundfish; or packaging that
groundfish for resale into 100 pound
units or smaller for sale or distribution
into a wholesale or retail market.
(2) The purchase and redistribution
into a wholesale or retail market of live
groundfish from a harvesting vessel.
(E) Whiting trip means a fishing trip
where greater than or equal to 50
percent by weight of all fish reported on
the state landing receipt is whiting.
(ii) Eligibility criteria for QS permit
and QS. Only the following persons are
eligible to receive a QS permit or QS:
(A) The owner of a valid trawl limited
entry permit is eligible to receive a QS
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
permit and its associated QS amount.
Any past landings history associated
with the current limited entry trawl
permit accrues to the current permit
owner. NMFS will not recognize any
person as the limited entry permit
owner other than the person listed as
limited entry permit owner in NMFS
permit database. If a limited entry
permit has history on state landing
receipts and has been combined with a
permit that has received or will receive
a C/P endorsement, the trawl limited
entry permit does not qualify for QS.
(B) Shoreside processors that meet the
recent participation requirement of
having received deliveries of 1 mt or
more of whiting from whiting trips in
each of any two years from 1998
through 2004 are eligible for an initial
issuance of whiting QS. NMFS will
initially identify shoreside processors
by reference to Pacific whiting shoreside
first receivers recorded on fish tickets in
the dataset extracted from PacFIN by
NMFS on July 1, 2010, subject to
correction as described in paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(G) of this section.
(iii) Steps for QS allocation formula.
The QS allocation formula is applied in
the following steps:
(A) First, for each limited entry trawl
permit owner, NMFS will determine a
preliminary QS allocation for nonwhiting trips.
(B) Second, for each limited entry
trawl permit owner, NMFS will
determine a preliminary QS allocation
for whiting trips.
(C) Third, for each limited entry trawl
permit owner, NMFS will combine the
amounts resulting from paragraphs
(d)(8)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section.
(D) Fourth, NMFS will reduce the
results for limited entry trawl permit
owners by 10 percent of non-whiting
species as a set aside for Adaptive
Management Program (AMP) and by 20
percent of whiting for the initial
issuance of QS allocated to qualifying
shoreside processors.
(E) Fifth, NMFS will determine the
whiting QS allocation for qualifying
shoreside processors from the 20
percent of whiting QS allocated to
qualifying shoreside processors at initial
issuance of QS.
(F) Sixth, for each limited entry trawl
permit owner, NMFS will determine the
Pacific halibut IBQ allocation.
(iv) Allocation formula for specific QS
amounts—(A) Allocation formula rules.
Unless otherwise specified, the
following rules will be applied to data
for the purpose of calculating an initial
allocation of QS:
(1) For limited entry trawl permit
owners, a permit will be assigned catch
history or relative history based on the
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
landing history of the vessel(s)
associated with the permit at the time
the landings were made.
(2) The extracted PacFIN data
includes species compositions based on
port sampled data and applied to data
at the vessel level. For species that do
not match IFQ species categories after
applying standard PacFIN species
composition algorithms, NMFS will
assign species to an IFQ species
category based on other information
from state landing receipts or logbook
information in PacFIN.
(3) Only landings of IFQ species
which are caught in the exclusive
economic zone or adjacent state waters
off Washington, Oregon and California
will be used for calculation of allocation
formulas. For the purpose of allocation
of IFQ species for which the QS will be
subdivided by area, catch areas have
been assigned to landings of IFQ species
reported on state landing receipts based
on port of landing.
(4) History from limited entry permits
that have been combined with a permit
that may qualify for a C/P endorsement
and which has shorebased permit
history will not be included in the
preliminary QS allocation formula,
other than in the determination of fleet
history used in the calculation of
relative history for permits that do not
have a C/P endorsement.
(5) History of illegal landings and
landings made under non-whiting EFPs
that are in excess of the cumulative
limits in place for the non-EFP fishery
will not count toward the allocation of
QS.
(6) The limited entry permit’s
landings history includes the landings
history of permits that have been
previously combined with that permit.
(7) If two or more limited entry trawl
permits have been simultaneously
registered to the same vessel, NMFS will
split the landing history evenly between
all limited entry trawl-endorsed permits
during the time they were
simultaneously registered to the vessel.
(8) Unless otherwise noted, the
calculation for QS allocation under
paragraph (d)(8) of this section will be
based on state landing receipts (fish
tickets) as recorded in the dataset that
was extracted from PacFIN by NMFS on
July 1, 2010.
33069
(9) For limited entry trawl permits,
landings under provisional ‘‘A’’ permits
that did not become ‘‘A’’ permits and ‘‘B’’
permits will not count toward the
allocation of QS, other than in the
determination of fleet history used in
the calculation of relative history for
permits that do not have a C/P
endorsement.
(10) For limited entry trawl permits,
NMFS will calculate initial issuance of
QS separately based on whiting trips
and non-whiting trips, and will weigh
each calculation according to initial
issuance allocations between whiting
trips and non-whiting trips, which are
one-time allocations necessary for the
formulas used during the initial
issuance of QS to create a single
shorebased IFQ program. The initial
issuance allocations between whiting
and non-whiting trips for canary
rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod, yelloweye
rockfish, minor shelf rockfish N. of
40°10′, minor shelf rockfish S. of 40°10′,
and minor slope rockfish S. of 40°10′
will be determined through the biennial
specifications process. The short-term
allocations for the remaining IFQ
species are as follows:
Initial issuance allocation percentage
Species
Whiting
Lingcod .............................................................................
Pacific Cod ........................................................................
Pacific Whiting ..................................................................
Sablefish N. of 36° N. lat. .................................................
Sablefish S. of 36° N. lat. .................................................
PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH ................................................
99.7% .................................
99.9% .................................
0.1% ...................................
98.2% .................................
100.0% ...............................
remaining ............................
WIDOW .............................................................................
remaining ............................
Chilipepper S. of 40°10′ N. lat. .........................................
Splitnose S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ............................................
Yellowtail N. of 40°10′ N. lat. ............................................
Shortspine N. of 34°27′ N. lat. ..........................................
Shortspine S. of 34°27′ N. lat. ..........................................
Longspine N. of 34°27′ N. lat. ..........................................
DARKBLOTCHED ............................................................
100.0% ...............................
100.0% ...............................
remaining ............................
99.9% .................................
100.0% ...............................
100.0% ...............................
remaining ............................
Minor Slope Rockfish N. of 40°10′ N. lat. ........................
Dover Sole ........................................................................
English Sole ......................................................................
Petrale Sole ......................................................................
Arrowtooth Flounder .........................................................
Starry Flounder .................................................................
Other Flatfish ....................................................................
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Non-whiting
98.6% .................................
100.0% ...............................
99.9% .................................
100.0% ...............................
100.0% ...............................
100.0% ...............................
99.9% .................................
0.3%
0.1%
99.9%
1.8%
0.0%
17% or 30 mt, whichever is greater, to shorebased +
at-sea whiting.
If under rebuilding, 52% to shorebased + at-sea whiting.
If stock rebuilt, 10% or 500 mt, whichever is greater, to
shorebased + at-sea whiting.
0.0%
0.0%
300 mt
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
9% or 25 mt, whichever is greater, to shorebased + atsea whiting.
1.4%
0.0%
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.1%
(B) Preliminary QS allocation for nonwhiting trips. NMFS will calculate the
non-whiting preliminary QS allocation
differently for different species groups,
Groups 1 through 3.
(1) Allocation formula species groups.
For the purposes of preliminary QS
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
allocation, IFQ species will be grouped
as follows:
(i) Group 1 includes lingcod, Pacific
cod, Pacific whiting, sablefish north of
36° N. lat., sablefish south of 36° N. lat.,
Dover sole, English sole, petrale sole,
arrowtooth flounder, starry flounder,
other flatfish stock complex, chilipepper
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
rockfish, splitnose rockfish, yellowtail
rockfish, shortspine thornyhead north of
34° 27′ N. lat., shortspine thornyhead
south of 34° 27′ N. lat., longspine
thornyhead north of 34° 27′ N. lat.,
minor rockfish north slope species
complex, minor rockfish south slope
species complex, minor rockfish north
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33070
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
shelf species complex, and minor
rockfish south shelf species complex.
(ii) Group 2 includes bocaccio,
cowcod, darkblotched rockfish, Pacific
ocean perch, widow rockfish, and
yelloweye rockfish.
(iii) Group 3 includes canary rockfish.
(2) Group 1 species: The preliminary
QS allocation process indicated in
paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(A) of this section
for Group 1 species follows a two step
process, one to allocate a pool of QS
equally among all eligible limited entry
permits and the other to allocate the
remainder of the preliminary QS based
on permit history. Through these two
processes, preliminary QS totaling
100% for each Group 1 species will be
allocated. In later steps this amount will
be adjusted and reduced as indicated in
paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(C) and (D), to
determine the QS allocation.
(i) QS to be allocated equally. The
pool of QS for equal allocation will be
determined using the landings history
from Federal limited entry groundfish
permits that were retired through the
Federal buyback program (i.e., buyback
permit) (70 FR 45695, August 8, 2005).
The QS pool associated with the
buyback permits will be the buyback
permit history as a percent of the total
fleet history for the allocation period.
The calculation will be based on total
absolute pounds with no dropped years
and no other adjustments. The QS pool
will be divided equally among
qualifying limited entry permits for all
QS species/species groups and areas in
Group 1.
(ii) QS to be allocated based on each
permit’s history. The pool for QS
allocation based on limited entry trawl
permit history will be the QS remaining
after subtracting out the QS allocated
equally. This pool will be allocated to
each qualifying limited entry trawl
permit based on the permit’s relative
history from 1994 through 2003. For
each limited entry trawl permit, NMFS
will calculate a set of relative histories
using the following methodology. First,
NMFS will sum the permit’s landings by
each year for each Group 1 species/
species group and area subdivision.
Second, NMFS will divide each permit’s
annual sum for a particular species/
species group and area subdivision by
the shoreside limited entry trawl fleet’s
annual sum for the same species/species
group and area subdivision. NMFS will
then calculate a total relative history for
each permit by species/species group
and area subdivision by adding all
relative histories for the permit together
and subtracting the three years with the
lowest relative history for the permit.
The result for each permit by species/
species group and areas subdivision will
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
be divided by the aggregate sum of all
total relative histories of all qualifying
limited entry trawl permits for that
species/species group and area
subdivision. NMFS will then multiply
the result from this calculation by the
amount of QS in the pool to be allocated
based on each permit’s history.
(3) Group 2 species: The preliminary
QS allocation step indicated in
paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(A) of this section
will be calculated for each limited entry
trawl permit using a formula based on
QS allocations for each limited entry
trawl permit for 11 target species, areas
of distribution of fishing effort as
determined from 2003–2006 target
species catch data from the PacFIN
Coastwide Trawl Logbook Database,
average bycatch ratios for each area as
derived from West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program (WCGOP) data from
2003 through 2006, and the non-whiting
initial issuance allocation of the limited
entry trawl allocation amounts for 2011
for each of the 11 target species. These
data are used in a series of sequential
steps to estimate the allocation of Group
2 species to each limited entry trawl
permit. Steps (iii) to (vi) estimate the
permit’s total 2003–2006 target species
by area. Steps (vii) to (xii) project Group
2 species bycatch amounts using 2003–
2006 WCGOP observer ratios and the
initial issuance allocation applied to the
2011 limited entry trawl allocation.
Steps (xiv) to (xvii) convert these
amounts into QS. As with Group 1
species, preliminary QS totaling 100%
for each Group 2 species unit will be
allocated and the amount of the
allocations will be adjusted and reduced
as indicated in paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(C)
and (D) of this section to determine the
QS allocation.
(i) The 11 target species are
arrowtooth flounder, starry flounder,
other flatfish, Dover sole, English sole,
petrale sole, minor slope rockfish,
shortspine thornyheads, longspine
thornyheads, sablefish, and Pacific cod.
(ii) The 8 areas of distribution of
fishing effort are defined latitudinally
and by depth. The latitudinal areas are
(a) north of 47°40 N. lat.; (b) between
47°40 N. lat. and 43°55′ N. lat.; (c)
43°55′ N. lat. and 40°10′ N. lat.; and (d)
south of 40°10′ N. lat. Each latitudinal
area is further divided by depth into
areas shoreward and seaward of the
trawl Rockfish Conservation Area as
defined at § 660.130(e)(4) of this
subpart.
(iii) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will review the Permit
Logbook data for that permit and sum
target species catch recorded for the
years 2003–2006, resulting in total target
species catch in each area for each
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
permit for the years 2003 through 2006
for all 11 target species in aggregate.
(iv) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will also sum target
species catch by area into total
coastwide target species catch for each
permit for the years 2003 through 2006
for all 11 target species in aggregate.
(v) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will divide logbook
aggregate target species catch in each
area (step (iii)) by the permit’s total
coastwide target species catch (step (iv))
to create a set of 8 area catch ratios for
each permit. (Note: The sum of all area
catch ratios equals 1 for each permit).
(vi) For limited entry trawl permits
where the vessel registered to the permit
did not submit logbooks showing any
catch of the 11 target species for any of
the years 2003 through 2006, NMFS will
use the following formula to calculate
area target catch ratios: (a) NMFS will
sum by area all limited entry trawl
permits’ total logbook area target catches
from step (iii), (b) NMFS will sum
coastwide all limited entry trawl
permits’ total logbook target catches
across all areas from step (iv), and (c)
NMFS will divide these sums (i.e., a/b)
to create average permit logbook area
target catch ratios.
(vii) NMFS will calculate the 2011
non-whiting short term allocation
amount for each of the 11 target species
by multiplying the limited entry trawl
allocation amounts for 2011 for each by
the corresponding short term allocation
for the non-whiting sector given in
paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(A)(10) of this
section or determined through the
biennial specifications process, as
applicable.
(viii) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will obtain the
percentage of the limited entry trawl
permit initial QS allocation for each of
the 11 target species resulting from
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2) of this section.
(ix) NMFS will calculate each limited
entry trawl permit’s projected nonwhiting sector quota pounds for 2011 by
multiplying the 2011 non-whiting sector
short term allocation amounts for each
of the 11 target species from step (vii) by
each permit’s target species QS
allocation percentage from step (viii).
(x) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will sum the projected
quota pounds for the 11 target species
from step (ix) to get a total projected
weight of all 11 target species for the
limited entry trawl permit.
(xi) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will estimate the permit’s
total incidental catch of Group 2 species
by area by multiplying the projected
2011 total weight of all 11 target species
by the applicable area catch ratio for
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
each area as calculated in either step (v)
(permits with logbook data) or step (vi)
(permits without logbook data).
(xii) NMFS will apply WCGOP
average bycatch ratios for each Group 2
species (observed Group 2 species
33071
catch/total target species catch) by area.
The WCGOP average bycatch ratios are
as follows:
BOCACCIO
Area
Shoreward
Seaward
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
............................
............................
............................
0.01114773
............................
............................
............................
0.00120015
Area
Shoreward
Seaward
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
............................
............................
............................
0.00088891
............................
............................
............................
0.00001074
Shoreward
Seaward
COWCOD
DARKBLOTCHED
Area
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
0.00122003
0.00185020
0.00253201
0.00000255
0.00860467
0.01836550
0.01476165
0.00480063
PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH
Area
Shoreward
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
0.00088011
0.00015827
0.00014424
............................
Seaward
0.01766360
0.01529318
0.00114965
0.00021813
WIDOW
Area
Shoreward
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
0.00001142
0.00033788
0.00015165
0.00003513
Seaward
0.00005472
0.00049695
0.00000766
0.00009855
YELLOWEYE
Area
Shoreward
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
(xiii) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will calculate projected
Group 2 species amounts by area by
multiplying the limited entry trawl
permit’s projected 2011 total weight of
all target species by area from step (xi)
by the applicable average bycatch ratio
for each Group 2 species and
corresponding area of step (xii).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(xiv) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will sum all area
amounts for each Group 2 species from
step (xiii) to calculate the total projected
amounts of each Group 2 species for
each limited entry trawl permit.
(xv) NMFS will sum all limited entry
trawl permits’ projected Group 2 species
amounts from step (xiv) to calculate
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
0.00017625
0.00004802
0.00005309
0.00007739
Seaward
0.00000160
0.00000893
0.00000556
............................
coastwide total projected amounts for
each Group 2 species.
(xvi) NMFS will estimate preliminary
QS for each limited entry trawl permit
for each Group 2 species by dividing
each limited entry trawl permit’s total
projected amount of each Group 2
species from step (xiv) by the coastwide
total projected amount for that species
from step (xv).
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33072
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(4) Group 3 Species: (i) The
preliminary QS allocation step
indicated in paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(A) of
this section will be performed in two
calculations that result in the division of
preliminary QS allocation into two
pools, one to allocate QS equally among
all eligible limited entry permits, using
the approach identified for Group 1
species in paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2)(i) of
this section, and the other to allocate QS
using a formula based on QS allocations
for target species and areas fished, using
the approach identified for Group 2
species in paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3) of
this section, using the following
WCGOP average bycatch rates:
CANARY
Area
Shoreward
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Through these two processes,
preliminary QS totaling 100% for each
species will be allocated. In later steps,
this amount will be adjusted and
reduced as indicated in paragraphs
(d)(8)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section to
determine the QS allocation. In
combining the two QS pools for each
permit, the equal allocation portion is
weighted according to the process in
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2)(i) of this
section, and the portion calculated
based on allocations for target species
and areas fished is weighted according
to the process in (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2)(ii) of
this section.
(C) Preliminary QS allocation for
whiting trips. The preliminary QS
allocation based on whiting trips as
indicated in paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(B) of
this section for limited entry trawl
permits follows a two-step process, one
to allocate a pool of QS equally among
all eligible limited entry permits and the
other to allocate the remainder of the
preliminary QS based on permit history.
Through these two processes,
preliminary QS totaling 100% for each
species will be allocated. In later steps,
this amount will be adjusted and
reduced, as indicated in paragraphs
(d)(8)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section, to
determine the QS allocation.
(1) QS to be allocated equally. The
pool of QS for equal allocation will be
determined using the whiting trip
landings history from Federal limited
entry groundfish permits that were
retired through the Federal buyback
program (i.e., buyback permit) (70 FR
45695, August 8, 2005). For each
species, the whiting trip QS pool
associated with the buyback permits
will be the buyback permit history as a
percent of the total fleet history for the
allocation period. The calculation will
be based on total absolute pounds with
no dropped years and no other
adjustments. The whiting trip QS pool
associated with the buyback permits
will be divided equally among all
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
qualifying limited entry permits for each
species.
(2) QS to be allocated based on each
permit’s history. The pool for QS
allocation based on each limited entry
trawl permit’s history will be the QS
remaining after subtracting out the QS
associated with the buyback permits
allocated equally.
(i) Whiting QS allocated based on
each permit’s history. Whiting QS based
on each limited entry trawl permit’s
history will be allocated based on the
permit’s relative history from 1994
through 2003. For each limited entry
trawl permit, NMFS will calculate a
whiting relative history for each
qualifying year, as follows. First, NMFS
will sum the permit’s history of
landings of whiting from whiting trips
for each year. Second, NMFS will divide
each permit’s annual sum of whiting
from whiting trips by the shoreside
limited entry trawl fleet’s annual sum of
whiting. NMFS will then calculate a
total relative history for each permit by
adding all relative histories for the
permit together and subtracting the two
years with the lowest relative history.
NMFS will then divide the result for
each permit by the total relative history
for whiting of all qualifying limited
entry trawl permits. The result from this
calculation will then be multiplied by
the amount of whiting QS in the pool
to be allocated based on each permit’s
history.
(ii) Other incidentally caught species
QS allocation for eligible limited entry
trawl permit owners. Other incidentally
caught species from the QS remaining
after subtracting out the QS associated
with the buyback permits will be
allocated pro-rata based on each limited
entry trawl permit’s whiting QS from
whiting trips. Pro-rata means a percent
that is equal to the percent of whiting
QS.
(D) QS from limited entry permits
calculated separately for non-whiting
trips and whiting trips. NMFS will
calculate the portion of QS for each
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
0.00613838
0.00186217
0.00485013
0.00050248
Seaward
0.00001714
0.00006486
0.00001435
0.00000245
species which a permit receives based
on non-whiting trips and whiting trips
separately and will weight each
preliminary QS in proportion to the
short term allocation between and
whiting trips and non-whiting trips for
that species in paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(A)(10) of this section or
determined through the biennial
specifications process, as applicable.
(1) non-whiting trips. To determine
the amount of QS of each species for
non-whiting trips for each limited entry
trawl permit, NMFS will multiply the
preliminary QS for the permit from
paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(A) of this section
for each species by the short term
allocation for that species for nonwhiting trips.
(2) Whiting trips. To determine the
amount of QS of each species for
whiting trips for each limited entry
trawl permit, NMFS will multiply the
preliminary QS from paragraph
(d)(8)(iii)(B) of this section for each
species by the short term allocation for
that species for whiting trips.
(E) QS for each limited entry trawl
permit. For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will add the results for
the permit from paragraphs
(d)(8)(iv)(D)(1) and (D)(2) of this section
in order to determine the total QS for
each species on that permit.
(F) Adjustment for AMP set-aside and
shoreside processor initial issuance
allocations. NMFS will reduce the nonwhiting QS allocation to each limited
entry trawl permit by 10 percent, for a
QS set-aside to AMP. NMFS will reduce
the whiting QS allocation to each
limited entry trawl permit by 20 percent
for the initial QS allocation to shoreside
processors.
(G) Allocation of initial issuance of
whiting QS for shoreside processors.
NMFS will calculate the amount of
whiting QS available to shoreside
processors from the 20 percent
adjustment of whiting QS allocations in
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(F) of this section.
For each eligible shoreside processor,
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
whiting QS will be allocated based on
the eligible shoreside processor’s
relative history from 1998 through 2004.
Only the deliveries for which the
shoreside processor is the first processor
of the fish will be used in the
calculation of whiting relative history.
(1) For each shoreside processor
which has received deliveries of at least
1 mt of whiting from whiting trips in
each of any two years from 1998
through 2004, NMFS will calculate a
whiting relative history for each
qualifying year, as follows. First, NMFS
will sum the shoreside processor’s
receipts of whiting for each year.
Second, NMFS will calculate the
relative history for each year by dividing
each shoreside processor’s annual sum
of whiting receipts by the aggregate
annual sum of whiting received by all
shoreside processors in that year. NMFS
will then calculate a total relative
history for each shoreside processor by
adding all relative histories for the
shoreside processor together and
subtracting the two years with the
lowest relative history. NMFS will then
divide the result for each shoreside
processor by the aggregate sum of all
total relative histories for whiting by all
qualifying shoreside processors. The
result from this calculation will then be
multiplied by 20% to determine the
shoreside processor’s whiting QS.
(2) For purposes of making an initial
issuance of whiting QS to a shoreside
processor, NMFS will attribute landing
history to the Pacific whiting shoreside
first receiver reported on the landing
receipt (the entity responsible for filling
out the state landing receipt) as
recorded in the dataset that was
extracted from PacFIN by NMFS on July
1, 2010. History may be reassigned to a
shoreside processor not on the state
landings receipt as described at
paragraph (d)(8)(vi)(B) of this section.
(H) Allocation of Pacific halibut IBQ
for each limited entry trawl permit. For
each eligible limited entry trawl permit
owner, NMFS will calculate Pacific
halibut individual bycatch quota (IBQ)
for the area north of 40°10′ N. lat. using
a formula based on (a) QS allocations for
each limited entry trawl permit for two
target species, (b) areas of distribution of
fishing effort as determined from 2003–
2006 target species catch data from the
PacFIN Coastwide Trawl Logbook
Database, (c) average bycatch ratios for
each area as derived from WCGOP data
from 2003 through 2006, and (d) the
non-whiting initial issuance allocation
of the limited entry trawl allocation
amounts for 2011 for arrowtooth and
petrale sole. These data are used in a
series of sequential steps to determine
the allocation of IBQ to each limited
entry trawl permit. Steps (3) to (6)
estimate the permit’s total 2003–2006
target species by area. Steps (7) to (13)
project Pacific halibut bycatch amounts
using 2003–2006 WCGOP observer
ratios and the 2011 non-whiting initial
issuance allocation of the limited entry
trawl allocation amounts. Steps (14) to
(16) convert these amounts into QS.
(1) The target species are arrowtooth
flounder and petrale sole.
(2) The four bycatch areas are defined
latitudinally and by depth. The
latitudinal areas are (a) north of 47°30′
N. lat., and (b) between 40°10′ N. lat.
and 47°30′ N. lat. Each latitudinal area
is further divided by depth into areas
shoreward and seaward of the trawl
Rockfish Conservation Area as defined
at § 660.130(e)(4), subpart D.
(3) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will review the Permit
Logbook data for that permit and sum
target species catch recorded for the
years 2003–2006, resulting in total target
species catch in each of the four areas
for each permit for the years 2003
through 2006 for both target species in
aggregate. For practicability, seaward or
shoreward of the RCA as identified in
the logbook data is defined as being
deeper than or shallower than 115
fathoms, respectively.
(4) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will also sum the target
species catch by area into total aggregate
target species catch for each permit for
the years 2003 through 2006.
(5) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will divide logbook
aggregate target species catch in each
area (step (3)) the by the sum of the
permit’s catch of each target species in
all four bycatch areas (step (4)) to create
a set of area catch ratios for each permit.
(Note: The sum of all four area catch
ratios in aggregate equals 1 for each
permit).
33073
(6) For limited entry trawl permits
where the vessel registered to the permit
did not submit logbooks showing any
catch of either of the two target species
for any of the years 2003 through 2006,
NMFS will use the following formula to
calculate area target catch ratios: NMFS
will sum by area all limited entry trawl
permits’ total logbook area target catches
from step (3), and sum all limited entry
trawl permits’ total logbook target
catches across all four areas from step
(4); and divide these sums to create
average permit logbook area target catch
ratios.
(7) NMFS will calculate the 2011 nonwhiting short term allocation amount
for each of the two target species by
multiplying the limited entry trawl
allocation amounts for 2011 for each by
the corresponding short term allocation
for the non-whiting sector given in
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(A)(10) of this
section.
(8) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will obtain the nonwhiting portion of each limited entry
trawl permit’s initial QS allocations for
each of the two target species resulting
from paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2) of this
section.
(9) NMFS will calculate each limited
entry trawl permit’s projected nonwhiting sector quota pounds for the two
target species for 2011 by multiplying
the 2011 non-whiting sector short term
allocation amounts for each of the target
species by the permit’s QS allocation
percentage for the species from step (8).
(10) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will sum the projected
quota pounds for the two target species
from step (9) to get a total projected
weight of the two target species for the
limited entry trawl permit.
(11) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will multiply the
projected 2011 total weight of the two
target species by the applicable area
catch ratio for each area as calculated in
either step (5) (permits with logbook
data) or step (6) (permits without
logbook data).
(12) NMFS will apply WCGOP
average halibut bycatch ratios (observed
halibut catch/total of two target species
catch) by area. The WCGOP average
halibut bycatch ratios are as follows:
PACIFIC HALIBUT
Area
Shoreward
N. of 47°30′ N. lat. ...........................................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 47°30′ N. lat. .........................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
0.117
0.07
Seaward
0.061
0.03
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33074
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(13) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will calculate projected
Pacific halibut amounts by area by
multiplying the limited entry trawl
permit’s projected 2011 total weight of
the two target species by area from step
(11) by the average bycatch ratio for the
corresponding area of step (12).
(14) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will sum all area
amounts from step (13) to calculate the
total projected Pacific halibut amount
for each limited entry trawl permit.
(15) NMFS will sum all limited entry
trawl permits’ projected Pacific halibut
amounts from step (14) to calculate
aggregate total amounts of Pacific
halibut.
(16) NMFS will estimate preliminary
Pacific halibut IBQ for each limited
entry trawl permit by dividing each
limited entry trawl permit’s total
projected Pacific halibut amount from
step (14) by the aggregate total amounts
of Pacific halibut from step (15).
(v) QS application. Persons may apply
for an initial issuance of QS and a QS
permit in one of two ways: Complete
and submit a prequalified application
received from NMFS, or complete and
submit an application package.
(A) Prequalified application. A
‘‘prequalified application’’ is a partially
pre-filled application where NMFS has
preliminarily determined the landings
history that may qualify the applicant
for an initial issuance of QS. The
application package will include a
prequalified application (with landings
history), a Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest form, and any other
documents NMFS believes are necessary
to aid the limited entry permit owner in
completing the QS application.
(1) For current trawl limited entry
permit owners, NMFS will mail a
prequalified application to all owners,
as listed in the NMFS permit database
at the time applications are mailed, that
NMFS determines may qualify for QS.
NMFS will mail the application by
certified mail to the current address of
record in the NMFS permit database.
The application will contain the basis of
NMFS’ calculation of the permit
owner’s QS for each species/species
group or area.
(2) For shoreside processors, NMFS
will mail a prequalified application to
those Pacific whiting shoreside first
receivers with receipts of 1 mt or more
of whiting from whiting trips in each of
any two years from 1998 through 2004,
as documented on fish tickets in the
dataset extracted from PacFIN by NMFS
on July 1, 2010. NMFS will mail the
prequalified application by certified
mail to the current address of record
given by the state in which the entity is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
registered. For all qualified entities who
meet the eligibility requirement at
paragraph (d)(8)(ii)(B) of this section,
the application will provide the basis of
NMFS’ calculation of the initial
issuance of Pacific whiting QS.
(B) Request for an application. An
owner of a current limited entry trawl
permit or a Pacific whiting first receiver
or shoreside processor that believes it is
qualified for an initial issuance of QS
and does not receive a prequalified
application, must complete an
application package and submit the
completed application to NMFS by the
application deadline. The completed
application must either be post-marked
or hand-delivered within normal
business hours no later than [date 60
calendar days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register].
Application packages are available on
NMFS’ Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/
Groundfish-Permits/index.cfm) or by
contacting SFD. An application must
include valid PacFIN data or other
credible information that substantiates
the applicant’s qualification for an
initial issuance of QS. If an applicant
fails to submit a completed application
by the deadline date, they forgo the
opportunity to receive consideration for
an initial issuance of QS.
(vi) Corrections to the application. If
an applicant does not accept NMFS’
calculation in the prequalified
application either in part or whole, the
applicant must identify in writing to
NMFS which parts the applicant
believes to be inaccurate, and must
provide specific credible information to
substantiate any requested corrections.
The completed application and specific
credible information must be provided
to NMFS in writing by the application
deadline. Written communication must
either be post-marked or hand-delivered
within normal business hours no later
than [date 60 calendar days after
publication of the final rule in the
Federal Register]. Requests for
corrections may only be granted for the
following reasons:
(A) Errors in NMFS’ extraction,
aggregation, or expansion of data,
including:
(1) Errors in NMFS’ extraction of
landings data from PacFIN;
(2) Errors in NMFS’ extraction of state
logbook data from PacFIN;
(3) Errors in NMFS’ application of the
QS allocation formula;
(4) Errors in identification of the
permit owner, permit combinations, or
vessel registration as listed in NMFS
permit database;
(5) Errors in identification of or
ownership information for the first
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
receiver or the processor that first
processed the fish.
(B) Reassignment of Pacific whiting
landings history for shoreside
processors. For shoreside processors,
the landing history may be reassigned
from the Pacific whiting shoreside first
receiver identified in the PacFIN
database to a shoreside processor that
was in fact the first processor of the fish.
In order for an applicant to request that
landing history be reassigned, an
authorized representative for the Pacific
whiting shoreside first receiver
identified on the state landing receipt
must submit, by the application
deadline date specified in paragraph
(d)(8)(vii)(B) of this section for initial
issuance of QS, a written request that
the whiting landings history from the
qualifying years be conveyed to a
shoreside processor. The letter must be
signed and dated by the authorized
representative of the Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver named on the
state landing receipt and signed and
dated by the authorized representative
of the shoreside processor to which the
Pacific whiting landing history is
requested to be reassigned. The letter
must identify the dates of the landings
history and the associated amounts that
are requested to be reassigned, and
include the legal name of the shoreside
processor to which the Pacific whiting
landing history is requested to be
reassigned, their date of birth or tax
identification number, business address,
business phone number, fax number,
and e-mail address. If any document
exists that demonstrates that the
shoreside processor to which the Pacific
whiting landing history is requested to
be reassigned was in fact the first
processor of the fish, such
documentation must be provided to
NMFS. NMFS will review the
information submitted and will make a
determination as part of the IAD.
(vii) Submission of the application
and application deadline. (A)
Submission of the application.
Submission of the complete, certified
application includes, but is not limited
to, the following:
(1) The applicant is required to sign
and date the application and have the
document notarized by a licensed
Notary Public.
(2) The applicant must certify that
they qualify to own QS.
(3) The applicant must indicate they
accept NMFS’ calculation of initial
issuance of QS provided in the
prequalified application, or provide
credible information that demonstrates
their qualification for QS.
(4) The applicant is required to
provide a complete Trawl Identification
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
of Ownership Interest Form as specified
at paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section.
(5) Business entities may be required
to submit a corporate resolution or other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity; and
(6) NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to make an IAD on initial QS
issuance.
(B) Application deadline. A complete,
certified application must be mailed or
hand-delivered to NMFS, Northwest
Region, Permits Office, Bldg. 1, 7600
Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115,
and postmarked no later than [date 60
calendar days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register].
NMFS will not accept or review any
applications received or postmarked
after the application deadline. There are
no hardship exemptions for this
deadline.
(viii) Permit transfer during
application period. NMFS will not
review or approve any request for a
change in limited entry trawl permit
owner at any time after [DATE FINAL
RULE PUBLISHED IN Federal
Register] until a final decision is made
by the Regional Administrator on behalf
of the Secretary of Commerce regarding
the QS to be issued for that permit.
(ix) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application for initial issuance of QS,
the applicant will receive a QS Permit
specifying the amounts of QS for which
the applicant has qualified and the
applicant will be registered to a QS
Account. If NMFS disapproves or
partially disapproves an application, the
IAD will provide the reasons NMFS did
not approve the application. As part of
the IAD, NMFS will indicate whether
the QS Permit owner qualifies for QS in
amounts that exceed the accumulation
limits and are subject to divestiture
provisions given at paragraph (d)(4)(v)
of this section, or whether the QS
permit owner qualifies for QS that
exceed the accumulation limits and
does not qualify to receive the excess
under paragraph (d)(4)(v) of this section.
If the applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 30 calendar days of the date on
the IAD, the IAD becomes the final
decision of the Regional Administrator
acting on behalf of the Secretary of
Commerce.
(x) Appeals. For QS permits and QS
issued under this section, the appeals
process and timelines are specified at
§ 660.25(g), subpart C. For the initial
issuance of QS and the QS permits, the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
bases for appeal are described in
paragraph (d)(8)(vi) of this section. An
additional basis for appeal for whiting
QS based on shoreside processing is an
allegation that the shoreside processor
or Pacific whiting shoreside first
receiver to which a QS Permit and QS
have been assigned was not in fact the
first processor of the fish included in
the qualifying landings history. The
appellant must submit credible
information supporting the allegation
that they were in fact the first shoreside
processor for the fish in question. Items
not subject to appeal include, but are
not limited to, the accuracy of permit
landings data or Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver landings data in
the dataset extracted from PacFIN by
NMFS on July 1, 2010.
(e) Vessel accounts. [Reserved]
(f) First Receiver Site License.
[Reserved]
(g) Retention requirements (whiting
and non-whiting vessels). [Reserved]
(h) Observer Requirements. [Reserved]
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Shoreside Catch Monitor
requirements for IFQ first receivers.
[Reserved]
(k) Catch weighing requirements.
[Reserved]
(l) Gear Switching. [Reserved]
(m) Adaptive Management Program.
[Reserved]
§ 660.150
Mothership (MS) Coop program.
(a) General. The MS Coop Program
requirements in this section will be
effective beginning January 1, 2011,
except for paragraphs (f)(3), (f)(5), (f)(6),
(g)(3), (g)(5), and (g)(6) which are
effectively immediately. The MS Coop
Program is a limited access program that
applies to eligible harvesters and
processors in the mothership sector of
the Pacific whiting at-sea trawl fishery.
Eligible harvesters and processors,
including coop and non-coop fishery
participants, must meet the
requirements set forth in this section of
the Pacific Coast groundfish regulations.
In addition to the requirements of this
section, the MS coop program is subject
to the following groundfish regulations
of subparts C and D:
(1) Pacific whiting seasons
§ 660.131(b), subpart D.
(2) Area restrictions specified for
midwater trawl gear used to harvest
Pacific whiting fishery specified at
§ 660.131(c), Subpart D for GCAs, RCAs,
Salmon Conservation Zones, BRAs, and
EFHCAs.
(3) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart C: § 660.11
Definitions, § 660.12 Prohibitions,
§ 660.13 Recordkeeping and reporting,
§ 660.14 VMS requirements, § 660.15
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33075
Equipment requirements, § 660.16
Groundfish Observer Program, § 660.20
Vessel and gear identification, § 660.25
Permits, § 660.26 Pacific whiting vessel
licenses, § 660.55 Allocations, § 660.60
Specifications and management
measures, § 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications, and §§ 660.70 through
660.79 Closed areas.
(4) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart D:
§ 660.111 Trawl fishery definitions,
§ 660.112 Trawl fishery prohibitions,
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery recordkeeping
and reporting, § 660.116 Trawl fishery
observer requirements, § 660.120 Trawl
fishery crossover provisions, § 660.130
Trawl fishery management measures,
and § 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
(5) The MS Coop Program may be
restricted or closed as a result of
projected overages within the MS Coop
Program, the C/P Coop Program, or the
Shorebased IFQ Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures will be used
to prevent the trawl sectors in aggregate
or the individual trawl sector
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an OY, or formal
allocation specified in the PCGFMP or
regulation at § 660.55, subpart C, or
§§ 660.140, 660.150, or 660.160, subpart
D.
(b) Participation requirements.
[Reserved]
(1) Mothership vessels. [Reserved]
(2) Mothership catcher vessels.
[Reserved]
(3) MS Coop formation and failure.
[Reserved]
(c) Inter-coop agreement. [Reserved]
(d) MS coop program species and
allocations—(1) MS coop program
species. MS Coop Program Species are
as follows:
(i) Species with formal allocations to
the MS Program are Pacific whiting,
canary rockfish, darkblotched rockfish,
Pacific Ocean perch, and widow
rockfish;
(ii) Species with set-asides for the MS
and C/P Programs combined, as
described in Tables 1d and 2d, subpart
C.
(2) Annual mothership sector suballocations. [Reserved]
(i) Mothership catcher vessel catch
history assignments. [Reserved]
(ii) Annual coop allocations.
[Reserved]
(iii) Annual non-coop allocation.
[Reserved]
(3) Reaching an allocation or suballocation. [Reserved]
(4) Non-whiting groundfish species
reapportionment. [Reserved]
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33076
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(5) Announcements. [Reserved]
(6) Redistribution of annual
allocation. [Reserved]
(7) Processor obligation. [Reserved]
(8) Allocation accumulation limits.
[Reserved]
(e) MS coop permit and agreement.
[Reserved]
(f) Mothership (MS) permit.
(1) General. Any vessel that processes
or receives deliveries as a mothership
processor in the Pacific whiting fishery
mothership sector must be registered to
an MS permit. A vessel registered to an
MS permit may receive fish from a
vessel that fishes in an MS coop and/or
may receive fish from a vessel that
fishes in the non-coop fishery at the
same time or during the same year.
(i) Eligibility to own or hold an MS
permit. To acquire an MS permit a
person must be eligible to own and
control a U.S. fishing vessel with a
fishery endorsement pursuant to 46
U.S.C. 12113 (general fishery
endorsement requirements and 75
percent citizenship requirement for
entities) and must be: A United States
citizen; a permanent resident alien; or a
corporation, partnership or other entity
established under the laws of the United
States or any State.
(ii) Vessel size endorsement. An MS
permit does not have a vessel size
endorsement. The endorsement
provisions at § 660.25(b)(3)(iii), subpart
C, do not apply to a MS permit.
(iii) Restriction on C/P vessels
operating as motherships. Restrictions
on a vessel registered to a limited entry
permit with a C/P endorsement
operating as a mothership are specified
at § 660.160, subpart D.
(2) Renewal, change of permit
ownership, or vessel registration.
[Reserved]
(3) Accumulation limits.
(i) MS permit usage limit. [Reserved]
(ii) Ownership—individual and
collective rule. The ownership that
counts toward a person’s accumulation
limit will include:
(A) Any MS permit owned by that
person, and
(B) A portion of any MS permit
owned by an entity in which that person
has an interest, where the person’s share
of interest in that entity will determine
the portion of that entity’s ownership
that counts toward the person’s limit.
(iii) [Reserved].
(iv) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that is
applying for an MS permit shall
document those individuals that have
greater than or equal to 2 percent
ownership interest in the permit. This
ownership interest must be documented
with the SFD via the Trawl
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form sent to the permit owner with
their application. SFD will not issue an
MS Permit unless the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form has been completed.
(4) Appeals. [Reserved].
(5) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for
administrative costs associated with the
issuance of an MS permit consistent
with the provisions given at § 660.25(f),
Subpart C.
(6) Application requirements and
initial issuance for MS permit—(i)
Eligibility criteria for MS permit. Only
the current owner of a vessel that
processed Pacific whiting in the
mothership sector in the qualifying
years is eligible to receive initial
issuance of an MS permit, except that in
the case of bareboat charterers, the
charterer of the bareboat may receive an
MS permit instead of the vessel owner.
As used in this section, ‘‘bareboat
charterer’’ means a vessel charterer
operating under a bareboat charter,
defined as a complete transfer of
possession, command, and navigation of
a vessel from the vessel owner to the
charterer for the limited time of the
charter agreement.
(ii) Qualifying criteria for MS permit.
To qualify for initial issuance of an MS
permit, a person must own, or operate
under a bareboat charter, a vessel on
which at least 1,000 mt of Pacific
whiting was processed in the
mothership sector in each year for at
least two years between 1997 and 2003
inclusive.
(iii) MS permit application. Persons
may apply for initial issuance of an MS
permit in one of two ways: Complete
and submit a prequalified application
received from NMFS, or complete and
submit an application package.
(A) Prequalified application. A
‘‘prequalified application’’ is a partially
pre-filled application where NMFS has
preliminarily determined the processing
history that may qualify the applicant
for an initial issuance of an MS permit.
NMFS will mail prequalified
application packages to the owners of
the vessel or charterer of the bareboat
which NMFS determines may qualify
for an MS permit. NMFS will mail the
application by certified mail to the
current address of record in the NMFS
permit database. The application will
contain the basis of NMFS’ calculation.
The application package will include,
but is not limited to: A prequalified
application (with processing history), a
Trawl Identification of Ownership
Interest form, and any other documents
NMFS believes are necessary to aid the
owners of the vessel or charterer of the
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
bareboat to complete the MS permit
application.
(B) Request for an application. Any
current owner or bareboat charterer of a
vessel that the owner or bareboat
charterer believes qualifies for initial
issuance of an MS permit that does not
receive a prequalified application must
complete an application package and
submit the completed application to
NMFS by the application deadline. The
completed application must be either
post-marked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours no later than
[date 60 days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register].
Application packages are available on
NMFS’ Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/
Groundfish-Permits/index.cfm) or by
contacting SFD. An application must
include valid NORPAC data or other
credible information that substantiates
the applicant’s qualification for initial
issuance of an MS permit. If an
applicant fails to submit a completed
application by the deadline date, they
forgo the opportunity to receive
consideration for initial issuance of an
MS permit.
(iv) Corrections to the application. If
the applicant does not accept NMFS’
calculation in the prequalified
application either in part or whole, in
order for NMFS to reconsider NMFS’
calculation, the applicant must identify
in writing to NMFS which parts of the
prequalified application that the
applicant contends to be inaccurate, and
must provide specific credible
information to substantiate any
requested corrections. The completed
application and specific credible
information must be provided to NMFS
in writing by the application deadline.
Written communication must be either
post-marked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours no later than
[date 60 days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register].
Requests for corrections may only be
granted for errors in NMFS’ extraction,
aggregation, or expansion of data,
including:
(A) Errors in NMFS’ extraction of data
from NORPAC;
(B) Errors in NMFS’ calculations; and
(C) Errors in the vessel registration as
listed in the NMFS permit database, or
in the identification of the mothership
owner or bareboat charterer.
(v) Submission of the application and
application deadline—(A) Submission
of the Application. Submission of the
complete, certified application includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
(1) The applicant is required to sign
and date the application and have the
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
document notarized by a licensed
Notary Public.
(2) The applicant must certify that
they qualify to own an MS permit.
(3) The applicant must indicate they
accept NMFS’ calculation in the
prequalified application, or provide
credible information that demonstrates
their qualification for an MS permit.
(4) The applicant is required to
provide a complete Trawl Identification
of Ownership Interest Form as specified
at paragraph (f)(3)(iv) of this section.
(5) Business entities may be required
to submit a corporate resolution or other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity;
(6) A bareboat charterer must provide
credible evidence that demonstrates it
was chartering the mothership vessel
under a private contract during the
qualifying years; and
(7) NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to make an IAD on initial
issuance of an MS permit.
(B) Application deadline. A complete,
certified application must be mailed or
hand-delivered to NMFS, Northwest
Region, Permits Office, Bldg. 1, 7600
Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115,
and postmarked no later than [date 60
days after publication of the final rule
in the Federal Register]. NMFS will
not accept or review any applications
received or postmarked after the
application deadline. There are no
hardship provisions for this deadline.
(vi) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application for initial issuance of an MS
permit, the applicant will receive an MS
Permit. If NMFS disapproves an
application, the IAD will provide the
reasons NMFS did not approve the
application. If the applicant does not
appeal the IAD within 30 calendar days
of the date on the IAD, the IAD becomes
the final decision of the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce.
(vii) Appeals. For MS permits issued
under this section, the appeals process
and timelines are specified at
§ 660.25(g), subpart C. For the initial
issuance of an MS permit, the bases for
appeal are described in paragraph
(f)(6)(iv) of this section. Items not
subject to appeal include, but are not
limited to, the accuracy of data in the
dataset extracted from NORPAC by
NMFS on July 1, 2010.
(g) Mothership catcher vessel (MS/CV)
endorsed permit—(1) General. Any
vessel that delivers whiting to a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
mothership processor in the Pacific
whiting fishery mothership sector must
be registered to an MS/CV-endorsed
permit, except that a vessel registered to
limited entry trawl permit without an
MS/CV or C/P endorsement may fish for
a coop with permission from a coop.
Within the MS Coop Program, an MS/
CV endorsed permit may participate in
an MS coop or in the non-coop fishery.
(i) Catch history assignment. NMFS
will assign a catch history assignment to
each MS/CV endorsed permit. The catch
history assignment is based on the catch
history in the Pacific whiting
mothership sector during the qualifying
years of 1994 through 2003. The catch
history assignment is expressed as a
percentage of Pacific whiting of the total
mothership sector allocation as
described at paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
section. Catch history assignments will
be issued to the nearest whole pound
using standard rounding rules (i.e.
decimal amounts from 0 up to 0.5 round
down and 0.5 and above round up).
(ii) Pacific whiting Mothership Sector
Allocation. The catch history allocation
accrues to the coop to which the MS/CV
permit is tied through private
agreement, or will be assigned to the
non-coop fishery if the MS/CV-endorsed
permit does not participate in the coop
fishery.
(iii) Non-severable. The MS/CV
endorsement and its catch history
assignment are not severable from the
limited entry trawl permit. An MS/CV
endorsement and its catch history
assignment are permanently affixed to
the original qualifying limited entry
permit, and cannot be transferred
separately from the original qualifying
limited entry permit.
(iv) Renewal. [Reserved]
(v) Restrictions on processing by MS/
CV endorsed permit. A vessel registered
to an MS/CV-endorsed permit in a given
year shall not engage in processing of
Pacific whiting during that year.
(2) Change of Permit owner, vessel
registration, vessel owner, or
combination. [Reserved]
(3) Accumulation limits—(i) MS/CVendorsed permit ownership limit. No
person shall own MS/CV-endorsed
permits for which the collective Pacific
whiting allocation total is greater than
20 percent of the total mothership sector
allocation. For purposes of determining
accumulation limits, NMFS requires
that permit owners submit a complete
trawl ownership interest form for the
permit owner as part of annual renewal
of an MS/CV-endorsed permit. An
ownership interest form will also be
required whenever a new permit owner
obtains an MS/CV-endorsed permit as
part of a permit transfer request.
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33077
Accumulation limits will be determined
by calculating the percentage of
ownership interest a person has in any
MS/CV-endorsed permit and the
amount of the Pacific whiting catch
history assignment given on the permit.
Determination of ownership interest
will be subject to the individual and
collective rule.
(A) Ownership—Individual and
collective rule. The Pacific whiting
catch history assignment that applies to
a person’s accumulation limit will
include:
(1) The catch history assignment
owned by that person, and
(2) A portion of the catch history
assignment owned by an entity in which
that person has an interest, where the
person’s share of interest in that entity
will determine the portion of that
entity’s catch history assignment that
counts toward the person’s limit.
(B) [Reserved].
(C) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that owns a
limited entry trawl permit and is
applying for an MS/CV endorsement
shall document those individuals that
have greater than or equal to 2 percent
ownership interest in the permit. This
ownership interest must be documented
with the SFD via the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form sent to the permit owner with
their application. SFD will not issue an
MS/CV endorsement unless the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form has been completed. Further, if
SFD discovers through review of the
Trawl Identification of Ownership
Interest Form that a person owns or
controls more than the accumulation
limits, the person will subject to
divestiture provisions specified in
paragraph (g)(3)(i)(D) of this section.
(D) Divestiture. If NMFS determines
that an applicant exceeds the MS/CVendorsed permit ownership limit,
NMFS will notify the applicant. The
applicant must comply with the MS/CVendorsed permit ownership limit
requirement prior to issuance of the MS/
CV endorsement.
(ii) [Reserved].
(4) Appeals. [Reserved]
(5) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge a fee for
administrative costs associated with the
issuance of an MS/CV endorsed permit,
as provided at § 660.25(f), Subpart C.
(6) Application requirements and
initial issuance for MS/CV
endorsement—(i) Eligibility criteria for
MS/CV endorsement. Only a current
trawl limited entry permit with a
qualifying history of Pacific whiting
deliveries in the MS Pacific whiting
sector is eligible to receive an MS/CV
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33078
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
endorsement. Any past catch history
associated with the current limited
entry trawl permit accrues to the permit.
If a trawl limited entry permit is eligible
to receive both a C/P endorsement and
an MS/CV endorsement, the permit
owner must choose which endorsement
to apply for (i.e., the owner of such a
permit may not receive both a C/P and
an MS/CV endorsement). NMFS will not
recognize any other person as permit
owner other than the person listed as
permit owner in NMFS permit database.
(ii) Qualifying criteria for MS/CV
endorsement. In order to qualify for an
MS/CV endorsement, a qualifying trawl
endorsed limited entry permit must
have been registered to a vessel or
vessels that caught and delivered a
cumulative amount of at least 500 mt of
Pacific whiting to motherships between
1994 through 2003. The calculation will
be based on the following:
(A) To determine a permit’s qualifying
catch history, NMFS will use
documented deliveries to a mothership
in Pacific whiting observer data as
recorded in the dataset that was
extracted from NORPAC by NMFS on
July 1, 2010.
(B) The qualifying catch history will
include any deliveries of Pacific whiting
to motherships by vessels registered to
limited entry trawl endorsed permits
that were subsequently combined to
generate the current permit.
(C) If two or more limited entry trawl
permits have been simultaneously
registered to the same vessel, NMFS will
divide the qualifying catch history
evenly between all permits.
(D) History of illegal deliveries will
not be included in the qualifying catch
history.
(E) Deliveries made from Federal
limited entry groundfish permits that
were retired through the Federal
buyback program will not be included
in the qualifying catch history.
(F) Deliveries made under provisional
‘‘A’’ permits that did not become ‘‘A’’
permits and ‘‘B’’ permits will not be
included in the qualifying catch history.
(iii) Qualifying criteria for catch
history assignment. A catch history
assignment will be specified as a
percent on the MS/CV endorsed permit.
The calculation will be based on the
following:
(A) For determination of a permit’s
catch history, NMFS will use
documented deliveries to a mothership
in Pacific whiting observer data as
recorded in the dataset that was
extracted from NORPAC by NMFS on
July 1, 2010.
(B) NMFS will use relative history,
which means the catch history of a
permit for a year divided by the total
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
fleet history for that year, expressed as
a percent. NMFS will calculate relative
history for each year in the qualifying
period from 1994 through 2003 by
dividing the total deliveries of Pacific
whiting to motherships for the vessel(s)
registered to the permit for each year by
the sum of the total catch of Pacific
whiting delivered to mothership
vessel(s) for that year.
(C) NMFS will select the eight years
with the highest relative history of
Pacific whiting, unless the applicant
requests a different set of eight years
during the initial issuance and appeals
process, and will add the relative
histories for these years to generate the
permit’s total relative history. NMFS
will then divide the permit’s total
relative history by the sum of all
qualifying permits’ total relative
histories to determine the permit’s catch
history assignment, expressed as a
percent.
(D) The total relative history will
include any deliveries of Pacific whiting
to motherships by vessels registered to
limited entry trawl endorsed permits
that were subsequently combined to
generate the current permit.
(E) If two or more limited entry trawl
permits have been simultaneously
registered to the same vessel, NMFS will
split the catch history evenly between
all permits.
(F) History of illegal deliveries will
not be included in the calculation of a
permit’s catch history assignment or in
the calculation of relative history for
individual years.
(G) Deliveries made from Federal
limited entry groundfish permits that
were retired through the Federal
buyback program will not be included
in the calculation of a permit’s catch
history assignment other than for the
purpose of calculating relative history
for individual years.
(H) Deliveries made under provisional
‘‘A’’ permits that did not become ‘‘A’’
permits and ‘‘B’’ permits will not be
included in the calculation of a permit’s
catch history assignment other than for
the purpose of calculating relative
history for individual years.
(iv) MS/CV endorsement and catch
history assignment application. Persons
may apply for an initial issuance of an
MS/CV endorsement on a limited entry
trawl permit and its associated catch
history assignment in one of two ways:
Complete and submit a prequalified
application received from NMFS, or
complete and submit an application
package.
(A) Prequalified application. A
‘‘prequalified application’’ is a partially
pre-filled application where NMFS has
preliminarily determined the catch
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
history that may qualify the applicant
for an initial issuance of an MS/CV
endorsement and associated catch
history assignment. NMFS will mail
prequalified application packages to the
owners of current limited entry trawl
permits, as listed in the NMFS permit
database at the time applications are
mailed, which NMFS determines may
qualify for an MS/CV endorsement and
associated catch history assignment.
NMFS will mail the application by
certified mail to the current address of
record in the NMFS permit database.
The application will contain the basis of
NMFS’ calculation. The application
package will include, but is not limited
to: A prequalified application (with
landings history), a Trawl Identification
of Ownership Interest form, and any
other documents NMFS believes are
necessary to aid the limited entry permit
owner in completing the application.
(B) Request for an application. Any
owner of a current limited entry trawl
permit that does not receive a
prequalified application that believes
the permit qualifies for an initial
issuance of an MS/CV endorsement and
associated catch history assignment
must complete an application package
and submit the completed application to
NMFS by the application deadline. The
completed application must be either
post-marked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours no later than
[date 60 days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register].
Application packages are available on
the NMFS Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/
Groundfish-Permits/index.cfm) or by
contacting SFD. An application must
include valid NORPAC data, copies of
NMFS observer data forms, or other
credible information that substantiates
the applicant’s qualification for an
initial issuance of an MS/CV
endorsement and associated catch
history assignment. If an applicant fails
to submit a completed application by
the deadline date, they forgo the
opportunity to receive consideration for
an initial issuance of a MS/CV
endorsement and associated catch
history assignment.
(v) Corrections to the application. If
the applicant does not accept NMFS’
calculation in the prequalified
application either in part or whole, in
order for NMFS to reconsider NMFS’
calculation, the applicant must identify
in writing to NMFS which parts of the
application that the applicant contends
to be inaccurate, and must provide
specific credible information to
substantiate any requested corrections.
The completed application and specific
credible information must be provided
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
to NMFS in writing by the application
deadline. Written communication must
be either post-marked or hand-delivered
within normal business hours no later
than [date 60 days after publication of
the final rule in the Federal Register].
Requests for corrections may only be
granted for changes to the selection of
the eight years with the highest relative
history of whiting and errors in NMFS’
extraction, aggregation, or expansion of
data, including:
(A) Errors in NMFS’ extraction of data
from NORPAC;
(B) Errors in NMFS’ calculations; and
(C) Errors in the identification of the
permit owner, permit combinations, or
vessel registration as listed in the NMFS
permit database.
(vi) Submission of the application and
application deadline—(A) Submission
of the application. Submission of the
complete, certified application includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
(1) The applicant is required to sign
and date the application and have the
document notarized by a licensed
Notary Public.
(2) The applicant must certify that
they qualify to own an MS/CV-endorsed
permit and associated catch history
assignment.
(3) The applicant must indicate they
accept NMFS’ calculation of initial
issuance of an MS/CV-endorsed permit
and associated catch history assignment
provided in the prequalified
application, or provide credible
information that demonstrates their
qualification for an MS/CV-endorsed
permit and associated catch history
assignment.
(4) The applicant is required to
provide a complete Trawl Identification
of Ownership Interest Form as specified
at paragraph (g)(3)(i)(C) of this section.
(5) Business entities may be required
to submit a corporate resolution or other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity; and
(6) NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to make an IAD on initial
issuance of an MS/CV-endorsed permit
and associated catch history assignment.
(B) Application deadline. A complete,
certified application must be mailed or
hand-delivered to NMFS, Northwest
Region, Permits Office, Bldg. 1, 7600
Sand Point Way, NE., Seattle, WA
98115, and postmarked no later than
[date 60 days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register].
NMFS will not accept or review any
applications received or postmarked
after the application deadline. There are
no hardship provisions for this
deadline.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(vii) Permit transfer during
application period. NMFS will not
review or approve any request for a
change in limited entry trawl permit
owner at any time after [Date final rule
will publish in the Federal Register]
until a final decision is made by the
Regional Administrator on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce on that permit.
(viii) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application for initial issuance of an
MS/CV-endorsed permit and associated
catch history assignment, the applicant
will receive an MS/CV endorsement on
a limited entry trawl permit specifying
the amounts of catch history assignment
for which the applicant has qualified. If
NMFS disapproves an application, the
IAD will provide the reasons NMFS did
not approve the application. If known at
the time of the IAD, NMFS will indicate
if the owner of the MS/CV-endorsed
permit has ownership interest in catch
history assignments that exceed the
accumulation limits and are subject to
divestiture provisions given at
paragraph (g)(3)(i)(D) of this section. If
the applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 30 calendar days of the date on
the IAD, the IAD becomes the final
decision of the Regional Administrator
acting on behalf of the Secretary of
Commerce.
(ix) Appeals. For an MS/CV-endorsed
permit and associated catch history
assignment issued under this section,
the appeals process and timelines are
specified at § 660.25(g), subpart C. For
the initial issuance of an MS/CVendorsed permit and associated catch
history assignment, the bases for appeal
are described in paragraph (g)(6)(v) of
this section. Items not subject to appeal
include, but are not limited to, the
accuracy of data in the dataset extracted
from NORPAC by NMFS on July 1,
2010.
(h) Non-coop Fishery. [Reserved]
(i) Retention Requirements. [Reserved]
(j) Observer Requirements. [Reserved]
(k) Catch Weighing Requirements.
[Reserved]
(l) [Reserved]
§ 660.160
program.
Catcher/processor (C/P) coop
(a) General. The C/P Coop Program
requirements in § 660.160 will be
effective beginning January 1, 2011,
except for paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(7) of
this section, which are effective
immediately. The C/P Coop Program is
a limited access program that applies to
vessels in the C/P sector of the Pacific
whiting at-sea trawl fishery and is a
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33079
single voluntary coop. Eligible
harvesters and processors must meet the
requirements set forth in this section of
the Pacific Coast groundfish regulations.
In addition to the requirements of this
section, the C/P Coop Program is subject
to the following groundfish regulations:
(1) Pacific whiting seasons
§ 660.131(b), subpart D.
(2) Area restrictions specified for
midwater trawl gear used to harvest
Pacific whiting fishery specified at
§ 660.131(c), subpart D for GCAs, RCAs,
Salmon Conservation Zones, BRAs, and
EFHCAs.
(3) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart C: § 660.11
Definitions, § 660.12 Prohibitions,
§ 660.13 Recordkeeping and reporting,
§ 660.14 VMS requirements, § 660.15
Equipment requirements, § 660.16
Groundfish Observer Program, § 660.20
Vessel and gear identification, § 660.25
Permits, § 660.26 Pacific whiting vessel
licenses, § 660.55 Allocations, § 660.60
Specifications and management
measures, § 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications, and §§ 660.70 through
660.79 Closed areas.
(4) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart D:
§ 660.111 Trawl fishery definitions,
§ 660.112 Trawl fishery prohibitions,
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery recordkeeping
and reporting, § 660.116 Trawl fishery
observer requirements, § 660.120 Trawl
fishery crossover provisions, § 660.130
Trawl fishery management measures,
and § 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
(5) The C/P Coop Program may be
restricted or closed as a result of
projected overages within the MS Coop
Program, the C/P Coop Program, or the
Shorebased IFQ Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures will be used
to prevent the trawl sectors in aggregate
or the individual trawl sector
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an OY, or formal
allocation specified in the PCGFMP or
regulation at § 660.55, subpart C, or
§§ 660.140, 660.150, or 660.160, subpart
D.
(b) C/P Coop program species and
allocations—(1) C/P coop program
species. C/P Coop Program species are
as follows:
(i) Species with formal allocations to
the C/P Coop Program are Pacific
whiting, canary rockfish, darkblotched
rockfish, Pacific Ocean perch, widow
rockfish;
(ii) Species with set-asides for the MS
and C/P Programs combined, as
described in Table 1d and 2d, subpart
C.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33080
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(2) [Reserved].
(c) C/P Coop Permit and Agreement.
[Reserved]
(d) C/P–Endorsed Permit—(1)
General. Any vessel participating in the
C/P sector of the non-tribal primary
Pacific whiting fishery during the
season described at § 660.131(b) of this
subpart must be registered to a valid
limited entry permit with a C/P
endorsement.
(i) Non-severable. A C/P endorsement
is not severable from the limited entry
trawl permit, and therefore, the
endorsement may not be transferred
separately from the limited entry trawl
permit.
(ii) Restriction on C/P vessel operating
as a catcher vessel in the mothership
sector. A vessel registered to a C/Pendorsed permit cannot operate as a
catcher vessel delivering unprocessed
Pacific whiting to a mothership
processor during the same calendar year
it participates in the C/P sector.
(iii) Restriction on C/P vessel
operating as mothership. A vessel
registered to a C/P-endorsed permit
cannot operate as a mothership during
the same calendar year it participates in
the C/P sector.
(2) Eligibility and renewal for C/P
endorsed permit. [Reserved.]
(3) Change in permit ownership,
vessel registration, vessel owner,
transfer or combination. [Reserved]
(4) Appeals. [Reserved]
(5) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for the
administrative costs associated with
review and issuance of a C/P
endorsement consistent with the
provisions at § 660.25(f), subpart C.
(6) [Reserved].
(7) Application requirements and
initial issuance for C/P endorsement—
(i) Eligibility criteria for C/P
endorsement. Only current owners of a
current limited entry trawl permit that
has been registered to a vessel that
participated in the C/P fishery during
the qualifying period are eligible to
receive a C/P endorsement. Any past
catch history associated with the current
limited entry trawl permit accrues to the
current permit owner. NMFS will not
recognize any other person as the
limited entry permit owner other than
the person listed as the limited entry
permit owner in the NMFS permit
database.
(ii) Qualifying criteria for C/P
endorsement. In order to qualify for a
C/P endorsement, a vessel registered to
a valid trawl endorsed limited entry
permit must have caught and processed
any amount of Pacific whiting during a
primary catcher/processor season
between 1997 through 2003. The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
calculation will be based on the
following:
(A) Pacific Whiting Observer data
recorded in the dataset that was
extracted from NORPAC by NMFS on
July 1, 2010, and NMFS permit data on
limited entry trawl endorsed permits
will be used to determine whether a
permit meets the qualifying criteria for
a C/P endorsement.
(B) Only Pacific whiting regulated by
this subpart that was taken with
midwater (or pelagic) trawl gear will be
considered for the C/P endorsement.
(C) Permit catch and processing
history includes only the catch/
processing history of Pacific whiting for
a vessel when it was registered to that
particular permit during the qualifying
years.
(D) History of illegal landings will not
count.
(E) Landings history from Federal
limited entry groundfish permits that
were retired through the Federal
buyback program will not count.
(F) Landings under provisional ‘‘A’’
permits that did not become ‘‘A’’ permits
and ‘‘B’’ permits will not count toward
the allocation of QS.
(iii) C/P endorsement application.
Persons may apply for an initial
issuance of a C/P endorsement in one of
two ways: complete and submit a
prequalified application received from
NMFS, or complete and submit an
application package.
(A) Prequalified application. A
‘‘prequalified application’’ is a partially
pre-filled application where NMFS has
preliminarily determined the catch
history that may qualify the applicant
for an initial issuance of a C/P
endorsement. NMFS will mail a
prequalified application to all owners of
current trawl limited entry permits, as
listed in NMFS permit database at the
time applications are mailed, which
NMFS determines may qualify for a
C/P endorsement. NMFS will mail the
application by certified mail to the
current address of record in the NMFS
permit database. The application will
contain the basis of NMFS’ calculation.
The application package will include,
but is not limited to: A prequalified
application (with catch history) and any
other documents NMFS believes are
necessary to aid the limited entry permit
owner in completing the application.
(B) Request for an application. Any
owner of a current limited entry trawl
permit that does not receive a
prequalified application that believes
the permit qualifies for an initial
issuance of a C/P endorsement must
complete an application package and
submit the completed application to
NMFS by the application deadline. The
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
completed application must be either
post-marked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours no later than
[date 60 days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register].
Application packages are available on
the NMFS Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/
Groundfish-Permits/index.cfm) or by
contacting SFD. An application must
include valid NORPAC data, copies of
NMFS observer data forms, or other
credible information that substantiates
the applicant’s qualification for initial
issuance of a C/P endorsement. If an
applicant fails to submit a completed
application by the deadline date, they
forgo the opportunity to receive
consideration for initial issuance of a
C/P endorsement.
(iv) Corrections to the application. If
the applicant does not accept NMFS’
calculation in the prequalified
application either in part or whole, in
order for NMFS to reconsider NMFS’
calculation, the applicant must identify
in writing to NMFS which parts of the
application the applicant contends to be
inaccurate, and must provide specific
credible information to substantiate any
requested corrections. The completed
application and specific credible
information must be provided to NMFS
in writing by the application deadline.
Written communication must be either
post-marked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours no later than
[date 60 days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register].
Requests for corrections may only be
granted for errors in NMFS’ extraction,
aggregation, or expansion of data,
including:
(A) Errors in NMFS’ extraction of data
from NORPAC;
(B) Errors in NMFS’ calculations; and
(C) Errors in the identification of the
permit owner, permit combinations, or
vessel registration as listed in the NMFS
permit database.
(v) Submission of the application and
application deadline—(A) Submission
of the Application. Submission of the
complete, certified application includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
(1) The applicant is required to sign
and date the application and have the
document notarized by a licensed
Notary Public.
(2) The applicant must certify that
they qualify to own a C/P endorsed
permit.
(3) The applicant must indicate they
accept NMFS’ calculation of initial
issuance of C/P endorsement provided
in the prequalified application, or
provide credible information that
demonstrates their qualification for a
C/P endorsement.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(4) Business entities may be required
to submit a corporate resolution or other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity; and
(5) NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to make an IAD on initial
issuance of a C/P endorsement.
(B) Application deadline. A complete,
certified application must be mailed or
hand-delivered to NMFS, Northwest
Region, Permits Office, Bldg. 1, 7600
Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115,
and postmarked no later than [date 60
days after publication of the final rule
in the Federal Register]. NMFS will
not accept or review any applications
received or postmarked after the
application deadline. There are no
hardship provisions for this deadline.
(vi) Permit transfer during application
period. NMFS will not review or
approve any request for a change in
limited entry trawl permit owner at any
time after [date final rule publishes in
Federal Register] until a final decision
is made by the Regional Administrator
on behalf of the Secretary of Commerce.
(vii) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application, the applicant will receive a
C/P endorsement on a limited entry
trawl permit. If NMFS disapproves an
application, the IAD will provide the
reasons NMFS did not approve the
application. If the applicant does not
appeal the IAD within 30 calendar days
of the date on the IAD, the IAD becomes
the final decision of the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce.
(viii) Appeal. For a C/P endorsed
permit issued under this section, the
appeals process and timelines are
specified at § 660.25(g), subpart C. For
the initial issuance of a C/P endorsed
permit, the bases for appeal are
described in paragraph (d)(7)(iv) of this
section. Items not subject to appeal
include, but are not limited to, the
accuracy of data in the dataset extracted
from NORPAC by NMFS on July 1,
2010.
(e) Retention Requirements.
[Reserved]
(f) Observers Requirements.
[Reserved]
(g) [Reserved]
(h) Catch Weighting Requirements.
[Reserved]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
Subpart E—West Coast Groundfish—
Limited Entry Fixed Gear Fisheries
§ 660.210
Purpose and scope.
This subpart covers the Pacific Coast
Groundfish limited entry fixed gear
fishery.
§ 660.211
Fixed gear fishery—definitions.
These definitions are specific to the
limited entry fixed gear fisheries
covered in this subpart. General
groundfish definitions are found at
§ 660.11, subpart C.
Daily Trip Limit (DTL) Fishery means
a sablefish fishery that occurs both
north and south of 36° N. lat. that is
subject to trip limit restrictions
including daily and/or weekly and/or
bimonthly trip limits.
Limited entry fixed gear fishery means
the fishery composed of vessels
registered to limited entry permits with
longline and pot/trap endorsements.
Sablefish primary fishery or sablefish
tier limit fishery means, for the limited
entry fixed gear sablefish fishery north
of 36° N. lat, the fishery where vessels
registered to at least one limited entry
permit with both a gear endorsement for
longline or trap (or pot) gear and a
sablefish endorsement fish up to a
specified tier limit and when they are
not eligible to fish in the DTL fishery.
Sablefish primary season means, for
the limited entry fixed gear sablefish
fishery north of 36° N. lat, the period
when vessels registered to at least one
limited entry permit with both a gear
endorsement for longline or trap (or pot)
gear and a sablefish endorsement, are
allowed to fish in the sablefish tier limit
fishery described at § 660.231 of this
subpart.
Tier limit means a specified amount
of sablefish that may be harvested by a
vessel registered to a limited entry fixed
gear permit(s) with a Tier 1, Tier 2,
and/or Tier 3 designation; a gear
endorsement for longline or trap (or pot)
gear; and a sablefish endorsement.
§ 660.212
Fixed gear fishery—prohibitions.
These prohibitions are specific to the
limited entry fixed gear fisheries.
General groundfish prohibitions are
found at § 660.12, subpart C. In addition
to the general groundfish prohibitions
specified in § 660.12, subpart C, it is
unlawful for any person to:
(a) General—(1) Possess, deploy, haul,
or carry onboard a fishing vessel subject
to Subparts C and E a set net, trap or
pot, longline, or commercial vertical
hook-and-line as defined at § 660.11,
subpart C, that is not in compliance
with the gear restrictions in § 660.230,
subpart E, unless such gear is the gear
of another vessel that has been retrieved
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33081
at sea and made inoperable or stowed in
a manner not capable of being fished.
The disposal at sea of such gear is
prohibited by Annex V of the
International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution From Ships,
1973 (Annex V of MARPOL 73/78).
(2) Take, retain, possess, or land more
than a single cumulative limit of a
particular species, per vessel, per
applicable cumulative limit period,
except for sablefish taken in the limited
entry, fixed gear sablefish primary
season from a vessel authorized to fish
in that season, as described at § 660.231,
subpart E.
(b) Recordkeeping and reporting—
Fail to retain on board a vessel from
which sablefish caught in the sablefish
primary season is landed, and provide
to an authorized officer upon request,
copies of any and all reports of sablefish
landings against the sablefish endorsed
permit’s tier limit, or receipts containing
all data, and made in the exact manner
required by the applicable state law
throughout the sablefish primary season
during which such landings occurred
and for 15 days thereafter.
(c) Fishing in conservation areas—(1)
Operate a vessel registered to a limited
entry permit with a longline or trap
(pot) endorsement and longline and/or
trap gear onboard in an applicable GCA
(as defined at § 660.230(d)), except for
purposes of continuous transiting, with
all groundfish longline and/or trap gear
stowed in accordance with § 660.212(a)
or except as authorized in the
groundfish management measures at
§ 660.230.
(2) Fish with bottom contact gear (as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C) within
the EEZ in the following areas (defined
in §§ 660.78 and 660.79, subpart C):
Thompson Seamount, President Jackson
Seamount, Cordell Bank (50-fm (91-m)
isobath), Harris Point, Richardson Rock,
Scorpion, Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara.
(3) Fish with bottom contact gear (as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C), or any
other gear that is deployed deeper than
500-fm (914-m), within the Davidson
Seamount area (defined in § 660.75,
subpart C).
(d) Sablefish fisheries—(1) Take,
retain, possess or land sablefish under
the tier limits provided for the limited
entry, fixed gear sablefish primary
season, described in § 660.231(b),
subpart E, from a vessel that is not
registered to a limited entry permit with
a sablefish endorsement.
(2) Take, retain, possess or land
sablefish in the sablefish primary
season, described at § 660.231(b),
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33082
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
subpart E, unless the owner of the
limited entry permit registered for use
with that vessel and authorizing the
vessel to fish in the sablefish primary
season is on board that vessel.
Exceptions to this prohibition are
provided at § 660.231(b)(4)(i) and (ii).
(3) Process sablefish taken at-sea in
the limited entry fixed gear sablefish
primary fishery defined at § 660.231,
subpart E, from a vessel that does not
have a sablefish at-sea processing
exemption, defined at
§ 660.25(b)(3)(iv)(D), subpart C.
§ 660.213 Fixed gear fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
(a) General. General reporting
requirements specified at § 660.13 (a)
through (c), subpart C, apply to limited
entry fixed gear fishery vessels.
(b) Declaration reports for limited
entry fixed gear fishery vessels.
Declaration reporting requirements for
limited entry fixed gear fishery vessels
are specified at § 660.13 (d), subpart C.
(c) VMS requirements for limited
entry fixed gear fishery vessels. VMS
requirements for limited entry fixed gear
fishery vessels are specified at § 660.14,
subpart C.
(d) Retention of records—(1) Any
person landing groundfish must retain
on board the vessel from which
groundfish are landed, and provide to
an authorized officer upon request,
copies of any and all reports of
groundfish landings containing all data,
and in the exact manner, required by the
applicable state law throughout the
cumulative limit period during which a
landing occurred and for 15 days
thereafter.
(2) For participants in the sablefish
primary season, the cumulative limit
period to which this requirement
applies is April 1 through October 31 or,
for an individual permit holder, when
that permit holder’s tier limit is
attained, whichever is earlier.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.216 Fixed gear fishery—observer
requirements.
(a) Observer coverage requirements.
When NMFS notifies the owner,
operator, permit holder, or the manager
of a catcher vessel, specified at
§ 660.16(c), subpart C, of any
requirement to carry an observer, the
catcher vessel may not be used to fish
for groundfish without carrying an
observer.
(b) Notice of departure basic rule. At
least 24 hours (but not more than 36
hours) before departing on a fishing trip,
a vessel that has been notified by NMFS
that it is required to carry an observer,
or that is operating in an active
sampling unit, must notify NMFS (or its
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
designated agent) of the vessel’s
intended time of departure. Notice will
be given in a form to be specified by
NMFS.
(1) Optional notice—weather delays.
A vessel that anticipates a delayed
departure due to weather or sea
conditions may advise NMFS of the
anticipated delay when providing the
basic notice described in paragraph (b)
of this section. If departure is delayed
beyond 36 hours from the time the
original notice is given, the vessel must
provide an additional notice of
departure not less than 4 hours prior to
departure, in order to enable NMFS to
place an observer.
(2) Optional notice—back-to-back
fishing trips. A vessel that intends to
make back-to-back fishing trips (i.e.,
trips with less than 24 hours between
offloading from one trip and beginning
another), may provide the basic notice
described in paragraph (b) of this
section for both trips, prior to making
the first trip. A vessel that has given
such notice is not required to give
additional notice of the second trip.
(c) Cease fishing report. Within 24
hours of ceasing the taking and retaining
of groundfish, vessel owners, operators,
or managers must notify NMFS or its
designated agent that fishing has ceased.
This requirement applies to any vessel
that is required to carry an observer, or
that is operating in a segment of the fleet
that NMFS has identified as an active
sampling unit.
(d) Waiver. The Northwest Regional
Administrator may provide written
notification to the vessel owner stating
that a determination has been made to
temporarily waive coverage
requirements because of circumstances
that are deemed to be beyond the
vessel’s control.
(e) Vessel responsibilities—(1)
Accommodations and food. An operator
of a vessel required to carry one or more
observer(s) must provide
accommodations and food that are
equivalent to those provided to the
crew.
(2) Safe conditions. Maintain safe
conditions on the vessel for the
protection of observer(s) including
adherence to all USCG and other
applicable rules, regulations, or statutes
pertaining to safe operation of the
vessel, and provisions at §§ 600.725 and
600.746 of this chapter.
(3) Observer communications.
Facilitate observer communications by:
(i) Observer use of equipment.
Allowing observer(s) to use the vessel’s
communication equipment and
personnel, on request, for the entry,
transmission, and receipt of workrelated messages, at no cost to the
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
observer(s) or the U.S. or designated
agent.
(ii) Functional equipment. Ensuring
that the vessel’s communications
equipment, used by observers to enter
and transmit data, is fully functional
and operational.
(4) Vessel position. Allow observer(s)
access to, and the use of, the vessel’s
navigation equipment and personnel, on
request, to determine the vessel’s
position.
(5) Access. Allow observer(s) free and
unobstructed access to the vessel’s
bridge, trawl or working decks, holding
bins, processing areas, freezer spaces,
weight scales, cargo holds, and any
other space that may be used to hold,
process, weigh, or store fish or fish
products at any time.
(6) Prior notification. Notify
observer(s) at least 15 minutes before
fish are brought on board, or fish and
fish products are transferred from the
vessel, to allow sampling the catch or
observing the transfer, unless the
observer specifically requests not to be
notified.
(7) Records. Allow observer(s) to
inspect and copy any state or Federal
logbook maintained voluntarily or as
required by regulation.
(8) Assistance. Provide all other
reasonable assistance to enable
observer(s) to carry out their duties,
including, but not limited to:
(i) Measuring decks, codends, and
holding bins.
(ii) Providing the observer(s) with a
safe work area.
(iii) Collecting bycatch when
requested by the observer(s).
(iv) Collecting and carrying baskets of
fish when requested by the observer(s).
(v) Allowing the observer(s) to collect
biological data and samples.
(vi) Providing adequate space for
storage of biological samples.
(f) Sample station—(1) Observer
sampling station. This paragraph
contains the requirements for observer
sampling stations. The vessel owner
must provide an observer sampling
station that complies with this section
so that the observer can carry out
required duties.
(i) Accessibility. The observer
sampling station must be available to
the observer at all times.
(ii) Location. The observer sampling
station must be located within 4 m of
the location from which the observer
samples unsorted catch. Unobstructed
passage must be provided between the
observer sampling station and the
location where the observer collects
sample catch.
(2) [Reserved]
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
§ 660.219
marking.
Fixed gear identification and
(a) Gear identification—(1) Limited
entry fixed gear (longline, trap or pot)
must be marked at the surface and at
each terminal end, with a pole, flag,
light, radar reflector, and a buoy.
(2) A buoy used to mark fixed gear
must be marked with a number clearly
identifying the owner or operator of the
vessel. The number may be either:
(i) If required by applicable state law,
the vessel’s number, the commercial
fishing license number, or buoy brand
number; or
(ii) The vessel documentation number
issued by the USCG, or, for an
undocumented vessel, the vessel
registration number issued by the state.
(b) [Reserved].
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.220 Fixed gear fishery—crossover
provisions.
(a) Operating in both limited entry
and open access fisheries. See
provisions at § 660.60(h)(7), subpart C.
(b) Operating in north-south
management areas with different trip
limits. NMFS uses different types of
management areas for West Coast
groundfish management. One type of
management area is the north-south
management area, a large ocean area
with northern and southern boundary
lines wherein trip limits, seasons, and
conservation areas follow a single
theme. Within each north-south
management area, there may be one or
more conservation areas, detailed in
§§ 660.60(h)(7) and 660.70 through
660.74, subpart C. The provisions
within this paragraph apply to vessels
operating in different north-south
management areas. Trip limits for a
species or a species group may differ in
different north-south management areas
along the coast. The following
‘‘crossover’’ provisions apply to vessels
operating in different geographical areas
that have different cumulative or ‘‘per
trip’’ trip limits for the same species or
species group. Such crossover
provisions do not apply to species that
are subject only to daily trip limits, or
to the trip limits for black rockfish off
Washington (see § 660.230(d)).
(1) Going from a more restrictive to a
more liberal area. If a vessel takes and
retains any groundfish species or
species group of groundfish in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies before fishing in an area where
a more liberal trip limit (or no trip limit)
applies, then that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(2) Going from a more liberal to a
more restrictive area. If a vessel takes
and retains a groundfish species or
species group in an area where a higher
trip limit or no trip limit applies, and
takes and retains, possesses or lands the
same species or species group in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies, that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(3) Operating in two different areas
where a species or species group is
managed with different types of trip
limits. During the fishing year, NMFS
may implement management measures
for a species or species group that set
different types of trip limits (for
example, per trip limits versus
cumulative trip limits) for different
areas. If a vessel fishes for a species or
species group that is managed with
different types of trip limits in two
different areas within the same
cumulative limit period, then that vessel
is subject to the most restrictive overall
cumulative limit for that species,
regardless of where fishing occurs.
(4) Minor rockfish. Several rockfish
species are designated with speciesspecific limits on one side of the 40°10′
N. lat. management line, and are
included as part of a minor rockfish
complex on the other side of the line.
A vessel that takes and retains fish from
a minor rockfish complex (nearshore,
shelf, or slope) on both sides of a
management line during a single
cumulative limit period is subject to the
more restrictive cumulative limit for
that minor rockfish complex during that
period.
(i) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land splitnose rockfish
up to its cumulative limit south of
40°10′ N. lat., even if splitnose rockfish
were a part of the landings from minor
slope rockfish taken and retained north
of 40°10′ N. lat.
(ii) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish south of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land POP up to its
cumulative limit north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
even if POP were a part of the landings
from minor slope rockfish taken and
retained south of 40°10′ N. lat.
§ 660.230 Fixed gear fishery—
management measures.
(a) General. Most species taken in
limited entry fixed gear (longline and
pot/trap) fisheries will be managed with
cumulative trip limits (see trip limits in
Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) of this
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33083
subpart), size limits (see § 660.60(h)(5)),
seasons (see trip limits in Tables 2
(North) and 2 (South) of this subpart
and sablefish primary season details in
§ 660.231), gear restrictions (see
paragraph (b) of this section), and closed
areas (see paragraph (d) of this section
and §§ 660.70 through 660.79, subpart
C). Cowcod retention is prohibited in all
fisheries, and groundfish vessels
operating south of Point Conception
must adhere to CCA restrictions (see
paragraph (d)(10) of this section and
§ 660.70, subpart C). Yelloweye rockfish
and canary rockfish retention is
prohibited in the limited entry fixed
gear fisheries. Regulations governing
and tier limits for the limited entry,
fixed gear sablefish primary season
north of 36° N. lat. are found in
§ 660.231, subpart E. Vessels not
participating in the sablefish primary
season are subject to daily or weekly
sablefish limits in addition to
cumulative limits for each cumulative
limit period. Only one sablefish landing
per week may be made in excess of the
daily trip limit and, if the vessel chooses
to make a landing in excess of that daily
trip limit, then that is the only sablefish
landing permitted for that week. The
trip limit for black rockfish caught with
hook-and-line gear also applies, see
§ 660.230(d). The trip limits in Table 2
(North) and Table 2 (South) of this
subpart apply to vessels participating in
the limited entry groundfish fixed gear
fishery and may not be exceeded.
Federal commercial groundfish
regulations are not intended to
supersede any more restrictive state
commercial groundfish regulations
relating to federally-managed
groundfish.
(b) Gear restrictions—(1) Longline and
pot or trap gear are authorized in the
limited entry fixed gear fishery,
providing the gear is in compliance with
the restrictions set forth in this section,
and gear marking requirements
described in § 660.219 of this subpart.
(2) Vessels participating in the limited
entry fixed gear fishery may also fish
with open access gear subject to the gear
restrictions at § 660.330(b), subpart F,
but will be subject to the most
restrictive trip limits for the gear used
as specified at § 660.60(h)(7), subpart C.
(3) Limited entry fixed gear (longline,
trap or pot gear) must be attended at
least once every 7 days.
(4) Traps or pots must have
biodegradable escape panels
constructed with 21 or smaller
untreated cotton twine in such a manner
that an opening at least 8 inches (20.3
cm) in diameter results when the twine
deteriorates.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33084
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(c) Sorting Requirements—(1) Under
§ 660.12(a)(8), subpart C, it is unlawful
for any person to ‘‘fail to sort, prior to
the first weighing after offloading, those
groundfish species or species groups for
which there is a trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, or OY, if the vessel
fished or landed in an area during a
time when such trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, or OY applied.’’ The
States of Washington, Oregon, and
California may also require that vessels
record their landings as sorted on their
state landing receipts.
(2) For limited entry fixed gear, the
following species must be sorted:
(i) Coastwide—widow rockfish,
canary rockfish, darkblotched rockfish,
yelloweye rockfish, shortbelly rockfish,
black rockfish, blue rockfish, minor
nearshore rockfish, minor shelf rockfish,
minor slope rockfish, shortspine and
longspine thornyhead, Dover sole,
arrowtooth flounder, petrale sole, starry
flounder, English sole, other flatfish,
lingcod, sablefish, Pacific cod, spiny
dogfish, other fish, longnose skate, and
Pacific whiting;
(ii) North of 40°10′ N. lat.—POP,
yellowtail rockfish;
(iii) South of 40°10′ N. lat.—minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, California
scorpionfish, chilipepper rockfish,
bocaccio rockfish, splitnose rockfish,
Pacific sanddabs, cowcod,
bronzespotted rockfish and cabezon.
(d) Groundfish conservation areas
applicable to limited entry fixed gear
vessels. A GCA, a type of closed area, is
a geographic area defined by
coordinates expressed in degrees of
latitude and longitude. The latitude and
longitude coordinates of the GCA
boundaries are specified at §§ 660.70
through 660.74, subpart C. A vessel that
is authorized by this paragraph to fish
within a GCA (e.g. fishing for ‘‘other
flatfish’’ using no more than 12 hooks,
‘‘Number 2’’ or smaller), may not
simultaneously have other gear on board
the vessel that is unlawful to use for
fishing within the GCA. The following
GCAs apply to vessels participating in
the limited entry fixed gear fishery.
(1) North coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the North
Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
North Coast Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(2) North coast commercial yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
and longitude coordinates of the North
Coast Commercial Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
Fishing with limited entry fixed gear is
prohibited within the North Coast
Commercial YRCA. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
fixed gear within the North Coast
Commercial YRCA. Limited entry fixed
gear vessels may transit through the
North Coast Commercial YRCA with or
without groundfish on board.
(3) South coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
South Coast Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(4) Westport offshore recreational
YRCA. The latitude and longitude
coordinates that define the Westport
Offshore Recreational YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
Westport Offshore Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(5) Point St. George YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point St. George YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, Subpart C.
Fishing with limited entry fixed gear is
prohibited within the Point St. George
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
limited entry fixed gear within the Point
St. George YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Point St. George YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment. Limited entry fixed gear
vessels may transit through the Point St.
George YRCA, at any time, with or
without groundfish on board.
(6) South Reef YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
Reef YRCA boundaries are specified at
§ 660.70, subpart C. Fishing with
limited entry fixed gear is prohibited
within the South Reef YRCA, on dates
when the closure is in effect. It is
unlawful to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish taken with limited
entry fixed gear within the South Reef
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. The closure is not in effect at this
time, and commercial fishing for
groundfish is open within the South
Reef YRCA from January 1 through
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
December 31. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
Limited entry fixed gear vessels may
transit through the South Reef YRCA, at
any time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(7) Reading Rock YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the
Reading Rock YRCA boundaries are
specified at § 660.70, subpart C. Fishing
with limited entry fixed gear is
prohibited within the Reading Rock
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
limited entry fixed gear within the
Reading Rock YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Reading Rock YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment. Limited entry fixed gear
vessels may transit through the Reading
Rock YRCA, at any time, with or
without groundfish on board.
(8) Point Delgada (North) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with limited entry
fixed gear is prohibited within the Point
Delgada (North) YRCA, on dates when
the closure is in effect. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
fixed gear within the Point Delgada
(North) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Point Delgada (North) YRCA from
January 1 through December 31. This
closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment. Limited entry
fixed gear vessels may transit through
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA, at any
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(9) Point Delgada (South) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with limited entry
fixed gear is prohibited within the Point
Delgada (South) YRCA, on dates when
the closure is in effect. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
fixed gear within the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Point Delgada (South) YRCA from
January 1 through December 31. This
closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment. Limited entry
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
fixed gear vessels may transit through
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA, at any
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(10) Cowcod Conservation Areas. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Cowcod Conservation Areas (CCAs)
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. It is unlawful to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish
within the CCAs, except for species
authorized in this paragraph caught
according to gear requirements in this
paragraph, when those waters are open
to fishing. Commercial fishing vessels
may transit through the Western CCA
with their gear stowed and groundfish
on board only in a corridor through the
Western CCA bounded on the north by
the latitude line at 33°00.50′ N. lat., and
bounded on the south by the latitude
line at 32°59.50′ N. lat. Fishing with
limited entry fixed gear is prohibited
within the CCAs, except as follows:
(i) Fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted within the CCAs under the
following conditions: when using no
more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or
smaller, which measure no more than
11 mm (0.44 inches) point to shank, and
up to two 1-lb (0.45 kg) weights per line;
and provided a valid declaration report
as required at § 660.13(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(ii) Fishing for rockfish and lingcod is
permitted shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour within the CCAs when
trip limits authorize such fishing, and
provided a valid declaration report as
required at § 660.13(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(11) Nontrawl Rockfish Conservation
Areas (RCA). The nontrawl RCAs are
closed areas, defined by specific latitude
and longitude coordinates (specified at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C)
designed to approximate specific depth
contours, where fishing for groundfish
with nontrawl gear is prohibited.
Boundaries for the nontrawl RCA
throughout the year are provided in the
header to Table 2 (North) and Table 2
(South) of this subpart and may be
modified by NMFS inseason pursuant to
§ 660.60(c), subpart C.
(i) It is unlawful to operate a vessel
with limited entry nontrawl gear in the
nontrawl RCA, except for the purpose of
continuous transit, or when the use of
limited entry nontrawl gear is
authorized in this section. It is unlawful
to take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
nontrawl gear within the nontrawl RCA,
unless otherwise authorized in this
section.
(ii) Limited entry nontrawl vessels
may transit through the nontrawl RCA,
with or without groundfish on board,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
provided all groundfish nontrawl gear is
stowed either: below deck; or if the gear
cannot readily be moved, in a secured
and covered manner, detached from all
lines, so that it is rendered unusable for
fishing.
(iii) The nontrawl RCA restrictions in
this section apply to vessels registered
to limited entry fixed gear permits
fishing for species other than groundfish
with nontrawl gear on trips where
groundfish species are retained. Unless
otherwise authorized in this section, a
vessel may not retain any groundfish
taken on a fishing trip for species other
than groundfish that occurs within the
nontrawl RCA. If a vessel fishes in a
non-groundfish fishery in the nontrawl
RCA, it may not participate in any
fishing for groundfish on that trip that
is prohibited within the nontrawl RCA.
[For example, if a vessel fishes in the
salmon troll fishery within the RCA, the
vessel cannot on the same trip fish in
the sablefish fishery outside of the
RCA.]
(iv) It is lawful to fish within the
nontrawl RCA with limited entry fixed
gear only under the following
conditions: when fishing for ‘‘other
flatfish’’ off California (between 42° N.
lat. south to the U.S./Mexico border)
using no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number
2’’ or smaller, which measure no more
than 11 mm (0.44 inches) point to
shank, and up to two 1-lb (0.91 kg)
weights per line when trip limits
authorize such fishing, provided a valid
declaration report as required at
§ 660.13(d), subpart C, has been filed
with NMFS OLE.
(12) Farallon Islands. Under
California law, commercial fishing for
all groundfish is prohibited between the
shoreline and the 10 fm (18 m) depth
contour around the Farallon Islands. An
exception to this prohibition is that
commercial fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around the Farallon Islands
using no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number
2’’ or smaller, which measure no more
than 11 mm (0.44 inches) point to
shank, and up to two 1-lb (0.45-kg)
weights per line. (See Table 2 (South) of
this subpart.) For a definition of the
Farallon Islands, see § 660.70, subpart C.
(13) Cordell Banks. Commercial
fishing for groundfish is prohibited in
waters of depths less than 100 fm (183
m) around Cordell Banks, as defined by
specific latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.70, subpart C. An
exception to this prohibition is that
commercial fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around Cordell Banks using
no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or
smaller, which measure no more than
11 mm (0.44 inches) point to shank, and
up to two 1-lb (0.45-kg) weights per line.
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33085
(14) Essential Fish Habitat
Conservation Areas (EFHCA). An
EFHCA, a type of closed area, is a
geographic area defined by coordinates
expressed in degrees of latitude and
longitude at §§ 660.75 through 660.79,
Subpart C, where specified types of
fishing are prohibited in accordance
with § 660.12, Subpart C. EFHCAs apply
to vessels using ‘‘bottom contact gear,’’
which is defined at § 660.11, Subpart C
to include limited entry fixed gear
(longline and pot/trap,) among other
gear types. Fishing with all bottom
contact gear, including longline and
pot/trap gear, is prohibited within the
following EFHCAs, which are defined
by specific latitude and longitude
coordinates at §§ 660.75 through 660.79,
Subpart C: Thompson Seamount,
President Jackson Seamount, Cordell
Bank (50 fm (91 m) isobath), Harris
Point, Richardson Rock, Scorpion,
Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara. Fishing with
bottom contact gear is also prohibited
within the Davidson Seamount EFH
Area, which is defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.75, subpart C.
(e) Black rockfish fishery
management. The trip limit for black
rockfish (Sebastes melanops) for
commercial fishing vessels using hookand-line gear between the U.S.-Canada
border and Cape Alava (48°09.50′ N.
lat.), and between Destruction Island
(47°40′ N. lat.) and Leadbetter Point
(46°38.17′ N. lat.), is 100-lbs (45 kg) or
30 percent, by weight of all fish on
board, whichever is greater, per vessel
per fishing trip. These per trip limits
apply to limited entry and open access
fisheries, in conjunction with the
cumulative trip limits and other
management measures in § 660.230,
subpart E, and § 660.330, subpart F. The
crossover provisions in § 660.60(h)(7),
subpart C, do not apply to the black
rockfish per-trip limits.
§ 660.231 Limited entry fixed gear
sablefish primary fishery.
This section applies to the sablefish
primary season for the limited entry
fixed gear fishery north of 36° N. lat.
Limited entry and open access fixed
gear sablefish fishing outside of the
sablefish primary season north of 36° N.
lat. is governed by routine management
measures imposed under §§ 660.230 and
660.232, subpart E.
(a) Sablefish endorsement. A vessel
may not fish in the sablefish primary
season for the limited entry fixed gear
fishery, unless at least one limited entry
permit with both a gear endorsement for
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33086
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
longline or trap (or pot) gear and a
sablefish endorsement is registered for
use with that vessel. Permits with
sablefish endorsements are assigned to
one of three tiers, as described at
§ 660.25(b)(3)(iv), subpart C.
(b) Sablefish primary season for the
limited entry fixed gear fishery—(1)
Season Dates. North of 36° N. lat., the
sablefish primary season for the limited
entry, fixed gear, sablefish-endorsed
vessels begins at 12 noon local time on
April 1 and ends at 12 noon local time
on October 31, or for an individual
permit holder when that permit holder’s
tier limit has been reached, whichever
is earlier, unless otherwise announced
by the Regional Administrator through
the routine management measures
process described at § 660.60, subpart C.
(2) Gear type. During the season
primary and when fishing against
primary season cumulative limits, each
vessel authorized to fish in that season
under paragraph (a) of this section may
fish for sablefish with any of the gear
types, except trawl gear, endorsed on at
least one of the permits registered for
use with that vessel.
(3) Cumulative limits—(i) A vessel
participating in the primary season will
be constrained by the sablefish
cumulative limit associated with each of
the permits registered for use with that
vessel. During the primary season, each
vessel authorized to fish in that season
under paragraph (a) of this section may
take, retain, possess, and land sablefish,
up to the cumulative limits for each of
the permits registered for use with that
vessel (i.e., stacked permits). If multiple
limited entry permits with sablefish
endorsements are registered for use with
a single vessel, that vessel may land up
to the total of all cumulative limits
announced in this paragraph for the
tiers for those permits, except as limited
by paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
Up to 3 permits may be registered for
use with a single vessel during the
primary season; thus, a single vessel
may not take and retain, possess or land
more than 3 primary season sablefish
cumulative limits in any one year. A
vessel registered for use with multiple
limited entry permits is subject to per
vessel limits for species other than
sablefish, and to per vessel limits when
participating in the daily trip limit
fishery for sablefish under § 660.232,
subpart E. In 2009, the following annual
limits are in effect: Tier 1 at 61,296-lb
(27,803 kg), Tier 2 at 27,862-lb (12,638
kg), and Tier 3 at 15,921-lb (7,221 kg).
For 2010 and beyond, the following
annual limits are in effect: Tier 1 at
56,081-lb (25,437 kg), Tier 2 at 25,492lb (11,562 kg), and Tier 3 at 14,567-lb
(6,648 kg).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(ii) If a permit is registered to more
than one vessel during the primary
season in a single year, the second
vessel may only take the portion of the
cumulative limit for that permit that has
not been harvested by the first vessel to
which the permit was registered. The
combined primary season sablefish
landings for all vessels registered to that
permit may not exceed the cumulative
limit for the tier associated with that
permit.
(iii) A cumulative trip limit is the
maximum amount of sablefish that may
be taken and retained, possessed, or
landed per vessel in a specified period
of time, with no limit on the number of
landings or trips.
(iv) Incidental halibut retention north
of Pt. Chehalis, WA (46°53.30′ N. lat.).
[Reserved]
(4) Owner-on-board requirement. Any
person who owns or has ownership
interest in a limited entry permit with
a sablefish endorsement, as described at
§ 660.25(b)(3), subpart C, must be on
board the vessel registered for use with
that permit at any time that the vessel
has sablefish on board the vessel that
count toward that permit’s cumulative
sablefish landing limit. This person
must carry government issued photo
identification while aboard the vessel. A
permit owner is not obligated to be on
board the vessel registered for use with
the sablefish-endorsed limited entry
permit during the sablefish primary
season if:
(i) The person, partnership or
corporation had ownership interest in a
limited entry permit with a sablefish
endorsement prior to November 1, 2000.
A person who has ownership interest in
a partnership or corporation that owned
a sablefish-endorsed permit as of
November 1, 2000, but who did not
individually own a sablefish-endorsed
limited entry permit as of November 1,
2000, is not exempt from the owner-onboard requirement when he/she leaves
the partnership or corporation and
purchases another permit individually.
A person, partnership, or corporation
that is exempt from the owner-on-board
requirement may sell all of their
permits, buy another sablefish-endorsed
permit within up to a year from the date
the last permit was approved for
transfer, and retain their exemption
from the owner-on-board requirements.
Additionally, a person, partnership, or
corporation that qualified for the owneron-board exemption, but later divested
their interest in a permit or permits,
may retain rights to an owner-on-board
exemption as long as that person,
partnership, or corporation purchases
another permit by March 2, 2007. A
person, partnership or corporation
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
could only purchase a permit if it has
not added or changed individuals since
November 1, 2000, excluding
individuals that have left the
partnership or corporation, or that have
died.
(ii) The person who owns or who has
ownership interest in a sablefishendorsed limited entry permit is
prevented from being on board a fishing
vessel because the person died, is ill, or
is injured. The person requesting the
exemption must send a letter to NMFS
requesting an exemption from the
owner-on-board requirements, with
appropriate evidence as described at
paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) or (B) of this
section. All emergency exemptions for
death, injury, or illness will be
evaluated by NMFS and a decision will
be made in writing to the permit owner
within 60 calendar days of receipt of the
original exemption request.
(A) Evidence of death of the permit
owner shall be provided to NMFS in the
form of a copy of a death certificate. In
the interim before the estate is settled,
if the deceased permit owner was
subject to the owner-on-board
requirements, the estate of the deceased
permit owner may send a letter to
NMFS with a copy of the death
certificate, requesting an exemption
from the owner-on-board requirements.
An exemption due to death of the
permit owner will be effective only until
such time that the estate of the deceased
permit owner has transferred the
deceased permit owner’s permit to a
beneficiary or up to three years after the
date of death as proven by a death
certificate, whichever is earlier. An
exemption from the owner-on-board
requirements will be conveyed in a
letter from NMFS to the estate of the
permit owner and is required to be on
the vessel during fishing operations.
(B) Evidence of illness or injury that
prevents the permit owner from
participating in the fishery shall be
provided to NMFS in the form of a letter
from a certified medical practitioner.
This letter must detail the relevant
medical conditions of the permit owner
and how those conditions prevent the
permit owner from being onboard a
fishing vessel during the primary
season. An exemption due to injury or
illness will be effective only for the
fishing year of the request for
exemption, and will not be granted for
more than three consecutive or total
years. NMFS will consider any
exemption granted for less than 12
months in a year to count as one year
against the 3-year cap. In order to
extend an emergency medical
exemption for a succeeding year, the
permit owner must submit a new
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
request and provide documentation
from a certified medical practitioner
detailing why the permit owner is still
unable to be onboard a fishing vessel.
An emergency exemption will be
conveyed in a letter from NMFS to the
permit owner and is required to be on
the vessel during fishing operations.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.232 Limited entry daily trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish.
(a) Limited entry DTL fisheries both
north and south of 36° N. lat.—(1)
Before the start of the primary season for
the sablefish tier limit fishery, all
sablefish landings made by a vessel
authorized by § 660.231(a) to fish in the
primary season will be subject to the
restrictions and limits of the limited
entry daily and/or weekly trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish specified in
this section and which is governed by
routine management measures imposed
under § 660.60(c), subpart C.
(2) Following the start of the primary
season, all landings made by a vessel
authorized by § 660.231(a) of this
subpart to fish in the primary season
will count against the primary season
cumulative limit(s) associated with the
permit(s) registered for use with that
vessel. A vessel that is eligible to fish in
the sablefish primary season may fish in
the DTL fishery for sablefish once that
vessels’ primary season sablefish
limit(s) have been taken, or after the end
of the primary season, whichever occurs
earlier. Any subsequent sablefish
landings by that vessel will be subject
to the restrictions and limits of the
limited entry DTL fishery for sablefish
for the remainder of the fishing year.
(3) No vessel may land sablefish
against both its primary season
cumulative sablefish limits and against
the DTL fishery limits within the same
24 hour period of 0001 hours local time
to 2400 hours local time. If a vessel has
taken all of its tier limit except for an
amount that is smaller than the DTL
amount, that vessel’s subsequent
sablefish landings are automatically
subject to DTL limits.
(4) Vessels registered for use with a
limited entry, fixed gear permit that
does not have a sablefish endorsement
may fish in the limited entry, DTL
fishery for as long as that fishery is open
during the fishing year, subject to
routine management measures imposed
under § 660.60(c), Subpart C. DTL limits
for the limited entry fishery north and
south of 36° N. lat. are provided in
Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) of this
subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
Subpart F—West Coast Groundfish—
Open Access Fisheries
§ 660.310
Purpose and scope.
This subpart covers the Pacific Coast
Groundfish open access fishery. The
open access fishery, as defined at
§ 660.11, Subpart C, is the fishery
composed of commercial vessels using
open access gear fished pursuant to the
harvest guidelines, quotas, and other
management measures specified for the
harvest of open access allocations or
governing the fishing activities of open
access vessels.
§ 660.311 Open access fishery—
definitions.
General definitions for the Pacific
Coast groundfish fisheries are defined at
§ 660.11, subpart C. The definitions in
this subpart are specific to the open
access fishery covered in this subpart
and are in addition to those specified at
§ 660.11, subpart C.
Closely tended for the purposes of this
subpart means that a vessel is within
visual sighting distance or within 0.25
nm (463 m) of the gear as determined by
electronic navigational equipment.
§ 660.312 Open access fishery—
prohibitions.
General groundfish prohibitions for
the Pacific Coast groundfish fisheries
are defined at § 660.12, subpart C. In
addition to the general groundfish
prohibitions, it is unlawful for any
person to:
(a) General—(1) Take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish in excess of
the landing limit for the open access
fishery without having a valid limited
entry permit for the vessel affixed with
a gear endorsement for the gear used to
catch the fish.
(2) Black rockfish fisheries. Have
onboard a commercial hook-and-line
fishing vessel (other than a vessel
operated by persons under § 660.60
(c)(1)(ii), subpart C), more than the
amount of the trip limit set for black
rockfish by § 660.330(e) while that
vessel is fishing between the U.S.Canada border and Cape Alava
(48°09′30″ N. lat.), or between
Destruction Island (47°40′00″ N. lat.)
and Leadbetter Point (46°38′10″ N. lat.).
(b) Gear—(1) Possess, deploy, haul, or
carry onboard a fishing vessel subject to
this subpart a set net, trap or pot,
longline, or commercial vertical hookand-line that is not in compliance with
the gear restrictions in § 660.330(b),
subpart F, unless such gear is the gear
of another vessel that has been retrieved
at sea and made inoperable or stowed in
a manner not capable of being fished.
The disposal at sea of such gear is
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33087
prohibited by Annex V of the
International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution From Ships,
1973 (Annex V of MARPOL 73/78).
(2) Fish with dredge gear (defined in
§ 660.11) anywhere within EFH within
the EEZ, as defined by latitude/
longitude coordinates at § 660.75.
(3) Fish with beam trawl gear (defined
in § 660.11) anywhere within EFH
within the EEZ, as defined by latitude/
longitude coordinates at § 660.75.
(4) Fish with bottom trawl gear with
a footrope diameter greater than 19
inches (48 cm) (including rollers,
bobbins, or other material encircling or
tied along the length of the footrope)
anywhere in EFH within the EEZ, as
defined by latitude/longitude
coordinates at § 660.75.
(c) Fishing in conservation areas with
open access gears—(1) Operate a vessel
with non-groundfish trawl gear onboard
in any applicable GCA (as defined at
§ 660.330(d)) except for purposes of
continuous transiting, with all trawl
gear stowed in accordance with
§ 660.330 (b), or except as authorized in
the groundfish management measures
published at § 660.330.
(2) Operate a vessel in an applicable
GCA (as defined at § 660.330(d) that has
nontrawl gear onboard and is not
registered to a limited entry permit on
a trip in which the vessel is used to take
and retain or possess groundfish in the
EEZ, possess or land groundfish taken
in the EEZ, except for purposes of
continuous transiting, with all
groundfish nontrawl gear stowed in
accordance with § 660.330(b), or except
as authorized in the groundfish
management measures published at
§ 660.330.
(3) Fish with bottom contact gear (as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C) within
the EEZ in the following areas (defined
in §§ 660.78 and 660.79): Thompson
Seamount, President Jackson Seamount,
Cordell Bank (50-fm (91-m) isobath),
Harris Point, Richardson Rock,
Scorpion, Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara.
(4) Fish with bottom contact gear (as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C), or any
other gear that is deployed deeper than
500-fm (914-m), within the Davidson
Seamount area (defined in § 660.75).
§ 660.313 Open access fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
(a) General. General reporting
requirements specified at § 660.13 (a)
through (c) of subpart C apply to open
access fisheries.
(b) Declaration reports for vessels
using nontrawl gear. Declaration
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33088
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
reporting requirements for open access
vessels using nontrawl gear (all types of
open access gear other than nongroundfish trawl gear) are specified at
§ 660.13(d).
(c) Declaration reports for vessels
using non-groundfish trawl gear.
Declaration reporting requirements for
open access vessels using nongroundfish trawl gear are specified at
§ 660.13(d).
(d) VMS requirements for open access
fishery vessels. VMS requirements for
open access fishery vessels are specified
at § 660.14, subpart C.
(e) Retention of records. Any person
landing groundfish must retain on board
the vessel from which groundfish is
landed, and provide to an authorized
officer upon request, copies of any and
all reports of groundfish landings
containing all data, and in the exact
manner, required by the applicable state
law throughout the cumulative limit
period during which a landing occurred
and for 15 days thereafter.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.316 Open access fishery—observer
requirements.
(a) Observer coverage requirements.
When NMFS notifies the owner,
operator, permit holder, or the manager
of a catcher vessel, specified at § 660.16
(c), subpart C, of any requirement to
carry an observer, the catcher vessel
may not be used to fish for groundfish
without carrying an observer.
(b) Notice of departure—basic rule. At
least 24 hours (but not more than 36
hours) before departing on a fishing trip,
a vessel that has been notified by NMFS
that it is required to carry an observer,
or that is operating in an active
sampling unit, must notify NMFS (or its
designated agent) of the vessel’s
intended time of departure. Notice will
be given in a form to be specified by
NMFS.
(1) Optional notice—weather delays.
A vessel that anticipates a delayed
departure due to weather or sea
conditions may advise NMFS of the
anticipated delay when providing the
basic notice described in paragraph (b)
of this section. If departure is delayed
beyond 36 hours from the time the
original notice is given, the vessel must
provide an additional notice of
departure not less than 4 hours prior to
departure, in order to enable NMFS to
place an observer.
(2) Optional notice—back-to-back
fishing trips. A vessel that intends to
make back-to-back fishing trips (i.e.,
trips with less than 24 hours between
offloading from one trip and beginning
another), may provide the basic notice
described in paragraph (b) of this
section for both trips, prior to making
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
the first trip. A vessel that has given
such notice is not required to give
additional notice of the second trip.
(c) Cease fishing report. Within 24
hours of ceasing the taking and retaining
of groundfish, vessel owners, operators,
or managers must notify NMFS or its
designated agent that fishing has ceased.
This requirement applies to any vessel
that is required to carry an observer, or
that is operating in a segment of the fleet
that NMFS has identified as an active
sampling unit.
(d) Waiver. The Northwest Regional
Administrator may provide written
notification to the vessel owner stating
that a determination has been made to
temporarily waive coverage
requirements because of circumstances
that are deemed to be beyond the
vessel’s control.
(e) Vessel responsibilities—(1)
Accommodations and food. An operator
of a vessel required to carry one or more
observer(s) must provide
accommodations and food that are
equivalent to those provided to the
crew.
(2) Safe conditions. Maintain safe
conditions on the vessel for the
protection of observer(s) including
adherence to all USCG and other
applicable rules, regulations, or statutes
pertaining to safe operation of the
vessel, and provisions at §§ 600.725 and
600.746 of this chapter.
(3) Observer communications.
Facilitate observer communications by:
(i) Observer use of equipment.
Allowing observer(s) to use the vessel’s
communication equipment and
personnel, on request, for the entry,
transmission, and receipt of workrelated messages, at no cost to the
observer(s) or the U.S. or designated
agent.
(ii) Functional equipment. Ensuring
that the vessel’s communications
equipment, used by observers to enter
and transmit data, is fully functional
and operational.
(4) Vessel position. Allow observer(s)
access to, and the use of, the vessel’s
navigation equipment and personnel, on
request, to determine the vessel’s
position.
(5) Access. Allow observer(s) free and
unobstructed access to the vessel’s
bridge, trawl or working decks, holding
bins, processing areas, freezer spaces,
weight scales, cargo holds, and any
other space that may be used to hold,
process, weigh, or store fish or fish
products at any time.
(6) Prior notification. Notify
observer(s) at least 15 minutes before
fish are brought on board, or fish and
fish products are transferred from the
vessel, to allow sampling the catch or
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
observing the transfer, unless the
observer specifically requests not to be
notified.
(7) Records. Allow observer(s) to
inspect and copy any state or Federal
logbook maintained voluntarily or as
required by regulation.
(8) Assistance. Provide all other
reasonable assistance to enable
observer(s) to carry out their duties,
including, but not limited to:
(i) Measuring decks, codends, and
holding bins.
(ii) Providing the observer(s) with a
safe work area.
(iii) Collecting bycatch when
requested by the observer(s).
(iv) Collecting and carrying baskets of
fish when requested by the observer(s).
(v) Allowing the observer(s) to collect
biological data and samples.
(vi) Providing adequate space for
storage of biological samples.
(f) Sample station—(1) Observer
sampling station. This paragraph
contains the requirements for observer
sampling stations. The vessel owner
must provide an observer sampling
station that complies with this section
so that the observer can carry out
required duties.
(i) Accessibility. The observer
sampling station must be available to
the observer at all times.
(ii) Location. The observer sampling
station must be located within 4 m of
the location from which the observer
samples unsorted catch. Unobstructed
passage must be provided between the
observer sampling station and the
location where the observer collects
sample catch.
§ 660.319 Open access fishery gear
identification and marking.
(a) Gear identification—(1) Open
access fixed gear (longline, trap or pot,
set net and stationary hook-and-line
gear, including commercial vertical
hook-and-line gear) must be marked at
the surface and at each terminal end,
with a pole, flag, light, radar reflector,
and a buoy.
(2) Open access commercial vertical
hook-and-line gear that is closely tended
as defined at § 660.311 of this subpart,
may be marked only with a single buoy
of sufficient size to float the gear.
(3) A buoy used to mark fixed gear
under paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this
section must be marked with a number
clearly identifying the owner or operator
of the vessel. The number may be either:
(i) If required by applicable state law,
the vessel’s number, the commercial
fishing license number, or buoy brand
number; or
(ii) The vessel documentation number
issued by the USCG, or, for an
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
undocumented vessel, the vessel
registration number issued by the state.
(b) [Reserved]
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.320 Open access fishery—crossover
provisions.
(a) Operating in both limited entry
and open access fisheries. See
provisions at § 660.60, subpart C.
(b) Operating in north-south
management areas with different trip
limits. NMFS uses different types of
management areas for West Coast
groundfish management. One type of
management area is the north-south
management area, a large ocean area
with northern and southern boundary
lines wherein trip limits, seasons, and
conservation areas follow a single
theme. Within each north-south
management area, there may be one or
more conservation areas, detailed in
§§ 660.11, subpart C, and 660.70,
subpart C, through 660.74. The
provisions within this paragraph apply
to vessels operating in different northsouth management areas. Trip limits for
a species or a species group may differ
in different north-south management
areas along the coast. The following
‘‘crossover’’ provisions apply to vessels
operating in different geographical areas
that have different cumulative or ‘‘per
trip’’ trip limits for the same species or
species group. Such crossover
provisions do not apply to species that
are subject only to daily trip limits, or
to the trip limits for black rockfish off
Washington (see § 660.330(e)).
(1) Going from a more restrictive to a
more liberal area. If a vessel takes and
retains any groundfish species or
species group of groundfish in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies before fishing in an area where
a more liberal trip limit (or no trip limit)
applies, then that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(2) Going from a more liberal to a
more restrictive area. If a vessel takes
and retains a groundfish species or
species group in an area where a higher
trip limit or no trip limit applies, and
takes and retains, possesses or lands the
same species or species group in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies, that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(3) Operating in two different areas
where a species or species group is
managed with different types of trip
limits. During the fishing year, NMFS
may implement management measures
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
for a species or species group that set
different types of trip limits (for
example, per trip limits versus
cumulative trip limits) for different
areas. If a vessel fishes for a species or
species group that is managed with
different types of trip limits in two
different areas within the same
cumulative limit period, then that vessel
is subject to the most restrictive overall
cumulative limit for that species,
regardless of where fishing occurs.
(4) Minor rockfish. Several rockfish
species are designated with speciesspecific limits on one side of the 40°10′
N. lat. management line, and are
included as part of a minor rockfish
complex on the other side of the line.
A vessel that takes and retains fish from
a minor rockfish complex (nearshore,
shelf, or slope) on both sides of a
management line during a single
cumulative limit period is subject to the
more restrictive cumulative limit for
that minor rockfish complex during that
period.
(i) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land splitnose rockfish
up to its cumulative limit south of
40°10′ N. lat., even if splitnose rockfish
were a part of the landings from minor
slope rockfish taken and retained north
of 40°10′ N. lat.
(ii) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish south of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land POP up to its
cumulative limit north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
even if POP were a part of the landings
from minor slope rockfish taken and
retained south of 40°10′ N. lat.
(v) ‘‘DTS complex.’’ There are often
differential trawl trip limits for the ‘‘DTS
complex’’ north and south of latitudinal
management lines. Vessels operating in
the limited entry trawl fishery are
subject to the crossover provisions in
this paragraph when making landings
that include any one of the four species
in the ‘‘DTS complex.’’
§ 660.330 Open access fishery—
management measures.
(a) General. Groundfish species taken
in open access fisheries will be managed
with cumulative trip limits (see trip
limits in Tables 3 (North) and 3 (South)
of this subpart), size limits (see
§ 660.60(h)(5)), seasons (see seasons in
Tables 3 (North) and 3 (South) of this
subpart), gear restrictions (see paragraph
(b) of this section), and closed areas (see
paragraph (d) of this section and
§§ 660.70 through 660.79, subpart C).
Unless otherwise specified, a vessel
operating in the open access fishery is
subject to, and must not exceed any trip
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33089
limit, frequency limit, and/or size limit
for the open access fishery. Cowcod
retention is prohibited in all fisheries
and groundfish vessels operating south
of Point Conception must adhere to CCA
restrictions (see paragraph (d)(11) of this
section and § 660.70, Subpart C).
Retention of yelloweye rockfish and
canary rockfish is prohibited in all open
access fisheries. For information on the
open access daily/weekly trip limit
fishery for sablefish, see § 660.332 and
the trip limits in Tables 3 (North) and
3 (South) of this subpart. Open access
vessels are subject to daily or weekly
sablefish limits in addition to
cumulative limits for each cumulative
limit period. Only one sablefish landing
per week may be made in excess of the
daily trip limit and, if the vessel chooses
to make a landing in excess of that daily
trip limit, then that is the only sablefish
landing permitted for that week. The
trip limit for black rockfish caught with
hook-and-line gear also applies, see
paragraph (e) of this section. Open
access vessels that fish with nongroundfish trawl gear or in the salmon
troll fishery north of 40° 10′ N. lat. are
subject to the cumulative limits and
closed areas (except the pink shrimp
fishery which is not subject to RCA
restrictions) listed in Tables 3 (North)
and 3 (South) of this subpart. Federal
commercial groundfish regulations are
not intended to supersede any more
restrictive state commercial groundfish
regulations relating to federally
managed groundfish.
(b) Gear restrictions. Open access gear
includes longline, trap, pot, hook-andline (fixed or mobile), setnet (anchored
gillnet or trammel net, which are
permissible south of 38° N. lat. only),
spear and non-groundfish trawl gear
(trawls used to target non-groundfish
species: pink shrimp or ridgeback
prawns, and, south of Pt. Arena, CA
(38°57.50′ N. lat.), California halibut or
sea cucumbers). Restrictions for gears
used in the open access fisheries are as
follows:
(1) Non-groundfish trawl gear. Nongroundfish trawl gear is generally trawl
gear used to target pink shrimp,
ridgeback prawn, California halibut and
sea cucumber and is exempt from the
limited entry trawl gear restrictions at
§ 660.130(b). The following gear
restrictions apply to non-groundfish
trawl gear:
(i) Bottom trawl gear with a footrope
diameter greater than 19 inches (48 cm)
(including rollers, bobbins, or other
material encircling or tied along the
length of the footrope) is prohibited
anywhere in EFH within the EEZ, as
defined by latitude/longitude
coordinates at § 660.75 unless such gear
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33090
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
is the gear of another vessel that has
been retrieved at sea and made
inoperable or stowed in a manner not
capable of being fished. The disposal at
sea of such gear is prohibited by Annex
V of the International Convention for
the Prevention of Pollution From Ships,
1973 (Annex V of MARPOL 73/78).
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) Fixed gear—(i) Fixed gear
(longline, trap or pot, set net and
stationary hook-and-line gear, including
commercial vertical hook-and-line gear)
must be attended at least once every 7
days.
(ii) Set nets. Fishing for groundfish
with set nets is prohibited in the fishery
management area north of 38°00.00′ N.
lat.
(iii) Traps or pots. Traps must have
biodegradable escape panels
constructed with 21 or smaller
untreated cotton twine in such a manner
that an opening at least 8 inches (20.3
cm) in diameter results when the twine
deteriorates.
(iv) Spears. Spears may be propelled
by hand or by mechanical means.
(c) Sorting. Under § 660.12(a)(8),
subpart C, it is unlawful for any person
to ‘‘fail to sort, prior to the first weighing
after offloading, those groundfish
species or species groups for which
there is a trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY, if the vessel fished or
landed in an area during a time when
such trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY applied.’’ The States of
Washington, Oregon, and California
may also require that vessels record
their landings as sorted on their state
landing receipts. For open access
vessels, the following species must be
sorted:
(1) Coastwide—widow rockfish,
canary rockfish, darkblotched rockfish,
yelloweye rockfish, shortbelly rockfish,
black rockfish, blue rockfish, minor
nearshore rockfish, minor shelf rockfish,
minor slope rockfish, shortspine and
longspine thornyhead, Dover sole,
arrowtooth flounder, petrale sole, starry
flounder, English sole, other flatfish,
lingcod, sablefish, Pacific cod, spiny
dogfish, longnose skate, other fish,
Pacific whiting, and Pacific sanddabs;
(2) North of 40°10′ N. lat.—POP,
yellowtail rockfish;
(3) South of 40°10′ N. lat.—minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, chilipepper
rockfish, bocaccio rockfish, splitnose
rockfish, cowcod, bronzespotted
rockfish and cabezon.
(d) Groundfish conservation areas
affecting open access vessels. A GCA, a
type of closed area, is a geographic area
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
defined by coordinates expressed in
degrees of latitude and longitude. A
vessel that is authorized by this
paragraph to fish within a GCA (e.g.
fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ using no more
than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or smaller),
may not simultaneously have other gear
on board the vessel that is unlawful to
use for fishing within the GCA. The
following GCAs apply to vessels
participating in the open access
groundfish fishery.
(1) North coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the North
Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
North Coast Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(2) North coast commercial yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the North
Coast Commercial Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
Fishing with open access gear is
prohibited within the North Coast
Commercial YRCA. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with open access gear
within the North Coast Commercial
YRCA. Open access vessels may transit
through the North Coast Commercial
YRCA with or without groundfish on
board.
(3) South coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
South Coast Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(4) Westport offshore recreational
YRCA. The latitude and longitude
coordinates that define the Westport
Offshore Recreational YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
Westport Offshore Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(5) Point St. George YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point St. George YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
Fishing with open access gear is
prohibited within the Point St. George
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
open access gear within the Point St.
George YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Point St. George YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment. Open access vessels may
transit through the Point St. George
YRCA, at any time, with or without
groundfish on board.
(6) South Reef YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
Reef YRCA boundaries are specified at
§ 660.70, subpart C. Fishing with open
access gear is prohibited within the
South Reef YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. It is unlawful to take
and retain, possess, or land groundfish
taken with open access gear within the
South Reef YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
South Reef YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment. Open access gear vessels
may transit through the South Reef
YRCA, at any time, with or without
groundfish on board.
(7) Reading Rock YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the
Reading Rock YRCA boundaries are
specified at § 660.70, subpart C. Fishing
with open access gear is prohibited
within the Reading Rock YRCA, on
dates when the closure is in effect. It is
unlawful to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish taken with open access
gear within the Reading Rock YRCA, on
dates when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time, and
commercial fishing for groundfish is
open within the Reading Rock YRCA
from January 1 through December 31.
This closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment. Open access gear
vessels may transit through the Reading
Rock YRCA, at any time, with or
without groundfish on board.
(8) Point Delgada (North) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with open access gear
is prohibited within the Point Delgada
(North) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. It is unlawful to take
and retain, possess, or land groundfish
taken with open access gear within the
Point Delgada (North) YRCA, on dates
when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time, and
commercial fishing for groundfish is
open within the Point Delgada (North)
YRCA from January 1 through December
31. This closure may be imposed
through inseason adjustment. Open
access gear vessels may transit through
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA, at any
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(9) Point Delgada (South) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with open access gear
is prohibited within the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. It is unlawful to take
and retain, possess, or land groundfish
taken with open access gear within the
Point Delgada (South) YRCA, on dates
when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time, and
commercial fishing for groundfish is
open within the Point Delgada (South)
YRCA from January 1 through December
31. This closure may be imposed
through inseason adjustment. Open
access gear vessels may transit through
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA, at any
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(10) Salmon Troll Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA). The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the Salmon
Troll YRCA boundaries are specified in
the groundfish regulations at § 660.70,
subpart C, and in the salmon regulations
at § 660.405. Fishing with salmon troll
gear is prohibited within the Salmon
Troll YRCA. It is unlawful for
commercial salmon troll vessels to take
and retain, possess, or land fish taken
with salmon troll gear within the
Salmon Troll YRCA. Open access
vessels may transit through the Salmon
Troll YRCA with or without fish on
board.
(11) Cowcod Conservation Areas
(CCAs). The latitude and longitude
coordinates of the CCAs boundaries are
specified at § 660.70, subpart C. It is
unlawful to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish within the CCAs,
except for species authorized in this
paragraph caught according to gear
requirements in this paragraph, when
those waters are open to fishing.
Commercial fishing vessels may transit
through the Western CCA with their
gear stowed and groundfish on board
only in a corridor through the Western
CCA bounded on the north by the
latitude line at 33°00.50′ N. lat., and
bounded on the south by the latitude
line at 32°59.50′ N. lat. Fishing with
open access gear is prohibited in the
CCAs, except as follows:
(i) Fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted within the CCAs under the
following conditions: When using no
more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or
smaller, which measure no more than
11 mm (0.44 inches) point to shank, and
up to two 1-lb (0.45 kg) weights per line;
and provided a valid declaration report
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
as required at § 660.12(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(ii) Fishing for rockfish and lingcod is
permitted shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour within the CCAs when
trip limits authorize such fishing, and
provided a valid declaration report as
required at § 660.12(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(12) Nontrawl rockfish conservation
areas for the open access fisheries. The
nontrawl RCAs are closed areas, defined
by specific latitude and longitude
coordinates (specified at §§ 660.70
through 660.74, subpart C) designed to
approximate specific depth contours,
where fishing for groundfish with
nontrawl gear is prohibited. Boundaries
for the nontrawl RCA throughout the
year are provided in the open access trip
limit tables, Table 3 (North) and Table
3 (South) of this subpart and may be
modified by NMFS inseason pursuant to
§ 660.60(c).
(i) It is unlawful to operate a vessel in
the nontrawl RCA that has nontrawl
gear onboard and is not registered to a
limited entry permit on a trip in which
the vessel is used to take and retain or
possess groundfish in the EEZ, or land
groundfish taken in the EEZ, except for
the purpose of continuous transiting, or
when the use of nontrawl gear is
authorized in part 660.
(ii) On any trip on which a groundfish
species is taken with nontrawl open
access gear and retained, the open
access nontrawl vessel may transit
through the nontrawl RCA only if all
groundfish nontrawl gear is stowed
either: Below deck; or if the gear cannot
readily be moved, in a secured and
covered manner, detached from all
lines, so that it is rendered unusable for
fishing.
(iii) The nontrawl RCA restrictions in
this section apply to vessels taking and
retaining or possessing groundfish in
the EEZ, or landing groundfish taken in
the EEZ. Unless otherwise authorized by
part 660, a vessel may not retain any
groundfish taken on a fishing trip for
species other than groundfish that
occurs within the nontrawl RCA. If a
vessel fishes in a non-groundfish fishery
in the nontrawl RCA, it may not
participate in any fishing for groundfish
on that trip that is prohibited within the
nontrawl RCA. [For example, if a vessel
fishes in the salmon troll fishery within
the RCA, the vessel cannot on the same
trip fish in the sablefish fishery outside
of the RCA.]
(iv) Fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ off
California (between 42° N. lat. south to
the U.S./Mexico border) is permitted
within the nontrawl RCA with fixed
gear only under the following
conditions: When using no more than
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33091
12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or smaller, which
measure no more than 11 mm (0.44
inches) point to shank, and up to two 1–
lb (0.91 kg) weights per line when trip
limits authorize such fishing; and
provided a valid declaration report as
required at § 660.12(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(13) Non-groundfish trawl rockfish
conservation areas for the open access
non-groundfish trawl fisheries. The nongroundfish trawl RCAs are closed areas,
defined by specific latitude and
longitude coordinates (specified at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C)
designed to approximate specific depth
contours, where fishing for groundfish
with nontrawl gear is prohibited.
Boundaries for the nontrawl RCA
throughout the year are provided in the
open access trip limit tables, Table 3
(North) and Table 3 (South) of this
subpart and may be modified by NMFS
inseason pursuant to § 660.60(c).
(i) It is unlawful to operate a vessel in
the non-groundfish trawl RCA with nongroundfish trawl gear onboard, except
for the purpose of continuous transiting,
or when the use of trawl gear is
authorized in part 660. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with non-groundfish
trawl gear within the nontrawl RCA,
unless otherwise authorized in part 660.
(ii) Non-groundfish trawl vessels may
transit through the non-groundfish trawl
RCA, with or without groundfish on
board, provided all non-groundfish
trawl gear is stowed either: Below deck;
or if the gear cannot readily be moved,
in a secured and covered manner,
detached from all towing lines, so that
it is rendered unusable for fishing; or
remaining on deck uncovered if the
trawl doors are hung from their
stanchions and the net is disconnected
from the doors.
(iii) The non-groundfish trawl RCA
restrictions in this section apply to
vessels taking and retaining or
possessing groundfish in the EEZ, or
landing groundfish taken in the EEZ.
Unless otherwise authorized by Part
660, it is unlawful for a vessel to retain
any groundfish taken on a fishing trip
for species other than groundfish that
occurs within the non-groundfish trawl
RCA. If a vessel fishes in a nongroundfish fishery in the nongroundfish trawl RCA, it may not
participate in any fishing on that trip
that is prohibited within the nongroundfish trawl RCA. [For example, if
a vessel fishes in the pink shrimp
fishery within the RCA, the vessel
cannot on the same trip fish in the DTS
fishery seaward of the RCA.] Nothing in
these Federal regulations supersedes
any state regulations that may prohibit
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33092
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
trawling shoreward of the fishery
management area (3–200 nm).
(iv) It is lawful to fish with nongroundfish trawl gear within the nongroundfish trawl RCA only under the
following conditions:
(A) Pink shrimp trawling is permitted
in the non-groundfish trawl RCA when
a valid declaration report as required at
§ 660.12(d), subpart C, has been filed
with NMFS OLE. Groundfish caught
with pink shrimp trawl gear may be
retained anywhere in the EEZ and are
subject to the limits in Table 3 (North)
and Table 3 (South) of this subpart.
(B) When the shoreward line of the
trawl RCA is shallower than 100 fm (183
m), vessels using ridgeback prawn trawl
gear south of 34°27.00′ N. lat. may
operate out to the 100 fm (183 m)
boundary line specified at § 660.73
when a valid declaration report as
required at § 660.12(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE. Groundfish
caught with ridgeback prawn trawl gear
are subject to the limits in Table 3
(North) and Table 3 (South) of this
subpart.
(14) Farallon Islands. Under
California law, commercial fishing for
all groundfish is prohibited between the
shoreline and the 10 fm (18 m) depth
contour around the Farallon Islands. An
exception to this prohibition is that
commercial fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around the Farallon Islands
using no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number
2’’ or smaller, which measure no more
than 11 mm (0.44 inches) point to
shank, and up to two 1-lb (0.45 kg)
weights per line. (See Table 2 (South) of
this subpart.) For a definition of the
Farallon Islands, see § 660.70, subpart C.
(15) Cordell banks. Commercial
fishing for groundfish is prohibited in
waters of depths less than 100–fm (183–
m) around Cordell Banks, as defined by
specific latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.70, subpart C. An
exception to this prohibition is that
commercial fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around Cordell Banks using
no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or
smaller, which measure no more than
11 mm (0.44 inches) point to shank, and
up to two 1-lb (0.45 kg) weights per line.
(16) Essential fish habitat
conservation areas (EFHCA). An
EFHCA, a type of closed area, is a
geographic area defined by coordinates
expressed in degrees of latitude and
longitude at §§ 660.76 through 660.79,
where specified types of fishing are
prohibited in accordance with § 660.12,
subpart C. EFHCAs apply to vessels
using bottom trawl gear and or vessels
using ‘‘bottom contact gear,’’ which is
defined at § 660.11, subpart C, and
includes, but is not limited to: Beam
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
trawl, bottom trawl, dredge, fixed gear,
set net, demersal seine, dinglebar gear,
and other gear (including experimental
gear) designed or modified to make
contact with the bottom.
(i) The following EFHCAs apply to
vessels operating within the EEZ off the
coasts of Washington, Oregon, and
California with bottom trawl gear:
(A) Seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 700-fm (1280-m)
depth contour. Fishing with bottom
trawl gear is prohibited in waters of
depths greater than 700 fm (1280 m)
within the EFH, as defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.75 and 660.76.
(B) Shoreward of a boundary line
approximating the 100-fm (183-m)
depth contour. Fishing with bottom
trawl gear with a footrope diameter
greater than 8 inches (20 cm) is
prohibited in waters shoreward of a
boundary line approximating the 100-fm
(183-m) depth contour, as defined by
specific latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.73.
(C) EFHCAs for all bottom trawl gear.
Fishing with all bottom trawl gear is
prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.77 through 660.78: Olympic 2,
Biogenic 1, Biogenic 2, Grays Canyon,
Biogenic 3, Astoria Canyon, Nehalem
Bank/Shale Pile, Siletz Deepwater,
Daisy Bank/Nelson Island, Newport
Rockpile/Stonewall Bank, Heceta Bank,
Deepwater off Coos Bay, Bandon High
Spot, Rogue Canyon.
(D) EFHCAs for all bottom trawl gear,
except demersal seine gear. Fishing with
all bottom trawl gear except demersal
seine gear (defined at § 660.11, subpart
C) is prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.79: Eel River Canyon, Blunts Reef,
Mendocino Ridge, Delgada Canyon,
Tolo Bank, Point Arena North, Point
Arena South Biogenic Area, Cordell
Bank/Biogenic Area, Farallon Islands/
Fanny Shoal, Half Moon Bay, Monterey
Bay/Canyon, Point Sur Deep, Big Sur
Coast/Port San Luis, East San Lucia
Bank, Point Conception, Hidden Reef/
Kidney Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), Catalina
Island, Potato Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), Cherry Bank
(within Cowcod Conservation Area
West), and Cowcod EFH Conservation
Area East.
(E) EFHCAs for bottom contact gear,
which includes bottom trawl gear.
Fishing with bottom contact gear is
prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§§ 660.398–.399: Thompson Seamount,
President Jackson Seamount, Cordell
Bank (50–fm (91–m) isobath), Harris
Point, Richardson Rock, Scorpion,
Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara. Fishing with
bottom contact gear is also prohibited
within the Davidson Seamount EFH
Area, which is defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.75, subpart C.
(e) Black rockfish fishery
management. The trip limit for black
rockfish (Sebastes melanops) for
commercial fishing vessels using hookand-line gear between the U.S.-Canada
border and Cape Alava (48°09.50′ N.
lat.), and between Destruction Island
(47°40′ N. lat.) and Leadbetter Point
(46°38.17′ N. lat.), is 100-lbs (45 kg) or
30 percent, by weight of all fish on
board, whichever is greater, per vessel
per fishing trip. These per trip limits
apply to limited entry and open access
fisheries, in conjunction with the
cumulative trip limits and other
management measures in §§ 660.230
and 660.330. The crossover provisions
in § 660.60(h)(7), subpart C, do not
apply to the black rockfish per-trip
limits.
§ 660.332 Open access daily trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish.
(a) Open access DTL fisheries both
north and south of 36° N. lat. Open
access vessels may fish in the open
access, daily trip limit fishery for as
long as that fishery is open during the
year, subject to the routine management
measures imposed under § 660.60,
subpart C.
(b) Trip limits—(1) Daily and/or
weekly trip limits for the open access
fishery north and south of 36° N. lat. are
provided in Tables 3 (North) and 3
(South) of this subpart.
(2) Trip and/or frequency limits may
be imposed in the limited entry fishery
on vessels that are not participating in
the primary season under § 660.60,
subpart C.
(3) Trip and/or size limits to protect
juvenile sablefish in the limited entry or
open-access fisheries also may be
imposed at any time under § 660.60,
subpart C.
(4) Trip limits may be imposed in the
open access fishery at any time under
§ 660.60, subpart C.
§ 660.333 Open access non-groundfish
trawl fishery—management measures.
(a) General. Groundfish taken with
non-groundfish trawl gear by vessels
engaged in fishing for pink shrimp,
ridgeback prawns, California halibut, or
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33093
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
sea cucumbers. Trip limits for
groundfish retained in the ridgeback
prawn, California halibut, or sea
cucumber fisheries are in the open
access trip limit table, Table 3 (South)
of this subpart. Trip limits for
groundfish retained in the pink shrimp
fishery are in Tables 3 (North) and 3
(South) of this subpart. The table also
generally describes the RCAs for vessels
participating in these fisheries.
(b) Participation in the ridgeback
prawn fishery. A trawl vessel will be
considered participating in the
ridgeback prawn fishery if:
(1) It is not registered to a valid
Federal limited entry groundfish permit
issued under § 660.25(b) for trawl gear;
and
(2) The landing includes ridgeback
prawns taken in accordance with
California Fish and Game Code, section
8595, which states: ‘‘Prawns or shrimp
may be taken for commercial purposes
with a trawl net, subject to Article 10
(commencing with Section 8830) of
Chapter 3.’’
(c) Participation in the California
halibut fishery—(1) A trawl vessel will
be considered participating in the
California halibut fishery if:
(i) It is not registered to a valid
Federal limited entry groundfish permit
issued under § 660. 25(b) for trawl gear;
(ii) All fishing on the trip takes place
south of Pt. Arena, CA (38°57.50′ N.
lat.); and
(iii) The landing includes California
halibut of a size required by California
Fish and Game Code section 8392,
which states: ‘‘No California halibut may
be taken, possessed or sold which
measures less than 22 in (56 cm) in total
length, unless it weighs 4-lb (1.8144 kg)
or more in the round, 3 and one-half lbs
(1.587 kg) or more dressed with the
head on, or 3-lbs (1.3608 kg) or more
dressed with the head off. Total length
means the shortest distance between the
tip of the jaw or snout, whichever
extends farthest while the mouth is
closed, and the tip of the longest lobe of
the tail, measured while the halibut is
lying flat in natural repose, without
resort to any force other than the
swinging or fanning of the tail.’’
(2) [Reserved]
(d) Participation in the sea cucumber
fishery. A trawl vessel will be
considered to be participating in the sea
cucumber fishery if:
(1) It is not registered to a valid
Federal limited entry groundfish permit
issued under § 660. 25(b) for trawl gear;
(2) All fishing on the trip takes place
south of Pt. Arena, CA (38°57.50′ N.
lat.); and
(3) The landing includes sea
cucumbers taken in accordance with
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
California Fish and Game Code, section
8405, which requires a permit issued by
the State of California.
(e) Groundfish taken with nongroundfish trawl gear by vessels engaged
in fishing for pink shrimp.
Notwithstanding § 660.60(h)(7), a vessel
that takes and retains pink shrimp and
also takes and retains groundfish in
either the limited entry or another open
access fishery during the same
applicable cumulative limit period that
it takes and retains pink shrimp (which
may be 1 month or 2 months, depending
on the fishery and the time of year), may
retain the larger of the two limits, but
only if the limit(s) for each gear or
fishery are not exceeded when operating
in that fishery or with that gear. The
limits are not additive; the vessel may
not retain a separate trip limit for each
fishery.
5. Redesignate § 660.390 through
§ 660.399, subpart G as § 660.70 through
§ 660.79, subpart C, as follows:
Old section
§ 660.390
§ 660.391
§ 660.392
§ 660.393
§ 660.394
§ 660.395
§ 660.396
§ 660.397
§ 660.398
§ 660.399
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
New section
§ 660.70.
§ 660.71.
§ 660.72.
§ 660.73.
§ 660.74.
§ 660.75.
§ 660.76.
§ 660.77.
§ 660.78.
§ 660.79.
6. Redesignate Tables 1a through 2c to
part 660, subpart G as Tables 1a through
2c to part 660, subpart C, as follows:
Old table
New table
Table 1a to part 660,
subpart G.
Table 1b to part 660,
subpart G.
Table 1c to part 660,
subpart G.
Table 2a to part 660,
subpart G.
Table 2b to part 660,
subpart G.
Table 2c to part 660,
subpart G.
Table 1a to part 660,
subpart C.
Table 1b to part 660,
subpart C.
Table 1c to part 660,
subpart C.
Table 2a to part 660,
subpart C.
Table 2b to part 660,
subpart C.
Table 2c to part 660,
subpart C.
7. Redesignate Table 3 (North) and
Table 3 (South) to part 660, subpart G
as Table 1 (North) through Table 1
(South) to part 660, subpart D, as
follows:
Old table
New table
Table 3 (North) to
Table 1 (North) to
part 660, subpart G.
part 660, subpart
D.
Table 3 (South) to
Table 1 (South) to
part 660, subpart G.
part 660, subpart
D.
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
8. Redesignate Table 4 (North) and
Table 4 (South) to part 660, subpart G
as Table 1 (North) through Table 1
(South) to part 660, subpart E, as
follows:
Old table
New table
Table 1 (North) to
Table 1 (North) to
part 660, subpart G.
part 660, subpart
E.
Table 1 (South) to
Table 1 (South) to
part 660, subpart G.
part 660, subpart
E.
9. Redesignate Table 5 (North) and
Table 5 (South) to part 660, subpart G
as Table 1 (North) through Table 1
(South) to part 660, subpart F, as
follows:
Old table
New table
Table 1 (North) to
Table 1 (North) to
part 660, subpart G.
part 660, subpart F.
Table 1 (South) to
Table 1 (South) to
part 660, subpart G.
part 660, subpart F.
10. Redesignate Figure 1 to subpart G
of part 660 as Figure 1 to subpart D of
part 660.
11. Redesignate Table 2 to part 660 as
Table 3 to part 660, subpart C.
12. Revise subpart G to part 660 to
read as follows:
Subpart G—West Coast Groundfish—
Recreational Fisheries
Sec.
660.350 Purpose and scope.
660.351 Recreational fishery—definitions.
660.352 Recreational fishery—prohibitions.
660.353 Recreational fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
660.360 Recreational fishery—management
measures.
Subpart G—West Coast Groundfish—
Recreational Fisheries
§ 660.350
Purpose and scope.
This subpart covers the Pacific Coast
Groundfish recreational fishery.
§ 660.351 Recreational fishery—
definitions.
These definitions are specific to the
recreational fisheries covered in this
subpart. General groundfish definitions
are defined at § 660.11, subpart C.
Bag limit means the number of fish
available to an angler.
Boat limit means the number of fish
available to for a vessel or boat.
Hook limit means a limit on the
number of hooks on any given fishing
line.
§ 660.352 Recreational fishery—
prohibitions.
These prohibitions are specific to the
recreational fisheries. General
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33094
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
groundfish prohibitions are found at
§ 660.12, subpart C. In addition to the
general groundfish prohibitions
specified in § 600.12, subpart C, of this
chapter, it is unlawful for any person to:
(a) Sell, offer to sell, or purchase any
groundfish taken in the course of
recreational groundfish fishing.
(b) Use fishing gear other than hookand-line or spear for recreational
fishing.
§ 660.353 Recreational fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
Recordkeeping and reporting
requirements at § 660.13 (a) through (c),
subpart C, apply to the recreational
fishery.
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 660.360 Recreational fishery—
management measures.
(a) General. Federal recreational
groundfish regulations are not intended
to supersede any more restrictive state
recreational groundfish regulations
relating to federally-managed
groundfish. The bag limits include fish
taken in both state and Federal waters.
(b) Gear restrictions. The only types of
fishing gear authorized for recreational
fishing are hook-and-line and spear.
Spears may be propelled by hand or by
mechanical means. More fisheryspecific gear restrictions may be
required by state as noted in paragraph
(c) of this section (e.g. California’s
recreational ‘‘other flatfish’’ fishery).
(c) State-specific recreational fishery
management measures. Federal
recreational groundfish regulations are
not intended to supersede any more
restrictive State recreational groundfish
regulations relating to federallymanaged groundfish. Off the coast of
Washington, Oregon, and California,
boat limits apply, whereby each fisher
aboard a vessel may continue to use
angling gear until the combined daily
limits of groundfish for all licensed and
juvenile anglers aboard has been
attained (additional state restrictions on
boat limits may apply).
(1) Washington. For each person
engaged in recreational fishing off the
coast of Washington, the groundfish bag
limit is 15 groundfish per day, including
rockfish and lingcod, and is open yearround (except for lingcod). In the Pacific
halibut fisheries, retention of groundfish
is governed in part by annual
management measures for Pacific
halibut fisheries, which are published in
the Federal Register. South of
Leadbetter Point, WA to the
Washington/Oregon border, when
Pacific halibut are onboard the vessel,
no groundfish may be taken and
retained, possessed or landed, except
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
sablefish and Pacific cod. The following
sublimits and closed areas apply:
(i) Recreational Groundfish
Conservation Areas off Washington—(A)
North Coast Recreational Yelloweye
Rockfish Conservation Area.
Recreational fishing for groundfish and
halibut is prohibited within the North
Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA). It is
unlawful for recreational fishing vessels
to take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with recreational gear
within the North Coast Recreational
YRCA. A vessel fishing in the North
Coast Recreational YRCA may not be in
possession of any groundfish.
Recreational vessels may transit through
the North Coast Recreational YRCA with
or without groundfish on board. The
North Coast Recreational YRCA is
defined by latitude and longitude
coordinates specified at § 660.70,
subpart C.
(B) South coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. Recreational
fishing for groundfish and halibut is
prohibited within the South Coast
Recreational YRCA. It is unlawful for
recreational fishing vessels to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish taken
with recreational gear within the South
Coast Recreational YRCA. A vessel
fishing in the South Coast Recreational
YRCA may not be in possession of any
groundfish. Recreational vessels may
transit through the South Coast
Recreational YRCA with or without
groundfish on board. The South Coast
Recreational YRCA is defined by
latitude and longitude coordinates
specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
(C) Westport offshore recreational
yelloweye rockfish conservation area.
Recreational fishing for groundfish and
halibut is prohibited within the
Westport Offshore Recreational YRCA.
It is unlawful for recreational fishing
vessels to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish taken with recreational
gear within the Westport Offshore
Recreational YRCA. A vessel fishing in
the Westport Offshore Recreational
YRCA may not be in possession of any
groundfish. Recreational vessels may
transit through the Westport Offshore
Recreational YRCA with or without
groundfish on board. The Westport
Offshore Recreational YRCA is defined
by latitude and longitude coordinates
specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
(D) Recreational rockfish conservation
area. Fishing for groundfish with
recreational gear is prohibited within
the recreational RCA. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with recreational gear
within the recreational RCA. A vessel
fishing in the recreational RCA may not
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
be in possession of any groundfish. [For
example, if a vessel fishes in the
recreational salmon fishery within the
RCA, the vessel cannot be in possession
of groundfish while in the RCA. The
vessel may, however, on the same trip
fish for and retain groundfish shoreward
of the RCA on the return trip to port.]
(1) Between the U.S. border with
Canada and the Queets River,
recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 20-fm (37-m) depth
contour from May 21 through
September 30, except on days when the
Pacific halibut fishery is open in this
area. Days open to Pacific halibut
recreational fishing off Washington are
announced on the NMFS hotline at
(206) 526–6667 or (800) 662–9825.
Coordinates for the boundary line
approximating the 20-fm (37-m) depth
contour are listed in § 660.71, subpart C.
(2) Between the Queets River and
Leadbetter Point, recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited seaward of a
boundary line approximating the 30-fm
(55-m) depth contour from March 15
through June 15, except that recreational
fishing for sablefish and Pacific cod is
permitted within the recreational RCA
from May 1 through June 15, and on
days that the primary halibut fishery is
open lingcod may be taken, retained and
possessed seaward of the boundary line
approximating the 30-fm (55-m) depth
contour. Days open to Pacific halibut
recreational fishing off Washington are
announced on the NMFS hotline at
(206) 526–6667 or (800) 662–9825.
Retention of lingcod seaward of the
boundary line approximating the 30-fm
(55-m) depth contour south of 46°58′ N.
lat. is prohibited on Fridays and
Saturdays from July 1 through August
31. For additional regulations regarding
the Washington recreational lingcod
fishery, see paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this
section. Coordinates for the boundary
line approximating the 30-fm (55-m)
depth contour are listed in § 660.71.
(ii) Rockfish. In areas of the EEZ
seaward of Washington that are open to
recreational groundfish fishing, there is
a 10 rockfish per day bag limit. Taking
and retaining canary rockfish and
yelloweye rockfish is prohibited.
(iii) Lingcod. In areas of the EEZ
seaward of Washington that are open to
recreational groundfish fishing and
when the recreational season for lingcod
is open, there is a bag limit of 2 lingcod
per day, which may be no smaller than
22 in (56 cm) total length. The
recreational fishing season for lingcod is
open as follows:
(A) Between the U.S./Canada border
to 48°10′ N. lat. (Cape Alava)
(Washington Marine Area 4),
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
recreational fishing for lingcod is open,
for 2009, from April 16 through October
15, and for 2010, from April 16 through
October 15.
(B) Between 48°10′ N. lat. (Cape
Alava) and 46°16′ N. lat. (Washington/
Oregon border) (Washington Marine
Areas 1–3), recreational fishing for
lingcod is open for 2009, from March 14
through October 17, and for 2010, from
March 13 through October 16.
(2) Oregon —(i) Recreational
Groundfish Conservation Areas off
Oregon—(A) Stonewall Bank Yelloweye
Rockfish Conservation Area.
Recreational fishing for groundfish and
halibut is prohibited within the
Stonewall Bank YRCA. It is unlawful for
recreational fishing vessels to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish taken
with recreational gear within the
Stonewall Bank YRCA.A vessel fishing
in the Stonewall Bank YRCA may not be
in possession of any groundfish.
Recreational vessels may transit through
the Stonewall Bank YRCA with or
without groundfish on board. The
Stonewall Bank YRCA is defined by
latitude and longitude coordinates
specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
(B) Recreational rockfish conservation
area. Fishing for groundfish with
recreational gear is prohibited within
the recreational RCA, a type of closed
area or GCA. It is unlawful to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish taken
with recreational gear within the
recreational RCA. A vessel fishing in the
recreational RCA may not be in
possession of any groundfish. [For
example, if a vessel fishes in the
recreational salmon fishery within the
RCA, the vessel cannot be in possession
of groundfish while in the RCA. The
vessel may, however, on the same trip
fish for and retain groundfish shoreward
of the RCA on the return trip to port.]
Off Oregon, from April 1 through
September 30, recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited seaward of a
recreational RCA boundary line
approximating the 40 fm (73 m) depth
contour. Coordinates for the boundary
line approximating the 40 fm (73 m)
depth contour are listed at § 660.71.
(C) Essential fish habitat conservation
areas. The Essential Fish Habitat
Conservation Areas (EFHCAs) are closed
areas, defined by specific latitude and
longitude coordinates at §§ 660.76
through 660.79, where specified types of
fishing are prohibited. Prohibitions
applying to specific EFHCAs are found
at § 660.12.
(ii) Seasons. Recreational fishing for
groundfish is open from January 1
through December 31, subject to the
closed areas described in paragraph (c)
of this section.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(iii) Bag limits, size limits. The bag
limits for each person engaged in
recreational fishing in the EEZ seaward
of Oregon are three lingcod per day,
which may be no smaller than 22 in (56
cm) total length; and 10 marine fish per
day, which excludes Pacific halibut,
salmonids, tuna, perch species,
sturgeon, sanddabs, flatfish, lingcod,
striped bass, hybrid bass, offshore
pelagic species and baitfish (herring,
smelt, anchovies and sardines), but
which includes rockfish, greenling,
cabezon and other groundfish species.
The bag limit for all flatfish is 25 fish
per day, which excludes Pacific halibut,
but which includes all soles, flounders
and Pacific sanddabs. In the Pacific
halibut fisheries, retention of groundfish
is governed in part by annual
management measures for Pacific
halibut fisheries, which are published in
the Federal Register. Between the
Oregon border with Washington and
Cape Falcon, when Pacific halibut are
onboard the vessel, groundfish may not
be taken and retained, possessed or
landed, except sablefish and Pacific cod.
Between Cape Falcon and Humbug
Mountain, during days open to the
Oregon Central Coast ‘‘all-depth’’ sport
halibut fishery, when Pacific halibut are
onboard the vessel, no groundfish may
be taken and retained, possessed or
landed, except sablefish and Pacific cod.
‘‘All-depth’’ season days are established
in the annual management measures for
Pacific halibut fisheries, which are
published in the Federal Register and
are announced on the NMFS halibut
hotline, 1–800–662–9825. The
minimum size limit for cabezon
retained in the recreational fishery is 16in (41-cm), and for greenling is 10-in
(26-cm). Taking and retaining canary
rockfish and yelloweye rockfish is
prohibited at all times and in all areas.
(3) California. Seaward of California,
California law provides that, in times
and areas when the recreational fishery
is open, there is a 20-fish bag limit for
all species of finfish, within which no
more than 10 fish of any one species
may be taken or possessed by any one
person. [Note: There are some
exceptions to this rule. The following
groundfish species are not subject to a
bag limit: Petrale sole, Pacific sanddab
and starry flounder.] For groundfish
species not specifically mentioned in
this paragraph, fishers are subject to the
overall 20-fish bag limit for all species
of finfish and the depth restrictions at
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
Recreational spearfishing for all
federally-managed groundfish, except
lingcod during January, February,
March, and December, is exempt from
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33095
closed areas and seasons, consistent
with Title 14 of the California Code of
Regulations. This exemption applies
only to recreational vessels and divers
provided no other fishing gear, except
spearfishing gear, is on board the vessel.
California state law may provide
regulations similar to Federal
regulations for the following statemanaged species: Ocean whitefish,
California sheephead, and all greenlings
of the genus Hexagrammos. Kelp
greenling is the only federally-managed
greenling. Retention of cowcod,
yelloweye rockfish, and canary rockfish
is prohibited in the recreational fishery
seaward of California all year in all
areas. For each person engaged in
recreational fishing in the EEZ seaward
of California, the following closed areas,
seasons, bag limits, and size limits
apply:
(i) Recreational groundfish
conservation areas off California. A
Groundfish Conservation Area (GCA), a
type of closed area, is a geographic area
defined by coordinates expressed in
degrees latitude and longitude. The
following GCAs apply to participants in
California’s recreational fishery.
(A) Recreational rockfish conservation
areas. The recreational RCAs are areas
that are closed to recreational fishing for
groundfish. Fishing for groundfish with
recreational gear is prohibited within
the recreational RCA, except that
recreational fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted within the recreational RCA
as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of
this section. It is unlawful to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish taken
with recreational gear within the
recreational RCA, unless otherwise
authorized in this section. A vessel
fishing in the recreational RCA may not
be in possession of any species
prohibited by the restrictions that apply
within the recreational RCA. [For
example, if a vessel fishes in the
recreational salmon fishery within the
RCA, the vessel cannot be in possession
of rockfish while in the RCA. The vessel
may, however, on the same trip fish for
and retain rockfish shoreward of the
RCA on the return trip to port.]
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10.00′ N. lat.
(North Region), recreational fishing for
all groundfish (except ‘‘other flatfish’’ as
specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this
section) is prohibited seaward of the 20fm (37-m) depth contour along the
mainland coast and along islands and
offshore seamounts from May 15
through September 15; and is closed
entirely from January 1 through May 14
and from September 16 through
December 31 (i.e., prohibited seaward of
the shoreline).
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
33096
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (North-Central North of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for all groundfish (except ‘‘other
flatfish’’ as specified in paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) of this section) is prohibited
seaward of the 20-fm (37-m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
along islands and offshore seamounts
from May 15 through August 15; and is
closed entirely from January 1 through
May 14 and from August 16 through
December 31 (i.e., prohibited seaward of
the shoreline).
(3) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. (North-Central South of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for all groundfish (except ‘‘other
flatfish’’ as specified in paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) of this section) is prohibited
seaward of the boundary line
approximating the 30-fm (55-m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
along islands and offshore seamounts
from June 13 through October 31; and is
closed entirely from January 1 through
June 12 and from November 1 through
December 31 (i.e., prohibited seaward of
the shoreline). Closures around the
Farallon Islands (see paragraph
(c)(3)(i)(C) of this section) and Cordell
Banks (see paragraph (c)(3)(i)(D) of this
section) also apply in this area.
Coordinates for the boundary line
approximating the 30-fm (55-m) depth
contour are listed in § 660.71.
(4) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 36° N.
lat. (Monterey South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for all groundfish
(except ‘‘other flatfish’’ as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) is
prohibited seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 40-fm (73-m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
along islands and offshore seamounts
from May 1 through November 15; and
is closed entirely from January 1
through April 30 and from November 16
through December 31 (i.e., prohibited
seaward of the shoreline). Coordinates
for the boundary line approximating the
40-fm (73-m) depth contour are
specified in § 660.71.
(5) Between 36° N. lat. and 34°27′ N.
lat. (Morro Bay South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for all groundfish
(except ‘‘other flatfish’’ as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) is
prohibited seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 40-fm (73-m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
along islands and offshore seamounts
from May 1 through November 15; and
is closed entirely from January 1
through April 30 and from November 16
through December 31 (i.e., prohibited
seaward of the shoreline). Coordinates
for the boundary line approximating the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
40-fm (73-m) depth contour are
specified in § 660.71.
(6) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (South
Region), recreational fishing for all
groundfish (except California
scorpionfish as specified below in this
paragraph and in paragraph (v) of this
section and ‘‘other flatfish’’ as specified
in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) is
prohibited seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 60-fm (110-m) depth
contour from March 1 through
December 31 along the mainland coast
and along islands and offshore
seamounts, except in the CCAs where
fishing is prohibited seaward of the 20fm (37-m) depth contour when the
fishing season is open (see paragraph
(c)(3)(i)(B) of this section). Recreational
fishing for all groundfish (except
California scorpionfish and ‘‘other
flatfish’’) is closed entirely from January
1 through February 28 (i.e., prohibited
seaward of the shoreline). Recreational
fishing for California scorpionfish south
of 34°27′ N. lat. is prohibited seaward of
a boundary line approximating the 40fm (73-m) depth contour from January 1
through February 28, and seaward of the
60-fm (110-m) depth contour from
March 1 through December 31, except in
the CCAs where fishing is prohibited
seaward of the 20-fm (37-m) depth
contour when the fishing season is
open. Coordinates for the boundary line
approximating the 40-fm (73-m) and 60fm (110-m) depth contours are specified
in §§ 660.71 and 660.72.
(B) Cowcod conservation areas. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Cowcod Conservation Areas (CCAs)
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. In general, recreational
fishing for all groundfish is prohibited
within the CCAs, except that fishing for
‘‘other flatfish’’ is permitted within the
CCAs as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv)
of this section. However, recreational
fishing for the following species is
permitted shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour when the season for those
species is open south of 34°27′ N. lat.:
Minor nearshore rockfish, cabezon, kelp
greenling, lingcod, California
scorpionfish, and ‘‘other flatfish’’
(subject to gear requirements at
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section
during January–February). [Note:
California state regulations also permit
recreational fishing for California
sheephead, ocean whitefish, and all
greenlings of the genus Hexagrammos
shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m) depth
contour in the CCAs when the season
for the RCG complex is open south of
34°27′ N. lat.] It is unlawful to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish
within the CCAs, except for species
authorized in this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(C) Farallon islands. Under California
state law, recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited between the
shoreline and the 10–fm (18–m) depth
contour around the Farallon Islands,
except that recreational fishing for
‘‘other flatfish’’ is permitted around the
Farallon Islands as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section.
(Note: California state regulations also
prohibit the retention of other
greenlings of the genus Hexagrammos,
California sheephead and ocean
whitefish.) For a definition of the
Farallon Islands, see § 660.70, subpart C.
(D) Cordell banks. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited in
waters less than 100 fm (183 m) around
Cordell Banks as defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.70, subpart C, except that
recreational fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around Cordell Banks as
specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this
section. [Note: California state
regulations also prohibit fishing for all
greenlings of the genus Hexagrammos,
California sheephead and ocean
whitefish.]
(E) Point St. George Yelloweye
Rockfish Conservation Area (YRCA).
Recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited within the Point St. George
YRCA, as defined by latitude and
longitude coordinates at § 660.70,
subpart C, on dates when the closure is
in effect. The closure is not in effect at
this time, and recreational fishing for
groundfish is open within the Point St.
George YRCA from January 1 through
December 31. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
(F) South Reef YRCA. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited
within the South Reef YRCA, as defined
by latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.70, subpart C, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and recreational
fishing for groundfish is open within the
South Reef YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment.
(G) Reading Rock YRCA. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited
within the Reading Rock YRCA, as
defined by latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.70, subpart C, on
dates when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time, and
recreational fishing for groundfish is
open within the Reading Rock YRCA
from January 1 through December 31.
This closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment.
(H) Point Delgada (North) YRCA.
Recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited within the Point Delgada
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(North) YRCA, as defined by latitude
and longitude coordinates at § 660.70,
subpart C, on dates when the closure is
in effect. The closure is not in effect at
this time, and recreational fishing for
groundfish is open within the Point
Delgada (North) YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment.
(I) Point Delgada (South) YRCA.
Recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited within the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, as defined by latitude
and longitude coordinates at § 660.70,
subpart C, on dates when the closure is
in effect. The closure is not in effect at
this time, and recreational fishing for
groundfish is open within the Point
Delgada (South) YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment.
(J) Essential fish habitat conservation
areas. The Essential Fish Habitat
Conservation Areas (EFHCAs) are closed
areas, defined by specific latitude and
longitude coordinates at §§ 660.76
through 660.79, subpart C where
specified types of fishing are prohibited.
Prohibitions applying to specific
EFHCAs are found at § 660.12, subpart
C.
(ii) RCG complex. The California
rockfish, cabezon, greenling complex
(RCG Complex), as defined in state
regulations (Section 1.91, Title 14,
California Code of Regulations),
includes all rockfish, kelp greenling,
rock greenling, and cabezon. This
category does not include California
scorpionfish, also known as ‘‘sculpin’’.
(A) Seasons. When recreational
fishing for the RCG complex is open, it
is permitted only outside of the
recreational RCAs described in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10′ N. lat. (North
Region), recreational fishing for the RCG
complex is open from May 15 through
September 15 (i.e., it’s closed from
January 1 through May 14 and from
September 16 through December 31).
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (North Central North of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for the RCG Complex is open
from May 15 through August 15 (i.e., it’s
closed from January 1 through May 14
and May 16 through December 31).
(3) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. (North Central South of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for the RCG complex is open
from June 13 through October 31 (i.e.,
it’s closed from January 1 through June
12 and November 1 through December
31).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
(4) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 36° N.
lat. (Monterey South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for the RCG
complex is open from May 1 through
November 15 (i.e., it’s closed from
January 1 through April 30 and from
November 16 through December 31).
(5) Between 36′ N. lat. and 34°27′ N.
lat. (Morro Bay South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for the RCG
Complex is open from May 1 through
November 15 (i.e., it’s closed from
January 1 through April 30 and from
November 16 through December 31).
(6) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (South
Region), recreational fishing for the RCG
Complex is open from March 1 through
December 31 (i.e., it’s closed from
January 1 through February 28).
(B) Bag limits, hook limits. In times
and areas when the recreational season
for the RCG Complex is open, there is
a limit of 2 hooks and 1 line when
fishing for rockfish. The bag limit is 10
RCG Complex fish per day coastwide.
Retention of canary rockfish, yelloweye
rockfish, bronzespotted and cowcod is
prohibited. Within the 10 RCG Complex
fish per day limit, no more than 2 may
be bocaccio, no more than 2 may be
greenling (kelp and/or other greenlings)
and no more than 2 may be cabezon.
Multi-day limits are authorized by a
valid permit issued by California and
must not exceed the daily limit
multiplied by the number of days in the
fishing trip.
(C) Size limits. The following size
limits apply: bocaccio may be no
smaller than 10 in (25 cm) total length;
cabezon may be no smaller than 15 in
(38 cm) total length; and kelp and other
greenling may be no smaller than 12 in
(30 cm) total length.
(D) Dressing/filleting. Cabezon, kelp
greenling, and rock greenling taken in
the recreational fishery may not be
filleted at sea. Rockfish skin may not be
removed when filleting or otherwise
dressing rockfish taken in the
recreational fishery. The following
rockfish filet size limits apply: bocaccio
filets may be no smaller than 5 in (12.8
cm) and brown-skinned rockfish fillets
may be no smaller than 6.5 in (16.6 cm).
‘‘Brown-skinned’’ rockfish include the
following species: brown, calico,
copper, gopher, kelp, olive, speckled,
squarespot, and yellowtail.
(iii) Lingcod —(A) Seasons. When
recreational fishing for lingcod is open,
it is permitted only outside of the
recreational RCAs described in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10.00′ N. lat.
(North Region), recreational fishing for
lingcod is open from May 15 through
September 15 (i.e., it’s closed from
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
33097
January 1 through May 14 and from
September 16 through December 31).
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (North Central North of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for lingcod is open from May 15
through August 15 (i.e., it’s closed from
January 1 through May 14 and May 16
through December 31).
(3) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. (North Central South of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for lingcod is open from June 13
through October 31 (i.e., it’s closed from
January 1 through June 12 and
November 1 through December 31).
(4) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 36° N.
lat. (Monterey South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open
from May 1 through November 15 (i.e.,
it’s closed from January 1 through April
30 and from November 16 through
December 31).
(5) Between 36′ N. lat. and 34°27′ N.
lat. (Morro Bay South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open
from May 1 through November 15 (i.e.,
it’s closed from January 1 through April
30 and from November 16 through
December 31).
(6) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (South
Region), recreational fishing for lingcod
is open from April 1 through November
30 (i.e., it’s closed from January 1
through March 31 and from December 1
through 31).
(B) Bag limits, hook limits. In times
and areas when the recreational season
for lingcod is open, there is a limit of
2 hooks and 1 line when fishing for
lingcod. The bag limit is 2 lingcod per
day. Multi-day limits are authorized by
a valid permit issued by California and
must not exceed the daily limit
multiplied by the number of days in the
fishing trip.
(C) Size limits. Lingcod may be no
smaller than 24 in (61 cm) total length.
(D) Dressing/filleting. Lingcod filets
may be no smaller than 16 in (41 cm)
in length.
(iv) ‘‘Other flatfish’’. Coastwide off
California, recreational fishing for ‘‘other
flatfish’’ is permitted both shoreward of
and within the closed areas described in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section. ‘‘Other
flatfish’’ are defined at § 660.11, subpart
C, and include butter sole, curlfin sole,
flathead sole, Pacific sanddab, rex sole,
rock sole, and sand sole. Recreational
fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is permitted
within the closed areas. ‘‘Other flatfish,’’
except Pacific sanddab, are subject to
the overall 20-fish bag limit for all
species of finfish, of which there may be
no more than 10 fish of any one species.
There is no season restriction or size
limit for ‘‘other flatfish;’’ however, it is
prohibited to filet ‘‘other flatfish’’ at sea.
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
33098
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 / Proposed Rules
cprice-sewell on DSK8KYBLC1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(v) California scorpionfish. California
scorpionfish predominately occur south
of 40°10′ N. lat.
(A) Seasons. When recreational
fishing for California scorpionfish is
open, it is permitted only outside of the
recreational RCAs described in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
(1) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and 37°11′
N. lat. (North Central Region),
recreational fishing for California
scorpionfish is open from June 1
through November 30 (i.e., it’s closed
from January 1 through May 31 and
from December 1 through December 31).
(2) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 36° N.
lat. (Monterey South Central Region),
recreational fishing for California
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:32 Jun 09, 2010
Jkt 220001
scorpionfish is open from May 1
through November 30 (i.e., it’s closed
from January 1 through April 30 and
from December 1 through December 31).
(3) Between 36° N. lat. and 34°27′ N.
lat. (Morro Bay South Central Region),
recreational fishing for California
scorpionfish is open from May 1
through November 30 (i.e., it’s closed
from January 1 through April 30 and
from December 1 through December 31).
(4) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (South
Region), recreational fishing for
California scorpionfish is open from
January 1 through December 31.
(B) Bag limits, hook limits. South of
40°10.00′ N. lat., in times and areas
where the recreational season for
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
California scorpionfish is open, the bag
limit is 5 California scorpionfish per
day. California scorpionfish do not
count against the 10 RCG Complex fish
per day limit. Multi-day limits are
authorized by a valid permit issued by
California and must not exceed the daily
limit multiplied by the number of days
in the fishing trip.
(C) Size limits. California scorpionfish
may be no smaller than 10 in (25 cm)
total length.
(D) Dressing/Filleting. California
scorpionfish filets may be no smaller
than 5-in (12.8 cm) and must bear an
intact 1-in (2.6 cm) square patch of skin.
[FR Doc. 2010–13312 Filed 6–1–10; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\10JNP2.SGM
10JNP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 111 (Thursday, June 10, 2010)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 32994-33098]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-13312]
[[Page 32993]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
15 CFR Part 902
50 CFR Part 660
Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan; Amendments 20 and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program;
Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 111 / Thursday, June 10, 2010 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 32994]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
15 CFR Part 902
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 100212086-0210-01]
RIN 0648-AY68
Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan; Amendments 20 and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS proposes measures to initiate implementation of
Amendments 20 and 21 to the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery Management
Plan (FMP). Amendment 20 would establish a trawl rationalization
program for the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery. Amendment 20's trawl
rationalization program would consist of: An individual fishing quota
(IFQ) program for the shore-based trawl fleet (including whiting and
non-whiting sectors); and cooperative (coop) programs for the at-sea
(whiting only) mothership (MS) and catcher/processor (C/P) trawl
fleets. The trawl rationalization program is intended to increase net
economic benefits, create individual economic stability, provide full
utilization of the trawl sector allocation, consider environmental
impacts, and achieve individual accountability of catch and bycatch.
Amendment 21 would establish fixed allocations for limited entry (LE)
trawl participants. These allocations are intended to improve
management under the rationalization program by streamlining its
administration, providing stability to the fishery, and addressing
halibut bycatch.
NMFS is reviewing Amendments 20 and 21 in their entirety. However,
due to the complexity of the proposed fishery management measures, this
rule proposes only certain key components that would be necessary to
have permits and endorsements issued in time for use in the 2011
fishery and in order to have the 2011 specifications reflect the new
allocation scheme. Specifically, this rule would establish the
allocations set forth under Amendment 21 and establish procedures for
initial issuance of permits, endorsements, quota shares, and catch
history assignments under the IFQ and coop programs. In addition, the
proposed rule would restructure the entire Pacific Coast groundfish
regulations to more closely track the organization of the proposed
management measures and to make the total groundfish regulations more
clear. NMFS plans to propose additional program details in a future
proposed rule. Such additional details would include: Program
components applicable to IFQ gear switching, observer programs,
retention requirements, equipment requirements, catch monitors, catch
weighing requirements, coop permits/agreements, first receiver site
licenses, quota share accounts, vessel quota pound accounts, further
tracking and monitoring components, and economic data collection
requirements. In order to encourage more informed public comment, this
proposed rule includes a general description of these additional
program requirements. NMFS is also planning a future ``Cost-Recovery''
rule based on a recommended methodology yet to be developed by the
Pacific Fishery Management Council (the Council).
DATES: Comments on this proposed rule must be received no later than 5
p.m., local time on July 12, 2010.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by 0648-AY68, by any of
the following methods:
Electronic Submissions: Submit all electronic public
comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal, at https://www.regulations.gov.
Fax: 206-526-6736; Attn: Jamie Goen.
Mail: Barry Thom, Acting Regional Administrator, Northwest
Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115-0070; Attn:
Jamie Goen.
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted to https://www.regulations.gov without
change. All Personal Identifying Information (for example, name,
address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly
accessible. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or
otherwise sensitive or protected information. NMFS will accept
anonymous comments (if submitting comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking
portal, enter ``N/A'' in the relevant required fields if you wish to
remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be accepted
in Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats
only. Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other
aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this
proposed rule may be submitted to NMFS, Northwest Region, e-mailed to
David_Rostker@omb.eop.gov; or faxed to 202-395-7285.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jamie Goen, 206-526-4656; (fax) 206-
526-6736; Jamie.Goen@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This proposed rule is accessible via the Internet at the Office of
the Federal Register's Web site at https://www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/. Background information and documents, including the Draft
Environmental Impacts Statements for Amendment 20 and Amendment 21, are
available at the Pacific Fishery Management Council's Web site at
https://www.pcouncil.org/.
Although this proposed rule would implement only certain portions
of Amendments 20 and 21, NMFS is reviewing both Amendments 20 and 21 in
their entirety. On May 12, 2010, NMFS published a notice of
availability of Amendments 20 and 21, and--consistent with requirements
of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (MSA)--
must make a decision to approve, disapprove, or partially approve the
amendments by September 8, 2010. Comments on the approvability of the
amendments must be submitted to NMFS by August 9, 2010. This preamble
provides information about the full contents of each amendment for the
purposes of promoting informed public comment. Detailed provisions
regarding features of the proposed rule are provided where applicable.
In addition, section IV of this preamble highlights what the main
regulatory changes would be.
I. Background: Current Management Approach and Need for Change
The Pacific Coast Groundfish FMP covers a diverse mixture of
species occurring in close association and proximity in the Pacific off
the states of Washington, Oregon, and California. The trawl
rationalization program would consist of: (1) An individual fishing
quota (IFQ) program for the shore-based trawl fleet and (2) cooperative
(coop) programs for the at-sea trawl fleet. The shore-based trawl fleet
would include IFQ participants who land groundfish to shore-based
processors or first receivers. The at-sea trawl fleet would include
fishery participants harvesting whiting with
[[Page 32995]]
midwater trawl gear (i.e., whiting catcher/processor vessels, whiting
motherships, and whiting catcher vessels associated with motherships).
The co-op programs for the at-sea trawl fleet are further divided as
follows: (1) A single whiting catcher/processor co-op; and (2) one or
more whiting mothership co-ops may form, or vessels may choose to fish
in a non-coop fishery which would be unaffiliated with a coop. For the
coop and non-coop fishery, vessel owners pool their harvest together.
The IFQ program for the shore-based fleet would require NMFS to
make an initial allocation of harvest quota share (QS) (expressed as a
percentage of the total sector amount) through a new QS permit to
current owners of limited entry trawl permits and shore-based whiting
first receivers who meet the qualifying criteria. Depending on a
person's limited entry trawl permit history in qualifying years, the
permit owner will receive an initial allocation for various target
species/species groups (~20 species), some with area designations. In
addition, NMFS would allocate QS for overfished species based on a
proxy of the amount of target species allocated to the quota share
holder. Shore-based whiting first receivers will receive an initial
allocation of whiting only, based on their history of being the first
receiver reported on state fish tickets (with an opportunity to
reassign their history). Each year, based on the optimum yield amounts
for each species and the amount of QS a holder has for a particular
species/area, NMFS would allocate quota pounds to the QS account. The
QS owner in turn, must allocate quota pounds to vessel accounts.
Vessels are required to have IFQ or quota pounds in an account to cover
all IFQ landings and discards incurred while fishing under this
program. In order to comply with the MSA, NMFS would track ownership
interest in QS to determine if individuals are within set accumulation
limits, both at the initial allocation stage and during the operation
of the program. In Amendment 20, the Council has adopted limits (by
species group and area) on the amount of QS an individual can control
(i.e. control limits) and limits on the amount of quota pounds that may
be registered to a vessel for use in a given year.
For the at-sea whiting component of the trawl rationalization
program, the Council has adopted a program that provides for a C/P coop
and MS coops that differ from how the coops have operated in the past.
The C/P coop will not require an initial allocation of catch shares to
individual vessels, provided that a coop is established. However,
whiting catch shares for the MS fleet (called catch history
assignments) would initially be allocated to qualifying limited entry
trawl permits that were registered to catcher vessels in qualifying
years and which were used in the mothership whiting fishery. Holders of
qualifying permits that are allocated a whiting catch history
assignment may choose to participate in the MS coop or non-coop
fishery. Similar to the shore-based IFQ program, NMFS would be required
to track permit ownership interests in the MS sector to determine if
individuals are in compliance with accumulation limits.
The FMP features different management strategies for different
species, locales, vessels and processing arrangements. These different
management regimes are often referred to as ``sectors.'' Current
management divisions pertain to tribal vs. non-tribal, trawl vs. non-
trawl (fixed gear); limited entry vs. open access; commercial vs.
recreational; whiting vs. non-whiting; shore-based whiting vs. at-sea
whiting; and at-sea whiting MS operations vs. at-sea whiting C/Ps.
A. Sector Management and Allocations
Currently, the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery consists of several
different sectors, defined by fishing gear, species targeted, and
regulatory context. Under current management, the annual optimum yield
(OY) is first reduced to a commercial harvest guideline (commercial HG)
by subtracting from the OY amounts of fish necessary for tribal
fisheries, bycatch for exempted fishing permits (EFPs), and estimates
of research catch, recreational catch, and bycatch in non-groundfish
fisheries. Subtracting these amounts produces the commercial HG, which
NMFS then divides between two main sectors: Limited entry (LE) and open
access (OA). The LE sector is further subdivided into the fixed gear
and trawl subsectors. Within the LE trawl subsector, there is an
additional division between whiting and non-whiting trawl fisheries.
The non-whiting trawl fishery consists primarily of a shore-based
multi-species fishery generally conducted with bottom trawl gear. The
whiting trawl fishery consists of three different fleets: Shore-based,
MS, and C/P (all of which fish only with midwater trawl gear).
Within the whiting trawl fishery, whiting available to the
commercial fisheries is already allocated among the shore-based, MS,
and C/P sectors as follows: 42 percent, 24 percent, and 34 percent,
respectively. (See existing regulations at 50 CFR 660.323.) This
allocation would not change.
Trawl Target Species (Including Pacific Whiting Fisheries)
The list of current trawl target species includes flatfish,
roundfish, thornyheads, and a few species of rockfish. Primary flatfish
target species include Petrale sole and Dover sole. Roundfish target
species include Pacific whiting, Pacific cod, and sablefish. However,
seven rockfish species, which co-occur with the target stocks and can
be caught with trawl gear, are currently declared overfished pursuant
to the MSA. The need to rebuild these stocks to a healthy size has led
to a variety of harvest constraints on groundfish fisheries, and
rockfish are generally no longer a target of these fisheries.
Limited Entry Trawl, Limited Entry Fixed Gear vs. Open Access
The groundfish trawl fishery is subject to a Federal license
limitation program (referred to as limited entry), implemented in 1994;
currently there are 178 groundfish LE trawl permits. Groundfish fixed
gear fisheries--using longline and pot gear--are also managed under the
limited entry program. Some groundfish are caught and landed by vessels
without an LE permit; these vessels comprise the ``open access''
sector, which has directed and incidental components.
Limited Entry Trawl Whiting vs. Non-Whiting
The LE trawl fishery is divided into two broad sectors: A multi-
species trawl fishery, which most often uses bottom trawl gear
(hereafter called the non-whiting sector), and the whiting fishery,
which uses midwater trawl gear. The non-whiting trawl fishery is
principally managed through two month cumulative trip limit periods
along with closed areas to limit overfished species bycatch. Non-
whiting trawlers target the range of species described above with the
exception of Pacific whiting.
LE Trawl Whiting Components
In most years, less than 2 percent of the catch in the Pacific
whiting fishery are species other than Pacific whiting, although
overfished species that co-occur with Pacific whiting are also caught.
The whiting fishery is further subdivided into three sectors. The
shore-based fishery delivers their catch to processing facilities on
land, and the vessels are similar in size and configuration (with the
exception of the type of net used) to the non-whiting trawl fishery
vessels. In the MS sector, catcher vessels deliver to at-sea
[[Page 32996]]
processors called ``motherships''. Most of the MS-sector catcher
vessels also participate in the shore-based whiting fishery. The C/P
sector comprises vessels that catch Pacific whiting and process it on
board.
B. Need for Amendment 20
In its June 2004, scoping document, the Council described the
problem that, despite the recent Federal buyback program that retired
several trawl permits (70 FR 45695, August 8, 2005), management of the
groundfish trawl fishery was still facing serious biological, social,
and economic concerns. The trawl fishery is currently viewed by the
Council as economically unsustainable.
Bycatch, especially bycatch of overfished species, was identified
as a major problem. All direct harvest of overfished species had been
prohibited and numerous closed areas were implemented; however, due to
the multispecies nature of the fishery, it is generally not possible to
avoid catching the overfished species. As a result, harvests of healthy
species were being constrained in order to protect the overfished
species. As noted in the scoping document, management relies on average
estimated discard (bycatch) rates to predict bycatch. The harvest is
then constrained by these bycatch predictions. The discard rate
estimates are fixed for a season and change over time only as new
information becomes available from the observer program. This creates a
situation where there may be little incentive for fishermen to avoid
bycatch on an individual vessel level.
The average estimated bycatch rate has been controversial. Also,
different fishing interests have expressed different opinions about the
pace of the fishery. Some prefer a year-round groundfish fishery, while
others prefer a more seasonal fishery. The current system is not
flexible enough to accommodate both interests or to respond to changes
in markets, weather, or harvest conditions. The ability to react to
changing conditions is important if the goal is an efficient fishery
that is safe for participants. Accordingly, the following problems were
initially identified with the current management regime:
The bycatch rate is uncertain.
There are limited incentives for fishermen to reduce
bycatch.
Opportunities to harvest target species are lost.
The system cannot accommodate the variety of harvest
patterns desired by fishermen.
The system cannot respond quickly to changes in markets,
weather, etc.
Communities are challenged by uncertainty in the industry.
Through an iterative public process, the Council refined these
issues into this goal for Amendment 20:
Create and implement a capacity rationalization plan that
increases net economic benefits, creates individual economic
stability, provides for full utilization of the trawl sector
allocation, considers environmental impacts, and achieves individual
accountability of catch and bycatch.
The Council further identified eight specific objectives to support
achievement of the goal:
1. Provide a mechanism for total catch accounting.
2. Provide for a viable, profitable, and efficient groundfish
fishery.
3. Promote practices that reduce bycatch and discard mortality, and
minimize ecological impacts.
4. Increase operational flexibility.
5. Minimize adverse effects from an IFQ program on fishing
communities and other fisheries to the extent practical.
6. Promote measurable economic and employment benefits through the
seafood catching, processing, distribution elements, and support
sectors of the industry.
7. Provide quality product for the consumer.
8. Increase safety in the fishery.
Because OY on healthy stocks is constrained by rebuilding needs of
co-occurring overfished stocks, Amendment 20 is intended to implement
an approach that will support attainment of OY while improving bycatch
avoidance and supporting rebuilding.
C. Purposes of Amendment 21
The purposes of Amendment 21 are to: Simplify or streamline future
decisions by establishing allocations of specified groundfish stocks
and stock complexes within the Pacific Coast Groundfish FMP; support
rationalization of the LE trawl fishery (Amendment 20) by providing
more certainty to the affected sectors and reducing the risk that these
sectors would be closed because of other non-trawl sectors exceeding
their allocation; facilitate individuals' ability to make long-range
planning decisions based on the allocation of harvest privileges;
support overall total catch accounting of groundfish species by the
group within the trawl sector; and limit the bycatch of Pacific halibut
in future LE trawl fisheries.
Under the IFQ and harvest cooperative systems proposed under the
Amendment 20 trawl rationalization program, it would be critical to
reduce the risk that sectors would be closed because of other sectors
exceeding their allocation. Reducing this risk is important in order to
prevent a race for fish that could occur if QP holders or coop
fishermen thought other sectors would close them down because of
overages.
To the extent that Amendment 21 supports implementation of
Amendment 20, it would also contribute to the anticipated benefits of
individual accountability for catch and bycatch, and improved overall
total catch accounting of groundfish species by the group with the
largest amounts of groundfish catch, the trawl sector. By limiting the
bycatch of Pacific halibut in the LE trawl fisheries, Amendment 21
would control bycatch and could provide increased benefits to
Washington, Oregon, and California fishermen targeting Pacific halibut.
Uncertainty existed regarding whether the allocations in Amendment
21 superseded the allocations to the open access fishery established
when the limited entry fishery began. The Council has clarified that
these allocation are to supersede the earlier open access allocation
for the species allocated under Amendment 21.
II. Amendment 20 Program Description
After considering alternatives, including the status quo, the
Council recommended Amendment 20, which divides the trawl fishery into
three main management sectors: Shore-based (whiting and non-whiting) to
be managed by IFQs; and the MS and C/P sectors (at-sea whiting), both
to be managed by separate coop programs. The shore-based trawl fleet
would consist of IFQ participants who land groundfish to shore-based
processors, or other entities that receive but do not process the
groundfish. Both are referred to as first receivers. The at-sea trawl
fleet would consist of fishery participants harvesting and processing
whiting (i.e., whiting C/P vessels, whiting motherships that process
whiting at sea, and whiting catcher vessels that deliver to
motherships). The at-sea trawl fleet would be further divided as
follows: (1) The whiting C/P sector; and (2) the whiting MS sector. The
MS sector program may include multiple coops where vessels pool their
harvest together to form fishing cooperatives, as well as vessels not
associated with a coop (i.e., the ``non-coop'' segment of the MS
fishery).
A key feature of the trawl rationalization program would be a shift
from the current catch accounting system (that uses fleetwide estimates
of
[[Page 32997]]
discards based on an observer sampling system that has 20-percent
coverage) to an `individual accountability' system where all catch by
shore-based vessels would count against individual participants'
shares, including both retained and discarded catch, based on 100
percent observer coverage on vessels and 100 percent monitoring of the
vessel's offload in the plants (called ``catch monitoring''). Under the
current management system, shore-based fishermen fish against bimonthly
trip limits and annual fleetwide quotas and have no direct
accountability for discards. Under the proposed system, shore-based
fishermen would fish against ``individual'' quotas, against which their
discards would count. Thus, fishermen would have a strong incentive to
fish in a manner that reduces discards because excessive discards would
either lead to shortening their fishing season when their quota is
reached, or greater costs to them if they had to buy additional quota
from other quota holders.
The management approaches set forth in the trawl rationalization
program would consist of different types of limited-access approaches.
These limited-access approaches grant permission to the holder of the
privilege or permit to participate in the program. Such permission may
be revoked, limited, or modified at any time. In other words, it is a
conditional privilege.
Amendment 20 would include features such as annual renewal
requirements and regular program reviews to ensure program goals are
being met, provide NMFS the ability to review, track, and monitor
program implementation and needs, and prevent the perception that the
program confers ``rights'' as opposed to privileges.
Amendment 20 establishes programs that are ``limited-access
privilege programs,'' which are consistent with the MSA provisions at
section 303A. Limited-access privileges, including the quota shares,
quota pounds, and catch history assignments, may be revoked, limited or
modified at any time in accordance with the MSA--and do not create any
right of compensation to the holder of the limited-access privilege,
quota share, quota pound, or catch history assignment if it is revoked,
limited or modified. The limited-access privilege program does not
create any right, title, or interest in or to any fish before the fish
is harvested by the holder and shall be considered a grant of
permission to the holder of the limited-access privilege to engage in
activities permitted by the limited-access privilege program. For
further statutory provisions related to limited-access privileges, see
section 303A of the MSA.
Section 303A contains an ``antitrust savings clause'' that provides
that ``nothing in this Act shall be construed to modify, impair, or
supersede the operation of any of the antitrust laws. For purposes of
the preceding sentence, the term `antitrust laws' has the meaning given
such term in subsection (a) of the first section of the Clayton Act,
except that such term includes section 5 of the Federal Trade
Commission Act to the extent that such section 5 applies to unfair
methods of competition.''
NOAA advises that any fishery participants who are uncertain about
the legality of their activities under the antitrust laws of the United
States should consult legal counsel prior to commencing those
activities. NOAA intends to restate this advice in the regulations for
the program components.
A. IFQ Program Details
IFQs offer a powerful accountability measure for maintaining catch
levels within limits (as required by the MSA). The IFQ program would
feature complete accounting for all catch, both landings and discards,
and would facilitate accountability down to the individual vessel
level.
1. Structure Overview
Amendment 20 would establish an IFQ program for the shore-based LE
trawl fleet. The IFQ program would apply to a specified list of
species, set forth in Sec. 660.140(c) of the proposed rule, which
includes both whiting and non-whiting species. The program would apply
to shore-based harvesters with LE permits and first receivers, and
would apply to all trips with IFQ species delivered shoreside. The IFQ
program would provide for total catch accounting and individual vessel
responsibility. This means that both landed catch and discards would
count against the quota pounds in an individual vessel's vessel
account.
Accountability for landings and discards are expected to increase
the certainty managers have regarding fishing mortality, which in turn
is expected to foster the rebuilding of overfished species and help
prevent overfishing. Furthermore, the increased observation necessary
to monitor landings and discard is expected to increase the information
flow on the status of the fishery as the fishery occurs. Finally,
responsibility for landings and discards--and the monitoring necessary
for that type of management--is expected to increase accounting ability
and result in changes to fishing behavior, which include a reduction in
the bycatch rate of constraining stocks and a reduction in regulatory
discarding.
To implement the IFQ program, NMFS would divide the trawl
allocation for these species between the IFQ and at-sea whiting
sectors. NMFS would then divide the IFQ allocation among individual
participants as percentages of the total sector allocation. This
individual apportionment of catch percentage would be called Quota
Share (QS). Each year, the percentage of catch represented by the QS
would be converted into poundage based on the total amount of catch
available to the sector. This poundage would be known as Quota Pounds
(QP). The QP would be issued to the QS permit owner, but in order to be
fished, the QP would have to be transferred into a vessel account. In
order to land an IFQ species, a vessel's account would be required to
contain sufficient QP to cover the catch within 30 days of the landing.
Special provisions for addressing overages are discussed below in
section II.A.7 of this preamble.
Within the IFQ program, vessels would be allowed to use a variety
of directed groundfish commercial gear (including non-trawl gear) to
take the shore-based trawl sector allocation, which would thus allow
for ``gear switching.'' To prevent the OA and fixed gear allocations
from being reduced due to landings by people with IFQ, catch that is
made with non-trawl gear by a person with QP would count against the QP
and against the IFQ allocation. In addition, QS and QP would be tied to
specific species groups, areas, and sectors.
The assignment of QP would constitute a revocable privilege to
harvest a certain portion of the trawl sector's allocation within a
given year, which would not constitute a permanent right or privilege.
NMFS and the Council would review the program at regular intervals to
determine whether the program should be continued. Results of these
reviews could lead to dissolution of the program, revocation of QS, or
other fundamental changes to the program. The first review would occur
no later than 5 years after implementation, with subsequent reviews, if
applicable, at 4-year intervals after that. Holders of QS should remain
cognizant of this fact when making decisions regarding their QS,
including the buying, selling, and leasing of these shares.
2. IFQ species
IFQ requirements would apply for most species of groundfish under
the
[[Page 32998]]
FMP (although some would still be managed collectively at the stock-
complex level, such as remaining minor slope rockfish). Dogfish and
some groundfish species rarely caught by trawl gear would be excluded
from the IFQ program. T o ensure that OY for species not covered by the
IFQ are not exceeded, catch of those species would be monitored.
QS would be assigned for the following species: lingcod, Pacific
cod, Pacific whiting, sablefish north of 36[deg] N. lat., sablefish
south of 36[deg] N. lat., Pacific ocean perch, widow rockfish, canary
rockfish, chilipepper rockfish, bocaccio, splitnose rockfish,
yellowtail rockfish, shortspine thornyhead north of 34[deg]27[min] N.
lat., shortspine thornyhead south of 34[deg]27[min] N. lat., longspine
thornyhead north of 34[deg]27[min] N. lat., cowcod, darkblotched
rockfish, yelloweye rockfish, minor rockfish north slope species
complex, minor rockfish north shelf species complex, minor rockfish
south slope species complex, minor rockfish south shelf species
complex, Dover sole, English sole, petrale sole, arrowtooth flounder,
starry flounder, and the ``Other Flatfish'' stock complex.
The purpose of covering species with quota is to provide a catch-
control tool to ensure that management targets are adhered to and that
other sectors are not affected by higher-than-expected catch levels in
the trawl fishery, or both. In determining which species to recommend
for coverage, the Council considered cases in which it would not be
necessary or appropriate to cover certain species, such as species that
are inaccessible to groundfish trawl gear, species that are constrained
by the catch of other species, species caught predominantly within
state waters, and species encountered in very small volumes. For these
types of species, management through IFQ is not necessary for
successful management of fishing mortality.
For species not covered by IFQ, trip limits and set-asides may
still be used and would be implemented through the biennial
specification process.
For Pacific halibut taken as bycatch in the IFQ fishery, Amendment
20 would require halibut individual bycatch quota (IBQ) to cover the
mortality of the incidental catch of Pacific halibut in the groundfish
trawl shore-based fishery. This would be a change from the current
trawl fishery in which there is no cap on the amount of halibut caught,
discarded, or killed. Retention of halibut caught under the IBQ would
not be allowed, which is consistent with the current regulations. The
purpose of establishing an IBQ would be to prevent the trawl fishery
from preempting or constraining the directed halibut fishery. The level
of halibut mortality would be limited by the total catch limits
proposed in Amendment 21, if that amendment is approved.
3. Who can participate?
While initial issuance of QS would be limited to Limited Entry
permit owners based on catch history, and whiting shoreside processors
based on processing history, after the initial issuance, QP would be
immediately transferable in increments of whole pounds. In addition,
after the first 2 years, QS would become transferable as well. The
eligibility requirements for owning QS and QP would be very broad,
allowing anyone who meets the following criteria to own them: A U.S.
citizen, permanent resident alien, or corporation, partnership, or
other entity established under the laws of the United States or any
State that is eligible to own and control a U.S. fishing vessel with a
fishery endorsement.
a. Initial Issuance
The Council considered which groups should receive QS by initial
issuance (vessel owners, permit owners, processors, communities,
skippers and crew, or general public through auctions, etc.). In
consideration of many factors--including but not limited to dependence
on the fishery, economic and market factors, fairness and equity,
community impacts, the ability to promote stewardship, and
participation history--the Council recommended dividing the initial
issuance as follows: The Council recommended that harvesters (those
holding LE permits for trawl vessels) be given an initial allocation of
90 percent of the non-whiting QS and 80 percent of the whiting QS. Ten
percent of the QS for non-whiting species would be set aside for an
adaptive management program (AMP), and eligible shoreside processors
would receive 20 percent of the whiting QS. After the first 2 years,
transferability would likely affect these initial distribution ratios.
The AMP is intended to be used after the first 2 years to address
the following objectives: Community stability, processor stability,
conservation, and unintended or unforeseen consequences of IFQ
management. During the first 2 years of the program, the AMP QP would
be issued (``passed through'') to all QS holders pro rata. During the
first 2 years of the program, the Council intends to develop the
procedures and formulas for distributing the AMP quota set aside
starting in year 3 of the program; this could require a recommendation
to NMFS, as well as a proposed and final rulemaking in order to approve
and implement it.
The Council also considered whether the initial issuance of QS in
the harvesting sector should be allocated to the vessel owner or the LE
permit owner. Because the ownership of the permit better reflects the
amount of investment in the fishery than the ownership of the vessel,
and the permit is what authorizes the participation in the fishery, the
Council recommended attaching the initial issuance to the qualifying
permits. Subsequent transfers, as well as potential additional
distributions, would allow for additional groups to buy into the
fishery.
The Council also considered the highly controversial issue of
allocation of harvest shares to processors. Several alternatives
concerning the initial issuance of harvest QS to processors were
considered, ranging from fifty percent of QS for all whiting and non-
whiting IFQ species, to zero percent of QS for all IFQ species, to
amounts within this range for whiting only. In its deliberation on this
issue, the Council explored the issue of investment in the fishery, the
role of ownership of QS in the conservation benefits of a catch share
program, and the importance of a strong working relationship between
the community, processors, and the harvesters. The Council's final
recommendation was to provide to eligible shoreside processors twenty
percent of the initial issuance of whiting QS only. The Council's
rationale in choosing the preferred alternative focused on the need to
carefully consider the balance of market power between harvesters and
processors, as well as the importance to communities of maintaining
processing capabilities along the coast. The Council believed that an
initial allocation of twenty percent of the whiting resource to
eligible shoreside processors struck an appropriate compromise among
these multiple factors. In addition, the Council believed that the AMP
could be used to lessen potential impacts to processors and
communities.
i. Eligibility and Qualifying Criteria for Initial Issuance of QS
Both harvesters and shore-based processors could receive QS permits
if they meet the initial eligibility and qualifying criteria.
(A) Eligibility and Qualifying Criteria for Harvesters
A harvester may apply for initial issuance of both whiting and non-
whiting QS. To be eligible, the harvester
[[Page 32999]]
would need to own a LE trawl-endorsed permit. The Council considered
that the significant investment in vessels and permits provide a good
indicator of who should be eligible to apply among the fleet.
After considering several possible time periods to serve as the
qualifying period, the Council recommended the years 1994-2003 for non-
overfished species. These years represent the period of time from the
beginning of the license limitation period through the announcement of
the trawl rationalization control date. Dates prior to 1994 would not
have permit histories because the LE system under which the permits
were issued was not implemented until 1994. Other potential start dates
between 1994 and 2003 were considered, including 1997 (the first year
of fixed allocations among the three whiting sectors), 1998 (to exclude
older histories), 1999 (the year of the first major reductions in
response to overfished determinations), and 2000 (the year disaster was
declared and fishing opportunities were significantly constrained and
modified). The Council also considered 2004 as a later end date to the
qualifying period, but determined that using 2004 would reward
speculative entrants who chose to ignore the control date, create
perceptions of inequity, and undermine the ability of the Council to
use control dates in the future.
The recommended range of years from 1994-2003 would include fishing
patterns from under a variety of circumstances, would recognize long-
time users of the fishery, and is intended to mitigate disruptive
effects experienced by communities as a result of geographic effort
shifts. In addition, the dropping of the two worst years for whiting,
or the three worst years for non-whiting, as well as the calculation of
``relative history'' (described below), is intended to mitigate against
hardship cases and could reduce the requests regarding special
circumstances and appeals.
Determination of overfished species QS would be based upon bycatch
rates for different target species and areas and vessel logbook area
distribution data from the years 2003-2006. This time period is used
because the Council intended to accommodate more recent fishing
patterns and spatial trends--and to provide the allocations of bycatch
to those most in need of such allocations for the purpose of targeting
healthy stocks. The Council declined to use catch history of these
species as a basis for allocation because it would reward those who
targeted these species in recent years.
(B) Eligibility and Qualifying Criteria for Processors
A shoreside processor may apply for initial issuance of whiting QS
only. To be eligible, the processor would need to have received at
least 1 metric ton of whiting from whiting trips (defined as a fishing
trip where greater than or equal to 50 percent of all fish reported on
the state landing receipt is whiting) in each year of at least two of
the years from 1998-2004. The Council considered the greater likelihood
of transient participation among processors, and therefore included the
additional criteria of the minimum receipt requirement to demonstrate
substantial participation.
For eligibility for initial issuance, ``shoreside processor'' would
be defined as an operation on U.S. soil that takes delivery of trawl-
caught groundfish that has not been processed and that thereafter
engages that fish in shoreside processing activities, which include
cutting groundfish into smaller portions; freezing, cooking, smoking,
or drying groundfish; packaging that groundfish for resale into 100
pound units or smaller for sale or distribution into a wholesale or
retail market; and the purchase of live groundfish from a harvesting
vessel and redistribution in to a wholesale or retail market. Entities
that received fish that have not undergone at-sea processing or
shoreside processing and sell that fish directly to consumers would not
be considered a processor for purposes of QS allocations.
The best official data that can be used to identify a processor
that processed whiting on shore are the state landing receipts signed
by the first receiver of the whiting. In a few cases, the first
receiver that signed the landing receipts is not in fact the first
processor of the whiting. Because of this, the process established to
issue whiting QS to processors will allow the first receiver to apply
for the QS. If the first receiver is not in fact the first processor,
these regulations establish a process whereby the initial issuance of
the QS could be issued to the first processor through agreement by the
first processor and first receiver, or by a separate request for
correction submitted by the first processor.
(C) Calculation of QS
The Council developed formulas to determine initial issuance
allocations of QS. The allocation formulas are based on vessel landings
or processor receipt histories within the shoreside sector. Under the
proposed rule, NMFS would use data from the Pacific Fisheries
Information Network (PacFIN) of the Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission to derive these histories.
In developing the allocation formulas, the Council considered
whether to calculate QS based on a harvester's landings or processor's
receipt history as expressed in absolute pounds or by the applicant's
relative history. Relative history computes an applicant's history as a
percentage of effort within the sector, rather than in absolute pounds,
in order to take into account changes in fishing and processing
opportunity between years. An example to illustrate the concept of
relative history can be shown using a hypothetical fishery with one
species, three permits, and four years. The permits' absolute catch
history for each year, expressed as species weight, follows:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit 1........................................ 300 100 200 200
Permit 2........................................ 500 600 300 200
Permit 3........................................ 400 1200 400 100
---------------------------------------------------------------
Sector Total................................ 1200 1900 900 500
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The relative history for each permit would express each permit's
catch in terms of a percentage of the total catch. Thus, in this
hypothetical example, the permit's catch history would be divided by
the total catch history of all permits in the sector. The relative
history of this hypothetical fishery would look like this:
[[Page 33000]]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4
(percent) (percent) (percent) (percent)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit 1........................................ 25 5 22 40
Permit 2........................................ 42 32 33 40
Permit 3........................................ 33 63 44 20
---------------------------------------------------------------
Sector Total................................ 100 100 100 100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For calculating QS, some calculations drop years with the lowest
relative history before summing all relative histories, with the QS
determined by dividing the permit's total relative histories by the
aggregate total for the sector. This can be shown in this hypothetical
example by demonstrating one dropped year as follows (each permit's
lowest relative history is crossed out and not counted in the total
relative history for the permit or year in which it occurs):
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QS Allocation
Total (sum of (permit total
relative relative history/
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 histories, less total of sector
(percent) (percent) (percent) (percent) worst year) relative
(percent) histories)
(percent)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit 1.......................................... 25 5 22 40 87 25.36
Permit 2.......................................... 42 32 33 40 115 33.53
Permit 3.......................................... 33 63 44 20 140 40.82
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sector Total (less worst years)............... 100 63 100 80 343 100.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The calculation of relative history uses all catch history
associated with the sector, regardless of whether all of that catch
qualifies for QS, in order to demonstrate the permit or processor's
actual performance relative to other participants.
The Council recommended specific allocation formulas for
determining the initial amount of QS each eligible entity would
receive. For harvesters, calculation of QS under this program would
differ based on the eligibility of the underlying permits. The QS
associated with the history of permits retired in the buyback program
for all species (except incidentally-caught overfished species other
than canary) would be distributed equally among the remaining qualified
permits. The QS pool associated with the buyback permits would be the
buyback permit history as a percent of the total fleet history for the
allocation period, based on absolute pounds with no dropped years or
other adjustments (about 44 percent of the QS would be allocated in
this fashion).
The remaining harvester QS after computing the equal distribution
would be calculated based on the history associated with each
harvester's own current limited entry trawl permit. Different
allocation formulas are used for whiting trips and non-whiting trips,
as well as different formulas for target species and incidentally-
caught overfished species in non-whiting trips. For initial issuance, a
whiting trip would be defined as a fishing trip where greater than or
equal to 50 percent of all fish reported on the state landing receipt
are whiting (a non-whiting trip for purposes of initial issuance would
be a fishing trip where less than 50 percent of all fish reported on
the state landing receipt are whiting). For calculating QS based on a
permit's landing history, NMFS would combine the landings histories of
permits that have been combined. If two or more permits are registered
to a single vessel, then NMFS would divide the landings history evenly
among the permits. Landings history associated with provisional ``A''
permits that did not result in an ``A'' permit and landings associated
with ``B'' permits would not be used; these permits no longer exist.
Within the regulations deemed by the Council as necessary or
appropriate under the Magnuson Act, there were regulations where the
Council expected NMFS to undertake the following when allocating catch
history: ``After applying standard PacFIN species composition
algorithms and where the resulting species categorizations do not match
IFQ species categories, NMFS will assign species to an IFQ species
category based on other information from state landings receipts or
logbook information in PacFIN.'' As discussed in Appendix A to the
Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) for Amendment 20 (see
Tables A-57 and A-58), most of this issue concerns unspecified rockfish
within the minor rockfish north and south IFQ categories. NMFS is
unsure that such an analysis can be reasonably undertaken given the
Council's staff estimate that about 25,000 fish tickets would have to
be reviewed. As noted in Appendix A, this could be a source of appeal:
``Another area in which some discretion will be exercised is the
classification of fish ticket records for which species remains
unspecified, even after the application of species composition
information (unspecified flatfish and unspecified rockfish).
Unspecified flatfish can be reasonably assigned to the ``Other
Flatfish'' category. Unspecified rockfish is most likely remaining
shelf rockfish but might also be remaining nearshore rockfish (outside
the scope of the IFQ program) or remaining slope rockfish. A more
accurate determination may be made by considering other species listed
on the fish ticket as well as any logbook data that can be correlated
with a particular trip. Judgments made in the application of this
ancillary data to determine the correct attribution for unspecified
rockfish may be a source of appeal. Data on the extent of this issue is
provided in Section A-2.1.3. The precautionary note regarding changing
fish tickets is included in response to rumors that during the license
limitation program implementation state agency personnel were changing
fish tickets at fishermen's requests without realizing the implications
with respect to the license limitation permit issuance process.''
[[Page 33001]]
NMFS highlights this issue to request comments specifically on
whether the agency should use information other than PacFIN data to
assign species to an IFQ species category when such action would be
impracticable in that it would be extremely time consuming and result
in information that would not necessarily be accurate.
The Council also adopted language that stated: ``History for
illegal landings will not count for allocation of QS. Landings made
under non-whiting Experimental Fishing Permits (EFPs) that are in
excess of the cumulative limits in place for the nonEFP fishery will
not count toward an allocation of QS.'' However, the draft regulations
deemed as necessary or appropriate under the Magnuson Act, by the
Council stated that ``Landings identified as being in excess of the
cumulative landings limits in place (e.g., illegal landings, non-
whiting EFP landings, etc.) will not count toward the allocation of
QS.'' The proposed regulation at Sec. 660.140(d)(8)(iii)(A)(5) differs
from what the Council initially deemed in order to match the language
adopted by the Council. NMFS would rely upon information reported into
the state fish ticket system (as documented in the PacFIN database) to
identify such landings.
Allocations of QS based on a LE trawl-endorsed permit's catch
history from whiting trips would be calculated from the permit's
relative history from 1994-2003, dropping the two years with the worst
relative history. Allocations for incidental catch in the whiting
fishery would be made pro rata based on the qualifying permit's whiting
history, meaning QS of bycatch species from whiting trips would be
allocated at the same percent as whiting QS. Allocations of QS based on
a LE trawl-endorsed permit's catch history for certain target species
from non-whiting trips (called ``Group 1'' species in the proposed
rule) would be calculated from the permit's relative history from 1994-
2003, dropping the three years with the worst relative history.
Allocations of QS based on a LE trawl-endorsed permit's catch
history for incidentally-caught overfished species from non-whiting
trips (``Group 2'' and ``Group 3'' species in the proposed rule) would
be calculated by a formula that takes into account average bycatch
rates based on 2003-2006 data from the West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program (WCGOP), specific depth and latitude distributions determined
from vessel logbook data, and the permit's QS allocations of certain
target species. Bycatch rates specified in the proposed rule have been
calculated by the NMFS' Northwest Fishery Science Center, and may be
modified in the final rule for greater precision. To determine the
weighting of various target species against which bycatch rates would
be applied, NMFS would calculate a permit's estimated QP based on
short-term non-whiting allocations applied to 2011 harvest
specifications (initial calculations would be based on projections,
subject to revision pending final specifications). The goal would be to
address the QS recipient's need to cover incidental catch on non-
whiting trips under current fishing practices. In order to make sure
each qualifying permit receives an initial allocation of canary
rockfish QS (``Group 3'' species in the proposed rule), as described
above, the landings history of vessels bought out through the buyback
program for canary rockfish would be distributed evenly among
qualifying QS permits.
Allocation of QS from whiting trips and from non-whiting trips
would be calculated separately and weighted according to short-term
allocations between whiting and non-whiting as set forth in
660.140(d)(8). The resulting amounts would be combined into a single QS
for each species. Although not specifically addressed in the Council
motion, for the first year of implementation only, NMFS would round
overfished species QP up to the nearest pound for qualifying QS permits
that would receive greater than zero, but less than one pound of an
overfished species. This is intended to help mitigate the effects of
initial issuance of overfished species QS.
Halibut IBQ for harvesters would be calculated using a formula
based on QS for arrowtooth flounder and petrale sole, two target
species that correlate to halibut bycatch. The formula would include
additional factors such as area distribution of fishing effort and
bycatch rates from WCGOP data applied to projected 2011 specifications,
as set forth in full at Sec. 660.140(d)(8). As with the QS calculation
for overfished species, bycatch rates specified in the proposed rule
may be modified in the final rule for greater precision.
For shoreside processors, calculation of whiting QS would be based
on the relative history of the eligible processing company's receipts
of whiting from whiting trips. NMFS would calculate whiting QS based on
the processor's relative history from 1998-2004, dropping the 2 years
with the worst relative history. NMFS would rely on PacFIN records to
determine the first receiver/processor. A key consideration for this
formula was to minimize disruption in the processing sector. An appeals
process would allow NMFS to subsequently reassign landings history to
another shoreside processor, if applicable.
ii. How To Obtain an Initial QS Permit
(A) Application and Correction
The proposed rule, at Sec. 660.140(d)(8), sets forth two ways for
qualified applicants to apply for a QS permit, either by responding to
NMFS' prequalification materials, or by requesting a blank application
and completing and submitting it to NMFS with evidence of
qualification.
NMFS would mail ``prequalified applications'' to the eligible LE
trawl permit holders and first receivers that appear to qualify for QS.
The prequalification materials would show the basis for NMFS'
calculations. If an eligible applicant does not receive a prequalified
application from NMFS, the applicant may request a blank application
from NMFS. The applicant would be required to complete the application
and submit it to NMFS, along with additional information, by the
application deadline. Failure to submit a complete application package
to NMFS by the application deadline date would result in forgoing the
ability to qualify for initial issuance of QS.
In preparation for this process, NMFS published, on January 29,
2010 (75 FR 4684), a final rule on data collection that included
providing notice to participants in the industry to review their catch
data for purposes of ensuring that the QS and other calculations
undertaken by NMFS would be based on the best available data. In the
February 19, 2010, ``Small Entity Compliance Guide'' associated with
this rule, NMFS provided the following instructions: ``For those
individuals wanting to participate in the IFQ fishery, the data source
is the Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission's PacFIN database and
includes the following: 1. Landings data during 1994-2003 from state
fish tickets, as provided by the states to the PacFIN database, would
be used to determine initial allocation of IFQ QS for the shore-based
whiting and non-whiting harvesters and for the shore-based whiting
processors. 2. The first receiver listed on the state fish ticket, as
recorded in PacFIN, would be used to determine to whom whiting
processing history should be attributed for whiting QS. Through NMFS'
initial issuance process for QS, there would be an opportunity to
reassign the whiting processing history. 3. State logbook information
from 2003 through 2006, as
[[Page 33002]]
recorded in PacFIN, would be used to determine the area fished for
individual permits (depth and latitudinal strata associated with
permits). This information would be used in a formula to determine a
permit's initial allocation of overfished species. For those seeking to
participate in the MS or C/P fisheries, the data sources are from the
NMFS' Northwest Fisheries Science Center's Pacific whiting observer
data in NORPAC (NORPAC data). Observer data from the NORPAC database
would be used to determine initial issuance of MS permits, mothership
catcher vessel (MS/CV) endorsed permits, and C/P endorsed permits and
allocation of whiting catch history assignments on MS/CV endorsed
permits. Information on trawl-endorsed groundfish limited entry permits
or permit combinations would come from limited entry permit records at
NMFS, Northwest Region, Sustainable Fisheries Division, Fisheries
Permits Office.''
All potential participants in the trawl rationalization program
were requested to check the data that NMFS would use for initial
issuance of permits and allocations of harvest privileges. This
includes potential QS permit owners in the IFQ fishery, including
harvesters and shore-based whiting processors. It also includes
potential coop participants that may be issued a MS permit, a MS/CV
endorsement with an associated whiting catch history assignment, or a
C/P endorsement.
Participants were instructed that this would be the only
opportunity for potential participants in the trawl rationalization
program to review and, if necessary, correct their fishery data prior
to initial issuance of permits and allocations. At that time, NMFS
stated that it was very important that this information be reviewed
prior to the publication of the proposed rule for the trawl
rationalization program, so that when NMFS extracts a copy of the
databases for the initial issuance of permits and allocations, the data
is correct. Participants were further instructed that NMFS would not
allow this data to be corrected during the initial issuance and appeals
process. Only NMFS' extraction, expansion, or aggregation of the data
would be subject to appeal, not whether the raw data NMFS used was
correct.
Because none of the data is publicly available at the individual
level, for confidentiality reasons, NMFS provided instructions and
Federal and state contact information for participants to use in
requesting data and correcting data. (In support of this process, the
PSMFC developed scripts for the States to use in providing fishermen
and processors their data.) NMFS also indicated that if existing data
contains a mistake, such as a transcription error, then the participant
may request a correction. However, requests to add new data to PacFIN
or NORPAC would not be considered. For logbooks, only existing logbook
information in PacFIN may be corrected (i.e., only transcription
errors); no new logbooks dating back to 2003 through 2006 would be
accepted. Any revisions to an entity's fish tickets or logbooks would
have to be approved by the state in order to be accepted by NMFS.
NMFS previously announced that the agency intended to extract a
copy of the databases for the purposes of initial issuance on the date
of publication of the proposed rule for initial issuance (i.e., the
date of publication of this proposed rule). However, upon further
consideration, NMFS has chosen to specify the date of extraction as
July 1, 2010, in order to give the public more time to verify their
data. Potential participants have had notice of the significance of
verifying their data, and this extension to July 1, 2010, gives them
additional time.
NMFS is proposing in this rule that the only basis for appeal would
be the same as the basis for corrections which are errors in NMFS'
extraction, aggregation, or expansion of data, including: Errors in
NMFS extraction of landings data from PacFIN; errors in NMFS extraction
of state logbook data from PacFIN; errors in NMFS application of the QS
allocation formula; errors in the identification of the permit owner,
permit combinations, or vessel registration as listed in NMFS' permit
database; and errors in ownership information